BackContentsNext

6. Absence of Contraction. Many words are left uncontracted in the LXX which in Attic Greek would be contracted, e.g.—

Dt. 1811 ἐπαείδων ἐπαοιδήν.  Prov. 38 ὀστέοις.  Sir. 630 χρύσεος.  Ps. 7317 ἔαρ.

The accusative plural of βοῦς is always βόας, e.g. Gen. 414. Similarly the accusative plural of ἴχθυς is left uncontracted wherever it occurs. Gen. 92: Nb. 115: Ps. 88, 10429: Hbk. 114: Ezk. 294. So also στάχυες, στάχυας Gen. 415, 7.

7. Feminine Forms of Movable Substantives. The form βασίλισσα for βασίλεια. was not approved by Atticists. It is common in the LXX, whereas βασίλεια does not occur. Cp. Acts 827. On the analogy of it we have Ἀράβισσα in Job 4217 c, Φυλάκισσα in Song 16. The following also may be noted: —

γενέτις Wisd. 712 A,  τεχνῖτις 722,  μύστις 84,  ὑβρίστρια Jer. 2731.

8. Heteroclite Nouns.

αἰθάλη (Ex. 98, 10) for αἴθαλος, which does not occur.

ἅλων (Hos. 92), ἅλωνος (Jdg. 155) for ἅλως, ἅλω. Cp. Mt. 312, Lk. 317 τῂν ἅλωνα. In the LXX both ἅλων and ἅλως are of common gender. Thus Ruth 32 τὸν ἅλωνα, 314 τὴν ἅλωνα: Jdg. 637 τῇ ἅλωνι: i Chr. 2115 ἐν τῷ ἅλῳ, 2121 ἐκ τῆς ἅλω. Josephus (Ant. V 9 § 3) has τῆς ἅλωος.

γήρους, γήρει for γήρως, γήρᾳ, but nominative always γῆρας. For γήρους see Gen. 373: Ps. 709, 18: but in Gen. 4420 γήρως. For γήρει see Gen. 1515, Ps. 9115, Sir. 86, Dan. O’ 61. When one form is used, the other generally occurs as a variant. In Clement i Cor. 633 we have ἕως γήρους.

ἔλεος, τό for ἔλεος, ὁ. Plural τὰ ἐλέη (Ps. 167). The masculine form occurs in some dozen and a half passages (e.g. Ps. 8311: Prov. 316, 1422). In N.T. also and in the Apostolic Fathers the neuter is the prevailing form, e.g. ii Tim. 116, 18: Tit. 35: Hb. 416: Herm. Past. Vis. II 2 § 3, III 9 § 1, Sim. IV § 2: i Clem. 91, 141: ii Clem. 31, 162: Barn. Ep. 152. In Mt. 913, 127, 2323 the masculine form occurs, the two former being quotations from Hos. 66, where the LXX has the neuter.

ἔνεδρον (Jdg. 162) for ἐνέδρα. The former is quite common, the latter occurs only in Josh. 87, 9, Ps. 928.

λύχνος, τό (Dan. Ο’ 50).

νῖκος, τό (i Esd. 39) for νίκη. Cp. i Cor. 1555, 57: Herm. Past. Mdt. XII 2 § 5.

28

28                  GRAMMAR OF SEPTUAGINT GREEK

for 6, occurs in the best Attic prose as well as in the LXX (e.g. Is. 4216) and in KT. (e.g. i Thes. 55). Cp. Barn. Ej>. 14«, 181.

The KT. and Apostolic Fathers afford other instances of hetero-clites, which do not occur in the LXX. Thus —

s, ro (Phil. 36: i Clem. 48' »>M, 61-2,91, 632, but in 52-5 St3t tfiX Ignat. ad?¥aZ. 42). ovs declined like /?ovS (Acts 2V: Mart. S. Ign. Ill

, r6 (ii Cor. 82: Eph. V, T, 38-16: Phil 4W: Col. I21, 22). to' (i Clem. 131).

9.  Verbal Nouns in -pa. a. The abundance of verbal nouns in -^.a is characteristic of Hellenistic Greek from Aristotle onwards. The following instances from the LXX are taken at random—

Gen. 4312 (6 times in all), i K. 2528 (17 times in all).

Gen. 1511 (5 times in all).

Gen. 457 (20 times in all).

. ya.vpCa.fjM . . . xav^ij/xa Judith 159.

5. A point better worth noting is the preference for the short radical vowel in their formation, e.g. —

Svidena Lvt. 2728 etc. So in KT. Acts 23": Rom. 93: i Cor. 123, 1622: Gal. I8'9. In Judith 16M we have the classical form For the short vowel in the LXX, cp. 6(pa, tK0efw., a, TrapaBc/jua, irpocrOc/xa, (rvvOtfJia. aatpeiM. Ex. 2927: Lvt. 74-24 etc.

i Mac. 928. So kMcim, Is. 319, Ezk. 1611. Gen. 25s etc. So in N.T. Sir. 209, 294. Gen. 25*> etc.

Gen. I10 etc. So dvaort/wt. In Judith 128 avda-rrjfw.. (for x™/xa) ii Mac. 224.

10.  Won-Attic Forms of Substantives.

accusative plural (Jdg. 154) for aXwirexas.

(i K. 17s4) for a/jKxos, which does not occur. Cp. Rev. 132 apKOv.

Siva (Job 13U, 2810) for hivV. i            (Dt. 183) for rjwcTTpov. So in Jos. Ant. IV 4 § 4.

29

ACCIDENCE                                      29

cmxotSos (Ex. 7U) for «tto)8os, which does not occur.

KA.tj8a.vos (Ex. 728) for Kpifiavvi. So also in N..T.

fj.6Xj.fiog (Ex. 1510), the Homeric form, for p.6Xv/38og.

To./j*iov (Ex. 728: Jdg. 324, 151,1612) for To/meW, which also occurs

frequently. The shorter form is common in the Papyri, vyeta (Tob. 821) for iyUux. In later Greek generally vyela is usual,

but the fuller form prevails in the LXX.

^et/xappos (i K. 17*) for ^ei/xappow.

11.  Non-Attic Forms of Adjectives.

€v$rjs, evOes for €vOvwhich also occurs frequently, ijf/iuo-vs, -v is an adjective of two terminations in the LXX. fmUreux does not occur. Cp. Nb. 34M to rj/uo-v vXfjs Mavao-o-i; with

Jos. Ant. IV 7 § 3 koL tyjs MavaCTo-mSos 17/xtcreia.

s, -a, -ov, the Homeric form, occurs in Jdg. 16n, i Esd. I38, 5 times in Job, and in Sir. 2820 for ^uXkovs, xa^KV> xa^K°w> which is very common.

yvpiKos i Esd. 824 only. Cp. Aristeas § 37, who has also cXai-kos, o-mKOs, xapitrrtKOs (§§ 112, 37, 227).

os Sir. 2615, 3510, 421 only, o's Prov. 1818, Sir. 2614 only.

Tob. 213 only. aioi often used in the neuter for ' a corpse/ e.g. iii K. 132S.

12.  Comparison of Adjectives.

ayaOayrepos (Jdg. II25., 152) is perhaps an instance of that tendency to regularisation in the later stages of a language, which results from its being spoken by foreigners.

alo-xporepos (Gen. 4119) is good Greek, though not Attic. Ata^iW does not seem to occur in the LXX.

iyyuav and lyyioros are usual in the LXX, e.g. Ruth 312, iii K. 202, 'EyyvT£po9 does not seem to occur at all, and iyyvTaros only in Job 615, 1914.

trXija-uarepov adv. for irXrjcnaiTepov (iv Mac. 123).

13.  Pronouns, a. Classical Greek has no equivalent for our unem-phatic pronoun 'he.' One cannot say exactly 'he said' in the Attic idiom. Autos tr] is something more, and lsomething less, for it may equally mean ' she said.' The Greek of the LXX gets over this difficulty by the use of avrds as an unemphatic pronoun of the 3d person.

i K. 1742 kcu cTSev PoXiaS rbv AauttS /cat tjtlixxutcv avrov, oti avros rjv 7ra.18dpt.ov Kal avrbs iruppaK-qi jxera KaAAovs St

30

30                  GRAMMAR OF SEPTUAGINT GREEK

In the above the repeated airoi is simply the nominative of the avrdv preceding. In a classical writer avrds so used would necessarily refer to Goliath himself. For other instances see Gen. 315-l6, 3923: Nb. 175, 22s2: Jdg. 135'16, 14<-w: i K. 172,1816. Winer denied that this use of awds is to be found in the N.T. But here we must dissent from his authority. See Mt. 55 and following: Lk. 620: i Cor. 712.

b.  As usual in later Greek the compound reflexive pronoun of the 3d person is used for those of the 1st and 2d.

Gen. 43s2 Kal apyvpuiv ertpov rjviyKa.fj.tv /xt6' lavriov. Dt. 37 kcu to. tSv iroXeiav €irpovo/A£waju,£v eavTOis. i K. 17 iKe£aa6e avBpa.

So also in Aristeas §§3, 213, 217, 228 (lavrw = veavrov), 248. This usage had already begun in the best Attic. Take for instance—

Plat. JPhcedo 91 C O7rs fir] €ykavrov T£ koI ii/aSs ltj,aTraxrf-cras, 78 B 8ei -jj/u-Ss tpicrOai cavrovs, 101 D crv St SeStws av ■ • . rrjv iavrov ctkuxv.

Instances abound in N.T. Acts 23M aveOefMTicraixev laurous, 5s5 irpocr^ere cavrots.

c.  A feature more peculiar to LXX Greek is the use of the personal pronoun along with the reflexive, like the English ' me myself/ ' you yourselves/ etc.

Ex. 6' Kal jfjLpOfJuu e/ActUT<3 v/tas Xaov ifioi, 2023 ov 7ronjo-£T£

So also Dt. 416'23: Josh. 2216.

As there is nothing in the Hebrew to warrant this duplication of the pronoun, it may be set down as a piece of colloquial Greek.

d. The use of iStos as a mere possessive pronoun is common to the LXX with the N.T. e.g. —

Job 710 ovS' ov fir) eVwrpei/'g £is rbv IBmv oJkov. Mt. 22s aTrrjXOov, 6 /xiv £is tov iStov aypov, o 8e eirl ttjv i/XTropiav avrov.

14. Numerals, a. 8v. So also in N.T. e.g. Mt. 62<, 2240: Lk. 1613: Acts 126.

Svelv occurs in Job 1320, SvoTv in iv Mac. I28,152. Sometimes Svo is indeclinable, e.g. Jdg. 1628 tS>v Svo o<£0aA/xw.

b. The following forms of numerals differ from those in classical use: —

Sv'o Ex. 2821: Josh. 2140, 1824: i Chr. 6®, 1510, 2510ff-. So in N.T. Acts 197, 2411. Cp. Aristeas § 97.

31

ACCIDENCE                                          31

Gen. 1725: Josh. 196. 8«a reWapes Josh. 1536: Tob. 820. So in N.T. ii Cor. 122, Gal. 21.

Q>. Diog. Laert. VII § 55.

8«a Trevre Ex. 2715: Jdg. 810: ii K. 19". So in N.T. Gal. I18. l| Gen. 4618: Ex. 2625: Josh. 15* Iittc£ Gen. 372,17®.

<5ktg id="iv.i.i.iv.p72.1"> Gen. 4G22: Josh. 24s3 b: Jdg. 3M, 108, 20": i Chr. 1231: ii Chr. II21.

The above numerals occur also in the regular forms —

Gen. 5s.

Kal 8e/ca, Tpicnau'SeKa Nb. 2913'M. T£O"O"apes Kal Se/ca Nb. 16*9.

/caj 8«a Lvt. 277: ii K. 910. i ScW Nb. 3140'46'62. Jer. 399. okto) Kai 8«a ii K. 813. eroea «at SeW ii K. 230 only.

c. The forms just given may be written separately or as one word.

This led to the riatrape; in Tebecoming indeclinable, e.g. —

ii Chr. 255 mbvs

The same license is extended in the LXX to 8oNb. 29^ d/ivovs tvuLVcrlovs Sexa Tc'crcrapes d/AU/Mws.

The indeclinable use of rea-aapcarKaiSeKa is not peculiar to the LXX. Hdt. VII 36 Tcacrapco-KcuSeKa (rpnfceas). Epict. Much. 40 oltto T£iruiv.        Strabo p. 177, IV 1 § 1 Trpo(ri8rjK£ 8e

TccrcrapOTKatSeica eOvr], 189, IV 2 § 1 iOvtov T«r

d. The alternative expressions o eh kcu cikoo-tos (ii Chr. 24lr) and 6 cikocttos irp&Tos (ii Chr. 2528) are quite classical: but the following way of expressing days of the month may be noted —

Haggai 21 /ua ko.1 eixaSt tov /atjvos. i Mac. I5' Tn^m? Kai eiVaSi tov fiijvos. Cp. 459. ii Mac. 105 rrj Ttkp.'mrj kcu etxaSi tov airov

VERBS, 15-33

15. The Verb Etvoi. ^fi-qv the 1st person singular of the imperfect, which is condemned by Phrynichus, occurs frequently in the LXX. It is found also in the N.T. —i Cor. 13U: Gal. I10'22: Acts 1030, II5-17,

32

32                  GRAMMAR OF SEPTUAGINT GREEK

2219.2": Mt. 25s5: Jn. II15. According to the text of Dindorf it occurs even in Eur. Hel. 931. It is a familiar feature of Hellenistic Greek, being common in Philo and Josephus, also in the Pastor of Hermas, and occurring moreover in such authors as Epictetus (Diss. I 16 § 19), Plutarch {Pomp. 74), Diogenes Laertius (VI § 56), Lueian (Asinus 46).

•§s for v)v$a., which is condemned by the same authority, occurs in Jdg. II35: Ruth 32: Job 384: Obd. I11. Op. Epict. Diss. IV 1 § 132.

fOTGKTav is the only form for the 3d person plural imperative, neither Iot nor 6vtu>v being used. This form is found in Plato (Meno 92 D). See § 16 d.

yrw for?sl: i1 Mac. 1031,163. So in JST.T. i Cor. 1622: James 512. Op. Herm. Past. Vis. Ill 3 § 4: i Clem. 485, where it occurs four times.

■qixeOa for rjf>.cv occurs in i K. 25™: Baruch I19. This form appears in the Revisers' text in Eph. 23.

16. The Termination -o-av. a. Probably the thing which will first arrest the attention of the student who is new to the Greek of the LXX is the termination in -

There are in Greek two terminations of the 3d person plural of the historic tenses— (1) in -v, (2) in -aav. Thus in Homer we have e/3av and also eftrjo-av- In Attic Greek the rule is that thematic aorists (i.e. those which have a .connecting vowel between the stem and the termination) and imperfects take v, e.g. —

e-Xvc-Aa/3-o-v, e-Xapfiav-o-v,

while non-thematic tenses and the pluperfect take -ow, e.g. —

e-So-trav, e-ri-$E-cray, i-Xc-XvK-t-aav.

In the Greek of the LXX, which in this point represents the Alexandrian vernacular, thematic 2d aorists and imperfects may equally take -trav.

Of 2d aorists we may take the following examples —

£iSo(TOv or ISocrav,, ei7roiiriocrav, eupouav, «<^ id="iv.i.i.iv.p100.2">€-

poa-av (= 2d aor.), tcftayoo-av, ivyoaav, fj6oaav, r}/Aa,pTO

(Josh. 314).

Compounds of these and others abound, e.g. — aTrijXBoa-av, Str/XOocrav, elarjXOoorav, iijrjXOoaav, iraprjX&ocrav, TrtpirjXOo-

) ivefiaXoorav, ■jraptvcfidXoarav,

crav, KaTeXtVoCTaVj aTrtOdvoaaV) etcrryyayocrav.

33

ACCIDENCE                                      33

b.  Instances of imperfects, which, for our present purpose, mean historic tenses formed from a strengthened present stem, do not come so readily to hand. But here are two —

eXa/x/Javoaav Ezk. 2212. Zaivoi Mac. 450.

These seem to be more common in the case of contracted vowel verbs —

iyevvSxrav Gen. 64                                    ev&rpidvovy Lam. I5.

iirrj^ovovaav ~Nh. I18.                                rjvojj.ovEzk. 22U.

eirotovcrar Job 1*.                                     Karevoovaav Ex. 33s.

ira-n-eivovvav Judith 49.                              oiKoSo/xowrav ii Esd. 1418.

evXoyova-av Ps. 61s.                                  irap£TrjpovSus. ®n. iSoXtovaav Ps. 59, 133.

Cp. Herm. Past. Sim. VI 2 § 7 cvoratfowai/, IX 9 § 5 ISokoCow.

Such forms occur plentifully in Mss. of the N.T., but the Revisers' text has only iSoXiovaav in Romans 313 (a quotation from Ps. 133) and TrapeXa/Jocrav in ii Thes. 36.

c.  The same termination -vav sometimes takes the place of -ev in the 3d person plural of the optative.

alv£Gen. 498.                                  6r)pevJob 187.

Ps. 34s5.                                     tSoiaav Job 2120.

Pl'OV. 2452.                             Kara^ayotcrav PrOV. 3017.

Ps. 10335.                              6A«Vato-av Job 18", 2010.

Dt. 3316: Job 189'u.                we/otiroT^aaiouv Job 2026.

iveyKaicrav Is. 6620.                                   7rotijo"aicrav Dt. I44.

euAoy^fraicrav Ps. 342S.                             Tru/xxewaicrav Job 2010.

cvpourav Sir. 339.                                          ifrr]Xa.(f>yJob 514, 1225.

d.  In Hellenistic Greek generally -ow is also the termination of the 3d person plural of the imperative in all voices, e.g. —

i K. 3022 airaytaOuHjav koa. a7rooTpe<£€T<0(rai'.

Tor instances in N.T. see i Cor. 79'36: i Tim. 54: Tit. 3": Acts 2420, 255.

17. Termination of the 2d Person Singular of Primary Tenses Middle and Passive. In the LXX, as in Attic, the 2d person singular of the present and futures, middle and passive, ends in -y, e.g. ap£g, dyrj, XwrrjOrfov). The only exceptions to this rule in Attic are /3oi5X«, otei, oi/-«, and lo-ct, of which the last is only used occasionally. In the LXX we have tya in Wo. 2313.

34

34                  GRAMMAR OF SEPTUAGINT GREEK

The full termination of the 2d person singular of primary tenses middle and passive (-o-ai), which in Attic Greek appears only in the perfect of all verbs and in the present of -/u verbs, as Ae-Au-crai, 8t-8o-crat; is occasionally to be found in the LXX in other cases.

iii K. 146. Dt. 3118 (A).

ktSo-ou Sir. 67.

mWi Dt. 28s9: Buth 29-14: iii K. 174: Ps. 1272: Jer. 2913 (A):

Ezk. 4U, 1218, 23s2-34. 4,dy£(Tai, Ruth 214: Ezk. 1218. So in N.T. —

Ron*. 2a7'23: i Cor. 47.

Rom. 9IS. <58wS25.

tf>6.yemecrai otS Lk. 17s.

The Pastor of Hermas yields US iirunravai., 7rAava(rai, xpa

In theory -crcu is the termination of every 2d person singular in the middle and passive voices, as in 8i-So-aai, kf-Xv-aai, so that iri-e-aai is a perfectly regular formation. But in Attic Greek the o- has dropped out wherever there is a connecting vowel, and then contraction has ensued. Thus 7rt£crai becomes first meat, and finally ircy. Confirmation of this theory is to be found in Homer, where there are many examples of the intermediate form, e.g. avaCpeai, Bevijaeai, epx^h e^x60-^ lhrp.1, neXeai, A«£««, AiXcuecu, //.atvecu, ve/ieai, oSvpeu, viakuu. It is an interesting question whether m'eom and <£ayeo-at are survivals in the popular speech of pre-Homeric forms, or rather revivals, as Jannaris and others think, on the analogy of the perfect middle and passive of all verbs and of the present middle and passive of -)ju verbs.

In /cauxacrou and the like, contraction has taken place in the vowels preceding the o- (Kavxaeom = Kavxo-crai). a.Tre£evov(iii K. 14e) looks like a barbarism for d7re|ev(o

As against these fuller forms, we sometimes find contracted forms in the LXX, where the -o-at is usual in Attic.

Sv'vjj for SuWcu. Dan. 0' 516. So in N.T. Lk. 162: Eev. 22. In Eur. Hec. 253 Porson substituted Suva for Bvvy, as being more Attic. SuVao-cu itself occurs in Job 1013,35s-",' 422: Wisd. II28: Dan. © 226, 415, 516: Bel ®24.

hr'vtrr-Q for ivUrrujax. Wo. 2014: Dt. 222: Joskl46: Job384: Jer. 17": Ezk. 374.

35

ACCIDENCE                                       35

18. Aorist in -a. a. Another inflexional form for the frequency of which the classical student will hardly be prepared is the aorist in -a in other than semivowel verbs. Attic Greek offers some rare instances of this formation, as etW-a, yjvtyK-a, «?xe-a, ^d in Homer we have such stray forms as Kr/avTes (Od. IX 231), aXeacrOu (Od. IX 274), ceva (II. XX 189). Nevertheless this is the type which has prevailed in the modern language.

b.  In Attic the aorist eura occurs more frequently in the other moods than in the indicative (e.g. Plat. Soph. 240 D ehaiixev, Prot. 353 A eiWrov imperative, Phileb. 60 D dirdru), Meno 71 D &tov imperative).

In the LXX this aorist is equally common in the indicative.

Dt. I2": Ps. 405.

Gen. M28: Judith 16". dp. Horn. II. 1106,108. etira/*ev Gen. 4231, 4422.26. el-rare Gen. 43s9, 44s8, 459.

elimv Jdg. 1415'18: i K. 1014: ii K. 1720, 1912: iv K. I6: Tob. 75: Jer. 492.

Gen. 4517: Dan. 0' 27.

Dan. ® 27.

(imperative) Gen. 507. dp. Horn. Od. Ill 427. curas Gen. 462.

c.  While the classical aorist rjXdov is common in the LXX, the form with -a also occurs, especially in the plural.

Wo. 1328.

e Gen. 26s7, 4212: Dt. I20: Jdg. II7.

Gen. 4718: Jdg. 121: ii K. 1720, 247: ii Chr. 2518: Dan. © 22.

Esther 54-8: Is. 519: Jer. 1715.

PrOV. 95.

&crt66.TEx. 146.

This aorist is common in Mss. of the N.T., but has not been admitted into the Revisers' text. Cp. Herm. Past. Vis. 14 § 1 rj8av, § 3 a.7rrjav: i Clem. 383 dcrrjXOafiev.

d.  By the side of efSov we have an aorist in -a, especially in the^Sa person plural, where its advantage is obvious. (See h belpw.)

' tZSa/nev i K. 10". cT8av Jdg. 628,162*: i K. 619: ii K. 10"-19.

36

36                    GRAMMAR OF SEPTUAGINT GREEK

e. Similarly by the side of tlXov we have parts formed as though from efAa.

Ko.0«Aav Gen. 44": iii K. 1914. itXaro Dt. 2618. ivelXaro Ex. 25. 6.daTo i K. 3018.

SietXavTO Josh. 228.

i&UMv i K. 1018.

i(dXaro Ex. 184-8: Josh. 2410: i K. 12U, 1737, 3018.

TtapdhxTO Nb. II25.

/. The aorist en-ecra occurs frequently in the 3d person plural, but is rare in other parts.

?7r«ra Dan. 0' 817.                      mad™ Jer. 4420 (AS), 492 (AS),

lirecras ii K. 3s4.                          Trc'trare Hos. 108.

Among compounds we find a.7ro;rea-aTcD<7av, Sien-eaaVj cvoreouv, iTreirccrav. So in KT. —

lireo-a E,ev. I17.

Rev. 514, 613, II16, 1710: Hb. II30. ^             Gal. 54.

j. Polyb. Ill 19 § 5 .ivTeVecrav.

gr. Other aorists of the same type are —

. 39.                                    lAajffov ii K. 2316.

ii Chr. 296.                            idyafiev ii K. 1942.

iii K. 63.                  '               l^uyav Jdg. 721.

Gen. 441.

7i. The frequency of the 3d person plural in this form is' no doubt due to a desire to differentiate the 3d person plural from the 1st person singular, which are confounded in the historic tenses ending in -ov. It also secured uniformity of ending with the aorist in -era. In ii K. 1014 we have this collocation —

elSav . . . evyav . . . cl

In Jdg. 6s we find the anomalous form aviftaivav followed by avejSatvov.

19. Augment, a. The augment with the pluperfect is at times omitted by Plato and the best Attic writers. Instances in the LXX are — |8e/3po5K«i i K. 3012.                              !v8eS«K« Lvt. 1623.

v ii K. 18".                              im/Se^Ka Nb. 22®.

iii K. 1013.                                 ^oka i K. 3012.

Job 2914.

37

ACCIDENCE                                         37

So in N.T. —

ScSutca Mk. 1444.                                        jUfi£vr}Kiurav i Jn. 219.

SeSu/ceto-av Jn. II57: cp. Mk. 1510.         irnncrrevKturav Acts 14s3.

Mk. 169.                                  7re7TO^/7.

Acts 2016.

But in the LXX we occasionally find other historic tenses without the augment, e.g. ii Esd. 1418 okoSo/xoCo-av. This is especially the case with eTSov.

Z&s Lam. 359.                                     ZW Gen. 37s5, 405.

ffiev Gen. 379, 406.                              ,rpot8ov Gen. 3718

b. In Attic Greek, when a preposition had lost its force and was felt as part of the verb, the augment was placed before, instead of

after, it, as iKaOevhov, ZKaBitpv, iKadyii.y]V.

The same law holds in the Greek of the LXX, but is naturally extended to fresh cases, e.g. to xpovo/xeiW, which in the Alexandrian dialect seems to have been the common word for ' to ravage.' Dt. 2s5, 37.                     r/vcxypaaav Job 243.

. 319.

c. The aorist ijvoi&i is already found in Xenophon. In the LXX it is common, though by no means to the exclusion of the form with internal augment. Besides rjvoi4a itself, which is conjugated throughout the singular and plural, we have also the following — m>. 16s2: Ps. 10517, 1081.        ^voiyov i Mac. II2.

v Ezk. I1.                              rjvoiycro iii K. 7a.

Is. 4220.

SoalsoinN.T.— Tjmie Acts 12", 1427: Kev. 81.            8njvoiy/iei/o«s Acts 7s6.

S«Jvoi& Acts 16M.                               yvoCyr) Eev. II19.

Besides the Attic form with double internal augment, dve'a>|a, the LXX has also forms which augment the initial vowel of this, and so display a triple augment — rtvii^e Gen. 86: iii Mac. 618.

k            Gen. 7": Sir. 4314: Dan. 710.

iii K. 8s9: ii Chr. 620-40, 715: Neh. I6.

iii K. 852.

o in N.T. — rjvca>yiJ.£vov Rev. 10s.

38

38                  GRAMMAR OF SEPTUAGINT GREEK

d.  In irpo^-qreoav the internal augment is wrong, since the verb is formed on the noun irpo^n/r?;?. In the LXX vpoe(j>^reva-ev occurs only in i K. 1810 (A) and Sir. 4620. Nevertheless this is the form which has been everywhere preferred in the Eevisers' text of the N.T.

Trpoefprjrevov Acts 196.

■7rPoe4>rJTcvMt. 157: Mk. T: Lk. I67: Jn. lla: Jude".

TrpoeMt. 7s2.

7rpoe^T£v(rav Mt. II18.

e.  Instances of double augment in the LXX are — aireKaTiaTi) Ex. 1527.

a.ire.Ka.Tii Esd. I33.

yvtoxWrr i K. 3Op. Dan. 350: Dan. 0' 618.

20.  Reduplication, a. In verbs compounded with a preposition reduplication is sometimes applied to the preposition.

KeKarapa^vos Dt. 2123: Sir. 316. Op. EDOoh 272. 7reTrpovofj*.v/J.lv&; Is. 422. Qp. § 19 6.

&. In the form KeKar-^pavrai (Nb. 22", 249. Op. Enoch 271'2.) we have what may be called double reduplication.

c.  With ptpLjj.fj.evoi (Jdg. 422) and CK/otpt/A/xcVijv (Jdg. 15W) may be compared Homer's ptp ru>ij.h/a. (Od. YI 59). p€pt'0ai \_p€pl6ai] is cited from Pindar by Chceroboscus.

d.  The reduplicated present iKSiSwKetc occurs in four passages — i K. 318': ii K. 2310: Neh. 4s3: Hos. 71. It is used also by Josephus. Ktx/oSv, 'to lend/ occurs in three passages—i K. Is8: Prov. 13U: Ps. 1115. Kixpriiu is used in this sense by Demosthenes.

e.  The verb Kpa£eiv has a reduplicated weak aorist, i^pa^a, which is very common, especially in the Psalms; also a reduplicated strong aorist, though this is very rare.

tKtKpaytv Is. 6s.                                  eKCKpayov Is. 6*.

21.  Attic Future, a. What is called the Attic future, i.e. the future out of which im£eiv, so far as it appears in Attic authors at all, is 1 vl : but in the LXX it is always Among verbs in -i£co which take this form of future are —

39

ACCIDENCE                                      39

There is no apparent reason for the contraction in the future of verbs in -l£uv. The retention of 4 Oeplaa (mid.), Lvt. 255 tKBtpiaw;. Of the two versions of Daniel O' has in 4s9 xj/oifuCq-ova-i, while ® has ij/u>iuovariv. MrjvUiv has a future in the LXX of the same sort as verbs in -tt,uv.

iSi Jer. 312.                                    fx,rjvim Lvt. 1918.

d Ps. 1029.

b. In Attic Greek there are a few instances of verbs in -dropping the o- and contracting in the future. Thus /3i/3d£av, litTolfiiv have the futures /3t/8fi, i£erG> in addition to the full forms. In the LXX the former of these sometimes retains the o- in the future (Dt. 67: Ps. 31s: Is. 4018: Wisd. 63: Sir. 13"), the latter always: but the tendency which they exemplify is carried out in the case of other verbs in -a£ety. Hence we meet with the following futures —

dpTra Lvt. 1918.

dp-rruifiai Hos. 514.

iKSiKarai Lvt. 1918: Dt. 3243: Judith II10.

ipya Gen. 412, 2927: Ex. 209, 3421: Lvt. 2540: Dt. 51S, 1519: ii K 910. ipykrat Lvt. 2540: Job S329. ipyZVTIs. 510: Jer. 378-9, 2213, 41": Ezk. 4819. Karepya Dt. 2839. m Dt. 3116. Job 8lr.

c.  Both in the LXX and in the 3ST.T. semivowel verbs, i.e. those with A, p, ju,, v, have a contracted future, as in Attic, e.g. f/a5>, cnrtptls, Te/Aeis, pavet.

d.  In Attic Greek the future of x«« is still x and indistinguishable from the present. In the LXX the future is distinguished by being treated as a contracted tense. Thus we have —

e/c^ects,

The 1st person plural does not seem to occur.

e. To the contracted futures the LXX adds the post-classical ekS>, fronHaie same stem as elAov. This future occurs both in the active and the middle voices, e.g. a<} id="iv.i.i.iv.p244.1">i;S> (Nb. II17), «&Xub-& (Josh. 213).

SoinN.T.—

ii Th. 28.

40

40                 GRAMMAR OF SEPTUAGINT GREEK

/. In Attic reXeiv and Kakuv are in the future indistinguishable from the present. In the later Greek of the LXX this ambiguity is avoided by the retention of the full form of the future. Thus we have—

crwrtXeaere, crwrcXecrovcriv, and

KaXetms,            KaXccret,

KaXecrowiv.

g. The future oX«ro>, ■which is common in Homer but rare in Attic, does not occur in the LXX5 which has only the contracted forms —

6£ Prov. I32.                         6XovvTw. Prov. 2s2,132,155,1633, 25W.

oXemu Job 813.

h. On the other hand, «Xdcms in Ex. 25" is the only instance of the future of IXavva in the LXX.

i. In Attic o-Ke&Wu/xi has future o-keSu), but in the LXX it retains the o-, e.g. SuwrKeSao-w Jdg. 21.

22.  Retention of Short Vowel in the Future. As a rule in Greek a and e verbs lengthen the vowel in forming the future. Exceptions are o-rrdo) and xiXao) among a verbs, and among e verbs aive'eo, KaXew, TtXew. When the vowel is short in the future, it is also short in the 1st aorist.

To the e verbs which have the vowel short in the future and 1st aorist we may add from the LXX iraviiv, 9avuv, optlv. SoinKT.—

iopia-Ofiev i Cor. 1549. Op. Herm. Past. Sim. IX 13 § 3,15 § 6 tyopwav.

23.  Aorist of Semivowel Verbs. In Attic Greek semivowel verbs with a in their stem lengthen the a into 17 in forming the 1st aorist (as av-, t4>r]va), except after 1 or p, when they lengthen into d (as ix.oa.v-, i/j.LOLva, rrtpav-, €7rcpdra). See G. § 672.

In the LXX many such verbs lengthen into d when the a of the stem is preceded by a consonant. Hence we meet with such forms as eyXwavas, CKK&Oapov, i^eKadapa, iireyjapas, iiriffmvov, iitoifua.vf.v, ecnj^ia-vev, ayjjAvri, v^davai, vave.v, va.vrji, ipaXare. In Amos 52 t(raev is ambiguous, as it might be 2d aorist.

The form «a6apgs is read in Dindorf's text of Xen. CEc. 18 § 8,

41

ACCIDENCE                                      41

and in Hermann's text of Plato Laws 735 we have Ka.6a.py in B followed by Kodriptitv in D. The aorist ic-Zj/Mva is found as early as Xen-ophon. Cp. Aristeas §§ 16, 33. 'EKfpSava was always regarded as good Attic.

Such forms are also to be found in the N.T., e.g. —

lfia.aKa.vev Gal. 31.                                  la-qpawai Kev. I1.

24. The Strong Tenses of the Passive. The Greek of the LXX displays a preference for the strong over the weak tenses of the passive, i.e. for the tenses which are formed directly from the verbal stem, namely, the 2d aorist and the 2d future. Thus r/yyiX-qv, which is not to be found in classical authors, except in a disputed reading of Eur. I. T. 932, occurs frequently (in compounds) in the LXX, and the future passive, when employed, is the corresponding form in -rjo-ofuii,

e.g. Ps. 2181 avayyeX-qaerai, Ps. 5813 huxyyeX-qarovTai.

So again from piVra we find only the 2d aorist and 2d future passive, e.g. Ezk. 1912 Zppfyrj, ii K. 2021 pi^-qatrai.

The following are other instances of the same formation: —

fip^        (f$px)

yparjo-ovTaL Ezk. 139. Cp. Aristeas § 32.

Budpv^r]crav Nahum I6.

iKXcrfvai Dan. O'll35.

eXiyrjatrai Is. 344.

ive^piyy, Ps. 6212.

i£aii Chr. 294. Cp. Plat. PJmdr. 258 B.

imo-KeTrrjCrav i Chr. 2631. rjKa.TaarTa.Tr]crav Tobit I15. 6pvyrj Ps. 9318. TrtpieTrXoiKTjo-av Ps. 11861. pvyr](jav Ps. 101*. Ps. 5910.

25. The Verbs imvav and Sn|»av. In Attic Greek these two verbs contract into -q instead of d. In the LXX they contract into d, and iravaco further forms its future and aorist in d instead of -q.

eav irava . . . iav Bupa PrOV. 2521. eiretvas Dt. 2518. rtoltf (ind.) Is. 298.

$he parts of weivSv which occur in the future and aorist are -rrava.-crei, Travacrere, ir£ivacroi)(7t, lireivaaev, eTravacrav, ireivd(subj.),7rttva(r

42

42                   GRAMMAR OF SEPTUAGINT GREEK

So also in N.T. — ■n-avav Phil. 412. ■KtwS. (ind.) i Cor. 11s1. Treiva . . . Sujja (subj.) Rom. 1220 (quoted from Prov. 2521).

eav Tts Sii/fa Jd. 73'.

For the future and aorist of mwav in KT. see Mt. 122-3, 25s5: Lk. 42: Jn. 6s5: Rev. 716.

26. The Perfect of iii«iv. "Hk£iv in the LXX has a perfect fJKa, which occurs however only in the plural.

■qKapev Gen. 474: Josh. 912.

fare Gen. 427-9: Dt. 129: i Chr. 1217.

■^Kacri(v) 18 times. This form occurs once in the N.T. —

^aMk. 83.

Op. i Clem. 122 in a quotation from Josh. 23.

The aorist i?£a, which is found iu late authors, is not used in the LXX.

Wherever the form tJkc occurs, it is either imperative, as in ii K. 14s2, or imperfect, as in ii Mac. 431, 8s3, 144'26.

27: Presents formed from Perfects, a. From the perfect Iot^ko. there was formed a new present o-nj/co), which occurs in two or three passages of'the LXX.

Jdg. 162e.                     '                 iii K. 8U.

(imper.) Ex. 1413 (A).

So in N.T. —

Rom. 144. (ind.) Phil. I27.

(imper.) i Cor. 1613: Gal. 51: Phil 41: ii Thes. 215. 8: Mk. II25.

b. Similar to this is the verb ypijyopetv, formed from iypyyopa. We may conjecture that the pluperfect iyp-qyopu came to be regarded as a contracted imperfect, and so gave rise to yprjyopS>.

eypyyopovv Jer. 3828.

yp-qyopdv i Mac. 122r.

yprjyopowTIf eh. 7s.

ypTjyopycro) Jer. 3828.

iyprfyopt}(rc(v) Jer. 56: Bar. 29: Dan. © 9".

Lam. I14.

43

ACCIDENCE                                          43

From this verb in its turn was formed a new verbal noun ois Dan. © 5U> M. Op. also the proper name Fptjyopws. So in N.T. —

yprjyopuifiev i Tn. 56.

yprjyopelre (imper.) i Cor. 1613: Mk. 1337.

yp7)yoprji Pet. 58.

c.   Of like Origin is the aorist iveiroCO-qa-a, which occurs in Job 3124. From -TrtiroiOeiv again we have the noun ireirolOrjo-K iv K. 1819.

d.   The tendency to form new presents from perfects is already exhibited in Homer. Thus we have avwya (Od. V 139 etc.) formed from avuiyoL, and yeywvav (II. XII 337) from yeyuva; also the imperfect ifiepriKov (Od. IX 439) from faip.i]Ka.

28. The Verb Io-tcLvcu and its Cognates. By the side of the forms in -/u there existed from Homer downwards alternative forms in -u>. Some of these present themselves in the LXX. Thus we have the following parts of the transitive verb to-raw. UrrSxriv i Mac. 81.

£otw ii K. 22s4: Job 62: Ps. 1733: Sir. 27s6: Is. 4426: i Mac. 2*. Among its compounds we may notice the following — Ka0ta-TS>v Dt. 17": Dan. O' 4s4. Op. Aristeas § 228.

^ButtS. Dan. ® 2a. Kadio-rav Dan. 0' 221.

i Mac. 818.

ItS.v iii Mac. 6M. So in N.T.—

Rom. 331.                                  o-vnorfiv ii Cor. 1018.

a Mk. 912.                               vtk ii Cor. 42, 64.

The form laravuv, also transitive, occurs in Ezk. 17". Op. Aristeas §§ 280, 281 xadujTavuv.

So in N.T.—

(jLtdurrdvuv i Cor. 132.                crwiorarav ii Cor. 31. Cp. 512, 1012.

Cp. Herm. Past. Vis. I 3 § 4 jkBujtovu.

Later Greek has a transitive perfect eTim. 81 D). Thus in [Plato] AxiocJius 370 D we find irepUo-TaKas.

iu4a.Ka.fx.ev i Mac. II84. AiJer. 165. ia0«rraKa Jer. I10, 617.

i Mac. 1020. Qp. Aristeas § 37.

44

44                  GRAMMAR OF SEPTUAGINT GREEK

So in N.T. — e£eU.

In Josh. 1019 there occurs the irregular perfect imperative ia with connecting vowel a instead of e. With this form may be compared ■nero&arc Ps. 145s: Is. 5010: Jer. 94.

29. The Verb -ntevai and its Cognates. This verb does not offer much scope for remark. The imperfect is formed, so far as it occurs, from the alternative form ti&'w.

iri&as Ps. 4918>w.                                kr'&u Prov. 8s8.

This is in accordance with classical'usage, which however has fri&jv in the 1st person. 'ErtOrj is read by A in Esther 44.

The strong and weak aorists active seem to be about equally frequent. The only person of the latter that is missing is the 2d person plural. 'E0»jKa/Aei> is found (ii Esd. 1510: Is. 2815) and t&riKav is common.

The 2d person singular of the strong aorist middle is always l#ov, as in Attic.

In i Esd. 430 we find ormfloway formed from the thematic

30. The Verb SiSdvoi ana its Cognates. The present tense runs thus—

SiSojui, 8i8«)s, ShSgkh,

StSoacriv.

In Ps. 3621 we find 3d person singular StSoI from the cognate The imperfect runs thus —

iSiSovv or

as 3d person plural occurs in ii Chr. 275: iii Mae. 380; in Judith 7a: Jer. 4421: Ezk. 2342: iii Mac. 282. The imperative active Si'Sou is found in Tobit 416: Prov. 99, 22*. The 1st aorist is common in the singular and in the 3d person plural of the indicative, cSojkciv.

The 2d aorist subjunctive runs thus —

8u)T£, 8£

Of the above forms only St8ot, 3d person plural cSt'Sow, and ZSuKav are non-Attic.

45

ACCIDENCE                                      45

The optative of the 2d aorist has the stem vowel long — 8^s Ps. 847, 1203.                                                               • .'.

B29 times. In Job 68, 1928: Sir. 4526 Son; occurs as a variant. Op. Aristeas § 185 ^v.

SoinKT.— Swi) ii Th. 316: Rom. 155: Eph. 1": ii Tim. I16-18, 2s5.

31. The Verb Uvoi and its Cognates, a. The simple verb livai does not occur in the LXX. It has therefore to be studied in its compounds. The regular inflexion of the imperfect in Attic is supposed to be Ztjv, Uus, ?a, though in Plat. Euthyd. 293 A we have 1st person singular ■ij^kw. 'H<£ias therefore (Sus. O'53) may be considered classical.

b.  The following two passages will set before us the points that have to be noticed with regard to dc/uevai —

Ex. 32s2 d fih> d<^€i9 . . . a<£es. i Esd. 47 eurev a.eivai, aiovcnv.

In the former of these da.4>e.a, a cognate thematic form to a[r)fu, but without the reduplication.

In the latter we have a new formation which treats the reduplication as though it were itself the stem. Of this new verb we have the following parts —

&.Cu> Eccl. 218.                                            d<£iWn i Esd. 450.

d^tW Eccl. 511.

In the N.T. also we find d^ets (Rev. 220) and jfa«(i>) (Mk. 1st, II16) the imperfect of &4>l<». Op. Herm. Past. Vis. Ill 7 § 1

&.<] id="iv.i.i.iv.p358.1">IOV(TIV.

The weak aorist occurs in the singular and in the 3d person plural a^Kav, e.g. Jdg. I34.

c.  A thematic verb crwiav existed in classical Greek. Theognis 565 has the infinitive crwtetv: Plat. Soph. 238 E uses fuvieis. Of this verb we find the following parts in the LXX, if we may trust the accentuation —

uv iii K. 39-u.                              (rmnovcnv (dat. pi.) Prov. 89.

i&v ii Chr. 3412.

^o also in N.T. —

'b o-wtSv Rom. 3U. In Mt. 1323 the R.V. text has v. (3d pi.) Mt. 1313: ii Cor. 1(P.

46

46                    GRAMMAR OF SEPTUAGINT GREEK

d.   In addition to this we find a verb of new formation like d<£t'u id="iv.i.i.iv.p366.1"> —

■8: Job 159, 364. Prov. 2112-29: Wisd. 911. Dan. © 8s'23'27 and passim. awwvn»v (gen. pi.) ii Chr. 3022.

In ii Chr. 265 owiwros and ii Esd. 816 crunwras the accent seems to be misplaced.

The new participle o-unW has not entirely ousted the -fu form in the LXX. We have awitfe Ps. 3215: oi ovnevres Dan. 12s: awtevras Dan. © 14: r5r crwtivraiv Dan. 11s5.

e.  The 3d person plural of the 1st aorist fJKav, which occurs in Xen. Anab. IV 5 § 18, is used in the LXX in its compound arJKav.

f.  The verb awCuv is to be met with also in the Apostolic Fathers —

tninoi Herm. Past. Mdt. IV 2 § 1, X 1 § 3.

oWa IV 2 § 2.

truvioixrti' X 1 § 6.

awe VI 2 §§ 3, 6: Sim. IX 12 § 1.

trwtW Barn. Ep. 1210.

g.  The 2d person singular present middle irpoiy in Job 719 is doubtless formed on the analogy of Ai%, but might be reached from irpokaai by loss of cr and contraction.

32. The Imperatives dvdo-Ta and airoo-ro, etc. It is the by-forms in -co which account for these imperatives (dvocrra = dvacrTa-t). 'Avcutto. in the LXX is used interchangeably with avaxTTrfit.. Thus in Dan. 75 0' has avaxTTa, while © has dvacro?0i. But the same writer even will go from one to the other. Thus in iii K. 19 we have avdo-r-rjOi in v. 5 and avdara in v. 7, and again in iii K. 20 dvaora in v. 15 and. avd-

in V. 18. So also Ps. 4324'w avaxTT-qOi . . . avdara. 'A-irocrra. OCCUrS

in Job 716, 146, 21".

So in N.T., where we find in addition the 3d person singular and the 2d person plural.

ivdcrra A-CtS 127: Eph. 5".                    Kara/Sara. Mt. 2742.

Rev. 41.                                        dvaj3E Eev. II12.

Gp. Herm. Past. Mdt. VI 2 §§ 6, 7 d^i-oWa . . . diroa-Tjjft, Vis. 2 § 8 avTiara.

47

ACCIDENCE                                      47

Similar forms are to be found even in the Attic drama and earlier. I^Sa Eur. Elec. 113: ,Ar. Ban. 377. imfia Theognis 845. tafia Eur. Plioen. 193. Kai-a/3a Ar. Ban. 35, Vesp. 979.

a Eur. Ale. 872: Ar. Adi. 262.

33. Special Forms of Verbs.

denominative from

v iv K. I?9: Job 29", 3119 (in 405 i^Uaai) = f^ 6.7TOKT&VUV Ex. 4s8: iiK. 412: ivK. 1725: Ps. 77s4, 1008: Wisd.

16": Hab. I17: Is. 663: Dan. © 21S: iii Mac. 7". awoTiwiuv Gen. 3139: Ps. 685: Sir. 2012.

iXeav for a«Tv. Ps. 3626, 1146: Prov. 139,1421-31, 2126, 28s: Sir. 18": Tobit 132: iv Mac. 612, 93. So in N.T., Jude22'23. Op. iClem. 132: Barn. Ep. 202. rj? Ezk. 16*.

ii K. 1811. Maintained by some to be the true Attic form. ipprjycas for eppcoyws- Job 3219. ivQuv for icrOCuv. Lvt. 715, 11« 17W; 198'26: Sir. 2015. Old poetic

form. Horn. II. XXIV 415: Od. IX 479, X 273. k<£0ov for UeWo. Gen. 38n: Jdg. 1710: Ruth 318: i K. I23, 225-»: iv K. 22'4-6: Ps. 1091: Sir. 97. Formed on the analogy of Xvov. KdOrja-o itself occurs in ii Chr. 2519. In Ezk. 2341 we have imperfect !k<£0ov. So in N.T., Mt. 22": Mk. 1236: Lk. 2042: Acts 2s4: Hb. I18 (all quotations from Ps. 1091): James 23.

Jer. 419.

Dt. 92. Cp. Eur. Ion 999 (Dindorf).

d£uv for in(t,uv. Song 215: Sir. 2321. Tiiit,av occurs only in Micah 615 in the original sense of ' to. press.' Jer. 2339 and eight other passages.

34. Adverbs. Hellenistic Greek supplied the missing adverb to 'Aya&Ss occurs in Aristotle R7i. II 11 § 1. In the LXX it is found in i K. 207: iv K. II18: Tob. 1310.

Among adverbs of time we may notice «/c TrpwWev and airo irptoWev as peculiar to the LXX. For the former see ii K. 227: iii K. 1826: i Mac. 1080; for the latter Ex. 1818'": Ruth 27: Job 420: Sir. 1826: i M^.c. 9W. Similar to these among adverbs of place is dbro /MKpoOtv, Ps. 1382. Such expressions remind us of our own double form 'from whence,' which purists condemn.

48

48                  GRAMMAR OF SEPTUAGINT GREEK

In the Greek of the LXX 7ro5 is used for ttoi, just as we commonly say ' where' for < whither.'

Jdg. 1917 Hov iropcvy, koX Trodev epXV '■>

Cp. Gen. 3781: Josh. 25, 810: Jdg. 1917: i K. 10": Zeeh. 22.

IIoi occurs only in a doubtful reading in Jer. 228, and has there the sense of irov.

Similarly ov is used for ot, which is not found at all.

Jer. 51s5 ov lav /SaStcnjs CKa.

Cp. Gen. 403: Ex. 2113: iii K. 1810: Ezk. 1216.

SoinN.T.—

ttov = ttoT i Jn. 2", 38, 814: Hb. II8. ottov = ottoi James 34.

oiroi does not occur in Biblical Greek.

35. Homerisms. The Ionic infusion which is observable in the Greek of the LXX may possibly be due to the use of Homer as a schoolbook in Alexandria. This would be a vera causa in accounting for such stray Ionisms as kuvo/Wj;;, ftaxa^PXIi wi^cjSijkui^s, and the use of o~ire[p-r]'s in the Papyri; possibly also for ycuSv, yawus. Such forms also as £7rao<.Sos, ZoOu-v, erdwa-av (Sir. 4312), ju.oA.i/3os, ^s, have an Homeric ring about them.

36. Movable Consonants, v ifaXxvo-TiKov is freely employed before consonants, as in Gen. 3115, 4155: Dt. 191: Ruth 23: Jdg. 16U.

To axpt and ix-expt- s is sometimes appended before a vowel and sometimes not.

Jdg. II33 axpts "Apvwv.                        Josh. 423

Job 3211 ctxpi ou.                                 i Esd. I54

ii Mac. 1415 axpi- atSvos.                      Job 3212 fi.ipi vp,S>v.

v and cLvtXkpvs differ from one another by more than the The former does not occur at all in the LXX, the latter in Swete's

text only once, iii Mac. 516 avriKpus dva/cAi^rjvai avrov.

In the Revisers' text of the isf.T. we find axpt before a consonant in Gal. 42; SXp« ov i Cor. II26, 1525: Gal. 319, 419: Hb. 313; ^XP^ ^ Mk. 1330; jae'xpis al/taTC* Hb. 124 ; dvn/cpi; Xt'ou Acts 2015.

37. Spelling. In matters of spelling Dr. Swete's text appears to reflect variations in the Mss.

49

ACCIDENCE                                       49

a. The diphthong ei is often replaced by i, as in i Esd. I11 xuAkiocs compared with ii Chr. 3513 ^oA/cetou. This is especially the case with feminine nouns in -eux, as

dtartoAia, ocmAta, Aarpta, irXwBia, crvyytvta, vyia, appxLKM-

Neuters plural in -iia also sometimes end in -ia with recession of accent, as —

oiyyw Gen. 4225.                                  ^pia Gen. 4517.

In the pluperfect of "ott^i again we sometimes find i for u —

l(TT^KCL Jdg. 1629.                                          *lNb. 238'17.

irapiaTrJKCi. (jren. 4o . So also in the future and 1st aorist of Aei'xw, as —

On the other hand dSau for ISeu (nom. pi. of ISea) occurs in Dan. ©I13.

b. v in composition is sometimes changed into //. before a labial and sometimes not, as —

Ex. 412.                                     o-WySi/Jatrara) Jdg. 13s.

Before a guttural or tr, v is often retained, instead of being turned into y, as —

But on the other hand —

c.  In the spelling of Xap.f36.vav /* appears in parts not formed from the present stem, as —

X-qpApopal) Xrjfujrrj, X^fufr£t iX^jj.9rj) Ka.TaXijfjt.ij/rj.

This may indicate that the syllable in which the ft. occurs was pronounced with /3. In modern Greek /xir stands for &.,• and we seem to find this usage as early as Hermas (Vis. Ill 1 § 4), who represents the Latin subsellium by o-vp.ip£Xiov. Cp. lAp.f$aKovp, for HabaTckuk.

d.  The doubling of p in the augment of verbs is often neglected, as —

i$epir}(n.v! tpavtv, ipairi^ov, l/ai^ev.

e.  The following also may be noticed— ipavvav for ipewav Dt. 1314.

pxep6<;, p,upo<$ id="iv.i.i.iv.p440.1">a.y!a, niepoayav, p,itpoovM all in Maccabees only. Dt. 99> n: Josh. 147.

50

SYNTAX

CONSTRUCTION OF THE SENTENCE, 38-43

38.   The Construction of the LXX not Greek. In treating of Accidence we have been concerned only with dialectical varieties within the Greek language, but in turning Jo syntax we come unavoidably upon what is not Greek. For the LXX is on the whole a literal translation, that is to say, it is only half a translation — the vocabulary has been changed, but seldom the construction. We have therefore to deal with a work of which the vocabulary is Greek and the syntax Hebrew.

39.  Absence of p&v and 8«. How little we are concerned with a piece of Greek diction is brought home to us by the fact that the balance of clauses by the particles /xey and Se, so familiar a feature of Greek style, is rare in the LXX, except in the books of Wisdom and Maccabees. It does not occur once in all the books between Deuteronomy and Proverbs nor in Ecclesiastes, the Song, the bulk of the Minor Prophets, Jeremiah, and Ezekiel; and in each of the following books it occurs once only — Leviticus (277), Numbers (22s3), Tobit (1410), Haggai (I4), Zechariah (I15), Isaiah (62). Where the antithesis is employed, it is often not managed with propriety, e.g. in Job 326. As instances of the non-occurrence of one or both of the particles "where their presence is obviously required we may take —

Gen. 27K 'H cf>a>vr) (f>mvr] 'IaKO>j3, al Si X"Pes X^P65 'Htrav.         Jdg.

1629 xai iKpaTrjcrcv eva rfj Se^c'a avrov koI era rrj aptcrrepa avrov.

ii K. II25 7TOT6 /X€V OVT(OS Kal TTOTi OVTti)S-          Hi K. 186 fUa . . .

sxxv.

40.  Paratactical Construction of the LXX. Roughly speaking, it is true to say that in the Greek of the LXX there is no syntax, only parataxis. The whole is one great scheme of clauses connected by Kai, and we have to trust to the sense to tell us which is to be so emphasized as to make it into the apodosis. It may therefore be laid down as a general rule that in the LXX the apodosis is introduced

50

51

SYNTAX                                         51

by Kcu. This is a recurrence to an earlier stage of language than that which Greek itself had reached long before the LXX was written, but we find occasional survivals of it in classical writers, e.g. Xen. Cyrop. I 4 § 28 Kal 68ov t« ovirm troXXrjv BirjvwrBcu. avrots Kal tov MrjSov fiKttv- Here it is convenient to translate Kal ' when,' but the construction is really paratactical. So again Xen. Anab. IV 2 § 12 Kat tovtov Tt TrapeXyXvOtaav oi "EAAi/ves, Kal ertpov opfitriv e/j/irpoo~6ev Xocjiov KaTeX6/ievov. Gp. Anab. I 8 § 8, II1 § 7, IV 6 § 2; also Verg. JEn. II 692 —

Vix ea fatus erat senior, subitoque fragore

intonuit laevom.

In the above instances the two clauses are coordinate. But in the LXX, even when the former clause is introduced by a subordinative conjunction, W still follows in the latter, e.g. —

Gen. 4429 eav ovv d/3r)T£ . . . Kal Karaite ktX. Ex. 1314 tav Se kpiOTtjarj . . . Kal epfis kt. Cp. 79.         Josh. 41 Kal cjra crwtTC-

eo~ev Tras 6 Xaos StaySatVcov tov 'lophdvrjv, koX etnev Kvpios.

Sometimes a preposition with a verbal noun takes the place of the protasis, e.g. —

Ex. 312 iv tZ£ayayeiv . • • Kal Xarpeixrere.

In Homer also km is used in the apodosis after limC (Od. V 96), V>s (II. I 477: Od. X 188), or Srt (Od. V 391,401: X145,157, 250).

The difficulty which sometimes arises in the LXX in determining which is the apodosis amid a labyrinth of ko.1 clauses, e.g. in Gen. iu, 3910, may be paralleled by the difficulty which sometimes presents itself in Homer with regard to a series of clauses introduced by &e, e.g. Od. X 112,113; XI 34-6.

41. Introduction of the Sentence by a Verb of Being. Very often in imitation of Hebrew idiom the whole sentence is introduced by eye-vero Or torou.

Gen. 3919 eycWro Se tbs rjKovcrev . . . Kal iOv/xdOr; opyfj. Op. VS. 5, 7, 13. iii K. 1812 Kal ?iyu> airiXOw awb o~ov} Kal nvev/ja ~K.vpcov dpet (re eis ttjv yrjv 17V oiik oTSas.

In such cases in accordance with western ideas of what a sentence ought to be, we say that «at introduces the apodosis, but it may be that, in its original conception at least, the whole construction was paratactical. It is easy to see this in a single instance like —

Gen. 418 cycVero Se wpoil Kal tTapaj)(drj rj ^v ] airov,

52

52                  GRAMMAR OF SEPTUAGINT GREEK

but the same explanation may be applied to more complex cases, e.g. —

Nb. 219 Kal kyivero orav eSaKvev ot^ts avOpanrov, Kal i-n-ifiXaj/tv iirl tov 54>lv tov xa^-«ovv, koL ll-q. And there vjos when a serpent bit a man, and he looked on the brazen, serpent, and lived. Cp. Gen. 42s5, 432-21: Jdg. 14".

42. Apposition of Verbs. Sometimes the ko.1 does not appear after iyivcro, iyev^Orj, or lo-Tat, thus presenting a construction which we may denote by the phrase Apposition of Verbs.

Jdg. 1930 Kal lyevero iras 6 fSXeirtnv eXeyev ...            i K. 318 Kal eye-

vr)6t] rrj iiravpiov, tpxovrai ot aX6[vXou Gen. 4431 Kal tcrrai iv t<5 iSeiv avrov /at) ov to iraiSapiov /tt6' ■^/tfiv, TtXemrjOiu

In two versions of the same Hebrew we find one translator using the ko.C and the other not.

43. Li in the Apodosis. The use of U to mark the apodosis, which is found occasionally in classical authors from Homer downwards, is rare in the LXX.

Josh. 28 Kal eycrero avTrj Sf avift-q.

THE ARTICLE, 44, 45

44. Generic Use of the Article. This is due to following the Hebrew, i K. 1734 6 Xiwv ko1 ■r] apKos = ' a lion or a bear,' 1736 ko! rqv tTwrrev 6 SovAds crov Kal tov Xeovra. Amos 519 ov rpmov 4>'vyu av^po)7ros ek irpocrui'irov tov X£ovtos, Kal ifjurtcrr] cvt<£ ij Is. 714 I8ov rj napdevoi iv yaxrTpl

45. Elliptical Use of the Feminine Article. The use of the feminine article with some case of x"Pa or yi understood is not due to the influence of the Hebrew.

ij vtt ovpavov Job 184.

t^v w ovpavov Job I7, 22, 510, 9°, 282*, 3413, 3824.

t^9 vtto tov oipavov Ex. 174: Prov. 828: ii Mac. 218.

t^s vtt' ovpavov Job 3818.

rrj vtt ovpavov Esther 4W: Baruch 53.

53

SYNTAX                                         53

So in N.T. —

Lk. 172i fi acrrpmrrj aorpa7rroi>cra Ik rrjs wro tov ovpavov els rrjv vtt' ovpavov Xdfjaru.

GENDER, 46, 47

46.  Elliptical Use of the Feminine Adjective. There is nothing about the feminine gender which should make ellipse more frequent with it than with the masculine or neuter. Only it happens that some of the words which can be most easily supplied are feminine. This elliptical use of the feminine adjective (or of adv. = adj.) is a feature of Greek generally. It is not very common in the LXX. Instances are —

err' evdeias (6SoS) Josh. 8W.

h rjj evOuq. Ps. 14210.

■nj's 7rA1.

tt)v crvfiTraxrav (yfjv) Job 22, 252.

£ios rfjs arjfupov (^/xepas) ii Chr. 3525.

tyjv avpiov iii Mac. 5s8.

i/36r]ewrf) iv K. 1828. ets T7]v v[n] jv {^lipav) ii Chr. I3.

In the N.T. this idiom occurs much more frequently. Take for instance Lk. 1247'48 Sap^o-erai TroAXas . . . oAtyas (?rAijyas). Op. also—

rrjv Trpos Oolvoltov (68ov) EuS. H.E. II 23.

ovk eis /MKpav Philo Leg. ad C. § 4.

Itt' tvdeMs Philo Q.O.P.L. § 1.

i-n-l £evr}s (x<* id="iv.i.i.iv.p500.1">pas or y^s) Philo Leg. ad C. § 3.

TreBias re Kal opeiyi] ibid. § 7.

rrj Trarptm (yAwcrcrg) Jos. B. J. Prooem. 1.

rets irepioUovs (irdAets) ibid. 8.

47.  Feminine for Neuter. The use of the feminine for the neuter is a pure Hebraism, which occurs principally in the Psalms.

Jdg. 157 lav iroiyarrjTt outids ravrrjv, 21s eis ti . . . iyev/jd-rj oxtt] ; i K 47 yiyovtv roiavrr] «^es «at TpiT7jv. Ps. 263 fy ravrrj iylo

, 264 juuiv r]TT]Ik^ttjcw, 31

Tai/njs

I

7rpcxr£v£tTai vag otrtos, 11723 Tropa Kuptbu tyei/ero avriy, 11850 /«.e TrapEKaAetrev, 118^ auTry iytyTjOrj fioi.

In the N.T. this license only occurs in Mk. 12", Mt. 2142 in a quotation from Ps. 11723.

54

54                 GEAMMAR OF SEPTUAGINT GREEK

NUMBER, 48, 49

48.  Singular for Plural. Sometimes in imitation, of Hebrew idiom we find the singular used in the sense of the plural. When the article is employed along with a singular noun, we have the Generic Use of the Article (§ 44), but the presence of the article is not necessary.

Ex. 8s avepLfiajvOri 6 /JaT/xr^os {— frogs), 818 l^aya-yeiv tov a, 10ls Kat 6 ai/ejuos 6 voroi aveAafitv rfjv aKpiOa, 10M ov ■yeyovej' TOtavTr] aKpis. Jdg. 712 axrel aKpls e« irXij^os (cp. Judith 2s0 16 rjBewa/^ejv yvvrj. iv El. 212 apfia 'Ioyja^X ko.1 tiT7revs avrov. Ezk. 479 eorai ixei l)(@vs iroAvs cr

This throws light on an otherwise startling piece of grammar — Jdg. 1510 exirav avqp 'WSa.

49.  Singular Verb with more than One Subject. In accordance with Hebrew idiom a singular yerb often introduces a plurality of subjects, e.g. —

iv K. 1826 Kal eiirev 'EAicucajU. . . . kcu 2oju.vas koX 'Icilas, 1837 ml

Bev 'EXuxKelfJL xr. This may happen also in Greek apart from Hebrew.

Xen. Anab. II 4 § If) "'Eirefuj/e fj£ 'Aptacos Kal 'ApTtio£os.

CASE, 50-61

50. Nominative for Vocative, a. The use of the nominative for the vocative was a colloquialism in classical Greek. It occurs in Plato, and is common in Aristophanes and Lucian. When so employed, the nominative usually has the article. As in Hebrew the vocative is regularly expressed by the nominative with the article, it is not surprising that the LXX translators should often avail themselves of this turn of speech.

iii K. 1718 tl ifiol Ko.1 (7Oi, 6 avdpanros tov Oeov; 1836 iiraKOvaov y/x-Siv, 6 BdaX. Cp. iii K. 2020: Ps. 211, 422.

For an instance of the nominative without the article standing for the vocative take —

Baruch 45 Oapo-ure, Xaos nov.

The nominative, when thus employed, is often put in apposition with a vocative, as —

iii K. 1720 Ki5pt€, 6 pxiprv^ rrji XVPa:;> ^2X Kv/ne, o ©eos /xov.

55

SYNTAX                                         55

b. In the N.T. also the nominative with the article is often put for the vocative.

Mt. II26 vat, 6 varr/p. Lk. 8s* fj mus, iytipov. Mk. 9s5 to Trvevfux. to SXaXov . ■ . Z£(6z. Lk. Q25 oval v/xiv, oi eya7reirA^o"/a€vot vw. Col. 318 ai yuyaixes, VTroTaiTcreo-Oe. Eph. 61, Col. 320 to. tUvo.,

The use of the nominative without the article for the vocative is rare in the N.T., as it is also in the LXX. In Lk. 1220 and i Cor. 1536 we find apuiv put for &4>pov, and in Acts I42 ofxos 'la-paijX does duty as vocative.

As instances of apposition of nominative with vocative we may take —

Rom. 21 to avOpanrt Tras 6 Kpivw. Eev. 153 Kiip6£ 6 ©eds, o TTO.VTO-Kpdraip.

In Eev. 1820 we have vocative and nominative conjoined — ovpavt, /cat oi aytot.

51.  Nominative Absolute. Occasionally we get a construction in the LXX, which can be described only by this name.

Nb. 2224 Kal eor?7 6 ayyeXos tov dtov iv rats avAa|tv t£v d/ure'Aiov, (^pay/xos ivrtvOtv Kal payfji6<; ivTtv&ev. Nb. 24? ocrrts opaeSky, iv vttvw, aTroKEKaXv/x/xeVot ot 6da.ixol avToiv.

As this construction arises out of a literal following of the Hebrew, it would be superfluous to adduce Greek parallels. Like effects might be found, but the cause woiild be different.

52.  Nominative of Reference. What is meant by this term will be best understood from the examples —

Job 287 rplfios, ovk tyvui olvttjv ttctuvov. j?S. 102 5 S.vBpunro's, wtil X< id="iv.i.i.iv.p539.1">pTos at yjfxipai avrov.

To throw out the subject of discourse first, and then proceed to speak about it, is a Hebraism, but at the same time it is a common resource of language generally. So in N.T. —

Acts 7* 6 yap Meocnjg outos • ■ . ovk olBafiev ri eyej/eTO airtS. Rev. 3 6 vikTroirjirai avrbv (ttvXov iv T<5 yaw tou ®eov jhod.

' 53. Nominativus Pendens. The nominative which is left without a verb owing to a sudden change of construction is a familiar feature

56

56                  GRAMMAR OF SEPTUAGINT GREEK

in classical Greek, especially if this be at all colloquial. It is not however very common in the LXX.

Dan. 0' 7l0 Kal d/e^SidVas *7"> • • • eTapacrtrdv fie.

Such cases can generally be explained on the principle of construction according to the sense.

It is seldom that we meet with so violent an anacoluthon as the following in the KT. —

Mk. 920 Kal ISwv avrov, to irvevfux tv6vs

54.  Accusative for Vocative. The accusative for vocative might seem an impossibility, yet here is an instance of it.

Ps. 516 rjyoTTTjcras iravra to. prifxara KaTairovriajMrn, yXSxrcrav SoXiav.

55.  Accusative of Time When. In connexion with classical Greek we think of Time When as being expressed by the genitive or dative, rather than by the accusative, though the latter also is used. The employment of the accusative became more frequent after the classical period, and alone survives in the modern language.

Gen. 4316 per' i/uyv yap < id="iv.i.i.iv.p552.1">6.yovTai ol av8pa>iroi aprovs t^v /j.tar]ix(3piav. Ex. 918 IBov iyu) vu> TavTrjv rrjv Copav avpiov ^aXatfiv. Dan. ® 921 &crel wpav ^vcri'as ecnrepwrjs (0' has iv <2joa).

So also sometimes in N.T. —

Jn. 452 x#cs wpav i^SofirjV a.fjxev avrbv 6 jrvperos. Rev. 33 Kal ov /xrj ywos irolav 3>pav ■%£<* id="iv.i.i.iv.p554.2"> ivc ere.

56.  Cognate Accusative, a. By a Cognate Accusative is here meant that particular form of the Mgura JEtymologica in which a verb is followed by an accusative of kindred derivation with itself, irrespective of the question whether it be an accusative of the external or of the internal object. We have both kinds of accusative together in the following verse, where Or/pav = venison.

Gen. 273 e^ia-Trj Se 'IcraaK eWracnv fieydXtjv cr6Spa Kal e«rev " Tt's ovv 6 6r)pe&(jo.s ftot Orjpav;"

b. The great frequency of the cognate accusative in the LXX is due to the fact that here the genius of the Hebrew and of the Greek language coincides. Besides being a legitimate Greek usage, this construction is also one of the means employed for translating a constantly recurring Hebrew formula. Sometimes the appended accusative merely supplies an object to the verb, as in such phrases

57

SYNTAX                                        57

as 8a.vi.ov Savtit,eLv, SuxOeadai BiaOrjKrjv, Sirjytio-Oai. Birjyrf/ja, ivvvnov ivvTrvia-£eir0ai, iTnOv/xuv ewiOvfuav, Ovuv 6vTrXij/x/teXetv wXij/x./xeX^o'iv or TrX-qjJ.ixiXl.av, TrpocjxMrt^eaOca irpocfidxreis. At other times it is accompanied by some specification, as —

Nb. 186 Xurovpyeiv ras Xurovpyias T^s ovoyvijs toC fiaprvplov. Dan. II2 irXovrrfo~a ttXovtov fi.£yav. i Mac. 2s8 iv tS £t].S)

VO/J.OV.

c.  Sometimes the cognate accusative is conveyed in a relative clause, as —

Ex. 39 rbv OXl/jlixov ov ol Alyvrmoi 8Xlfiovavro-us. Nb. I44 ij iirurKaj/K 17V iTr£          i K. 2s3 rj aKOr] rjv eyu) aKovu).

d.  By other changes of construction we have still the figura ety-mologica, but no longer a cognate accusative. Thus, starting from the common phrase Bovvai Sofia, we have StSo/xei/ot 86/m (Nb. 39) and 80/xa SeSo/xeVov (Nb. 186).

e.  In one instance the cognate accusative is reinforced by a still further application of the etymological figure —

Gen. 47s2 iv Socret yap?Sa)K£v 8o;ua rots leptvmv.

This is not due to the Hebrew.

/ In a wider sense the term ' cognate accusative' includes an accusative of kindred meaning, though not of kindred derivation, as —

Jdg. 158 iirara^ev • • ■ irXrjyrjV fi.tya.XfjV.

g. Instances of cognate accusative are common enough in the N.T., e-9- —

i Jn. 516 af/japTOLVOVTa &fuxpTca.v /u/i) 7rpos 6o.vo.tov. Mt. 210 i^a.prja'av XpLpav fAeydXrfV a(jy68pa.          Jn. 7M Tr/v SiKcuav Kpcaiv Kpivarc.

There also it occurs sometimes in a relative clause—

Mk. 1038 to fid-TTTicrfw. 0 eyf3aTrTit,opjo.i. Jn. 1726 7] ayaTT-q rjv vjya-ttijkcis fxc. Eph. 41 rrjs KXrjo-ews 77s iKX-tjOrfrt.

h. We have a triple use of the etymological figure in — Lk. 85 e£rjX$ev 6 CTreCptov rov cnrclpai rbv anopov avrov.

i. That the playing with paronymous terms is in accordance with the -spirit of the Greek language may be seen from the frequent employment of the device by Plato, e.g. —

> Prot. 326 D fixnrtp ol ypafifiarto-Tal tois firjiroi Scivots ypaeiv twv TTo.ih'oiv viroypdij/avTCs ypa/j-fxas Trj ypacftiSi ovria rb ypafifuxTetov Si-

58

58                  GRAMMAR OF SEPTUAGINT GREEK

Soao-t. Hip. Maj. 296 C "AAAa /a<(vtoi Swa/i« yc SwavTai ol oWdp.£voi • ov yap ttov dSwa/ua ye.

57.  Accusative in Apposition to Indeclinable Noun. In the LXX an

indeclinable noun is sometimes followed by an accusative in apposition to it, even though by the rules of grammar it is itself in some other case, e.g. —

Is. 37s8 eV t<£ olk(o Nacrapax tov Trd.Tpa.pxov olvtov. iv K. I2 iv T<5 BaaA. /xviav debv AKKapwv.

Perhaps it would be more satisfactory if this and § 54 were thrown together under a head of Bad Grammar, a category which the reader might be inclined to enlarge.

58.  Genitive Absolute. Strictly speaking, a Genitive Absolute is a clause in the genitive which does not affect the general construction. It ought not therefore to refer either to the subject or the object of the sentence. Even in classical authors however the so-called genitive absolute is sometimes not employed with the precision which grammarians might desire, e.g. —

Plat. Hep. 547 B /3ia£o/*ev8k Kal avTiTavoVrcov dAA.r^A.ots . . . m/xo-Xoyrjaav.         Xen. Gyrop. I 4 § 2 ko! yap acrOevrjcravTos avrov ovSe-

Tj-ore arriXeiire. tov tta.TfKov. Xen. Andb. I 2 § 17 Oajjcrov Trpo'iov-twv . . . 8pd/xos iyevtTo rots crTpartooTais.

The genitive absolute is often employed in the same loose way in the LXX.

Tob. 41 ore ijfuqv iv rrj X^Pt /JiOV • ■ ■ vcarripov fxov ovtos.

Dt. 15 ov XvrrqOrjrry rrj KapSta crou SiSovtos crov avr<3.

Ex. 2™ aSpvvOivTos 8e tov iraiBCov, elariyaytv avro.

Ex. 520 Se . . . ipxpfiifois . . . ii<7ropevo[j,£vwv avrtov.

So in N.T. —

Mt. I18 fn/T)Acts 2117 ycvop-c-vwv oe r)fj£iv eis 'lepoaoXvpxi acrfxivta? aTreSe^ai/TO ^//.as ol a8 ii Cor. 418 Kare.pyaJ^erai yfuv, fJLT] ctkottovvtwv

59. The Genitive Infinitive of Purpose. The genitive of the verbal noun formed by prefixing the article to the infinitive, which we may call for convenience the Genitive Infinitive, is one of the regular ways of expressing purpose in Biblical Greek, corresponding to our use of 'to.' The construction is not entirely unknown to classical authors (e.g. Plat. Gorg. 457 E tov Kara^aves yev£o-6ai) and is especially

59

SYNTAX                                        59

favoured by Thucydides. There is nothing in the Hebrew to suggest it. The following will serve as examples —

Jdg. 165 /cat Sjjcro/net/ airbv tov rairavuxraL avroi/. Ps. 930 iveSpeva tov apTrdacu ttto))(6v. Job I19 rjX6ov tov airayyuXcu troi.

So also frequently in N.T., e.g. —

Mt. 133 i$rjX6cv 6 cnrtipvtv tov cireipeiv. James 5W Trpoa-qv^aTO tov . fir} ftpeiai.

60. Other Uses of the Genitive Infinitive, a. The genitive infinitive of purpose is only one use out of many to which this syntactical device is applied. Take for instance —

Ex. 145 Tt tovto eTrot^cra/zcv tov 2£aTrotoxis vlovs 'Icpa^A. tov fir] 8oveveiv jjiuv (= uxttc fjtJrj SovXevcty) ;

Purpose is not expressed in either of these cases. In the former we have what may be called the Explanatory Use of the Genitive Infinitive; in the latter we have something which represents ' from serving us' in the original, but which we shall nevertheless class as a Genitive Infinitive of Consequence, since it is only thus that the Greek can be explained.

b.  The Explanatory Use of the Genitive Infinitive is common in the LXX, e.g. —

Gen. 322 'I8oi> 'ASa//. yiyovev ££ ■tjp.uiv, tov yiyvu>o~Keiv KaXbv Kal Trovrjpov. Ex. 820 fjirj irpoo-&rjs en, $apaai, l£airaTr}(r(u tov /at) i£(nroo-TeiXca tov Xaov. Ps. 264 Tavrrjv (§ 47) ek^t^o-o) • tov

KOTOLKW /JL£ KtX.

SoinN.T.—

Acts 719 eKaxaxre tovs Trarepas ij/U,Sv, row ttoiuv era. I3pt^>7] avrmv. Gal. 310 os ovk Ifi/xevet Iv jratn tois yeypajxjxivois . . . tov iroifjorai avra.

c.  As an instance of the Genitive Infinitive of Consequence we may take —

Ex. 714 /3e(3aprp-ai t) /capStct $apai> tov ixrj l£o.Tro

So in N.T. —

Hb. II5 'Eva)j( [jicTeTeOr] toC pirj Ihuv 6d.va.Tov.

d. What is called in Latin Grammar the 'prolative infinitive' aftpr"* extensible' verbs, or more simply, the latter of two verbs, is also,commonly expressed in the LXX by the genitive infinitive, e.g. —

7Ps. 3913 ova 7j8vvd.trd-rjv tov /JAeirciv.         ii Chr. 31 rjp£aTO tou olxoSo-

fittv-         Gen. 187 iTa^vvtv tov irocijo-ai. avTO.

60

60                 GRAMMAR OF SEPTUAGINT GREEK

SoinN.T.—

Acts 312 a>s . . . ireiroiijKotri toS ircpiiraTtiv avrov, 1520 eirurrctXat . . . t) 271 eKplOt] rov airoirXciv.

61. Cognate Dative, a. Another form of the jigura etymologica which abounds in the LXX may be called Cognate Dative. As in the ease of the cognate accusative its frequency is in great measure dne to the coincidence of idiom in this particular between Greek and Hebrew. Let us first show by a few examples from Plato that this construction is in accordance with the genius of the Greek language.

Orat. 385 B Xoyio Xeyuv. Phdr. 265 C muSio. 7r£muSymp. 195 B evyo)v 4>vyfl T° 77/ws- Crctf. 383 A VKviav. Cp. 389 C, D. Phileb. 14 C 4>wru . . . ne^vKora.

b.  But while we have to search for this idiom in classical Greek, it thrusts itself upon us at every tarn in the Greek of the LXX, owing to its aptness for rendering a mode of expression familiar in the original.

c.  Corresponding to the cognate dative in Greek, we find in Latin also a cognate ablative as a rare phenomenon, e.g. —

curriculo percurre Ter. Heaut. 733. Cp. Plaut. Most. 349

qui non curro curriculo domum. occidione oceisum Cic. Fam. XV 4 § 7. Op. Liv. II 51 § 9.

d.  The instances of eognate dative of most frequent occurrence in

the LXX are dKog aKove.iv, £,u>fj fcfjv, 0avd.Ta> a/iroOavelv, OavixTw 6avaTovar6ai,

, craXm^ctv. But besides these there are many others, as —

dycwrTjcrei aycnracrGaL aXaXay/jua a}vaat,£iv

                                          itjepavvav

fiStXvo-cretv                               einOvfiLa

Secr/xw Setv                                                    tincrKOTrrj

SuxXwet StaXvetv                                          BtXrjcru dtXeiv

Sia/xapTvpia SiafiapTvpuv                            Ka&xtparci Ka.0a.Cpuv

oui.<{ id="iv.i.i.iv.p633.1">6cip£iv cj>6opa!                                        KaBapurfXiS Ka8api£eiv

Biktj eKSiKcty                                                 KaKia KaKOTrouiv

iKfiaXXuv iKfioXrj                                        KaKia kclkovv

OXiflrj                                       Kardpats Karapacrdai.

61

SYNTAX                                         61

kXclvO[Ma KAcu'ety

irXr)fJ./j.eXia TrXijfitJ.iXuv

Xrj6y Xa6e2v

-rpovopifj TrpovofievBrjvat.

Allots Xi6of$oXeZv

7rpOO~0)(6lO-fXa.Tl TTpOVO^ttfiLV

Xvrpotq Xvrpovv

■KTU>O~U TTlirTUV

fwuq. ixvrjcrdrjvai

TaXanrmpia TaXaiirinpeiv

olaivioiAui olwvCt,e(r6ax

rapa^ij rapdaareiv

dpyifceadai opyfj

vtre.popa.o~u virepiSeiv

irapaSdcret 7rapa8o6rjvai

•ntpiiriTrruv TrepnrTai/jMTi

^aipeiv X'^PQ

e. From the foregoing instances it is an easy step to others in which the substantive is of kindred meaning, though not of kindred derivation with the verb.

Gen. I16 fauna ayr), 3115 Karlfayw Kara^puxra. Ex. 1912, 2116'w 6o.v6.to> reXevrav.         Ex. 2220 6a.va.Ta 6X(.6p(.vdrj(TtTai. Nb. II15

/xe avaiptaa, 3526 t£68(f> i£tX6r]. Ezk. S327 6a.va.Tia

f. Instances of the cognate dative are to be found also in the N.T., though not with anything like the frequency with which they occur in the LXX.

Jn. 3s9 xapa yaipa.        Lk. 2215 iiriOvfLia. CTreW^cra. Acts 417

d.7T€iXy (margin) airetA^croi/xe^a, 528 irapayyeAta irapTjyyeiXa/j^v, 2314 ava.6e.iM.Ti. ava#£/uaT«ra/AO'. James 517 irpoGal. 51 Trj iXev6epia ijjoias Xpioros rjXevOepuxre.

g. The expression in ii Pet. 33 «v i/xTraiy/jiovrj ifiiraiKTai, while not exactly parallel with the foregoing, belongs to the' same range of idiom; so also Rev. 2^ ootoktcvS iv 6o.vo.tu.

ADJECTIVES, 62-65

62. i]|ii

Plat. Phcedo 104 A o ^wrus tov ApiO/uni axas. Thuc. V 31 § 2

^im. Trj fjiua-da. ttJs yrjs.         Demosth. p. 44, iv 16 rots ^/xi'trecrt twv

hnriiav.

This idiom is kept up by Hellenistic writers, such as Philo, Strabo, and the translator of Josephus' Jewish War. It is how-

62

62                    GRAMMAR OF SEPTUAGINT GREEK

ever very rare in the LXX, occurring only in the following pas-

iii K. 169 6 apxw rrjs rjplaovs (§ 11) rfc "nnrov. Josh. 412, i Chr. 5s3 oi -Jj/xtVets vkrjMavao-cnf.         Tob. 1010 ra f/fuo-v (sic) twv

virap)(OVTEzk. 1651 tois f)jj.Cv afuxpri&v. i Mac. 334>S7 : T(UV

Elsewhere instead of the Attic idiom we find to yjfuo-v or Tjpiav, irrespective of the gender and mimber of the noun which follows, e.g.—

to tffucrv tov tikXov Ex. S92.           ^purv apx6vTu>v ii Esd. 4 .

to rjpurv avrijs Lvt. 6 .                  ev Tjfilcrci ^/xepGv Ps. 101 .

to tfiMcrv tov ai/AaTos Ex. 24°.         to tjjlutv ra>v rnrap^ovToyv Tob. 8 .

63. iras. a. In classical Greek the rule for itSs in the singular is that with the article it is collective, without the article it is distributive —

iracra 7j woXts = all the city.

irao-a 7roAcs = every city.

was differs from ordinary adjectives in taking the predicative position in-an attributive sense. Thus while dya#ij 17 iro'Xts means 'the city is good/ ■koxto. y 7roA.is means 'all the city.' was may however also take the attributive position, like any other adjective. When it does so, the collective force is intensified —

Tacra. f/ wdXts = all the city. fj Tracra jroAts = the whole city.

Thus Plato's expression (Apol. 40 E) 6 ttSs x°°vots is rendered by Cicero (T.D. I § 97) perpetuitas omnis consequentis tem-poris. For other instances of this use in classical authors we may take —

Hdt. VII 46 6 tSs avOpdirivos /8ws. Plat. Sep. 618 B o s-Ss xlv-8wos, Phileb. 67 B of ttoVtcs /Joes = all the oxen in the world.

Xen. A.ndb. V 6 § 5 ol wavTes avOpwrroi.

In such cases there is an additional stress gained by the unusual position assigned to irSs.

. 6. In the LXX the same distinction seems to be maintained. It is true a writer will go from one to the other, e.g. —

Jdg. 1617'18 Kai avrjyyuav avrrj tyjv iraorav mpSiav avrov . . . xai «t8;v AaXttoa oTt aTrijyyecXev avrrj iraxrav rrjv KapScav avrov —

63

SYNTAX                                         63*

but so in English, we might first say he told her his whole heart, and then add and she saw that he had told her all his heart.

Other instances of the strongly collective force of sras in the attributive position are —

Gen. 4520 ra yap iravra ayaOa Alyxmrov v/uv ecrrai. Josh. 414 Ivclvtlov tov TravTos yevovs 'Io-pai;X. Wisd. 79 6 vas xpvaos. ii Mac. 89 to ttolv rrjs 'IovSatas . . . yeyos.

Still there is a tendency in the LXX to assimilate irSs to adjectives generally and to employ it in the attributive position without any special emphasis.

c.  Neither is the rule that -n-Ss without the article is distributive at all closely adhered to, e.g. —

Ex. 816 iv navy yfj Aiyvrrrov, 166 irpbs iracrav yr)v vlwv 'Icrpa^X. i K. 72 was oTkos 'lcrpayjX.

d.   In the plural oi iravres is rare, but may be found —

Jdg. 2046 ot iravres' ovtol.        i Mac. 2s7 'K.Tro6a.v7ravT£s iv rrj

djrXoriyrt -ij/iSv. ii Mac. 1240 tois 8e ■nan crafts iyivcro. Cp. AristeaS § 36 tois waa-i . . . TroXtrats-

Al iraa-ai is still rarer, but see — iii Mac. I1 mxpayyei'Aas rats iracrais 8wa/x.ecriv.

Ta TvavTa. is comparatively common, occurring, e.g., in Gen. I31, 93: Ex. 2924: Lvt. 1913: ii Mac. 1023, 1222: iii Mac. 23.

e.   In the ]ST.T. the collective use of was followed by the article is clearly marked in many passages, e.g. —

Gal. 514 6 . . . was vo/jak. Mt. 8s4 iracra rj irdA-is i£fj8ev.

Also the distributive use of rras without the article, as in i Cor. II4'5 was av-qp . ■ . iracra St yvvrj. In Eom. 319 we have the two usages

brought into Contrast — Iva. ttSv (TTOfua. (jypayfj, ko.1 wtoSikos yhrfrat. irSs o koct/aos T<3 ©e<5.

On the other hand there are also instances of xas in the singular and without the article being used collectively, e.g. —

Eph. 221 iracra oikoSo/w?. ,Mt. 23 iracra 'IcpocrdXv/ia. Acts 236 was oikos

/. In the plural oi wavres is more common in St. Paul than in the LXX. Take for instance —

Phil. 221 ot TravTts yap ra iavrwv Iryrmxn. Cp. ii Cor. 514. i Cor. 10ir ot yap 7ravr£S e« ToC cvos apTOV pf.Ti)(pixt.v. Cp. Eph. 413.

64

64                 GRAMMAR OF SEPTUAGINT GREEK

Eom. II32 avveKXeure yap b ©eds row wavras eis aTreWcuw. ii Cor. 510 tovs yap iravTas r)fnas ktX. i Cor. 922 rots Ttavi yeyova jraira.

In Acts 197 we have 61 Wires p Ti Trdivra occurs in Rom. 832, II36: i Cor. 1527, 126-19: Eph. 513: Acts 1725: Mk. 411 and perhaps in other passages.

64. Comparison of Adjectives. Owing to the peculiarity of Hebrew syntax the treatment of this subject mostly falls under the head of Prepositions. . We need only notice here that the positive may be put for the comparative, and /xSAXov omitted at will or inserted even after a comparative.                            -.

Gen. 4912 Aeuxoi 61 oSovtes avrov ^ yaXa. Dt. I11 ttoXv to SOvos tovro ^ cy«i>) 91 WvTj jutydXa Km ia^yporepa yu.SA.Xov rj

So in N.T. — Mt. 188'9 KaXo'v crot €crriv dueXOuv ... ^ ... fiXrftrjvai.. Cp.

Mk. 943'15.

65. Omission of jxaXXov. The comparison of attributes may be effected by the use of verbs as well as of adjectives. In such cases the omission of fxSXXov is common in the LXX.

Nb. 226 icr^vu cruros ^ 17/Aeis, 24? vtj/a)9rjcT€Tai, yj Ywy /SaciXetix. Uos. 76 IXcos OiX         ii Mac. 72 eroi/xoi, yap a.Tro6vr)

ivfitv rj TraTpoj'ous vo/ious mytafiaiveiv-

Op. Aristeas § 322 ripiretv yap oto/xat v pvOoXoytov fiiftXux.

PEONOUNS, 68-71

66. Superfluous Use of Pronoun. A pronoun is sometimes employed superfluously after the object, direct or indirect, has been already expressed, e.g. —

Ex. 12U kcu 7r£v (stc) oiKtTrjv rj apyvp!Nb. 268T kol tSaXffaa.8 vl

The above may be considered as deflexions of the Nominative of Reference (§ 52) into an oblique case by Attraction. So in N.T. —

ii Cor. 12IT ixrj riva 5>v airifTTaXKa irpos v/xas, Si' avrov «VXeoi/«'/cr7/cra 6/x.as; Mt. 25s9 tov 8e ju,^ I^ovtosj «ai o ex& apdr]Rev. 27'17 r<§ viKtovn Swo-w avrS. Cp. 6*.

65

SYNTAX                                             65

In Josh. 24s2— VjLieis e£eAe£a(r0£ Kupto) Xarpcvuv avr— Kxpiia should be tov KvpLov (which A has). Then Xarpzvav avnS would be an explanatory clause added after the usual manner.

67.  Frequent Use of Pronouns. Apart from any Semitic influence there is also a tendency in later Greek to a much more lavish use of pronouns than was thought necessary by classical authors. We have seen already (§ 13) that the missing, pronoun of the 3d person was supplied. The possessive use of the article moreover was no longer thought sufficient, and a possessive genitive was added, e.g. —

Gen. 38s7 kcu, TrjSe rjv Si&vfia. iv rrj koiXio. avTtjs. So in N.T. —

Mt. 19° os av a.7rov(rri ttjv yvvaiKa avroi). i Pet. 224 avros avrjvcy-Ktv iv T(5 awjxari avrov.

68.  'ASeX<| id="iv.i.i.iv.p729.1">6s as a Reciprocal Pronoun. The use of dSe.g. —

Ex. 1023 mi ovk uha> oiSetj tov dScX^ov avrov = they saw not one another.

69.  Hebrew Syntax of the Relative, a. One of the most salient characteristics of LXX Greek is the repetition of the pronoun after the relative, as though in English, instead of saying ' the land which they possessed,' we were to say habitually 'the land which they possessed it,' and so in all similar cases. This anomaly is due to the literal following of the Hebrew text. Now in Hebrew the relative is indeclinable. Its meaning therefore is not complete until a pronoun has been added to determine it. But the relative in Greek being declinable, the translator was forced to assign to it gender, number, and case, which rendered the addition of the pronoun after it unnecessary. Nevertheless the pronoun was retained out of regard for the sacred text. As instances of the simplest kind we may take the following —

Nb. 3525 ov Zxpuxav avrov, 13s8 rrjs y^s fjv KarecrKtyavTO avrrjv. Is. 622 o 6 KvpLO's ovo/jLaau airo.         Gen. lu ov to o-iripiw. avrov iv

oir7 <5 io-Tiv avrPs. 184 <5v ov^, aKOvovrai al Ex. 62G ols

6. Where the relative is followed by idv the same construction is employed, e.g. —

Nb. 175 6 avOpurrros ov iav €kXc|(O/«ii clvtov, 1922 Travros ov iav ai/^Tcu avTov 6 aKa.0a.pTos.

66

66                  GRAMMAR OF SEPTUAGINT GREEK

c. Sometimes a demonstrative takes the place of the personal pronoun —

Gen. 311 ov ivereLXaftHjV crot tovtov /jlovov /xr] ayeiv.

cl. In all the foregoing instances the appended pronoun is in the same case as the relative, but this is not necessary.

Nb. 33 ovs ireXumcrev ras xeipas avrSiv leparevtiv.

The construction here, though determined by the Hebrew, happens to agree with the Greek Accusative of the Part Affected.

e.  Very often there is the same preposition both before the relative and before the appended pronoui—

Ex. 3412 eh rjv elwrropevr) ets avr-qv. Nb. II21 iv ots ct/u iv avrdis. Gen. 28IS r yrj i' ijs or' av-rijs.

f.  Occasionally the preposition is the same, but the case it governs is different, e.g. —

Jdg. 1626 i' oh 0 olko'S a-rrJKU iir avrovs. Josh. 2413 yrjv e^>' rjv ovk EKOTriacrare Itt avrrji.

g.  Sometimes the preposition is confined to the appended pronoun. Then the problem arises, Into what case is the relative to be put? — a problem which is solved differently in different passages. In some the case chosen coincides with that of the pronoun following, e.g. —'

Gen. 2442 rrjv 68dv fxov, rjv vvv eyo) iropevofiat. lir avrrjv.         Ex. 25

rovs KvaOovs, o!s crTretVeis iv avrois. Gen. 2123 ry yrj y crv irapto-KT^cras Iv avrrj.

In others it does not—

Nb. 1431 rr/v yrjv fjv v/xeis airlaryfre. air' avrqs, 192 ij ovk i-irt^XrjOri iw' avrrjv £uyos.         iii K. 171 ■wa.p&rrirv tvanrtov avrov.

h. Sometimes the relative has a different preposition from the pronoun following —

Nb. 1320 Tt's rj yrj et? rjv ovtol ivKaOrjVTai iv avrrj'S . ■ ■ TtVes at iroXws

els as ovtoi kcltockovctiv iv aurats. For other instances see Ex. 6<: Kb. 1539: Dt. I22, Is3, 2849.

i. Sometimes the preposition is the same, but instead of a mere pronoun we have a phrase, e.g. —

Gen. 24 iv ots iyio wapocKU) iv rfj yrj avrSiv.

67

SYNTAX                                         67

_;. The construction of which we have been speaking is not confined to the simple relative, e.g. —

Gen. 411S) otas oiK dSov roiaiW. Ex. 918'24, II6 ^Tts tom^tt] oi yiyovev.

Tc. The habitual repetition of the pronoun in the LXX is a mere Hebraism, though a search among Greek writers might reveal traces of a somewhat similar usage arising independently. Here are a few instances —

Plat. Tiin. 28 A orov fiev ovv av 6 &rjp.iovpy6s . . . rr)v Ihiav Kal Swa/itv avrov aTrepyatprfai, Parm. 130 E <5v TctSe Ta dAXa fi£TaXafi-/Savoira. tos iirww/j.io.'S avrSiv iap(av.       Arist. Gat. 5 § 38 olov

iirl fj.iv tu>v aXXuiv ovk av €)(oi rts to tolovto irpoeveyKeiv.

I. In the N.T. this Hebrew syntax of the relative occurs not infrequently.

Philemon12 ov dvcVejai^a          Gal. 210 o Kal imrovSava avro

tovto trovijcrai.. Acts 1517 £' ovs imKtKXrjTai to ovo^a fxov iir avrovs. Mk. 7s3 rjs ef^e to Ovydrpiov avrrjs Trvevfia aKaffaprov. Gp. Mk. I7: Lk. 3K: also Mk. 13", 9s.

Instances are most frequent in the very Hebraistic book of Revelation. SeeEev. 38, 73'9,138, 208. Op. i Clem. 218 o5 i, w^ airov iv

■tjfUV icTTLV.

70.  dvTjp = 'eKacrros. The use of airqp as a distributive pronoun is a pure Hebraism.

iv K. 1831 fl-terai avqp ttjv a/xireXov avrov, Kal dvrjp rrji> avKrjv avrov (pdycrai. Jdg. 165 ^jucis Su><70yU.€i/ iKarov apyvpCov.

71.  'oa-rvs for os. Except in the neuter singular o n, as in Josh. 2427, and in the expression «ds Stov, as in i K. 22s, or /xe^pi Srov, which is found only in the Codex Sinaiticus version of Tob. 57, o

Ex. 202 'Eyco d/JLt Kvpios . . . ocms l&jyayov ere. Gp. Kan. © Gz. Ps. 89417 17/xepa i] ix6h ijtis SujXOev. Cp. Nb. 148. " i K. 3010

SiaKoaioi avSpes omves iKa.9i.o-av iripav tov ^ct/iappov. Cp. Ex. . 324'9: Nb. I5 : i Mac. 1348. Jdg. 2112 rerpaKoo-ias veanSas ^ap-Bevovs, airtvcs ovk eyvaxrav avSpa.

Oira/es = ot occurs several times in Aristeas — §§ 102, 121, 138, 200, 308.

68

68                  GRAMMAR OF SEPTUAGINT GREEK

The same use of oVns for the simple relative is found in the 2sT.T., e.g. —

Col. 35 tyjv 7rAeove|iay, 17ns icrriv ciScoXoXaTpeui. Acts 81S rbv IIe-Tpov Kal 'lwdvvrjv' oitcves Ka/rajSavres ktA. i Tim. 6 i7n0vfi.(as . . . amves fiv6l£ovGal. 424 artva Iotiv dAAij-yopovft.tva.

VERBS, 72-84

72. Analytic Tenses. By an Analytic Tense is meant one which is formed with an auxiliary instead of by an inflexion, as in English ' is coming' for ' comes.' No reader of- the LXX can fail to be struck by the frequency of such forms. It results from the fact that both languages combine to produce them. They are suggested by the great use made of the participle in Hebrew, while at the same time there was a strong tendency towards the employment of such forms within the Greek language itself. They are to be found in the best writers, both in prose and poetry, from Homer downwards. Plato often has recourse to them, partly for the sake of philosophical precision, and partly, it must be confessed, because in his later style he preferred two words to one. In the Laws Trpcirov eo-n almost altogether displaces TrpcVei.

Present

iii K. 205

ovk u tjv.kaOiwv aprov; Cp. Is. 10: Ezk. 36.

iii K. 1812

early <£o/?0V|U.ei/os.

Nb. 148

iarlv ,5eWa. Cp. iii K. 2015: Dan. 2s8.

ii Esd. 2321

ovk elcrlv iiriywuxTKOVTe;.

Prov. 35

to-01. 7re7roi0(os.

Jdg. II10

loro) aKoi5(ov.

Dan. 0' 626

€O"Ta>o-av irpcxrKVVOvvTCs.

ii Chr. 1516

etvai . . . XtiTOvpyovaav.

 

Future Simple

Gen. 4U

ecro/xai cttcvcov koX rpifuw. Cp. Dan. 0 6 .

Is. 477

€(To/xat apyovo-a.

Gen. 412

Kal rpiixwv ZEx. 22s5: Dt. 28s9

Dt. 28s9

lay . . . a.hiKOVfxe.voi

Nb. 819

earou . . . 7rpo

Mai. 33

«0WTai . . . TTpoadyovrcs-

Is. 2221

ccrovrat liriKpe/Aa/nevot.

Ezk. 3429

Icrovrat dwoXXvucvot. Q9. Dt. 14s3.

69

SYNTAX                                        69

Perfect

Is. 8                               TrtTro$u>s yg.

IS. 1020, 178                   ,roroi0dT« -S/J-tv.

]STb. 221          .                iaTLV yap

Future Perfect

Gen. 439, 4432                r)fx.apTr]Ku>s eaofua.

ii K. 223: Is. 122, 817 Trerroidm ea-ofxat (fut. simp, in force).

Sir. 725                            ccrij TeTeA.eKws.

IS. 58                                 ?OTJ TT£TTOl6u)S.

Is. 177, 2224                   B-eiro^cBS Icrrcu.

Ex. 12                           Icrrat v/xtv $iaT£Trjpr]p.evov.

Is. 32                             ecrovrat 7re7rot^OT£S.

Gren. 41                          earai . . . TT€vayf/,(va.

Dan. 10"                          rjfjLrji' Trcv6S)v.

Dan. 0' 7"                Owpwv wip.

Gen. 40 3                     rjaOa otvo^oGv.

Gen. 372: Ex. 31        %v iroifiaivrnv. Op. Gen. 39s3, 426: Nb. II1:

Jdg. 1621: Jonah I10: Sus.1: i Mac. 643.

1 K. 17                          iroL/JMLVUiv rjv.

Jer. 4M                        ^v rpijxovTa (sc. to. oprj).

iii K. 18s                    ^v ^>o^ov/x£voS. Q). Dan. 0' 618.

Dan. 0' I16                  rjv . . . di//u.£vos.

Baruch. I19                      ^j/xcOa SlttuOowtk.

Dt. 924                         A^-c^oSvTes ^r£. <7j3. Dt. 922, 3127.

Jdg. I7                        ^crav trvX«'yovT£s. Cjp. Josll. 1028: i Mac. II41

Pluperfect

Dan. 0 10                     yjfiTjV

Dan. ® 109                    rj/XTji/ KaTa.vevvyfi.ivos.

ii Chr. 1834              V ecr^s-

i K. 413                        rjv . . . i£e..

Jdg. 8U: SUS. IB35 ?jv TreiroiOvla.

Josh. 7                      rjv lvKeKpvfj.jxh/a.

ii Chr. 58                    rjv htairetreTaKOTa..

Tob. 6                           rjTOif/acrfxivrj rjv.

Is. 20                             ^ju.£V 7T£7rot^dr£S-

Ex. S9"3

70

70                  GRAMMAR OF SEPTUAGINT GREEK

b.  YiyveaOa-L may be used as an auxiliary instead of elvai.

Ps. 72" lyevojA-rjv fxe.iw.Is. 3012 ir£7roi0o>s iyivov. Nb. 1034 iyevero Ps. 1253 iytvq&rjfiicv zvpa.Lv6 [levoi. Ex. 1712 eyivovro . . . loT-qpiyixivai.. Sir. 139 vttox^P^v yCvov, 1833 jxr) yCvov . . . rrvjx^ooK<»TU)v.

c.  Sometimes the verbal adjective is used in place of the participle. Is. 183 okovcttov Icrrai.         Dt. 4s6 aKown) eye'vero.        Gen. 452:

Is. 483 aKovfrrbv cy€V£To. Is. 235 orav 8e &kov(tt6v yivr/raL. Dt. 305 7rXcovacrTov iroi^cei.

d.  When a causative form is wanted corresponding to a/cowi-ov ytvicrOai recourse is had to cxkowtov iroteiv, e.Q1. —

Sir. 4617 aKovarrjv iiroi-qaev rrjv (fxovrjv avrov. Cp. Ps. 105 ,142: Jer. 272, 387: Is. 30s0, 4521, 485'6'20, 52r, 62".

e.  In the N.T. these analytic tenses are relatively even commoner than in the LXX.

Present

Col. 32

Etrrtv . . . Kadrjjxevos.

ii Cor. 912

earl 7rpo

Col. I6

ecru KapTroffiopov/xevov ko.1 av$av6fxev

Col. 2™

£<7Tt . . . l^ovTa.

ii Cor. 217

€o"jaev . . . KaTTTyXeuovTE?.

Acts 8*

U£<7tGt£S KCLl Sl8d(7KOVr£S.

Mt. 5s5

I

 

Future Simple

Lk. 5U

a.v6putTrov% icrrj £(oypfiv.

Acts 7°

ECTTal . . . TT&pOLKOV-

i Cor. 1410

£(7£

 

Perfect

Acts 2510

ecrruis Ei/ti (present in meaning).

Acts 21a'

EOTl 7r£7r0l7]Kii>S.

i Cor. 159

tjXttlkotcs ic/xev.

Hb. 721'23

clcrl yfyovoTEs.

James 516

rj TTETTOIIJKWS.

ii Cor. I19

TreiroidoTts wp.tv.

Hb. 42

lo~jxv evr)yyt crixh/oi.

Hb. 1010

fiyuKr/xlvoi kvxLv-

Acts 218

ixx.ixvjrmu.kvoi. Eicrt.

71

SYNTAX                                             71

Future Perfect

Hb. 213                eaofuu iren-oMs (from Is. 122 and perfect

only in form).

Imperfect

Cp. 2219-20: Gal. I22. Cp. Lk. 516, 238: Acts 700, 813-28, 928, 1024, 1220: Phil. 2s6. yivojiivq.

Acts

1030, II5

Lk. l.

 

Acts

125

Acts

21s

Acts

1612

Gal.

I23

Acts

I13

Op. Acts I10.

Cp. Acts I14, 22'5>li<*2: Mk. 2«.

/. Besides etvat other auxiliaries are used in the N.T. —

ii Cor. 6W /a^ yivtaOt Irepo^uyowTes.        Col. 1M "va yivrfrai. . . . TrpiD-

reviov. Rev. 32 yivov yp7]yopo)v. Acts 816 f3tj3a.TTTKTiii.ivoi virrjp-Xov.

With the last example cp. Aristeas § 193 el fu] 7r£irot6o)s vnap^oi. The same author has K£^ap«7/xei/os Zin § 40 and layyov eo-rc in 241.

gr. Instances of analytic tenses occur here and there in Josephus, e.g. —

B.tT. I 31 § 1 koI rovro rjv yu.aA.Krra rapaacrov 'AvrciraTpov. Jl.nl. II 6 § 7 Tt Trapovrcs eiyixtv.

li. Also in the Apostolic Fathers —

ii Clem. 177 lorovrcu, So|av SdvT£s.        Barn. Ep. 194 ?otj rpipw,

196 oi ju.^ ysVij iindvfjiwv. Cp. 199. Herin. Past Fis. Ill 4 § 2 V7rcp€^ovTes airovs eicrtv, Sim. V 4 § 2 Icro/xai ecopaKcos . . . s, IX 13 § 2 Icrij . . . op£>v, 3fdt. V 2 § 8 eo l. IX 1 § 8 tvdrjvovv rjv, IX 4 § 1 ijToSeSuKtiiai r/(rav

73. Deliberative Use of the Present Indicative. The deliberative use of the present indicative is not unknown in Latin, especially in Terence, e.g. PJwrm. 447 quid ago? Cp. Hewitt. 3i3: Eun. 811: Ad. 538. It occurs also in the Greek of the LXX.

Gen. 3730 iylo Si ttov Tropzvofixi.1 ere;

So in N.T. — Jn. ll4r Tt irotoC/xev; What is our course ?

72

72                GRAMMAR OF SEPTUAGINT GREEK

74. The Jussive Future, a. The Jussive Future is rare in Attic Greek, and, when it does occur, is regarded as a weak form of imperative. In the LXX, on the other hand, it is very common, and is employed in the most solemn language of legislation. From the nature of the case it is not used in the first person. It may be employed in command or in prohibition. As instances of the former we may take —

Lvt. 1918 dyamjcras tw irX-qaiov g Ex. 341 ': iii K IT11. Lvt. 1919 rbv vo/xov pov vkLvt. II44. Lvt. 1922 kcI l^iXao-erai 6 leptvs. Cp. Lvt. 1920'21.

b.  Very often the jussive future follows an imperative.

Gen. 4014 /xv^o-^rt pov . . . kTronjcras. Cp. Gen. 444: Ex. 720, 91-13: Nb. 152-17.- iii K. 171S. Josh. 84 rf ^Kph.v yiv^Oe . . . Kal ZavrQz -rravrts erot/xot. Cp. Nb. 1318.

c.   Of the use of the jussive future in prohibition we have a conspicuous example in the Ten Commandments (Ex. 2013~17: Dt. 5IT"21) — Ov /u,oix£v(ms, Oi kX&j/ws ktA. So also —

Dt. 618 ovk (Kwupdo-m ~&.vpwv rov 6kov oov. Op. Kb. 2212: Ex. . Lvt. Wil

d.  In the case of the jussive future we have ov in prohibition, because the formula was originally one of prediction.

e.  Occasionally there is a transition from the jussive future to ov jut; with subjunctive —

!Nb. 23 ovre Kardpaa Karapdcrrj jj.oi. avrbv, ovre evXoyS>v /xr}

/. In the N.T. the jussive future is often used in passages quoted from the LXX. In Matthew it is employed independently.

Mt. 548 ecrecrfle ow ifx,€cs rcXeiot, 6W ovk tcrscrOs is oc {nroKpirai, 2026"28 o&x ovtijds earca iv v/uv . . . iarai v/jmv &orukos, 21s Kal idv tis ifuv £i?nj Tt, ipcire ktA.

75. The Optative, a. The pure optative, i.e. the optative as employed to express a wish, is of frequent occurrence in the LXX, as might be expected from the character of the contents, so much of which is in the form either of aspiration or of imprecation. But the use of the optative where in Latin we should have the historic tenses of the subjunctive is hardly to be found outside of Maccabees.

73

SYNTAX                                        73

ii Mae. 33r tov 8e /JacriAetos CTrepoJT^o-avTos tov eHAidSu>/>ov, 7rotos Tts cuj e?rm?8etos. iv Mac. 171 tKeyov 8e kcu tS>v hopv^>6pii>v Ttvts <5 id="iv.i.i.iv.p950.1">s . . . Zva ixrj xpaMTuiv ti tov crm/JUXTOi avrrj'S, iavrrjv ippiij/ev Kara, rijs

The established practice is for the subjunctive to follow the historic tenses in a final clause —

Ex. 1l itreaTiyjev • • . tva KaKaxruxriv, 918 hitrqprjd-qt; Zva ZvBei£a][i.ai. Wisd. 16" 8iara>£ovTO, Iva ftij . . . ya/tovrai. Op. 1618.

Qj. Aristeas §§ 11, 18,19, 26, 29, 42, 45, 111, 175,193.

b.  In the N.T. also the subjunctive is regularly employed in final clauses after an historic tense, e.g. —

Tit. I5 tovtov a.piv a.Tr( rov Kp^rjj, Tva to XeiirovTa IttiSio/)-6 way.

c.  The pure optative is said to occur 35 times in the K.T., always, except in Philemon20, in the 3d person.

In Luke-Acts the optative is commonly employed in dependent questions, e.g.—

Luke 1830 tTrw96.ve.TO ri drj tovto, with which contrast

Mk. 1411 tt,rjTU ttSs evKaipo)? avTOV Tra.pa.8iS.

Outside of Acts the optative with d is found only in four passages—i Cor. 1410,1537 (d t«>0: i Pet. 314'17.

76.  Conditional without av. Occasionally we find the apodosis in a conditional sentence devoid of av.

Nb. 22s8 Kat el firj e^iKkivev, vvv ovv ae /xcv airiKTUva, eKCivrjV 8e utpt-tTToi.yjo-a.ix.-qv. Contrast 22^ and compare ii K. 2F.

77.  Infinitive of Purpose. The use of the infinitive to express purpose, as in English, is common to all stages of the Greek language, but abounds more in the LXX than in classical Greek.

Gen. S725 UMivav Sk ay3914, 427-27, 4322: Ex. 1411:

Nb. 2220: Job 2

Of the use of the infinitive with the article to express purpose we have had occasion to speak already (§ 59).

78.  Infinitive of Consequence. This construction is of doubtful propriety in Attic Greek. In the LXX it is much less common than the Infinitive of Purpose.

Ex. II1 KOt ovk elcrrjKovo-ev efairooreiAai tovs views 'lo-parjX.

74

74                  GRAMMAR OF SEPTUAGINT GREEK

79. Paucity of Participles. The small use made of participles in

the LXX, as compared with classical Greek, is a natural result of

the paratactical construction which reigns throughout. The same

is the case, though to a less extent, in the IST.T. Take for instance —

Mk. 1416 Kai l^XOov ol paOrjrai, Kal rjXBov £ty rrjv iroXiv, Kal cvpev

KaBios eTirtv avroii' Kal yjTOifuxcTav to

The participle has disappeared in the modern language. Doubtless the influence of Biblical Greek was among the causes of its decline.

80. Misuse of the Participle. The misuse of the participle marks a stage of its decline. We find this tendency already manifesting itself in the LXX. Such an anacoluthon indeed as the following —

Ex. 815, 9' iSuv Sc 4>apaifiapvvOyj f] /capSta avrov

may be passed over, as it might easily be paralleled from the most strictly classical writers. But we find sentences in the LXX in which a participle is the only verb. Sometimes this arises from following the Hebrew as in —

Jdg. 1319'w Kal Mavole /cat ij yvvrj avrov /J/.«roi/T£s, 14* Kal iv rw KaipvXot KvpicvovTts iv 'I

More often it does not, as in —

Ex. 12s7 airdpavrt^ 8i oi viol 'IcrpaijX, 1518 Kvpios fiaaiXeowv rov alZva. Jdg. 416 Kai BapaK Sicokcov.

Moreover we find a participle coupled with a finite verb by Kai. When the subject of the two is the same, it is open to us to say that it is not copulative, but merely emphasizes the verb, as in —

Kb. 21U Kai i£dpavTts (Hb. impf.) !£ 'Q(3ai6, Kal TraptvefiaXov iv XaX-ya£t, 2223 Kal iSovaa. f] ovos . . . Kal €^€/cXcv£v.

Hardly so however when the subject is different.

Ex. 1230 Kai dvacrras 4>apa<6 . . . Kal eyey-qO-q Kpavyrj. Nb. 22s3

Ma>d/3.

81. The Intensive Participle. On the other hand there is a cause in operation in the LXX tending to an unnecessary use of participles. For in place of a cognate dative we often find the participle used along with a finite form of the same verb, to convey the intensive force that is accomplished in Hebrew by the addition of the infinitive to the finite verb, e.g. —

75

SYNTAX                                         75

Gen. 22W d fijrjv evoyu)V evXoyjo-a) ere, Kal ttXt)8vvo)v TrXrjOvvS) to UTripfx.0. crov. Jdg. U25 pr) fjM^Ofievo1; i)iaiaaTO fiera *l

We might fill pages with instances of this idiom, but a statement of its frequency must suffice. This emphatic use of the participle is a more unmitigated Hebraism than the other forms of the etymological figure. The cognate accusative is quite Greek and the cognate dative is to "be found in pure Greek, but we should search in vain among classical authors for the intensive use of the participle. There is a clear instance indeed in Lucian (Dialogi Marini IV 3 lSu>v elSov), but it is interesting to remember that Lucian himself came from the banks of the Euphrates. In Hdt. V 95 awos nh £vyu>v eKevyu there is a difference of meaning between the participle and the finite verb — he himself escapes by flight.

In the N.T. we have one instance, other than a quotation, of this Hebraism, namely —

Eph. 5s icrre yivixxrKovTd,

but both the reading and the interpretation of this passage are disputed.

82.  Other Varieties of the Etymological Figure. In Josh. 1713 i£oe-Opcvaai St avrovs ovk i£(Opevaav the infinitive absolute of the Hebrew is represented in Greek by the infinitive, instead of by a participle or a cognate dative, so that sheer nonsense is made of the translation.

In another passage, where the Greek departs from our Hebrew, an adjective takes the place of the participle —

Jdg. 5 OtKT£cp/XO)V OLKTUprjtTU.

Sometimes we find an adverb in place of the participle — Ex. 151 iv86£o)s yap 8e8d£aorai. 2fb. 2217 ivrtfioii yap PrOV. 231 vorjTU>s vou, 27s3 yi/axrrois ouyvaScrg.

The following turns of expression may also be noticed —

Jdg. II25 Iv dyaOw &ya.#os.        Dt. 188 /xepc'S

i K. I11 SaStra) airoi' kv&iriov (rov Sotov.

83.  Middle and Passive Voices. In later Greek the boundary lines between the middle and passive voices are not clearly demarcated. Even in classical authors we find the future middle used in a passive sense, as it is also in —

Ex. 1210 ovk air avrov Icos irpwl, Kal bcrrovv ov air avTov.

76

TG                     GRAMMAR OF SEPTUAGINT GREEK

The same seems to be the case with £vprja-<»iJM and ithip-qo-aro in Jdg. 1617-23. SoinN.T.—

i Cor. 611 aXXa aireXovo-avOi, aXXa. ^yiacr&jTe, SXX' i8iKcaa>6r]Te, 102 kcu. ■n-avres £is rov Muxrrjv ipcarTtoravTo,

though here Riddell's semi-middle sense of the verb might plausibly be brought in by way of explanation.

Instances of passive form with middle meaning are common in the LXX—

Nb. 22s* a!ro-qJdg. 159 l£t-pti]crav spread themselves, 1620 eKTivax6vfml *AaAc myself, 1626 iina-Triptxdrjo'oixai support myself. iii K. 17s Kpvfir)Bi hide thyself, 181 ttopciBiyn kcu o9rjn t(S 'Axaafi go and shew thyself, 2025 iirpdOr} sold himself.

So in N.T. in Luke II38 ifictTTTio-Ori is used for €/

84. Causative Use of the Verb. a. The causative use of the verb which is found in the LXX may be set down with confidence as a Hebraism. BacriXeveiv according to the Greek language means ' to be king,' but it is frequently employed in the LXX in the sense of ' to make king,' e.g. —

Jdg. 96 i/3i K. S22 /3aavrots (iatnXea, 1511 €/3atov SaoiiA. «S /3a

There are all together thirty-six occurrences of the word in this causative sense.

b. Classical Greek again knows ^SeXvcro-ea-Oai in the sense of 'to loathe' or < abominate/ but not fi8zvo-in the sense of ' to make abominable,' as in —

Ex. 521 e/3SeA.v£a.T£ Trjv oa-fi-fjv rjfi&v Ivavriov <&apa.i id="iv.i.i.iv.p1015.1">.          Lvt. II43 Kid

ov pjq (SScAu^re Taj pvx*S v/x£>v. Op. Lvt. 2025: i Mac. I48.

c. Still more strange to classical Greek is the sense of ' to make to sin' often imposed upon e£a/jMpra.vav, e.g. —

IV K. 1721 Kol e£y/AapT£v avrovs a/xaprCav

This is the prevailing sense of the word in the LXX, which is found all together twenty-eight times, mostly in the phrase os ifyiMpTtv tov

d. In this causative use of the verb is to be found the explanation

77

SYNTAX                                             77

of Ex. 1425 nai rjyaytv awoiis jaera y3ias, where the R.V. margin has 'made them to drive.' Other similar instances are —

Ex. 1318 tKvKXoxrev — he led round. i K. 43 Kara ti lirrauw Kvpios OTj/x.epov; Ps. 14211

85. Reduplication of Words. In Greek we are accustomed to reduplication of syllables, but not to reduplication of words. This primitive device of language is resorted to in the LXX, in imitation of the Hebrew, for at least three different purposes —

(1)  intensification,

(2)  distribution,

(3)  universalisation.

(1)  The intensifying use.

d8Pa a68pa Gen. 3043: Ex. I7'12: Nb. 14/: Ezk. 99: Judith 42. 6&pa o-^oSpus Gen. 719: Josh. 3ie.

To the same head may be assigned —

Ex. 8M o~wrjyayov avrovs (?i|U.a)vias Oifuavias. Dt. 2843 o xpooTjAuTos 6 ev crol ava^yjarerai dvm avm, av Sc Karaftytrr} kolto> ko.tw.

In all the above instances perhaps the kind of intensification involved is that of a repeated process.

(2)  The distributive use.

els ets i Chr. 246.

SJo Si* Gen. 619, 73: Sir. 3615.

eirrot iirrd Gen. 7s.

yiXiovs €K vfjs, xiXtovs Ik v js Nb. 316.

to TrpaA irptal i Clll". 9s7.

epyacrta Kai Ipyacria ii Chr. 3413.

In pure Greek such ideas "would be expressed by the use of avd or Kara. Sometimes we find Kara employed in the LXX along with the reduplication, as in —

Dt. T22 Kara. fiLKpbv fJUKpov. Zeeh. 1213 Kara (jiiiAas <£vAas. The idea ' year by year' is expressed in many different ways — iviavrbv Kar iviavrov Dt. 1421: i K. I7: ii Chr. 245. Kar' evtavrbv eviavrov i K. 716. ivuivrbv ii Ivlt.vtov Dt. 1520. to KO.T iviavrbv iviavrai iii K. 1028. to Kar' evtavrbv iviavrov ii Chr. 9M.

78

78                  GRAMMAR OF SEPTUAGINT GREEK

(3) The universalising use. &v0pw7ro<; ZvOpanos = whatsoever man Lvt. 17*-8'10'13,186, 209,2218:

Ezk. U*'7. AvSpl avSpc Lvt. 151

Of the above three uses the distributive is the only one which is to be found in the N.T.

Mk. 67 Bvo ovo, 6s9 crvfUTrocria 640 Trpaawl itpaSo also in the Pastor of Hermas —

Sim. VIII 2 § 8 rjXOov rdyfjuxra Ta.yp.aTa, 4 § 2 eTa.ypja.Ta.

86. Expressions of Time. a. ' Year after year' is expressed in ii K. 211 by a nominative absolute «navros lx°/uvos «"iawov without any pretence of grammar.

b.  The use of the word ' day' in vague expressions of time is a Hebraism, e.g. —

Gen. 404 ij/xcpas = for some time. Op. Dan. 0' II9. Jdg. 151 fj.*(i>* fip.ipa.s = after some time. Cp. iii K. 177. iii K. 181 p.i.0' Tipipas ■jroXXd.s = after a long time.

c.  ' Day'by day' (Hb. day, day) is expressed in Gen. 3910 by 7/p.ipav i£ -fip-ipas (pp. Lat. diem ex die).' In Esther 34 naO' Ziis correctly used as the Greek equivalent for the phrase day and day, which St. Paul (ii Cor. 416) has reproduced word for word in the form

rjp.e.pa «ai yjp.tpa..

d.  The use of ' yesterday and the day before' as a general expression for past time = heretofore is a Hebraism which presents itself in the LXX under a variety of slight modifications.

lx6h koI rpkifv i K. 47, 10": ii K. 317, 52: i Chr. II2.

«X#« Kat tPltVv fipepav Gen. 312-5: Ex. 57-14: Josh. 418-. i K. 1421,

197, 215: i Mac. 944.

eX^« koI TjonTjs Ruth 2U: iv K. 135: Sus. ©u. a7r' i$h kol TptTijs ^/xepas Josh. 34. 7rpo rrjs i)(8is Kal TpiTrjs Dt. 19*. Trpo T^y ixfes Kal wpo rijs rptrijs Ex. 2129. irpb t^s ex^'s Ka^ ""po rV^ Tp""ijs i)/x£pas Ex. 21s6. irpo t^s ex^s °"^ VP° T'7S Tpcrrp Dt. 412, 196.

Ex. 410.

In Joshua 205j which occurs only in the Codex Alexandrinus, we

79

SYNTAX                                        79

have dir' ixOh km TpCrrjv, where iy9i%-iau.-*piTqv is treated as a single indeclinable noun.

e. ' Just at that time' is expressed variously as follows —

avffapi Dan. 0' 315.

avrrj rrj mpi Esd. &*: Dan. 3s, © 315. Op. Acts 2213.

iv avif Trj 5. Op. Lk. 12M, 13a, 2019.

ly avrrj Trj Zpa tKeivy Dan. 0' 5s.

iv avrrTob. 317. <7jp. Lk. 131.

87.  Pleonastic Use of suet and lK«ie«v. Just as a personal pronoun is supplied after the relative (§ 69), so a demonstrative adverb of place is supplied after a relative adverb or after some phrase equivalent to one.

Gen. 3319 oS iVo-ev eK« tt)v crKVvr}v avrov. Op. 3920, 403: Ex. 2113. Ex. 20s* ov cav £irovo/xao"d) to ovoiiA fwv sku. Dan. © 97 ov SuoTretpas aurous exei. iii K.. 1719 kv 3> avTos iKaOrjTo «KeT. Op. Gen. 3920: Ex. 12U. Gen. 313S cv ri toVoj <5 ^Aec^a's ^cot «tt o-TijXrjv. Nb. 14s4 «y 7V doijXOev ixd. Cp. 1518, 3526: Dt. 4s7. Ex. S22 l(^>' 17s ov^ icTai IkeT. iv K. 1 ij kXivt) i ^s dvcjSr^s €K£i. Dt. 928 otfev e^yayes ^/xas «eWev. Nb. 2313 l| «5v ovk ot^jy oijtov ZkcWzv. Dan. 0' 9' £ts as StccrKopTicras av'rovs ckci.

This idiom, which, is thoroughly Hebrew, is to be explained on the same principle as in § 69. In the 2T.T. it is found only in Revelation —

EeV. 126 OTTOV ?^££ £K« TOTTOV) 1214 O7T0V Tp££TM €K€Lt 17 O7TOD 7) yVVT]

KaOrjTai iir ovtSiv (= £K£t).

88.  was with otf and (ivj. a. The use of was with a negative particle, where in classical Greek ovBek or /t^Sets would be employed, is a Hebraism, even though in certain cases the resulting expression may be paralleled from pure Greek usage.

The was may either precede or follow the negative (ov, fi-q, p.yjSi, ov far]) without difference of meaning.

b. We will first take instances from the LXX where the was precedes the negative.

Ex. 1243 was dAAoyEvijs ovk ISerai air avrov. Op. 12*8: Ezek. 449. Dan. 0' 59 was &v6pwros ov SwaraL. Cp. Dan. 0' 210. Hbk. 2W Tray wvfC/xa ovk icrriv iv avri Mac. 261 Travrcs . . . ovk ao-Bevrjcrovo-iv. Ex. 2222 iracrav XVPav Kai opavbv ov KaKucrCTc. Jer. 1722 wSv ipyov ov iroifrere. Op. Ex. 1216' *>: Nb. 2818: Jdg. 13".

80

80                  GRAMMAR OF SEPTUAGINT GREEK

SoinN.T.—

Rom. 1012 iraS b vurrewav in avTiS ov KaTaio-xyvOrjveTai. Cp. Eph. 4s9, 55. Rev. 1822 Tras re^V^s . . . ov ju.ij evpeOrj ev croi in. ii Pet. I20 Tracra TrpotfirjTtia ypar)'; i$tas eViAwrews ov ytverai. i Jn. 2a irav ^eijSos e'/c rijs aXrjdaas ovk eWc. Qd. i Jn. 36'10'15, 43, 518: Rev. 223.

c. In the following passages of the LXX the was follows the negative —

Ps. 1422 ov 8iKaiu>6ijareTa.<. Ivunriov crov ?ras ^uJr. Eccl. I9 ouk ecrnv ■KO.V irpoa-^arov vivo rbv rjXiov. Ex. 2010: Dt. 514 ov wot^creTe ev avVy -KO.V epyov. Cp. Ex. 2016. ii K. 1511 ouk cyvoxrav Trav prjfia.         Tob. 1211 ov [ly] Kpv^i' vfj,5>v 7rav prjfj/x.. Ps. 33

ovk eXaTTco^o-ovrai tovtos dya^ov. Jdg. 134 /Aij ^aygs irav aKa-Oaprov. Tob. 47 ^ mrocrrpiij/rji to Trpoawirov wavros

SoinKT.—

Rom. 320 1^ ipywv vo;aov ov StKauo^iJcrcToi?rao"a crapf. C^. Gal. 2 : Mt. 24^. Lk. I37 ovk dftwarijo-ei 7rapa rov ®eov irav prj/xa. Acts 1014 ovSeVoTC eayov ttom koivov. i Cor. I29 O7ra>s /m^ «av^-(Trf.ox Traxra o~ap£. Rev. 2127 ov fnij eleis avr^v Trav Kotvov.

PREPOSITIONS, 89-98

89.  Prominence of Prepositions. The prominence of prepositions in the LXX is partly a characteristic of later Greek generally and partly due to the careful following of the Hebrew. But while prepositions are employed to express relations for which in classical Greek cases would have been thought sufficient, there is at the same time a tendency to blur some of the nice distinctions between the uses of the same preposition with different cases.

90.  «ts. a. ets in classical Greek denotes motion or direction: in Biblical Greek it denotes equally rest or position, and may be translated by ' at' or ' in' as well as by ' to,' e.g. —

Gen. 3717 TropcvOm/xev els Aio9dei.fi, • . . koI evpev avrovs ets A(o#aa|&. Josh. I22 eSpa/iov eis rrjv crKrjvrjv . . . Kal Tavra rjv ivKeKpvfx.p.iva eis T^v o-K-qvrjv. Jdg. 141 «at Ka-re/Jij 2a/x^ii)v eis ©a/xvd^a, /cat eiSev yvvaiKOL eh

81

SYNTAX                                         81

For examples of the former meaning only we may take — Gen. 42s2 6 Se /JUKporepos . . . eh yrjv Xavdav. Nb. 25s3 rrjv yijv ets t]V v/xeis KaTOLKUTt. Judith 1623 airiOavev eh BounAova.

b.   In the 1ST.T. eis denoting rest or position is very common.

Mk. 21 «'s oIkov = at home. Op. Lk. 961: Mk. 1010. Mk. 133 Ka9T fxevov evrov eh to opos tq>v cAatSv. Jn. I18 6 wv eh rov koXttov tov irm ios»       Acts 2113 dtaroftiveiv eis 'lepovcraXrjfX.

Op. also Eph. 3M: i Pet. 320, 512: Mk. I9-» 139: Lk. 4s3, II7: Jn. 97, 207: Acts 74, 8* 254.

The obliteration of the distinction between rest and motion is one of the marks of declining Greek. In the modern language eh has usurped the functions both of ev and irpos.

c.   The use of eh with the accusative after e!Vcu and yeveo-6ai as practically equivalent to the nominative may safely be regarded as a Hebraism.

d. i Chr. II21 yjv auVots eh ap^ovTa, 17r etvaa eh r/yovfievov. iii K. 202 eo-Toj. pot eh Krj-n-ov Xaxavov. Op. Gen. 4819: i Chr. II6. i K. 179 eo~6fie6a v/uv eh SovAous. Jer. 38s8 eo-ofua auTOts eh $ebv, kcu. avTol lo-ovTaC pioi eh AaoV. Op. Jer. 381: Gen. 4818: ii K. 714. Gen. 27 lyivero 6 av^p(O7ros eh v f^crc"'' -Ex* 210 eyevqOr) avrfj eh vlov. i K. 49 yivearOe eh avSpas.

irpos in one passage takes the place of as.

Sir. 464 //.lix Tifiipa eyevrjOrj Trpos 8uo.

e. In the New Testament this idiom occurs both in quotations from the Old and otherwise.

i Jn. 58 Kal ol rpets eh to ev elaiv. Lk. 3 eareu to. crKoAia efs evOfuK (Is. 404). ii Cor. 618 ecreo-Oe /moi eh vlovs koI Ovyari-pas (ii K. 78: Is. 436).          Mt. 195 ea-ovrai ot Svo eh o-dpKa.

pCav (Gen. 2s4). Mt. 2142 eyevqdr, eh Ke^aX^v ycowas (Ps. 11722). Lk. 1319 cyeVeTO as hh/hpov. Op. Rev. 8U. Jn. 1620 ij Xim; Vfxmv eh ^apav yeviycreTat.

The same usage is to be found also in the Apostolic Fathers — Herm. Past. Sim. IX 13 § 5 lowrai as ev wveviia, as iv i Clem. II2 eis Kpijaa kcu eh o-qfitluxnv ■ . ■ yivovrai. Ign. Eph. II1 Iva. fxirj ^ifiiv as Kpipuo. yivqTai..

f. The employment of eh to express the object or destination of a thing might easily be paralleled from classical Greek, but its fre-

82

82                  GRAMMAR OF SEPTUAGINT GREEK

quent use in the LXX is due to its convenience as a translation of the corresponding Hebrew.

Gen. 3412 koX &/xoi rrjv muSa ravrtv ets yvvcuKa. Ps. 10417 eis

SovXov ivpaOn] 'l<0. iii K. 1915 xptcrcts rov 'A£aijX eis /JacnXai.

Gen. 122 iroi^cro) eOvos jj.iya.

When the verb is active and transitive, as in all but the second of the above instances, «is might be dispensed with as far as Greek is concerned. When a verb of being is employed, this use runs into the preceding —

Gen. I29 vfiiv coral ets /6pfi

g. The use of ds with the accusative, where classical Greek would simply have employed a dative, is shown by the Papyri to have been a feature of the vernacular Greek of Alexandria.

Ex. 921 os Se f.ij TTpotricr^tv rfj Stavota eis to pr?ijx.a KvpCov ktX. So in KT. — i Cor. 161 rfjs Xoytas t^s «cs tovs dyt'ous (the collection for the saints).

91. iv. a. Although h was destined ultimately to disappear before m, yet in Biblical Greek we find it in the plenitude of its power, as expressing innumerable relations, some of which seem to the classical student to be quite beyond its proper sphere. One principal use may be summed up under the title of " The iv of Accompanying Circumstances." This includes the instrumental use, but goes far beyond it. Under this aspect iv invades the domain of /xera and a~w. In most cases it may be rendered by the English ' with.'

Hos. I7 Kvpim 6tocutovs iv to^u> ovSc iv potato. ovSe iv iroXefiw ovhe iv iWois ol'Sc iv liririxxnv. Cp. i K. 1745'47: i Mac. 312. Ex. 61 iv yap X«pt Kparaia ktX. (But in Ex. 319 we have lav /«) f^ra x«pos Kparatas.) Cp. Ex. 320: Jdg. 1515'16. Jdg. 1418 ei fir) rjpoTpidaaTt iv rrj Sa/xaXei fiov. Cp.

iii K. 1919. iv K. 1817 iv Swajuei [iapda. In the parallel passage Is. 362 /ieroi Swa/itus TroXX^s.         i Mac. 46 w9rj 'IovSas . . . iv

Tptcr^iXtbts avhpacriv.

So in N.T. —

i Cor. 4J1lvp^8a, IX^a) Tr^sv/zas; <7p.iK.17«:Ps.29. Eph. 62 IvroXij jrpdJT?; iv Iwa-yyeXia. ii Pet. 316 Iv &vOpwvrj-Mt. 9s4 Iv T(3 8.pxpvTi rwv 8ai/xovt<«v IkjSixXXci to. Saiju.ovia. Op. Mt. 1224, 2516.        Mt. 2652 Iv fiaXaCpa dT

83

SYNTAX                                         83

5. The iv of accompanying circumstances is not wholly foreign to classical Greek, though the extended use made of it in Biblical diction is.

Eur. Tro. 817 iv olvoxoais d/3pa fiaivwv.

c. In another of its Biblical uses iv becomes indistinguishable from ets, as in —

Ex. 421 irdvTa. to. ripara. a ISwko. iv tcus xepcrtv Jdg. 13l irapi-8u>K£v avrovs Kvptos iv x«P' *vXurriet/x. Q>. Jdg. 1512'13, 1623'24. Is. 3710 ov fiyj 7rapaSo9fj 'lepovXe'P' /8acrtXea)9, "while the

parallel passage in iv K. 1910 has ds x«pas /8ao-tX«i>s. Tob. 55

■n-opcvOrjvai iv 'Payots. Qp. Tob. 66, 92.

So in N.T. —

ii Cor. 816 X™Pts ^ T(? ®e<? T¥ ^'^°l'T' t^" a^T^v ctttouS^v vrtp v/jlwv iv rrj KapSia Tltov.         Mt. 143 t^ero ei/ vXaKy.         Jn. 3s5 TravTa

iv rfj XeiPL a-vrov- Kev. II11 ^reti/ia ^coijs ek roC ©eo{5 v €v avrots.

92. dir6. a. dwo in the LXX is often little more than a sign of the genitive, like our English 'of,' provided that the genitive be partitive.

Ex. 1246 koI octtovv ov otar' avTov.          Josh. 98 ovk %jv pTJp-o.

a.Tvo irdvTcov ojv iv€T€iaTO Mojtjct^s Tto 177(701 o ovk avtyvw Ttjgovs. iii K. 1813 tKpvxpa a.7ro tu>v Trpo7)TU>v TS.vpCov eKarbv avSpas. Joel 228 €KxeS a7ro tov TTvevfiaTos ftov. . ii Esd. II2 els 0x6

So in N.T. —

Lk. 61S eKXe^a/tevos 1 eveyKare diro t£v v cov eiridcrare vijv.

&. (xtto = ' by reason of' is another unclassical use which occurs in the LXX.

Gen. 4131 Kat ovk iinyvuxrdyacTai rj tWyjvia im rfjs yrjs diro tov Xifiov. Ex. 2s3 Kal KaTeo-Ttva£av oi viol 'laparjX mro tS>v Ipywv, 37 Kal rrjs Kpavyrj'S avrZv aKr/Koa airb tSiv epyoStcoKxGv. Ps. 11 diro tt}s TaXtUTTiapias t&v tttuo^&v . . . dvacrrijao/iai. Sir. 206 hmv /iicrrj-tos airb 7roAA»?s XaXias. ISTahum I6 ai TTtTpat SteBpvfirjO-av air avrov.

In this way d.7ro becomes = biro, as in Dan. 0' I18.

84

84                  GRAMMAR OF SEPTUAGINT GREEK

So in F.T. —

Hb. 57 €£evXafieias. Lk. 198 ovk rjSvvaTO avb rov oy(ovt 2441 d7ricrTOWTa>i/ avrfiy dxro rijs }(apas. CJp. Acts 1214, 22U. Jn. 216 ovKtn avro eA/axrai icrxwv a7ro tov TrXijdovs tuv

Of dTro = vti-o see instances in Lk. 922,1725: Acts 209. c. The combination du-o . . . Iws is a Hebraism. It may be rendered "from . . . unto," as in —

Dt. 8l35 airb i/^vow tS>v wo8£v crov ea>s t^s KOpvrjs } or " both . . . and," as in —

Ex. 9ffi curb avOpunrov . . . 2o)s Krrjvovs.

Sometimes W precedes the 2cds —

Jdg. 155 diro . . • Kal 2Kal ems &oJ/i . . . and . . . and. Cp. Sir. 403: Jer. 27s.

93.   nerd, fitrd "with genitive = ' in dealing with' is a Hebraism. Jdg. IB3 on ttoiS) iyw (jxt avrZv Trovrjptay.

So in N.T. —

Lk. 1(F 6 Troujcras rb cXeos /xer' avrov: Acts 142r. Q). Herm. Past. Sim. v 1 § 1: i Clem. 613.

94.  we'p. a. The frequent use of v-n-ep in the LXX to express comparison is due to the fact that the Hebrew language has no special form for the comparative degree. We therefore sometimes find the LXX representing the original by the positive with imkp.

Ruth 415 % iaTiv aya.8r) virlp Ittto. mew. Cp. i K. I8, 1528: iii K. 202: ii Chr. 2114. i K. 92 viprjkbs imp ■Kaia.v ttjv yrjv. i Chr. 49 ?v8o£os vTrep tovs a$eovs avrov. Sir. 2420 virip p.ti yvKv. Ezk. 5 pofJt,aiav dfe?av iirkp £vpbv

b. More often however the comparative is used, but the construction with vTrip still retained.

Jdg. 152 ayaOoiTtpa VTrep avrrjv. Cp. Jdg. II25.        Jdg. 1826 Swaru-

Tepoi d(jiv virip avrov. Ruth 312 lyyiwv inrtp £//.€.       iii K. 194

Kpe[a-TraTepas. Cp. Sir. 3017. Hbk. I8 oiv-Tcpoi virkp Xvkovs. Dan. 0' I20

85

SYNTAX                                         85

c.  vwip is employed in the same way after verbs —

Ex. I9 laxyti vircp rjft.a.'s. i K. Is ttjv "Avvav Tjyajra. 'EX/cava VTrep ravrrjV. Ps. 3913 eTrXrjOvvOr^av virlp ras Tpt^as t??s /c«^>aA.^s p.ov. i Chr. 191 «av Kparrjirrj VTrip f/xt Svpos. Jer. 53 ecrrepeaxrav . . . wrep ircVpav, 1612 v/xeis eirovypevo-aaOt virlp tows iraxepas ijawv. Q>-1723. Jer. 26s3 Tr^Wva wep 22

k^CKavBr] virip to irportpov «rTa7rAao7«)s.

d.  SoinN.T.— after a comparative —

Lk. 168 povi[i<£iTtpoi virep tovs vtoiis tov ^idtos. Hb. 412 pos wep iracrav /jA^aipav.

after a verb —

Gal. I14 irpoeKOTTTOV . . . xnrip ttoAXovs.          Mt. 1037 6 fyikwv

^ fii}T£pa iirep i/jLC. Gp. Herm. Past. Mdt. Y 1 § 6 7] fW.KpoOv)i.l.a yXvuvrdrr] larlv virep

to /ieXt. Hfd/rt. Polyc. 18 SoKi/j.u>Tcpa iirip xpvaiov oara avrov.

95.  4ir£. a. em with the accusative is used of rest as well as of motion.

Gen. 4117 lordrai im to ^ciXos toC TTOTa/xoi). Ex. 101 Kat av^yayev avr^v (rrjv aKpiBa) iiri Traaav yyv Alyv7TT0v, Kal Kariwav68pa.         Jdg. 1627 tin to Bwjjia = upon

the roof.

b.   iwi is sometimes used to reinforce an accusative of duration of time.

Jdg. 1417 Kcd tKXarcrev 7rpos avrov Iiri Tas «7Ta rj/j.ipa's as vjv awTois

6 7T0T0S.

c.   In Josh. 2510 we find ixiyav em tov IMv where in classical Greek we should have only piyav iSuv.

d.   In the N.T. also Im with the accusative is used of rest or position —

ii Cor. 315 koXv^im. im ttjv KapSiav avr£v K€tTai.          Mk. 214 Ka6rj)x.t-

vov i-rrl to TcXoivtov. Cp. Lk. 5s7.         Mk. 4s8 im to 7rpocrKe<£dXcuov

KaOevSwv.           Mt. 1428 TrepnraTiiiv Itrl T-qv 66Xao-o~av (in Jll. 619

irepMraToBvTa C7rt t^s OaXaaaiq'i).          Lk. 2s5 irvevfM ayiov rjv Itt'

abrov. Cp. Lk. 240.         Jn. I32 ifxavev lit avrov.

96.  ■n-apd. a. Trapd naturally lends itself to the expression of comparison, and is so used occasionally in the best Greek, e.g. Thuc. I 23

86

86                    GRAMMAR OF SEPTUAGINT GREEK

§ 4: Xen. Mem. 14 § 14: Hdt. VII103. It is therefore not surprising that it should have been employed by the translators in the same way as wcp.

Ex. 18" ju-eyas KiJpios mxpa mitvTas roiis tfeoik. Cp. Ps. 1345: Dan. 0' II12.        Nb. 12s KaX 6 aV0pa)7ros Mojuotjs -irpavs cr<£o8pa wapa

iravras tovs av#p7rovs. Dan. 0' I10 dcrdtvrj irapb. toiis crvvTpeo-/aevovs vp.lv (® has Ta ?raiSdpia Ta trvv^XtKa iip,£y). Cp. 0' I13. Dan. © 77 8id<£opov Trepicnxuis Trapa Trdvra Ta Orjpia. i Esd. 4s5 icrxyparipa. irapa. irdvra. Dan. 0' II12 /jlu^ovcl Trapa.

TTjV TTpdlTrjV (© haS TToXvv VTTip TOV TTpOTCpOv).         Dt. 77 ij«.£tS yap

tart oXiyo&Tol irapa rrdvra tol iOvq. Gen. 43s4 efj-zyavv6r] Sk ■fj fx.epls 'Btvia/xdv irapa. ras p-ept'Sas Travrcov. Ps. 86 ^XaTTcocras atirov jSpa^u Tt -7rap' dyyeXous.

b. In the N.T. irapd after a comparative is abundant in Hebrews —14,33, 923, II4,1224.

We find it after a positive and after a comparative in Luke —

Lk. 132 d/wxpTuXot wapa wdvTas tous TaXiXatovs, 313 ju^Scv 7rXc'ov Trapa to StaT£Tay/x€vov v/xTv TrpdcrereTe,

and after verbs in —

Rom. 14s os p-ev Kpiva ij/itpav Tap' yjii,ipav- Hb. I9 t* °"e 6 ©€os . ■ . irapa. tovs ft£Td^(0tis cov.

c. In the Apostolic Fathers cp.'—

Herm. Past. Vis. Ill 12 § 1 EXapcoTe'pav vrapa to irporepov, Sim. IX 18 § 2 TrXeiora . . . rrapd. Barn. JJp. 45 (in a quotation from Daniel which is neither 0' nor ©) ypXerrwrtpov irapa ■7rdvra ra

97. New Forms of Preposition, a. Besides the more liberal use made of the prepositions already current in classical Greek, we meet also in the LXX with new forms of preposition.

b.  A.7r6tv occurs in Swete's text in Jdg. 1620: ii K. II20-2*, 2021: iii K. I53: iv K. 23. It not unnaturally gets confused in some places with the classical €ira.vu>9ev, which is very common in the LXX, having been found a convenient rendering of certain compound prepositions in the Hebrew.

c.  vTroKa.T<»9ev, which is only used as an adverb in classical Greek, assiimes in the LXX the function of a preposition, e.g. —

Dt. 914 €$akuj/to ovo/xa avroiv viroKdraiOev tov ovpavov.

87

SYNTAX                                        87

The corresponding form vTrepdvoccurs in the LXX only twice, once as an adverb in Ps. 7723 and once as a preposition in — Ezk. I25 vTrtpdvaiOev rov o-TtpabfMTOi.

d.  h/avTi, airtvavri, and Karevavri are prepositions unknown to classical authors, though wrivavn is to be found in Polybius.

tvavn in many passages of the LXX has been replaced in Swete's text by ivavTiov, but there are still numerous instances of it left, e.g. Ex. 2812- ^ M, 2910- *24' *■ *• "2. In N.T. it occurs in Lk. I8, Acts 821.

awevavTi is also common, e.g. Gen. 3s4, 2126, 2319, 259, 4930. In the N.T. it occurs in the sense of < contrary to' in Acts IV.

Karivavn is specially frequent in the book of Sirach.

e.  Zvunnov is another preposition unknown to classical authors, but extremely common in Biblical Greek, as being an apt equivalent for certain Hebrew forms of expression. Deissmann gives instances of its adverbial use in the Papyri, so that we need not suppose it to have been invented by the translators of the O.T. In the N.T. it occurs frequently in Luke-Acts, Paul, and Revelation, but is not used in Matthew or Mark.

KaTevu>7riov occurs in the LXX in Lvt. 417: Josh. Is, 3', 21", 239: Esther 5l: Dan. ® 5s2. In N.T. in Eph. I4: Col. I22: Jude24.

/. O7ricra) as a preposition is unclassical, but extremely common in the LXX.

In the N.T. it occurs in i Tim. 515: Acts 5s7, 20s0: Mt. 419,1088,1624: Lk. 1427: Jn. 1219: Rev. 131

g. KaToincrde(v) is construed with a genitive in Horn. Od. XII148, but its classical use is almost wholly adverbial, whereas in the LXX, in which it occurs twenty-four times in all, it is mainly prepositional.

In ii Chr. 34s8 we have avb oiriaOev Kvpiov. Cp. Eccl. I10 airb i/x-

li. KVKkodtv occurs in the LXX as a preposition in iii K. 1832: Sir. 5012A: Jer. 1726, 3117: i Mac. 14ir.

In ~N.T. only in Rev. 4s, 511 kvkXoOcv rov Bpovov.

kvko> is sometimes used in the same way, as in iii K. 1885: Sir. 2318: Is. 62: Jer. 3914.

Cp. Strabo XVII 6, p. 792 to. 8e kvkXw t^s k

i. Other prepositions that may be briefly noticed are lypptva. rrerpas Ps. 1406, io-wrepov Trjs KoXvufiijOpas Is. 2211.

In Sir. 29^ we have the combination ml wpbs em tovtois.

98. Prepositions after Verbs. The great use made of prepositions after verbs is one of the main characteristics of Biblical Greek. It

88

88                 GRAMMAR OF SEPTUAGINT GREEK

is partly a feature of later Greek generally, but to a still greater extent it is due to the influence of the Hebrew. In the following list of instances perhaps the last only is irreproachable as Greek: —

dSwaretv 8.

SSeruv iv iv K. I1, 3s'7, 187, 241-80: ii Ghr. 1019. Iv i Chr. 291: ii Chr. 29U.

dird Ex. I12. /3o5v Iv iii K. 1824.

£lV €/C Dt. 1819.

iv i Ohr. 285.

em' with accusative Ps. 4V512, 9n, 4010. eiri£av ivi with dative Ps. 71.

IveSpeiiav eiri Jdg. 162.

evrpeirareu a.wo ii Chr. 3612: i Esd. I45.

Jm/coAeio-ftu iv iii K. 1823'2(i.

IcrfltW 6.™ Lvt. 226: Jdg. 1316.

c{,8ok£Tv Iv Ps. 14610.

6iuv Iv i K. 1822: i Chr. 284: Ps. 14610.

$£f>e!.v iv Jdg. 1627. Kara(j>povuv hrl Tobit 418. Xoyi^crdai eh i K. I18. [x.vKnqpCt,eiv iv i Esd. I51. ira.T6xTii. Chr. 28s'", ■jrotelv IXeos Iv Josh. 212. Troietv cXeos /xeTa Jdg. 8s5. Iv i K. 2815.

CIS EX. 921.

ctard 3STb. 22s. truvte'vai ets Ps. 27s. VTrtp7]avev£Tobit 414. eC8eDt. 716.

o/3e«r0cu &rr6 Dt. I29, 7s9: Josh. II6: iv K I15: Ps. 3r. <£udo-cT<:u. Op. Xen. Cyrop. II 3 § 9, Hell. VII 2§ 10.

CONJUNCTIONS, 99-111

99. €l -with the Subjunctive, a. In Homer d, or its equivalent at, is common with the subjunctive, especially "when accompanied by ke(v), e.g. II. I 80, IV 249, VII 375, VIII 282, XI 791, XV 403, XVI 861, XVIII 601 •. Od. IV 35, V 471, 472, XVI 98, XXII 7.

89

SYNTAX                                         89

In classical authors instances of et with the subjunctive (without av) are rare rather than absent. Some of them may have been improved out of existence, owing to a desire for uniformity.

Plato Laws 761 C ei ri wov aA.avupivov y. Xen. Anab. Ill 2 § 22 ot ttqto.u.01, d koI irpocrw tSv iTTjyuiv iaropoi Ant. 710 kcI rts /ao^>o's. See GMT. 454.

&. In Hellenistic Greek the use of ei with the subjunctive becomes common, e.g.—

Arist. E.E. II 1 § 17 d rj olyfyaOTOs, 8 § 9 et Tts vpovdrj, 18 d yap . . . airoKTUvr], 10 § 21 et TroXejxSxnv. Philo II 19, De Air. § 25 ei <=ft,fUa0O5 y. Jos. B.J. I 31 § 1 et . . . axrOtvyar/, Ant. I 2 § 3 d Kal

We should therefore antecedently expect to find this construction in the LXX, and yet it is seldom found. It occurs in Jdg. II9, where an indicative and subjunctive are both made dependent on d

— d imtri fx.e i/xets vapora£a.'A/a/aw Kal irapa8Kuptos

ivunnov i/xov. In Dt. 85 Swete's text has TraiSeixrai in place of nj. In i K. 1487 d Karaj3S> otti tSv a\ovu>v is SO punctuated as to become an instance of d interrogative (§ 100). In Sirach 22s6 d KaKa jioi o-w/x^ij, the (Tu/ijSg has given place to o-v/u./3i?

In the N.T. there are a few instances of d with the subjunctive —

Uom. II14 ei 7TirapatflXwatn. Phil. 3U el 7rr-qv l^avaerracrtv, 312 ei kox K

100. «l Interrogative, a. In classical Greek el is often used in indirect questions, e.g. —

Thuc. I 5 § 2 £/>u)tSvt£s £t Xya-Tai daw. Plat. Apol. 21 D rjpero yap 8ij, £t T6? l/^ov aij Anab. I 10 § 5 «/3ov-Xevero . . . et ir€[t.iroiiv nvas ^ 7ravres t'otev.

&. In Biblical Greek ei has become a direct interrogative particle. This transition seems so natural as to make us doubt the statement of Jannaris {Hist. GJc. Or. § 2055) that et is in all these cases ' nothing but an itacistic misspelling for the colloquial t}.! In

Gen. 437 Ae'yw Et en 6 irarrjp v/j-Civ Z,rj; d Zany ifuv dSeA.<^ids; • • • M.r] rjSeifiev d epet rjfuv kt.

we have first the direct and then the indirect use of et as an interrogative particle. For other instances of the former take —

i K. 1532 Kal direv 'Ayay Et ovt<; TrtKpos 6 Odvaroi; ii K. 2017 kox cnrev 7j yvvij Ei crv £t 'Ia)a/3; iii K. 2020 Kal utthv '^

90

90                    GRAMMAR OF SEPTUAGINT GREEK

*HX«ou Et evprjKds fie, o ix9p6s juod; Op. also Gen. 1717,398,43s7: Ex. 2M: Jdg. 13" : i K. 911, 1022-2i, 1487-« 1522: iii K. 13", 1817: ivT£. I3: Tob. 55: Jonah 44-9: Joel I2: Dan. 620.

c. The interrogative ei is sometimes followed by the deliberative conjunctive, e.g.—

Jdg. 2028 Ei TrpoiJ.tv eri cleXfletv; ii K. 21 Ei dva/3co eis /ukiv tu>v 7roA«(OV 'WSa; i Chr. 1410 Et dva/6ti> cirt tows a\Q;

cL In the 1ST.T. et interrogative is of common occurrence — Mk. 828 iirripwTa. avrdv, Ei' ™ /JXeVew; Op. Mk. 102, where the question may be either direct "or indirect. Mt. 1210 iTrrjpdr rr/o-av avrbv Ae'-yovres, Et l^ecrTt rots cra^/Sacrt Otpaireveiv; Qp. Mt. 193. Lk. 1323 K^pie, ei oXt'yo^ ™ o-wCd/xevot; Q). Lk. 2249. Acts I6 Kvpu, tt Iv rc3 xp°"o) tovto) ktX. Op. Acts 71,192, 2187, 22s5, 239.

101. «l in Oaths, a. et is often found in the LXX after an oath in a sense practically equivalent to a negative, e.g.—

3?S. 94H d>s S>p.(xja lv Trj opyfj /m>v Et eXewovrot cts ttjv KaTanovcriv /aod.

This use of et is a sheer Hebraism. The negative force imported into ei is due to a suppression of the apodosis, which the reader may supply as .his own sense of reverence suggests. Other instances will be found in Gen. 1423: Nb. 3210,'u: Dt. I34'85: i K. 314, 1443, 1755, 19", 2810: ii K. 1985: iii K. I52, 28, 171-12, 1810: iv K. 22: Ps. 1312"4: Jer. 4516.

b.   When an affirmative asseveration is conveyed by the oath, it is introduced by on, not by et, as in —

i K. 296 £ij Kvptos, on tv6yjs a-v koI d-yafios h/ b$Qakims fJ-ov. iii K. 1815 ly Kiiptos . . . on crrjjxtpov 6^>^cro/xat

or else is devoid of a conjunction, as in —

i K. I26 fij i] ipvxfi , eyo> tj yuv^ ktX. Jdg. 819 fij Kvptos, et «^orava v/xa.'S.

c.  In iv K. 3W ort ei ^17 is merely a strengthened form of d /x-q, so that the rj by which it is followed in Swete's text, instead of et, seems to destroy the sense.

d.  In the N.T. we have the jurative use of et in — Mk. 81 a.pr}v Xiyw vplv, ex SoOtfaeTfU. Trj yevea ravrrj

Also in Hb. 311, 48 in quotations from Ps. 9411.

91

SYNTAX                                             91

102. el |jtfj in Oaths. As a. assumes a negative force in oaths and asseverations, so on the same principle el py becomes positive, instances are —

Nb. 14s5 iyw Kvpios eXdXrjca, el ft/}] ovrws iroirjcra} (= I will do SO). Is. 45s3 /car' e/xauTov o/jlvxho, el fxrj eieXewrerai in tov ord/iaTos fxov hiKoMDcrvvr] (= righteousness shall go forth from my mouth).

In 111 K. 2123 lav Se iroXep-rjijofxev avrovs Kar' ev8v, tl p.r) Kpwra avroik the oath itself is suppressed as well as the apodosis.

103.  el rv- d /xrjv as a formula of asseveration has been supposed to be a blend between the Hebraistic el firj (§ 102) and the Greek rj jxrjv. It is however not confined to Biblical Greek, but occurs also on the Papyri. We treat it under the head of Conjunctions because of the lack of accent. It would perhaps be more correct to write it tl iMv and regard it as an Interjection. The following are all the passages in which it occurs in the LXX —

Gen. 2217 el /xrjv evXoySiv evXoyqcru) ere, 4215 y?) Trjv vylav 4>apa(o, ei fxJrjv Kar&o-KOTToC iare. • Nb. 1423-28: Jdg. 157: Job I11, 25, 273: Judith I12: Baruch 229: Ezk. 3327, 34s, 36s, 3819.

In ii K. 1935 what we have is el interrogative (§ 100) followed by ixyv.

In the N.T. el ixrjv occurs only in Hb. 6" in a quotation from Gen. 2217.

104.  lav, etc., with the Indicative, a. As in Hellenistic Greek el may take the subjunctive, so on the othei hand edv, orav and the like are found with the indicative.

Instances of edv with the indicative in the LXX are —

Gen. 4430 iav dcnropevofjMi.        Jdg. 68 eav ecnreipav. iii K. 2123

iav 8e 7roA.e/x^cro/xev airovs Kar' evOv. Job 22s eav crv rjcrda.

SoinN.T.—

i Jn. 515 eav oiSa/xev. Acts 77 to Ifivos, 4 &v SovXevcrovai. Cp. Herm. Past. Vis. Ill 12 § 3 eav ... dp-qvtvere, I 3 § 2 eav ...

b. Instances of orav with the indicative in the LXX are Gen. 389 orav eld-qpyero. Ex. 17n orav eTrijpev Mtovtr^s Tas

Nb. II9 Kal orav narefi-q yj Spdcros, 219 orav eSaxvtv o<^ id="iv.i.i.iv.p1281.1">ts avOpunrov. i K. 1784 orav rjpxero 6 Xewv Kal r/ apKos. Ps. 1197 otov eXaXovj avrdis.

92

92                  GRAMMAR OF SEPTUAGINT GREEK

c.  SoinN.T.—

Mk. 3n xal ra irvevfJMTa Ta. anddapra, orav airov iOe&pa, Trporramrriv airco, II19 orav dipt iykve.ro. Rev. 81 orav ■qvotfje.

Cp. Barn. Ep. 4M orav (SXerrtrc, 155 orai/ . ■ . KaTapyrfvu. Ign. Epll. 81 orav ya/ci /MjSe/u'a cpis cvijpeurrai ey rjtuv. Herm. Past. Sim. IX 1 § 6 orav 6 rjXios iTTiKCKOLvKci, $7]pal iyivovTO, 4 § 5 otov . . . £T€&i]17 § 3.         6 § 4 orav iiraraaraev.

d.  Under the same head come the following —

Ex. 338, 34s4 tyUa. 8' &v tlveiroperkro M(oo^s, 4030 yviKa 8' h> avefirj diro r^s aKrjvr}^ r/ vee ]. Tobit 711 ottotc eav ctcrtTropeuovTO. Q). Barn. Ep. 12s oworav KaOeikev.

105. eAv after a Relative, a. idv for civ after a relative seems to occur occasionally in Mss. of Attic authors, especially of Xenophon, but to have "been expunged by editors. It is proved by the Papyri to have been in common use in Egypt during the first two centuries B.C. Biblical Greek is so full of this usage that it is superfluous to collect examples. Besides the simple relative in its various cases we have—•

Sera idv Gen. 441: Ex. 1312.          ^ idv Gen. 2441: Ex. 135.

ov idv Ex. 2024.                           ko.6u>s idv Sir. 1411: Dan. 0' I13.

o6tv idv Ex. 5U.

As a rule the subjunctive follows, but not always. Gen. 219 irav o iav

b.  The use of 3.v in such cases is not quite excluded, e.g. Ex. 1215-M: Kb. 2220.

c.  In the N.T. also it is easier to find idv in this connexion than &>, e.g. —

Ss Idv Mt. 519, 1014-42: Li. 1783.

^ idv Mt. II27: Lk. 1022.

ovs idv i Cor. 163.

o idv i Cor. 618: Gal. 67: Col. 3*: Eph. 68: Jn. 15': i Jn. 322:

iii Jn.5

kclOo idv ii Cor. Sn. otov idv Mt. 819. o ti idv i Jn. 319.

For instances of S.v take i Jn. 317: Mt. 10": Lk. 105'8'10-85.

93

SYNTAX                                         93

d. In the Apostolic Fathers also we find the same use of lav after relatives —

Barn. Ep. 711 os lav 6ey, II8 irav prjfM o lav lleAeixrerai. Herm. Past. Vis. Ill 2 § l' os lav wdO-g, Sim. VII 7 oIv Tais //.ov Taurais 7ropeu#fio"iv, IX 2 § 7 ocra eav croi S«i£u).

106. Iva with the Indicative, a. In the vast majority of places in which iva occurs in the LXX it governs the subjunctive. The optative, as we have seen, has practically vanished from dependent clauses. But there are a few passages in Swete's text, and perhaps Ms. authority for more, in which

Gen. 162 eicreAfle ... Tea TeKvoiroirjaus. iii K. 23 v.d£eis . . . iva. iroirjawi. Sus. O'28 IveSpeiWres tva GavaTwcrovaiv airrqv. Dan. 0' 3s6 lyu> Kpiva) Iva Trciv Wvos ■ ■ ■ ^w.jifXur6rj(Tf.Tax.

b.  The 1st person singular of the 1st aorist subjunctive may possibly have served as a stepping-stone to this use. Take for instance —

ii K. 19 2 anroaTrjOi . . . tva //.rj irardio) ere.

This might easily lead by false analogy to —

d7reXeuo"0/wct, Iva [it] ■jrara^eis /«•

This theory however fails to account for the following — i Esd. 450 "va acjiiovai. Tob. 149 (tv TTjprjcxov rov vofnov • . . iva

(TOl KaXu>S 7]V.

The last can only be regarded as a monstrosity.

c.  In the 1ST.T. tva with the future indicative occurs occasionally and is common in Eevelation —

i Cor. 918 iva . . . Orj(T         Gral. 24 iva ^//.as KaTahovXuxrovcriv.

i Pet. 31 rva . . . Kep&j&jWrai. Eev. 39, 64, 83, 920, 1413, 222<

iva ecrrai . . . xai . . . elackdaxrw.

The last instance shows that even in the debased Greek of this book the subjunctive still claimed its rights on occasions.

d.  There are two apparent instances in St. Paul's writings of iva with a present indicative —

i Cor. 46 iva (irj . . . vGal. I17 iva avrovs ^7/Xovre.

With regard to these Winer came to the conclusion that' fva with the indicative present is to be regarded as an impropriety of later

94

94                  GRAMMAR OF SEPTUAGINT GREEK

Greek.' Perhaps however in these cases it is the accidence, not the syntax, that is astray, vand fyXovrt being meant for the subjunctive. Winer closes his discussion of the subject by saying, 'It is worthy of remark, however the case may be, that in both instances the verb ends in oo>.' Here the true explanation seems to lie. The hypothesis of an irregular contraction is not in itself a violent one, and it is confirmed by a passage of the LXX — Ex. I16 oTav [ixuxrvoQe. ras 'HjftpaCas taxi oknv tr/aos Ttiktclv.

107.  Ellipse before oti. By the suppression of an imperative of a verb of knowing ore acquires the sense of ' know that.'

Ex. 312 Xtyw "On eo-o/^ai /«Ta crov. Jdg. 15r ewrcv . . . %a.f>.^ii!>v . . . on el ftijv £K&fo;criy v/uv. iii K. 192 eurev . . . on rav-rijv ttjv

This usage originates in the Hebrew, but has a parallel in Greek in the similar ellipse before &>?, which is common in Euripides, e.g. Med. 609: Ale. 1094: Pkoen. 720,1664: Ion 935,1404: Eel. 126,831: Sec. 346, 400. Op. Soph. Aj. 39.

108.  dXX' ij. a. The combination of particles SXK' rj occurs in Swete's text 114 times at least. In most of these passages dXA.' ^ is simply a strengthened form of SXXd. If it differs at all from it, it is in the same-way as ' but only' in English differs from the simple ' but/ In the remainder of the 114 passages aXX' r} has the same force as the English 'but' in the sense of ' except' after a negative expressed or implied. It is thus an equivalent for the classical d ft.rj. But even this latter meaning can be borne by the simple dWd, if we may trust the reading of —

Gen. 2126 ovSk iy

b.   The idea has been entertained that aXX' rj is not for aXXa ■%, as the accentuation assumes, but for aXXo rj. This view would suit very well with such passages as Gen. 281?, 4718: Dt. 10IZ: ii K. 128: Sir. 221*, where it happens that a neuter singular precedes, but it seems to have nothing else to recommend it.

Where aXX' rj follows c&Aos or Ircpos, as in iv K. S17: Dan. 3*, © 2U: i Mac. 1038, the dXXoi would be superfluous in classical Greek, so that in these cases it might be thought that the rj was strengthened by the dAAa, and not vice versa: but if we accept the use in Gen. 2126, it follows that even here it is the aAAa which is strengthened.

c.  In contrast with the abundance of instances in the O.T. and in

95

SYNTAX                                         95

Hellenistic Greek generally, e.g. in Aristotle, it is strange how rare this combination is in the N.T. In the Revisers' text it occurs only twice— Lk. 1251 ov^l, Xe-yco vfuv, dXX' rj 8ia/iepi.o-/x6v. ii Cot. I13 ov yap SXa ypaO[ie.v v/uv, aXX' rj a avayivu>crK£Te.

109.  otv a)X r. This combination of particles occurs in the following passages of the LXX —Jdg. 15W: i K. 230, 214, 21«, 3017, 3022: ii K. 1333,212: iii K. 18M: iv K. 42, 5W, 1023,14?, 1735- *, 23™: ii Chr. 26.

An examination of these instances will show that they all fall under the same two heads as dAA' rj. In the bulk of them on aXK rj is simply a strongly adversative particle (= but); in the remainder it is like our ' but' = ' except' after a negative expressed or implied. The reader will observe that the range of literature, within which this combination of particles is found, is very limited, being almost confined to the four books of Kingdoms. It looks therefore as if we had here a mere device of translation, not any recognised usage of later Greek. In all but the first two instances the underlying Hebrew is the same, consisting of two particles; in tie first two there is only the particle corresponding to on, and these passages seem really to fall under § 107.

There is one place in which we find this combination of particles still more complicated by the use of 8«m in place of on.

iii K. 2218 Ovk extra tt/dos r]Tivei. ovtos /jloi. KaXa, 8wm dXX' rj kolko, ;

110.  otv (l n^. This combination occurs in the following passages— ii K. 2s Zrj Kvptos, on et fir) eXaA^cras, Score totc €k irpwlOev avlfirj

6 Xaos. iii K. 17l Zrj Kvpcos ... ei tWcu . . . Jetos • on u fir/ 81a arTofjUXTOi Xoyov ft.ov. iv K. 314 Zrj Kvpios . . . on et p.r) Trp6a$ . . . iya> Xa/i^aveo, et (A) eire/JAei/'a 7Tjoo! (re.

In the first of the above passages 'unless/ in the second 'except,' in the third ' only that' seem to give the exact shade of meaning. In all of them the on might be dispensed with, and owes its presence to the Hebrew.

111.  dXX' ii on. There are four passages in which this combination occurs —

Nb. 1329 dXX* i) 0V1 Opavh rb ZOvos. i K. 1019 OiXh T-qcTU^ i r)p,S>v, 1212 Ov^C, oXX' ^7 on j3a          ii K. 1928 on ovk rjv 7ras 6 oIkos tov •jrarpos p,ov dXX'

rj on avSpcs Qavarov.

96

96               • GRAMMAR OF SEPTUAGINT GREEK

No one meaning suits all the above passages. In the first of them the Hebrew which corresponds to fj on might just as well have been on <1AA' ijf (= Lat. sed), as in Jdg. 15s (§ 109). In the fourth also on aXX' tf might have been used in the sense of ' but' in ' nothing but,' etc., as in i K. 216, 301T: iv K. 42, 515: ii Chr. 26.

112. Xiyav, etc., for the Hebrew Gerund, a. A special cause of irregularity in LXX Greek is the treatment of the Hebrew gerund of the verb ' to say' (= Lat. dicendo), which is constantly used to introduce speeches. As the Greek language has no gerund, this is rendered in the LXX by a participle. But the form being fixed in the Hebrew, the tendency is to keep it so in the Greek also. Hence it is quite the exception to find the participle agreeing with its subject, as in —

i K.. 192 dwnjyyeiAei/ . . . Aey11 awqyyuXe • • . Xiyoixra.

b.  If the subject is neuter or feminine, the participle may still be masculine —

Gen. 151: i K. 1510 iysvj6v ffipa Kvptov . . . A«yw. iv K. on ivToXr] tov jSacriAecos Aeywv.

Also, if the sentence is impersonal — iii K. 209 eye'ypaTrro . . Ac'ywv. ii Chr. 2112 r]$ev . . . . . . 'Acyw. Jonah 37 ippiO-q ■ . . Ae'yo>v.

c.  But the participle may even refer to another subject, as — iv K. 199 rjKowtv . . . Ae'yw/ = he heard say.

d.  It is rare for the Greek to fare so well as in —

Dt. 1312 iav 8c aKOvcrrji . . . Acyovrwv.

And here the genitive is probably not governed by dxovav, but used absolutely. Cp. —

i K.. 242 ajrTjyyeXr] avr<3 AeydvT

e.  A very common case is to have the verb in the passive, either impersonally or personally, and the participle in the nominative plural masculine, thus —

6.7rr}yy£Xv . . . Xiyovrts Gen. 3824, 482: Josh. 22, 1017: i K. 1433,

1512, 19W, 231.

avqyytXrj . . . XiyovTK Jdg. 162: Gen. 2220. Acyovres Gen. 4516. Ae'yovTes Gen. 4820.

97

SYNTAX                                         97

An adjacent case is — lizk. 12 Ti's tj irapafioMi Vfuv • . . Xeyovrts;

/. When the verb is active and finite, the construction presents itself as good Greek, as in —

ill K. 1230 iXdXrjarav . . . Aeyovres,

but this is little better than an accident, for what immediately follows is —

T<£St XaXij&as tAeyovTes ktX.

In Dt. 1816 we have even yrrjo-a) . . . Aeyoi/res.

g. Where the principal verb is not one of saying, the divorce between it and the participle is complete, both in sense and grammar — Ex. 5li i/jia(TTiy6r](Tav . . . Ac'yovTes, 518 €v . . . Aeyorres,

where the ' being beaten' and the ' seeing' are predicated of one set of persons and the ' saying' of another. Cp. the complex case . in iMac. 13"-18.

Ji. In the N.T. this Hebraism occurs only once — E,ev. IV oival . . . Acyovres.

113. Idiomatic Use of irpoemfllvai. a. Another very common Hebraism is the use of -n-poaTiOivca with the infinitive of another verb in the sense of doing a thing more or again, e.g. —

Gen. 378 irpocriOevro hi jucreiv = they hated still more. Op. Gen.

42'12, 821, 4428.       Ex. 8s9 ^ irpol&Tra-njom. Op,

Ex. 9™, 1028, 1418. Nb. 2215-w-a ■ Dt. 3®, S25: Josh. 7n: Jdg. 828,106,131-21: iMac. 91.

b.   Sometimes rm> precedes the infinitive, as —

Ex. 934 TTpocriOcTo tov afiaprdveLv. Josh. 2313 ov fxij irpocrOy Kijptos rov e£oeOpevcrai. Jdg. 221 ov irpoaOrjva toS i£apai. Cp. Jdg. 937, 1018.

c.   The same construction may be used impersonally in the passive—

Ex. 57 ovk€ti Trpo(TTe6rjStSovat a)(ypm> t<3 Aaa id="iv.i.i.iv.p1377.2">.

d.   Sometimes the dependent verb is dropped after the middle or passive —

Nb. 222 koI TrpoKjcOcTo o ayycAos tov 6tov Koi a-TTfXBhv V7rliv K. I11.        Ex. II6 17ns TOiavrrj oi yeyovev koX touivti] oxikiti

98

98                  GRAMMAR OF SEPTUAGINT GREEK

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ACCIDENCE

SECTION

Nouns, Sections 1-14.

Disuse of the Dual..........         1

eh as Article...........         2

First Declension...........         3

Second Declension..........         4

Third Declension..........         5

Absence of Contraction.........         6

Feminine Forms of Movable Su'bstantives......          7

Heteroclite Nouns..........         8

Verbal Nouns in -/w...........         9

Non-Attic Forms of Substantives.......       10

Non-Attic Forms of Adjectives........        11

Comparison of Adjectives.........        12

Pronouns ............        13

Numerals............        14

Verbs, Sections 15-33.

The Verb eTvai...........        15

The Termination -..........        16

Termination of the 2d Person Singular of Primary Tenses, Middle

and Passive...........        17

Aorist in -a............        18

Augment.....'.......        19

Eeduplication...........        20

Attic Future...........       21

Retention of Short Vowel in the Future......        22

Aorist of Semivowel Verbs.........        23

The Strong Tenses of the Passive.......        24

The Verbs Treivav and d^av.........        25

The Perfect of f)mr»»..........        26

Presents formed from Perfects ........        27

The Verb iardvcu and its Cognates.......        28

The Verb TiBivai and its Cognates.......        29

The Verb SiSbvai and its Cognates.......        30

The Verb tivai and its Cognates........        31

The Imperative av&ara. and ivda-ra, etc.......       32

Special Forms of Verbs.........       33

Nouns and Verbs.

Adverbs .... 34 Homerisms .... 35

Movable Consonants ... 36 Spelling.....37

99

CONTENTS                                       99

SYNTAX

6BCTION

Construction op the Sentence, Sections 38-43.

The Construction of the LXX not Greek......       38

Absence of piv and 5t..........       39

Paratactical Construction of the LXX......       40

Introduction of the Sentence by a Verb of Being ....       41

Apposition of Verbs..........       42

$4 in the Apodosis..........       43

The Article, Sections 44, 45.

Generic Use of the Article.........       44

Elliptical Use of the Feminine Article......       45

Gender, Sections 46, 47.

Elliptical Use of the Feminine Adjective......       46

Feminine for Neuter..........       47

Number, Sections 48, 49.

Singular for Plural..........       48

Singular Verb with more than One Subject.....       49

Case, Sections 50-61.

Nominative for Vocative.........       50

Nominative Absolute ..........       51

Nominative of Reference.........       52

Nominativus Pendens..........       53

Accusative for Vocative.........       54

Accusative of Time When.........       55

Cognate Accusative..........       56

Accusative in Apposition to Indeclinable Noun.....       57

Genitive Absolute ........••       58

The Genitive Infinitive of Purpose.......       59

Other Uses of the Genitive Infinitive.......       60

Cognate Dative...........       61

Adjectives, Sections 62-65.

62 63

Comparison of Adjectives . . 64 Omission of /laXKor ... 65

Pronouns, Sections 66-71.

Superfluous Use of Pronoun........       66

Frequent Use of Pronouns.........       67

d5eX06s as a Reciprocal Pronoun.......       68

Hebrew Syntax of the Relative                                    • • • •       69

&viip = ^Kaa-Tos .......••••                         70

fans for os............       71

100

100

GKAMMAR OF SEPTUAGINT GREEK

Vekbs, Sections 72-84.

Analytic Tenses........... 72

Deliberative Use of the Present Indicative

The Jussive Future.....

The Optative......

Conditional without &v . . . .

Infinitive of Purpose.....

Infinitive of Consequence . . . .

Paucity of Participles .

Misuse of the Participle . . . .

The Intensive Participle .

Other Varieties of the Etymological Figure

Middle and Passive Voices . . . 1; .

Causative Use of the Verb ....

Reduplication of Words Expressions of Time . Pleonastic Use of lue? and Ac. jras with oi and /«}

Prepositions, Sections 89-98. Prominence of Prepositions

els.....

ev.....

Conjunctions^ Sections 99-111. el with the Subjunctive . el Interrogative . . . ei in Oaths . . . . el M in Oaths ...

el fufiv.....

i&v, etc., with the Indicative i&v after a Relative . .

90 91 92 93

99 100 101 102 103 104 105

M.....

Trapd ..... New Forms of Preposition . Prepositions after Verbs .

iVa with the Indicative Ellipse before Sri.

&W ij.....

Sri 6.W fi . .

73

74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84

85 86 87

94 95 96 97 98

106 107 108 109 110

eyuv, etc., for the Hebrew Gerund.......112

Idiomatic Use of vpoo-TtSirai........113

101

INTRODUCTION TO THE STORY OF JOSEPH

The story of Joseph, whatever else it may be, is one of the best novels ever written. The interest inspired by the youthful hero, the play of human passion, the variety of incident, the simplicity of the language, all combine to confer upon it a peculiar charm. We may gauge the dramatic effectiveness of a tale with which use has rendered us familiar, by comparing it with the plot of one of the plays of Terence or Plautus, which represent to us those of Menander and his fellow-writers. Few will contest the superior power of the tale of Joseph from the point of view of the requirements of fiction. We have first the pathetic affection of the widowed father for the son of his favourite wife, and the consequent jealousy of the elder brothers, goaded to fury by the boy's naive recital of the dreams which foreshadow his future greatness. Then we have the brothers unwittingly bringing about the exaltation of the object of their envy by their own wicked act; the vain attempt of one better than the rest to save him; the youth's fidelity to his master in rejecting the advances of his mistress; the false charge and undeserved imprisonment; the diverse fates of the chief butler and the chief baker; the release of the hero through the accident of Pharaoh's dream; his successful interpretation of it and sudden rise to fortune. The dramatic interest culminates in Joseph's brethren being led by the most elementary of human needs to prostrate themselves before the dispenser of corn in Egypt, and thus fulfil the dreams which had so enraged them. Joseph recognises them, though they do not recognise him, and he takes upon them no ungenerous revenge before the full 'recognition' (ἀναγνώρισις) is allowed to come about. Then he sends for his aged father, whose heart had been sore tried by the steps which Joseph had taken to punish his brothers, but who is now comforted and utters the pathetic words 'It is enough; Joseph my son is yet alive: I will go and see him before I die.'This seemed to be the most fitting conclusion to the narrative, when

102

being treated, as it is treated here, solely from the point of view of dramatic effect. For at this point the valedictory formula of old-world story may well come in--'And so they lived happily ever afterwards.'

The rest of the narrative rather represents Joseph as an eminent Hebrew statesman with all the financial capacity of his race. If we were dealing with the tale as history, it might be worth while to point out that the fiscal policy of Joseph, however satisfactory to the Pharaohs, could hardly have been equally so to their subjects, and that the heavy impost of twenty per cent on agricultural produce, which has been, it is said, the land-tax of Egypt down to within quite recent times, may well have had something to do with the unpopularity of the Jews in Egypt.

In the dream-interpretation there is just that touch of the supernatural which is still thought not inappropriate to a good novel. But in the treatment of the tender passion this Hebrew romance stands in marked contrast with a good deal of modern fiction. There is not the slightest attempt made to render the would-be adulteress interesting or to dally with unlawful passion. Joseph knows that the proposal which she makes to him in such direct language involves ingratitude to his master and sin against God, and on those grounds refuses to comply. ' How can I do this great wickedness and sin against God?' These words contain the secret of the high standard of morality in sexual matters, to which the Jews attained. Chastity with them was a question not merely of duty towards one's neighbour, but still more of duty towards God. In this way all the awful sanctities of the unseen world were called in to the aid in the struggle against passion.

Among the Greek moralists the tendency was to regard love as a disease from which the sage would not suffer. In the early Greek drama the delineation of this feeling was thought to be below the dignity of tragedy, and Euripides was regarded by the older school as having degraded the stage by depicting the passion of Phaedra for Hippolytus. This story naturally occurs to one's mind as a classical analogue to the story of Joseph. But it would be injustice to Phaedra to put her on the same level as the wife of Potiphar. She has indeed all the vindictive injustice of the Egyptian matron, and is more successful in wreaking vengeance on her victim, yet she

103

is not the willing slave of passion, and shame in her heart struggles successfully against unlawful love, at least as the story is told by Euripides.

A closer parallel in Greek mythology is afforded by the legend of Antaea and Bellerophontes, which forms part of the episode of Glaucus and Diomede in the sixth book of the Iliad (119-236). There the unfaithful wife of Proetus, king of Argos, foiled of her purpose by the virtuous youth, appeals to her husband to slay him for having made dishonourable proposals to her; but the youth escapes all dangers and comes to honour, like Joseph, though, such is the waywardness of human fate, of which the Greek mind was acutely conscious, he dies at last of melancholy madness --

ὂν θυμὸν κατέδων, πάτον ἀνθρόπων ἐλεείνων.

The Egyptian tale of Anpu and Bata opens with a situation resembling that of Joseph and Potiphar's wife. Bata is a peasant-lad devoted to his elder brother Anpu, who is to him as a father. The youth grows to be so excellent a worker that 'there was not his equal in the whole land; behold, the spirit of a god was in him.' One day, when he was alone with his brother's wife, 'her heart knew him with the knowledge of youth. And she arose and came to him, and conversed with him, saying, "Come, stay with me, and it shall be well for thee, and I will make for thee beautiful garments." Then the youth became like a panther of the south with fury at the evil speech which she had made to him; and she feared greatly.' To save herself she plays the same part as Antaea, as Phaedra, and as Potiphar's wife. If all the story had the beautiful simplicity of the opening, it might bear away the palm both from Greek and Hebrew fiction: but, unfortunately, it soon degenerates into a tissue of meaningless marvels. The papyrus which contains the tale is said to be of the XlXth Dynasty and to have been the property of Sety II when crown prince; but Professor Flinders Petrie thinks that the earlier part of the tale may belong to the XVIIIth Dynasty, which would bring it back close to the time when Joseph is supposed to have lived. This is a curious coincidence, but there is no reason to think it anything more.

In view of the literary merit of the story of Joseph it seems a pity that criticism should lay its cold touch upon it. To do so is

104

like treating a beautiful body as a subject for dissection rather than as a model for the painter. But the science of anatomy has its claims upon us as well as the art of painting. Artistic effect is one thing and historic fact another. To the latter domain belongs the question how the story, as we have it, came into being. Was it written as one or put together from different sources? Taking the story as one and indivisible, there are certain difficulties which must not be ignored.

(1) As Reuben in 3722 has already persuaded his brothers not to shed the blood of Joseph, why does Judah in v. 26 say -- 'What profit is it if we slay our brother and conceal his blood ?'

(2) In v. 25 we are told 'a travelling company of Ishmaelites came from Gilead.' In v. 28 we have the parallel statement 'And there passed by Midianites, merchantmen,' but in the same verse we are given to understand that his brethren 'sold Joseph to the Ishmaelites.' Now Midianites were not Ishmaelites any more than Irishmen are Welshmen or the Dutch Germans. Both were Abrahamic peoples, but Ishmael was the son of Abraham by Hagar (Gen. 2512) and Midian by Keturah (Gen. 252).

(3) Why does Reuben in v. 29 expect to find Joseph in the pit, when he had just been taken up and sold to the Ishmaelites ?

Now let us appeal to the critics to see whether they help us at all out of our difficulties. On a great variety of grounds they have arrived at the general conclusion that the Hexateuch (i.e. the five books of Moses and that of Joshua) was put together from the following pre-existing materials --

(1) A primitive historical work, in which the sacred name, of which the consonants are JHVH, is habitually employed, and which is believed to have emanated from the Kingdom of Judah. This is commonly called J, and its author is known as the Jahvist (=Jehovist).

(2) Another very similar work, in which the Hebrew word for God (Elohim) is usually employed in place of the sacred name, and which is ascribed to the Kingdom of Israel. This is denoted by the symbol E, and its author is known as the Elohist.

(3) The bulk of Deuteronomy, which is designated as D.

(4) A later priestly document known as P.

The hand of the editor is to be detected here and there, recon-

105

tiling his materials, when they are discrepant, after the manner of a Gospel-harmonizer.

In telling the story of Joseph we are to suppose that the editor had before him J and E, containing the same tradition in slightly different forms.

In J it is Judah who intervenes to save Joseph. He persuades his brothers not to kill the lad, but to sell him to some Ishmaelites, who are passing by. In this version of the story there is no mention of a pit. It is drawn upon by the editor in 3725-27, 28b, 31-35.

'And they sat down . . . hearkened unto him, and sold Joseph to the Ishmaelites for twenty pieces of silver.

'And they took . . . wept for him.'

The words in 454, 'I am Joseph your brother whom ye sold into Egypt,' are a reference to this account of the matter.

In E it is Reuben, the first-born, and so a fit representative of the Northern Kingdom, who plays the better part. He persuades his brothers not to kill the lad, but to put him alive into a pit, his intention being to come and take him out again. When he and his brothers however have left the place, some Midianites come by and kidnap Joseph. Reuben, returning to the pit, finds Joseph gone, a fact of which he informs his brothers. This form of the legend is drawn upon in 3721-24, 28a, 28c-30, 36

'And Reuben . . . water in it. And there passed by Midianites, merchantmen; and they drew, and lifted up Joseph out of the pit. And they brought Joseph into Egypt . . . whither shall I go? And the Midianites sold him into Egypt unto Potiphar, an officer of Pharaoh's, the captain of the guard.'1

The words in 4015, ' for indeed I was stolen away out of the land of the Hebrews,' refer to this account of the, matter.

With regard to Potiphar it must be admitted that there is some confusion in the narrative as we have it. For we are told in 3736 that ' the Midianites sold Joseph to Potiphar, an officer of Pharaoh's, the captain of the guard.' Potiphar then is Joseph's master, as we are told again in 391. Now Joseph's master 'put him into the prison, the place where the king's prisoners were bound' (3921), where Joseph found favour with the 'keeper of the prison.' But' the keeper of the

106

prison' was presumably Potiphar himself, for the prison was 'in the house of the captain of the guard' (403), and 'the captain of the guard' was Potiphar? How are we to get out of this circle ? Let us again have recourse to the hypothesis of a mixture of documents.

The E version of the story goes on to tell that the Midianites, having taken Joseph out of the pit, brought him to Egypt and there sold him to Potiphar (3736), who was a eunuch and captain of the guard, and himself the keeper of the prison, but naturally not a married man. Joseph, being found faithful by him, is given charge over the prisoners, not being himself a prisoner, but 'servant to the captain of the guard' (4112).

In the J version on the other hand Joseph is sold by the Ishmaelites to 'an Egyptian,' whose name is not mentioned; for the theory requires us to suppose that the words in 391 -- 'Potiphar, an officer of Pharaoh's, the captain of the guard' -- are inserted there from 3736. This 'Egyptian' (391,2,5) has a wife, who brings a false charge against Joseph, whereupon his master consigns him to the king's prison (391-20). If this hypothesis be accepted, we must give up 'Potiphar's wife' as a person who has no just claim to existence even in fiction: for it is only by the amalgamation of 'the Egyptian' with Potiphar that she comes into being. If this should appear a loss, it may on the other hand be deemed a gain not to have to regard the lady's husband as a eunuch, which seems to be the real meaning of the word 'officer' (3736, 391).

Chapter 40 is supposed to belong as a whole to E: but, if so, it must have been adjusted in places to the story of the false charge, which has been incorporated from J. We see this in vv. 3, 7, 15. In chapter 41 again, which is referred as a whole to the same source, we have to suppose the words in v. 14, 'and they brought him hastily out of the dungeon,' to come from the reconciling hand of the editor.

Further on in the story there are duplications and inconsistencies which, it may be claimed, find their easiest explanation in the hypothesis of 'contamination,' to borrow the term applied to a Latin play made up from different Greek originals. Thus in. 4227,28 it is at the lodging-place on the way home that one of the brothers finds his money in his sack, whereas in v. 36 of the same chapter they all find their money in their sacks after their return to their father. Again in chapter 42 the brothers, when taxed by Joseph with being

107

spies, volunteer the information that they have a younger brother living (v. 13), and so report the matter to their father (v. 32); whereas in the following chapters Judah assures his father that this information was imparted only in reply to a question from Joseph (437), and so recounts the matter to Joseph himself (4419,20). Further, in 4237 Reuben goes surety to his father for the safe return of Benjamin, whereas in 439 it is Judah who does this.

The story of Joseph is as good an illustration as could be chosen of the service rendered by modern criticism to the intelligent study of the Bible. If we take the narrative as it stands, it perplexes us with contradictions, and we have to suppose that the writer could not tell a story properly: but on the hypothesis that he had before him two documents, resembling each other in the main, but differing in details, we can understand how reverence for his authorities would lead him into inconsistencies which he would not have committed in a story invented by himself. Without then pledging ourselves to particular hypotheses we may surely say after Plato-- 'The truth in these matters God knows: but that what the Higher Critics say is like the truth -- this we would venture to affirm.'

108

I. THE STORY OF JOSEPH

Genesis XXXVII

1Κατῴκει δὲ Ἰακὼβ ἐν τῇ γῇ οὗ παρῴκησεν ὁ πατὴρ αὐτοῦ, ἐν γῇ Χανάαν. 2αὗται δὲ αἱ γενέσεις Ἰακώβ. Ἰωσὴφ δέκα ἑπτὰ ἐτῶν ἦν ποιμαίνων μετὰ των ἀδελφῶν αὐτοῦ τὰ πρόβατα, ὦν νέος, μετὰ τῶν υἱῶν Βάλλας καὶ μετὰ τῶν υἱῶν Ζέλφας τῶν γυναικῶν τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ. κατη-

1. Κατῴκει . . . παρῴκησεν: κατοικεῖν here signifies a more permanent residence than παροικεῖν. Jacob dwelt where Abraham only sojourned. Abraham was a pure nomad, whereas Jacob combined agriculture (v. 7) with pasture (v. 12). In classical Greek παροικεῖν means 'to dwell near.' For the sense of 'dwelling as a stranger in' cp. Lk. 2418 Σὺ μόνος παροικεῖς Ἱερουσαλήμ; From meaning a settlement of Jews in a foreign country (Sirach, Prologue) παροικία in the mouths of the Christians came to be used for an ecclesiastical district or diocese, as the παροικία of Alexandria, Ephesus, etc. Through the Latin form parαecia it is the origin of the French word paroisse and of our parish.

2. αὗται . . . Ἰακώβ: part of the framework of P (see Introd. to the Story of Joseph). The preceding chapter dealt with the descendants of Esau. Here the writer turns to Jacob, but the detailed list of his descendants does not come till ch. 46. -- δέκα ἑπτά: similar forms of numeral occur in Latin in good writers, as Caesar B.G. I8 1 decem novem: Livy XXVIII 38 5 decem quatuor. 14. -- ἦν ποιμαίνων: the analytic form of the imperfect = ἐποίμαινε. Cp. Ex. 31. Such forms occur in all stages of the language, e.g. Soph. Trach. 22 ἦν θακῶν: Plato Polit. 273 B. They are especially common in the N.T. 72. The Hebrew idiom in this passage coincides with the Greek, so that this is an instance of a usage already current in Greek, which was intensified by its adaptation to the Hebrew. -- ὦν νέος: while yet a lad, Spurrell. Had the translators here used παῖς it would have reflected better the ambiguity of the original, which may mean that Joseph was serving as a shepherd-lad with his brethren. -- Βάλλας: of Bilhah. For the form of the genitive see 3. The sons of Bilhah were Dan and Naphtali; Gen. 4623-25. --Ζέλφας: ofZilpah. The sons of Zilpah were Gad and Asher; Gen. 4616-18. Only the sons of Jacob's concubines are here mentioned, but afterwards Reuben and Judah are named, who were sons of Leah. Perhaps the actual work of tending the flock was done by the sons of the concubines, who would be in an inferior

109

νεγκαν δὲ Ἰωσὴφ ψόγον πονηρὸν πρὸς Ἰσραὴλ τὸν πατέρα αὐτῶν. 3Ἰακὼβ δὲ ἠγάπα τὸν Ἰωσὴφ παρὰ πάντας τοὺς υἱοὺς αὐτοῦ, ὅτι υἱὸς γήρους ἧν αὐτῷ. ἐποίησεν δὲ αὐτῷ χιτῶνα ποικίλον. 4ἰδόντες δὲ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ ὅτι αὐτὸν ἐφίλει ὁ πατὴρ αὐτοῦ ἐκ πάντων τῶν υίῶν αὐτοῦ, ἐμίσησαν αὐτόν, καὶ οὺκ ἐδύναντο λαλεῶ αὐτῷ οὐδέν εἰρηνικών. 5ἐνυπνιασθεὶς δὲ Ἰωσὴφ ἐνύπνιον ἀπήγγειλεν αὐτὸ τοῖς ἐδελφοῖς αὐτοῦ, 6 καὶ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς Ἀκούσατε τοῦ ἐνυπνίου τούτου ουπ= ἐνυπνιάσθην. 7ᾤμην ὑμὰς δεσμεύειν δράγματα ἐν μέσῳ τῷ πεδιῳ· καὶ ἀνέστη τὸ ἐμὸν δράγμα καὶ ὠρθώθη· περιστραφέντα δὲ τὰ δράγματα ὑμῶν προσεκύνησαν τὸ

position to those of the legitimate -wives. Joseph was the son of Rachel, but he may have been called upon to 'bear the yoke in his youth.' -- κατήνεγκαν δὲ κτλ.: and they brought against Joseph an evil report to Israel their father. Here the sense of the LXX differs from that of the Hebrew, and saves us from regarding Joseph as a tell-tale.

3. παρὰ πάντας: more than all. Cp. Dt. 76,7. The Hebrew is more exactly represented by ἐκ πάντωνin v. 4. παρὰ first signifies comparison and then superiority. Xen. Mem. I 4 14 παρὰ τὰ ἀλλὰ ζῶα (as compared with the lower animals) ὧσπερ θεοὶ ἄνθρωποι βιστεύουσι. In Biblical Greek it is constantly employed after a comparative adjective. We may see this use beginning in classical writers, e.g. Hdt. VII 103 παρὰ τὴν ἑαουτῶν φύσιν ἀμείνονες. 96. -- γήρους: for the form see 8. -- χιτῶνα ποικίλον: χιτών here represents the Hebrew word kethneth, with which it is perhaps connected. The language spoken by the Phoenicians was almost the same as Hebrew, and the Greeks may have borrowed this word from Phoenician traders. The same Hebrew phrase which is used here of Joseph's coat is applied in ii S. 1318 to the garment worn by Tamar to denote her rank as a princess. The LXX rendering however is there (ii K. 1318) χιτὼν καρπωτός = a garment with sleeves.

4. ἐκ πάντων: out of and so above all. ἐκ πάντων = παρὰ πάντας in V. 3, being a different rendering of the same original. The Hebrew language has no special forms for comparative and superlative.

5. ἐνυπνιασθεὶς . . . ἐνύπνιον: 56. The active verb ἐνυπνιάζω has here become a deponent passive. Cp. 415, Nb. 2324 γαυριωθήσεται.

6. οὗ ἐνυπνιάσθην: the attraction of the relative into the case of the antecedent is the prevailing idiom in Biblical as in classical Greek. Cp. Gen. 396: Ex. 320, 58: Dt. 810 : i Cor. 619.

7. δράγμα: literally a handful = manipulus. For the meaning ' sheaf' cp. Ruth 27 and Jos. Ant. II 2 2 in this context.-- προσεκύνησαν: literally

110

110              SELECTIONS FROM THE SEPTUAGINT

Genesis XXXVII 8

ifj.bv Spdyfia." ^tiirav Se avrco ol ctSeX^ot " M^ fiacrikevayv /3acrtXei;creis i(j> rjixa?, r/ Kvpieoav Kupieucrets r)fxS>v;" /cat irpocredevTo eri /ALcreiv avrov eVe/cev tivvtrvioiv avrov /cat eveKCU twv p7)i,aT(av avrov. 9iS&> Se evvnviov erepov, /cat St^yrjcraTo avTO rw traTpl avrov /cat Tots dSeX^ots av-rou, /cat etirev " 'iSou ivvnvido-O-qv ivxmviov erepov wcnrep 6 17X10? /cat 17 crikrjvrj xal ei/Se/ca acrTepes irpocrexvvovv /jlc." /cat eTrerifjiTjaev avrco o irarqp avrov /cat enrev it to ei>v-ttviop tovto o ivvTTi>id(xdr]s ; apd y,ie ekOovres ekevao^Oa iya> Te Kat r/ /xijT7]p crov /cat ot d8eoi aov irpocrKvvrjcrai croi CTTt ttjv yr)v ; eQrjKoxxav oe avrov ol aoeAcpot auTov o oe ira-T7)p clvtov Sierijpyjcrev to prj/xa. 12'J&7ropev07]o~av Se ot dSeX-TrpdySaTa tqv Trarpos avrcov et§ 2v^;e/x. 18/cat etTref 'laparjX Trpos 'laxnjcf) " Ov)( ol d.SeXoC crov ttoi-fj.aivovo~LV iv %v4jx,; SeDpo d.7roo"TetX&) o"e Trpo? aurous."

kissed (?. tte ground) before. The Greek word for the Oriental prostration, In classical, writers it governs an accusative, as here and in v. 9 and in Jos. Ant. II 2 § a: but in the N.T. (Mt. 22-n: Jn. 423) we find it with a dative, as in v. 10. In Aristeas (§§ 135, 137) both constructions are employed. In their version of the LXX the ancient Armenians regularly render irpoanvveTv as above.

8.  Paa-iXeiiSiov Pathey added yet to hate = ' they hated still more,' a Hebraism very common in the LXX. Josephus has here (Ant. II 2 § 2) teal irpbs airbv en /xaWov direxOSs exoires SterAow. § 113.

9.   I8ev: § 19. —6 iiXios Kal r{ o-e-X^vt| : Josephus (Ant. II2 § 3) explains that the moon stood for the mother, owing to the power of the moon in

nourishing all things and making them grow, and the sun for the father, because that imparted to things their shape and strength. — 'tvSeKo olo-t«p«s : Josephus {Ant. II 2 § 3) says roils 5' dcrrtpas tois d5eX0o?s (ekdfwv), jcai -yap roirovs ivSeica eivcu Ka.6i.mp ko.1 robs du-r^pas. But on what system were the stars reckoned as eleven ?

10.   IX96vt«s IXcvo-ojieBa : § 81. — irpoa-Kwijo-at Trpo

11.   6 5« irarTip ktX. : Lk. 219>51 are evidently modelled on this verse. Cp. also Dan. 0' 425 rois Xiyovs iv tj icap-dig. avveriip-qve.

12.   «ts Sv^ep.: at Shechem, to he taken with pbaKeiv, not with 4iropci0i]-aav. § 90. Josephus (Ant. II 2 § 4) represents the brethren as removing to Shechem after the harvest without their father's knowledge.

111

I. THE STORY OF JOSEPH                       111

Genesis XXXVII 22

Se eya." uelirev Se avrw 'laparfX " Hopevdels iSe el vyiaivovaiv ol aSeX<^ id="iv.i.i.iv.p1557.2">oi crov Kal ra irpofiaTa, Kal dvdy-yeikov jxoi." Kal direcrmXev airbv Ik rrjs KotXaSos Trjs ~Kef3pa>v Kal yjXOev ei? Sv^e/x. lsKal evpev avrbv avdpomos rrXavcajxevov iv ra TreScco' rjpa>T7)Se avrov 6 avdpanos Xeycov " Tt £77x615;" 166 Se evrrev " Tous aSeX<^ id="iv.i.i.iv.p1557.4">ous /xou {tjtiS" aTrdyyeikov fj,ot irov fiocrKovcriv." 17elireu Se avrw 6 av-dpcanos " 'AvyjpKaaLV evrevQev yJKOvcra yap avraiv XeyovTcov ' TlopevOSifjiev eis Aw^aei/j,.' " Kal iiropevdr) 'Icocrr/^} KaToirir crdev tu>v aBeXcfrSiv avrov, Kal evpev avroiis ei? Acaddei/i. ™7rp6t,§ov Se avrov jiaxpodev vpb rov eyyio~ai avrov wpbs avrov? • Kal ivopevovro airoKreivaL avrov. 19 elrrav Se TTpbs rbv dSeX(j)ov avrov "'iSou 6 evvTrviaarrjs eKelvos 20' vvv ovv Sevre diroKreLvcojAev avrov, Kal pt\iop.ev avrbv ets eva ra>v XaKKoyv, Kal ipov[iev ' %T)piov rrovrjpbv Kareayev avrov Kai oyjo/xeua ri ecriv ra ewnna avrov.          a/covcras

Se 'Povfirjv e^eiXaro avrbv eK ra>v ~)(eipo)v avrwv, Kal eXrrev " Ov Trard^ofxev avrbv eh rpv^ijv." ^elirev Se avrois 'Tovfirfv

14. KoiXdSos: KotKds is very com-     with accusative is unolassical. §97.—

roon in the LXX for vale, e.g. Gen.      ets Aw6dein : at Sothan. Op. 4232.

I48 {v Ty KOiXadc rri oXxikti, which in     § 90.

v. 3 of the same is called tV            18. irpoiSov : § 19. — «roprfovro : tt]v &vk^v. The word occurs in the      they went about. sense of 'a hollow' in some verses 20. XcLkkuv : Mkkos 'a pit' is con-ascribed to Plato (Anth. P. vi. 48).          nected with Latin laeus and lacuna.

17. airTJpKoo-iv: they have departed.     It is used in Xen. Anab. IV 2 § 22 for

This intransitive use of airalpeiv, which     large tanks in which wine was kept —

is common in the best authors, origi-      Kal yap ofxos ttoAiJs Jjv, Sure iv &kkois

nated in an ellipse of vavs (ace. pi.) or      Koviarols (plastered) elxov. The Xd/c/cos

The word is an apt equiva-     in this instance was a dry reservoir,

lent for the Hebrew, which means liter-.    See v. 24. The word is used in 4016 of

ally'tear up,'and refers to the pulling     the dungeon into which Joseph was

up of the tent-pegs previous to resuming     cast. Op. also Ex. 1229: iv K. 1881. a march, dp. itfjpev Ex. 1419. — K          21. 'Povp-/jv: Joseplras calls him

wwrflev T«ov aSeX^uv: this use of Karb-     'Poi/^tjXos. — ets »|n>XTJv : so as to slay

TrurOe with genitive in the sense of /xerd      him. A Hebraism.

112

112              SELECTIONS FROM THE SEPTUAGINT

Genesis XXXVII 23

" Mr) eKyirjTe al/m • e/x,/3dXeTe Se avrov els eW rwv tuiv kv ttj ipijn,a>, xeVa §e fiV eireveyKijTe avTw •" oVcos

avrov Ik twv yeipuv avrwv koI d7roB&) airov rw iraTpl . eyevero oe rjVLKa r/kuev l(oo~r)

7rpos tous aoeA

i£e$vcrav tov 'l(oo-r) tov xiTcoya T0I/ •jtoikiXoi' tov irept airroV, 24Kai a($6vTeet? tov o.kkov • 6 Se XctKKios ckcTvos vScoyo ovK etxev. 25iKd6uo-av Se ayeLv aprov Kai ava./3e*l>a.vT€s tois 6<^)^aXjU.ois tSov, Kai iSov 6801,770/301 'Icr/AaTjXeiTai ripyovra e/c FaXaaS, Kai 01 Ka/x7jXoi avTwv eyefiov 6vfiLafia,T(ov Kai pLTivrjs Kai oraKTvj? • e7ro-pevovTO Se KaTayayetv ets Atyu7TTov. 26ei7T€v Se 'IouSas 7rp6s toi)5 dSeXc^ovs avrov " Tt -^prjai-iiop iav aTroKTeCvofJiev tov dSeX(^ov rjiiuiv Kai Kpv^iojjxev to atjaa avToO; 2TSewTe a avrov Tot9 'Ic/AaTjXtTats tovtois" at Se ^eipes

/JL.r) eaTa>o~av in' avrov, otl dSeX<^05 rjjxcov Kai o~apq

io~Tiv." rjKovaav Se ot adeol avrov. 28Kal vape-

22. 8ir<»s I^Xi^Tav a^Tov: so iAat      7rei)K7)s Kai ^k tikuj' SXKav pyTlrr) yhercu he may deliver him. The primary     fiei-a tt/j/ P~S&(tttio-w. 'Pijrieij is men-sequence after an historic tense was     tioned again in 43n as a special product sometimes used in classical Greek to     of Palestine, and here it is toeing present the intention of the speaker     brought from Gilead. It is therefore with greater vividness. In Biblical     presumably the famous 'balm of Greek it supplants the optative alto-     Gilead' (Jer. 822, 288, 4611). The gether. § 75. Josephus (Ant. II 3     word occurs six times in the LXX § 2) represents Reuben as lowering     always as a translation of the Hebrew Joseph by a rope into the pit, and then     word which our version renders ' balm.' going off in search of pasture.                   —o-raKTfjs: ep. 4311. is spoken

25. <{ id="iv.i.i.iv.p1584.1"><t7eiv opTov: §77.—'Io-iiar)-     of as a kind of myrrh. Theoph. H.P.

X.«itcu : Josephus (Ant. II 3 § 3)     IX 4 ad! fin. rfji tr/wJpnjs S£ ^ fitv crra/crfy,

"Apaj3as ToO'Itr/icujAiTwc 7^xovs. He has     t ii irXaimj. Josephus (Ant. II 3 § 3)

no mention of Midianites. — e7e|iov:     is vague in his language — dpci^ara /cal

7^iueic, -which isproperly used of a ship,    ,2fy>a (poprla Ko/xl^orras Myvwrlou im ttjs

is here transferred to 'the ship of the     TakaSTivTjs.

desert.' — pii-Cvtis: pirlcij, commonly          27. co-rwo-av: § 16. — ifcowrciv:

spelt priTlvr), Latin resina = the resin     not only 'heard,' but 'obeyed.' vrra-

of the terebinth or the pine. Theoph.     noieiv has this double meaning in clas-

H.F. IX 12 § 1 ttjs St repiiivBov Kai rijs     sical Greek, like the English' hearken.'

113

9Q 5

a

I. THE STORY OF JOSEPH                       113

Genesis XXXVII 82

TTopevovTO ol avdpcoiTOL oi MaSn^atoi ol efnropoi} Kal Kvcrav Kai, ave0C/Bao~av tov yJcoarj(f> e« tov Xolkkov airihovTO tov 'lwcrrj(f> rots 'o~[xar)KiTaiei/cocri /cat KaTi}yayov tov lcoo~r}(p eis AvyvTTTov-Se 'Povj3r}v iwl top 6.kkov, Kal ov^ opa tov Xclkko) ■ Kal Stepprj^ev to. i/uaVia avTov. 80/cal dvecrTpe-i()€v 7rpos tovs a$eov<; avTov Kal einev "To iraihdpiov ovk £en;" 31Xa^w7e? 8e tov ^irS)va tov 'Iaxri)^ io~a£av epufaov alycov, Kal ifxokv-vat/xari. Vat aTTZcneihav tov yyrova. tov

iv

Kal

tw

So has auscultare in Latin with its 3?rench equivalent ecouter. Cic. Div. I § 131 magis audiendum quam auscultandum.

28. irapewopevovTo: were coming by, they having before been seen only in the distance. But see Introd.— oi avBpa>7roi ... ol M. . . . ot e'fi/iro-poi: the use here of the article, which is not in the Hebrew, serves to identify the Midianites with the Ishmaelites of v. 25 and hides the difficulty which otherwise presents itself as to the introduction of a caravan at this point as a fresh fact unknown before. — ot MaSiTivaun: the Midianites, here regarded as a species of Ishmaelites, in defence of which might be quoted Jdg. 822,24, Some of them dwelt in the southeast of the Peninsula of Sinai, along the Gulf of Elath (Akaba). Ex. 2i5, 31. But their chief home was in the north of Arabia east of the Gulf of Akabah. — 4|eCKwav: here the subject changes to Joseph's brethren. — xPtIcr'5v : Hebrew, 'silver'; Vulg. viginti argenteis; Josephus iJ-vUvtimaiv. In Ex. 2132 the normal value of a slave is estimated at 30 shekels. The translator

seems to have taken the word ' silver' in the general sense of 'money' (cp. Fr. argent), and so made of it 20 gold pieces, the money to which he was accustomed at Alexandria. Coined money is not supposed to have been used among the Jews until the time of Darius Hystaspes, b.c. 521-486. The silver with which Abraham bought the cave of Machpelah was paid by weight (Gen. 2316). In Amos 85 (about 800 b.c.) the Israelite corn-dealers are described as ' making the ephah small, and the shekel great, and dealing falsely with balances of deceit,' i.e. having one weight for the corn which they sold and another for the silver which they received. There would be no meaniDg in this, if the customers paid in coin.

30.   irou : § 34. — irope>>o|j.ai: am I to go? % 73.

31.   'tpi<| id="iv.i.i.iv.p1606.1">ov aXyav. a kid, of the goats. Cp. Jdg. 6^, 13*,™: i K. 162». So x'w°* # < id="iv.i.i.iv.p1606.2">-l1*>v K1I>- 716'22> 152<, 2815: Dt. 14«: i K. 1620— rpdyos alydv Ban. 105 — Sd/xaAw' £k floQv Dt. 213 — fJxrxov iva. 15>21, etc.— ept'^ous aicb twv t^kvojv t&v o.iywv ii Chr. Z&i — Kpibv irpo^arav Tob. 79.

114

114                SELECTIONS FROM THE SEPTUAGINT

Genesis XXX V7I 33

ttoikCKov Kai elarfveyKav tw1 narpl avrcov, /cat elvav " Tovrov evpopev eitlyvoidi el y^Trnv tov vlov ov." ^/cat iireyvcj avrbv /cat elirev " Xittov vlov [jlov eoTiv • drjpiov TTOinjpbv KaTeayev avTov, 6rjp£ov rjpirao-ev tov 'lcocnj." S4$Lepp7]£ev he 'Ia/cwyS too tjuaVta avrov, /cat iiredeTo (tcikkov em ttjv 6cr(f>vv avrov, /cat eTrevOet tov vlov avrov

Tivd3E' o~vvrj')(67}O~a.v Se irdvTe's ol viol clvtov ical al dvya-

repe?, Kai ^jkdov TrapoiKaXeo-ai ovtov • /cat ovk rjdekev rrapa-Kaeio~dai, Xeycov ort " KarafiTJo-Qfiat, TTpb<; tov vlov /xov irev-au>v eis aoov /cat e/cAavcrev avTov o irarr)p avrov. ot oe MaStiyi'aroi aTre'Sovro tov *I(oar) ets Atyvrrrov to) Tierpecjyrj re!) o-TraSovrt apaa> d

35.  X£ye.g. Plat. Apol. 21 C, 34 D eyuv on i/ul, & dpurre ktX. It is as common in the LXX as elsewhere in Greek, e.g. 4526, 481: Ex. 4i.

36.  Ma8i/i]vaioi: not the same word in the Hebrew as in v. 28, being here equivalent to Medanites, there to Mid-ianites. From Gen. 241 we learn that Medan was brother of Midian. —a-vra-8ovtv : is a eunuch, Lat. spado. The genitive in Greet is in -twos or -ovtos. The only other passage in the LXX in which the word occurs is Is. 397 trorfaovtriv (nrddovras iv t$ otn/Sacrt-4ws. The same Hebrew original is in Gen. 391, 402.7 translated dvovxos. The English rendering 'officer' is no doubt affected by the fact that Poti-phar figures in the story as a married man. On this point see Introd. — apxi-(la-yeCpia : not 'chief cook.' Even as a matter of derivation it may equally mean ' chief butcher' or slaughterer,'

which brings us round to the Hebrew ' chief of the executioners.' The English rendering is ' captain of the guard.' In use the term signifies a high officer, something like the praefectus pras-torio at Eome, who combined the functions of commander of the body-. guard and chief of police. It is applied to Potiphar (Gen. 3736, 39i,4112), to Nebuzaradan (iv K. 258: Jer. 401, etc.), and to Arioch (Dan. 214). The last-named is described by Joseph us (Ant. X 10 § 3) as having the command over the king's body-guard. The word apxindycipos is used also by Philo (I 604, De Mttt. Norn.' § 32) Ka-Taarijcras cip/CTO0iiXa/ca, &s (pr/cri rd Xiyioy, Hei>Teprj rbv airdSovra Kai apx^~ iidyetpov and again in I 662, De Somn. § 2, and II 63, De Jos. § 26, where his allegorical treatment shows that he took the word to mean 'chief cook.' Josephus (Ant. II 4 § 2) seems to have fallen into the same error — JleTepT]s, dvijp AlyvTTTtos itrl r&v QapadiOov fxayti-pwv tov fia

115

I. THE STOKY OF JOSEPH                       115

Genesis XXXIX 1

1'l(oa-f)Se Kar^Of) els AtyvirTOV Kal iKTtjaaro avrbi1 HeT€6 ewoC^os Qapaa 6 dp^Lfidyetpo1;, dvr)p Aiyvw-tlos, e/c •^€tpS>v 'lo-fiaT)keiT(ii)v, ot Kairjyayov avrbv eVei. 2 Kal rjv Kvpios per a. 'l, Kal rv dvrjp itrvrvyy^dvoiv * /cat iyevero iv t<5 oucat irapa tw KvpCco t<5 Alyvirrica. zfjhei Se 6 Kvpuos avrov otl Kvpios /ter' avrov, kou ocra. av ttoitj, Kv/wos evoSoT Iv raj? ^epalv avrov. *Kal evptv *I yapiv ivavTiov tou KvpCov avTov, evr)peSe airrtp- Kal avrbv em tov oikov avrov, Kai iravTa ocra tjv

avTco e$a)K€v Sta ^etpos *I(i)crrj. 5iyivero Se fxera. to KaTacrraffrjvai avrbv eVi tov oIkov avTov Kal eirl iravra ocra rjv avTW, Kal r)v6yr)o~ev Kvpio? tov oIkov tov AlyvnTtov Sta 'I(o • Kai iyevrjOrj euXoyta Kvpiou ctti iracriv rots vTrdp--)(ovo~lv avT(o iv to> olkco Kal iv tg> ay pa. 6«at

irdvTa ocra rjv aiiTw eis ^(eipas 'Io)a-rj, Kal ovk ■gSet rav fca#' eavTov oi/Beu ttXtjv tov aprov ov ro~di€v avro?. «rat rjv 'I(i>crr) waXos tb eiSet Kai wpaios ttj o(|;et 0~<{ id="iv.i.i.iv.p1619.3">68pa. ^ Kal

2. rjv dvi^p liriT YXO.vwv: 7ie was a     that. § 41. — liri rov ofcov . . . lirl

mare to/io sttcceeded, literally ' who hit     itoLvto: here the use of the "word irdvra

the mark.'                                            in the latter clause makes the accusative

S. rfoSot: makes to prosper. Op.     natural as implying that Joseph's rule

v. 23. We have the passive of this verb     extended over all that his master had,

in Bom. I10 eioSuff^aofiai in the literal     but this distinction would perhaps be

sense of being vouchsafed a good jour-     an over-refinement. See 4117 n. —

ney. The force of the on here ex-     l-yev^Oi): in Biblical Greek the 1st aorist

tends to etiado?, which is indicative, not     passive of ylyvopai is used in the

optative, as it would be in classical     same sense as the 2d aorist middle.

Greek.                                                   In the earlier editions of his N.T.

4.   tvrpia-Tv.: was well-pleasing.     Dean Alford tried to establish a dif-The Greek here departs from the     ference between the two forms, but Hebrew. — «8cok«v Sid x«p°s : he put     retracted in the later. See his note on into the hand of., Cp. v. 22. AiSivai     i Thes. I5.

in the LXX often means 'to put' or         6. eir&rTpe|«v: turned over. The

'set' as well as'to give.' Cp. Bt. 281:     reading iirtTpvj/ev entrusted would be

iii K. 2022: iv K. 19?. ]«.                          more in accordance with classical

5.  «7«v«to . . . KaC: it came to pass     usage. — ov ijo-Bitv : 37° n.

116

116              SELECTIONS FROM THE SEPTUAGINT

Genesis XXXIX 8

iyivero pera tol prjfjiaTa ravra Kal eVe/SaXev rj yvvrj tov KvpCov avrov tov? 6(f>dakfJLOvs avTrjs em 'Iwo~r}(f>, kcu e'nrev " KoLfx.rjd'qTL /xer' e/xou." 86 Se ov/c rjdeXtv, ehrev Se rfj yv-

VaiKL TOV KVpLOV CLVTOV " El 6 KVpLOS flOV OV yiV(OO~K€L hi ifJik

ovSev iv tco oIko) oo~a icrrlv avTco iZ ras xeTpas pov,9 Kal oi)( VTrepe-^ei iv Trj oIkiq avrov ov ovSe vwe^rjprjTai air' ejaoS ovBev ttXt)v crov, Sta to o~e -ywat/ca etvat • Kal ttws iroiijcra) to prjfia to Trovrjpov tovto kox

ivavriov tov Oeov;" t wr]viKa 8e eXa rjfjLepas, Kal ov^ innJKOvev avrfj KadevSeiv azures tou o~vyy&>4o~9ai auT^. niy4v€TO Se TotavT7j tis r/ftepa- eio-rikOtv 'Iwo~r)(j> ets T'rjy oiKuav tov iroieiv ra epya

8.  Et 6 Kvpios |nov kt. -. Does my master know nothing in his house owing to his trust in me? § 100. The Hebrew word corresponding to el is ' behold,' but in Aramaic the same word means 'if.' The translator has her.e given an Aramaic sense to a Hebrew word. — 8i" l|x«: cp. v. 23 SC air6v. AC tp{ here does not represent the Hebrew, which means with me. The R.V. margin gives the exact rendering — Jcnoweth not with me what is in the house (= oi> aimiSev ipol). This seems to give the most satisfactory sense. The master's confidence in Joseph was so complete that he did not even seek to share his knowledge of household matters.

9.   Kal o4 -Enrepexei.: and has no superiority in his house over me. Cp. R.V. margin.—Kal irSs iroi^o-w: the K.ai here marks an impassioned question. — pfj(ia: cp. 401, 447: Ex. 214. 'Vijfia in the LXX means ' the thing spoken of (Gen. 4128), and so simply

' thing' ; then even ' act.' This is evidently the meaning that the word has in Lk. 216. It is therefore fair to argue that this is the meaning also in Lk. I37, which was rendered in the old version for with God nothing shall be impossible. The Revisers seem here to have missed the sense by translating for no word from God shall be void of -power. In the same way the word X(e.g. iii K. 123°, 1429: i Mac. 1628) accomplished that transition from 'word' to 'deed,' which Dr. Faust, when the Devil was entering into him, is represented by Goethe as devising for it. 'Pi/rov is also used, like frijiia, for ' thing.' Ex. 94. For X670S = thing see Dan. O' 2*.u.

10.  'Ia>: dative — ■f||upav i£ T)fiepas: cp. Esther 37 ■ijij.ipa.v Tuj.£pas Kal ixrjva £k fit)vbs. § 86. — Kal oi itrfj-kodcv: the nal here introduces the apod, in the same way as after tyi'vero. § 41. On iir-f/Kovev see 3727 n.

11.  tov ivoieiv: the Genitive Infilii-

117

I. THE STORY OF JOSEPH                       117

Genesis XXXIX 20

vrrjs Kal £vyev iUKal zKa oi>Ta<; iv rf) oIkio, Kal elirev avTol? Xiyovcra " elcrijyayev rjfiiv TiatSa 'Hifipalov ifnral^iv r^pAV" elcrfjXdev trpbs ^e Xeycov ' JLoLjjLyjdrjTL- fier i/xov' Kal ifioTjcra a>vfj fieydXr]. lsiv 8e tw a/covcrat avrov on, vxpcixTa ttjv a>vrjv /aou Kai ifioiqcra, KaTaXeincov to. l^dria avrov Trap' e/xoi evyev Kal i^rjXdev e£a)." uKal KaTaXi/j,7rdpGL to. ifiaTia Trap' ecivrfj Iojs rjXdev 6 Kvpios ets top olkov avrov. llKal iXdXrjcrev avrw Kara, rd prj^ara ravra Xeyovcra ue 6 ttcus 6 'E/3/Jatos, ov etcrifyayes 7rpo5 tj/

Kal eiTret' jaot ' Koi/xt^^ti /j.€t' i^ov' ls&)5

on xnlioicra ttju <$ id="iv.i.i.iv.p1652.1">a>vr)v fxov Kal ijBorjcra, KareXenrei/ tol l/xdria avrov Trap e/xou Kai e.           eyevero oe

&>s rjKOVcrev 6 Kupios ra pr/jxara t^s yu^atKos awroii, ocra eXdXrj(TQ> wpos avrbv Xeyovcra " Ovras inoirjcrev /xoi 6 irat? crov," Kal kQv^oiBf] opyfj. wKal eXafiev 6 Kvpios 'lo~r) Kal iveftaXev avrbv els to o^vpco/xa, els rbv roirov ev w ol

tive of Purpose. § 59. — lv ttj otKia     Xa/j/Sdwo, av$dva kt. It occurs only

eo-(o: Hebrew, ' there in the house.'          in three passages of the LXX — Gen.

12. Katakdvav: there is another     S916, ii K. 521, iii K. 1818: but is found

reading KaraXiTiiv. Jos. Ant. II 4 § 5      in good authors, e.g. Tbuc. viii 17 § 1:

TpoffKaraXiTrthv Kal to I^uxtlov.                         P]at. Epist. 858 B. Cp. dieXlfxirafef

14. Kal eKaXccrev: this goes closely      Tob. 10", tKifnrdvov Zech. II16. with Kal iyivfro in v. 13. §41. — eto-r|-           20. ox<'pw(«t: stronghold, This

7tt7«v: sc. 6/ci/pios or auris (= tjjse the     word occurs in the Faytim papyri

master: cp. 'himself in the mouth      (Swete Introd. p. 292).—eIstovtoitov

of an Irish peasant-wife). — I(i7roi5civ      ktX. .- an extraordinary piece of tau-

■f)|itv: § 77.                                                  tology — lie threw him into the strong-

16. KaraXi(jiirdvei.: a strengthened      hold, into the place in which the king''s

present from stern iir-, of the type of     prisoners are kept there in the strong-

118

118              SELECTIONS FROM THE SEPTUAGINT

Genesis XXXIX 21

Secr/iwrat tov /SacrtXeius Kare^oirai eKeZ iv raj o ilKal tjv Kvpuos yaera 'laxrrjfi Kai KaTeeev avrov eXeos, eoojKev avTG> yapiv evavTiov tov ap^LoecrjxocpvA.aKO';. iScoKev 6 apxL8ecrfjLO(f>vka£; to SearfAayrrjpLOv Sid

i TTavTas tov? aTrqyix.4vovra Seafia>TT]pCu>, Sara ttolovo~lv eKei. 23oi>k rjv 6

St' avTov ovQiv • TtdvTa yap rjv Sta ^etpos 'la>cryj(f), ota to Toj" Kvpiov /xer' avTov ew'at • Kat ocra auros eirotet, KuyOtos evoSot ej> rcus ^epclv avTov.

1'EyeueTo Se ^icra to, pr[x,aTa TavTa rj/Aaprev 6 ap^ioivo-^oos Tou ^acrtXews Atyv7rrov /cat 6 dp^tcrtTOTrotos ra KvpCco ySacrtXet Atyuwrov. 2«:at apyCcrdrj <3 id="iv.i.i.iv.p1672.1">dp^iou'o^oq) Kai im tco a

" 8/cai e^ero avTovs ei' vaKrj Trapa tS d Seo~/JiovaKL els to Secr/xcorijptov, ets toj' tottov ov 'Ia)o~r) J             l 4kou aweo~Tr)crev 6

= He'threw him into the strong-     nothing to correspond to it in the

hold in which the king's prisoners are     Hebrew, in which the sentence is also

kept. The addition of ' there' after     divided differently from the way in

'in which' is normal in the LXX.     'which it is in the Greek. — aiT6s:§13.

See § 69. But the further addition          1. pTJpara: things. Cp. 399 n.

of ' in the stronghold' seems to arise     This use is very common. — ^apnv:

from a misreading of the Hebrew     § 42. — dpxtoivoxoos . . . dpx«J-i/ro-

text.                                                       iroids: used also by Philo I 662, De

21.  'tXeos: § 8.                                   Somn. § 2 : II 63, De Jos. § 26. The

22.  &pxi8«r|K><| id="iv.i.i.iv.p1683.1">vXa(;: Gen. 39a>22- &,     functions of the king's cup-bearer at 40s, 4110. Op. 404 &pxi-$ecrfiu>TTis. Nei-      the Persian court are described in Xen. ther word is known elsewhere. — e'Su-      Oyrop. I 3 §§ 8, 9.

Ktv . . . Sid x€lP< id="iv.i.i.iv.p1684.1">s: 4 n.—tovs dTrrj-y-          2. 8vo-£v: § 14. p-^vous : the prisoners. ''Air&yav is the          3. «ls tov toitov ov . . . «Ket: liter-regular word used of leading off to     ally in the place where Joseph had oe.en prison. Cp. 42": Plat. Men. 80 B &s     led off there. § 69. oS here stands y67is &irax6eii)s. Sometimes it implies     for ol. § 34. execution as in Acts 1219.                               4. a-vvia-rra-tv: put them under the

23.  i)v . . . ■yivc&o-Kwv: analytic     charge of. This word is often used in form of imperfect. §.72. — Si' airdv -.     classical authors of putting a pupil un-cp. 8 5t ifj.4. Here again 5' alrrbv has     der a master or introducing a person

119

I. THE STORY OF JOSEPH                       119

Genesis XL 13

avTovs, Kal irapicrTri avrots * rjcrav Be 17/Aepas iv rfj 5/cax loov afj.6repoi ivvTiviov7 e/carepos ivvirviov iv fiia vvkt'i, opcurts tou Ivvttvlov olvtov, 6 dp^iowo^oo? Kal 6 apXL" cnroiroios ot r]aav ra> ySacriXel Alyvirrov, ol 6Wes iv T

heaiMOJTrjpCw. 6elcrrj6ev Se Trpo? avrovavrous xal rjcrav rerapay/xeVot. ' Kal y^pdira rows evvovyovs <£ id="iv.i.i.iv.p1689.2">apaa>, 6t r(jav fier'- avrov iv tyj ^>vaKTj irapa to> KvpiTt on ra TTpocroJira vfiSiv o-Kv9pama o~rj-fiepov; " 8 ol 8e elirav avrw " '^vvttviov tSo^aev, Kal 6 crvy-Kptvuiv avTo ovk eo-Tiv. enrev oe aurots Lcoorrjy Ui;^i ota tou ^eoS ^ 8iaadcj>rjaL? avrav iariv ; §ir]yrjo~ao-0e ovv jxoi." 9Kal SiTjyrjo-aro 6 dp^totvo}(dos to ivvnviov avrov rw 'la)o-rj Kal cinev " 'Ev tw vttvui lov rjv ajj,neo? ivavTiov jxov • 10 iv Se Trj afXTreXa) rpeis wO^eves, Kal avrr/ daWovara avevrjvo-•)(yla /SXacrrovs • -rreVetpoi oi fioTpves cttok^tA^?. n«:ai to

TTOTrjpiov $apaa) ev T'p XetP^ /"•ov Kal eXa/3ov ttjv o~Ta(f)v )v

Kal i^eOXufia avTrjv ei? to TTOTrjpiov, Kal eS&j/ca to iTOTrjpiov ei5 Ta? ^etpas §>apaa>." n Kal elirev avrco 'Icocnjcf) "Tovto 17 o~uyKpicnTpeis Tru0jj.eve13eTt Tpets r)jx4pai Kal fivrjcrdtrjaeTai apa&) tijs o-p^rjs aov, Kal aTTOKaTao-Trjcrei o"e cth tijv ap-^ioivo^oiav crov, Kal

to a patron. — irap^cT'^: like Latin      Dan. 0' 57 rb

aderat. The subject is Joseph. — T||i.t-     17 r viyKpuTis airSv. 2vyKplvei.v also

pas: for some time. A Hebraism.     means 'to compare.' In i Cor. 213

§ 86.                                                            irvevfiariKoTs irvevfj.ariKa (rvyicplvovTes the

5.   opao-is tov IwirvCou airoii: these     meaning perhaps is ' expounding spirit-words have no construction and add     ual things to the spiritual.' — Siao-dcjjt)-nothing to the meaning. Let us call     o-is: = aifKpiui.%. In LXX only in them ' nominative in apposition to the     Gen. 40s: ii Esdr. 56, 711. sentence.'                                                      10. iroB^ves: steins.

6.  to irpal: in the morning. Such          12. Tovto tj {rv-yKpio-is: in Attic - adverbial expressions are common in     Greek attraction is usual in such cases,

the LXX.                                                    as in 18 Avrri y vtiyKpiais.

8. 6 crvyKpivoiv: to interpret. Op.           13. dpx«>'voxoiav: fiira| elprj/ihov.

120

120              SELECTIONS FROM THE SEPTUAGINT

Genesis XL 14

to TiqTrjpiov $>apaa> eis ttjv Xe^Pa avT°v Kara ttjv yjp crov ttjv irpoTipav, ws rjcrda. olvo^ooiv. 14[J.vij-crQrpi fiov Sid aeavrov orav ev croi yevrjrcu, Kal ■jrow^crei? ev i/juol eXeo?, /cat /xvyjcrdrjcrr) nepl ifxov <£ id="iv.i.i.iv.p1702.2">apaa>, /cat efafets fie £k tov o^upw/xaros tovtov • 156Vi Kkoirfj eKXditrjv £k yrjs ai &>Se ov/c eTroajcra oiiSe/, ivefiahov /xe ei; XaKKOv tovtov." 10/cal tSev 6 a^tcriroTrotos on 6p0£>s crvv€Kpivev, Kal eiirev t<5 'Iwaujfj) " Kdyw iSov kvv-nviov, koX (pi,v)v TpCa Kava yvvSpiToiv alpziy eVt ttjs Keafjs [xov • 17 ej/ Se T&5 KaP(o to) iirdvo) arrb ttolvtwp tojv yevrj/JioiTov &v 6 /8acrtX.eus Qapaa) icrOUi, epyov o~ltottoiov • Kal Ta Treretvd rot) ovpavov KaTrjcrdLev avTa awb tov Kavov tov iirdva) ttjs Kea.rjs /xov." 18d.7roKpt^ets Se 'l(ticrr]

aur<5 " AvTr) o~vyKpio-L<; avTov. to. Tpia Kava rpets rjfjuepai eiaCv 19ert

Tpiu>v rjjiepav d^eXet <&apaa) ttjv K€aXrjv aov dirb crov, Kal KpejLidcrci ere eVt £vov, Kal dyeTat. to. opvea tov ovpavov rds crdpKas crov dirb crov." 2C'iyeveTO Be iv Trj rjfiepq Trj TptTrj rjfjLtpa yevio~ea>

: perhaps tl^v would be used     The Egyptians, he says, do not live on

here in classical Greek. — ^o-8a olvo-     wheat or barley, like the rest of the

XoSv: analytic imperfect. § 72.               world, &kk &.trb 6vp4uv iroievvrai aria,

14.   8id o-eavToB: in thyself.—iroi'rfj-      rets feiis /ACTe^Tcpoi. (taX^owri. In an-                                    other passage Herodotus gives us the

15.   icXoirf) eKXttiriiv: § 61. — Xolk-      Egyptian name for these loaves, II 77 kov: 3729 n.                                                  &pToay4ov

16.   Kttvd: Kavovv, a basket of reed      res &ptovs, robs iiceCvoi mAAi}(Kdwa), is used specially for a bread-      £oviii K. 196 evKpvtplas dXvpetTTjs. basket (Lat. eanistrurn). — xovSpirSv:           17. "ycvinidToiv: = yevvijixdrav,prod-in Athen. 109 c xo^P^v^ is enumer-     nets.

ated among the species of bread, and          20. 4\i.ipa. "y€v«r«ws: an obvious

it is further explained that it was     way of expressing ' birthday,' but not

made of f«     employed by classical writers. The

added, does not make groats (x<5ySpos).     idea is generally conveyed by rd. 7ej>e'-

By Hdt. II 36 fetai is identified with     0ia, the birthday feast. Xen. Cyrop.

SXvpai, which is supposed to be rye.      I 3 § 10 ore eio-Tlaa-as ai rois

121

I. THE STORY OF JOSEPH                       121

Genesis XLI 8 •

tois iraicrlv avrov ■ Kal iixvrjadr) Trjs a-pXV? Tou d ■^oov Kal Trj to>v avrov. 21Kal a.TTeKaT£aT7]em ap'tfrju avrov, Kal eS&)Kev to ttottJplov eis tt/v €ipa

top oe ap-^LcriTOTToiov €Kp€jx.acrev, Kava crvveKpivev avrots 'l(oa7]. 2&ovk i/jLvqadr] he 6 dp^iot^o^oos tov 'lcocrr], aXka itrekadero avrov.

1>Eye'eTO Se pera Svo err) TjfiepSiv iSev evvirviov. (Zero ecrTcivai im tov troTajiov, 2Kai ISov cocnrep Ik tov TTOTafiov dv4jBalvov eiTTa ySde? Kakal T(p eiSet Kal ex tcus crap^iv, Kal ifiocrKovro iv tw &X€l ' S ^-^ /8des avefiaivov jafra raura? e/c tov voTap,ov, alo~xpal rw eiSei Kal Xe-rrTal Tais o~api;iv, Kal ivi^ovTO at ^8des irapa to ^etXos toO TTOTajj,ov iv ™ axet' 4'ca-l KaTeayov at eTTTa ySdes at atcr^pat /cat XeirTat Tats o~ap£,lv Tas €7n"a ^das to.? /caXcts t&> etSet /cat ra9 eKXeKra?. rjyepffrj Se <&apaa id="iv.i.i.iv.p1722.3">. 6/cat ivvirvidadrj to hevTepov Kal tSou eTTTa, crTct^ues dvifiaivov iv TTv8fiei>i evC, e/cXeKTot /cat /caXot- 6aXXot Se enrol Xe7rrot Kat dvefxocpdopoi dvevovTO fier avrovs • 7 Kat

ot ct/to. cTTa^ues ot XeTTTOt Kal dvep,6(j)dopoL tovs eirra tovs ckXcktous Kat tous TrX^pets. r/yepOrj Se aj, Kal -^v ivvirviov. Biyevero Se 17/30)1 Kat iTapaj>dr) tj avToO ■ Kal d.7rocrTetXas iKaXeaev TrdvTas tovs efi^-

to?s yeveffKiois. — iraieriv: sercanis. So           2. tu ax«i-: Hebrew aim. This is

frequently. The usage is common also     perhaps the Egyptian name for the

in classical Greek, e.g. Ar. Ban. 40.      reed-grass of the Nile. The word is

Similarly in Trance a ' gargon' may     indeclinable. Sir. 4016 &xet ^ irarrds

be a greybeard. In 432S Joseph's father      vSaros Kal x^ovs voto-iwO. In Is. 19"

is called his vats. — IjivijcrSr] ttjs apxfls:      the spelling is rb &xl-

divergent from the Hebrew.                            4. p6as: § 5.

21. eStoKcv: so. 6 &pxu>t.rox6os.                     6. ave|i6<| id="iv.i.i.iv.p1731.1">6opoi; blasted by the

1. en) TiiiepSv: the addition of     wind. Cp.Prov. 105: Hos. 87: Is. 19':

■flfiepuv is a Hebraism. Op. i Mac. I29.      Philo II431, De Bxsecr. § 4.

—"E-^vo-o . . . ISev: §42.                            8. l-ye'vero . . . KaC : § 41. —

122

122              SELECTIONS FROM THE SEPTUAGINT

Genesis XLI 9

yr]Ta<; KlyvTiTov kcli Trdvras tov? aocf)ov<; airy}?, Kal Snjyij-craro avTois <3 id="iv.i.i.iv.p1737.2">apaIvvttviov • Kal ovk y)v 6 airayyeXXwv avrb Tffl <&a/)aw. 9 Kal iXdXrjaev 6 dp^toti^o^dos irpb? <&apaa id="iv.i.i.iv.p1737.5"> Xeywv " Tr/v afiapTlap jxov a.vap.ipjvr crjfitpov. 10a/>a&) upyto-Or) rots Tratcrtv avrov, kcu e^ero ijjaas e^ . (f>vXaKrj iu t<5 oikw tov dp^tSeo"ju,o^)uXaKo?, e/xe Te Kal to apyio~iToiroi6v • n Kal iSoyu.et' . ivvirviov iv vvkti /xia, iycj

avTOS' eKacrTos KaTa to aiiTOV ewTTftov tSo/xei'. Se eKei jxed' yjjjiZi' veavio-KOs Trats 'E/3ocuos rou d Kal 8i,-qyr)(TOLfjieda avTa, Kal avveKpwev y]jxlv. wiyevrj8r) Se /ca^tis crvv4Kpw€i> rjfuv, ovtcos koli o"we/8>j, £jU,e Te aTro-KaTacnadfjvaL inl ttjv dp-^njv fiov, IkCivov Se KpefiacrOrj-vau" 14'A7roo"reiXa? Se apa&) eKaXecrev tov 'Ia>o~rj/cat i^rjyayev avTot> ck tou b^prnfiaros. Kal e^vprjcrav avTov Kal TjAAa^av T'rjv crToXrjv avrov • Kat rjXdev irpos &apa.welTrev Se rw 'Icocnjfy " 'Ewnwov ecopaKa, Kal 6 avy-Kpivuiv avTo ovk ecTTtv ■ iyu> Se diojKoa Trepl o"ov XeyoVTtov, aKova'aj'T-a ere epvirvia avyKpwai aura.            airoKpiveis oe

'Ia)crr) tw

apaaj etwei' ""Ai'eu tou ^eou ouk a to 4>apaw." 17 iXdXr)o~ei> Se Xeycjv " 'Ev tm vttvo> fiov ecrrdi/at eVl to ^e!X.os tov 77"ora/xov" 1SKal axnrep 4k tov TTOTa/AOv avifiaivov inTa. ySdes KaXal r<£ etSet Kal CKXeKral rals o~ap$;iu, Kal lviiovTO iv

6 airayye\a>v: cp. 408 6      is not in me' has here been taken

In classical Greek a future participle     as a preposition governing ' God,'

'would be used in such cases.                 and a negative has somehow got in

13.  l-yev^ . . . o-vvc'pi] : § 42.          after it.

14.  il^a-ycv : Hebrew, ' they         17. eirl to xeI^°s : in v. 2 we had Drought him hastily.' — l|ipiicrav :     ivTavai 4irl toO Trora/xoC, which is better Hebrew, ' he shaved himself.'                Greek. In a classical writer we might

16. avtv toO 6eov ktX. : without     explain the accusative here as a preg-

God there shall not be given the an-     nant construction, meaning 'to go to

svier of safety to Pharaoh. The word     the bank of the river and stand there.'

which in the R.V. is translated 'It     But see § 95.

123

I. THE STORY OF JOSEPH                       123

Genesis XLI 29

T&> axet' 19/cat tSou iiTTa, /3de? erepat dveBauvov diricra)

e/c rod ■norap.ov, irovrjpal /cat aicrxpal tw etSet al rats crap^iv, Kal ivip.ovTo iv rw axet' °^as elSov rotauras eV 0X17 AiyvvTco alaxporipa<; • 20 Kal Kare-ayov at eVra /3des at alay^pal Kal XeTrral ras eWa Boas rets irpdhra's ras KaXa? Kal cKXeKras, 21Kal elcrfjXdov ets ras KOtXtas avTwv' Kal ov SkxStjXoi lykvovro on elcrrjkOov ets ras KOtXtas avrSiv, Kal at oi/;eis avrcov alay^pal KaOa Kal ttjv V. i£eyep0els Se eKOifj/rjdrjv. 22Kat tSov Ttakiv iv tw /xov, Kal uavep 4.tttcl aTayyes avijBaivov iv Trvdhivi kvl Kal KaXot • , 28 aXXot Se en-ra crraxues X«rrol Kal avefjLO$opoL avevopTO i^o/Jbevot avT<2i id="iv.i.i.iv.p1752.5"> • ^Kal Kareiruov ol eiTTa crra^ves 01 XctttoI Kal dj/eju.d^)^opot tous en-ra o-ra^as tovs KaXovs Kal tows irX^peL?. etna ovv rols e^Tjyrjrats, Kal ovk ip' 6 airayyiWuiv jxol." 25Kal et7re^ 'Iwcrrj^ tw apaa> Tp efvTri'toj' ecrnv ■ ocra o feos i7otei, eoetfei' toj apaw. 26at ei7Ta ^des at KaXal eTrra, enj icrrw, Kal ot e7TTa. crraxves ot KaXot eWci er^ iariv • to ivimviov $apaa> ev iariv. n Kal at ctttci y8des at XeTTTal at avaBalvovo-ac OTTicra) avTwv eTrra. err) icrrCv, Kal ot e7TTa ot XeTrrot Kal avejAO^Oopoi ecrovrai inTa err) Xifiov. 28to Se prj/xa o apaa> • ocra 6 debs Trotet eSetfei' t<5 <&apaa id="iv.i.i.iv.p1752.12">. 2i)t8ov en? Hp^erac ei>6i)via ttoWtj iv Trdo-r) yfj AlyviTTO) •

19. o'ias . . . ToiaiTas: literally     Common in the LXX and in Hellen-

sueh as I never saw the like, in all Egypt     istic Greek generally. — rrv apx^v:

more ill-favoured. A mixture of two     adverbial accusative, at the beginning.

constructions. The first is an instance          23. «xliev01 airwv: close after

of that insertion of a demonstrative     them.

after the relative which is a mark of          28. to S« pijiio ktX. : but as for

Biblical Greek (§ 69) ; the second is     the thing which I said unto Pharaoh,

otav alfxportpas. —atcrxpimpas: § 12.     with reference to v. 25. This is a good

21. 8uxSt|Xoi fyevovro: sc. al cirri.     instance to show how priixa passes from

|36es al aivxpal Kal eTrral. — Ka8d :      ' word ' to ' thing.' See 399 n.

adverb meaning ' as,' originally ml? a.          29. eiBTivia : the verb eSSijrai' is

124

124              SELECTIONS FROM THE SEPTUAGINT

Genesis XLI 30

^rj^ei Se eWa err) Xi/aov /xera ravra, Kal eTTLkrjcrdrjcrovTai tyj<; Tr ](T[jLOvrj<; kv oXr/ rfj yjj AlyvTrrai, Kal avakaxret. 6 Xijlios tyjv yrjv • 81Kal ovk iniyvaxTdrjo-tTaL rj evdrjvia inl Trjs yfjs dirb tov Xijxov tov icrofievov perd ravra, tcr^upbs yap ecrrai cr827repl Se tov Seurepwcrai to ivvwiov <$ id="iv.i.i.iv.p1766.3">apaa> Sis, ori dXrjdes etrrat to py)p,a to irapa tov deov, /cat Ta~xyvei 6 6ebzzvvv ovv p6vL[xov Kal (xvveTOv, Kal Ka.To.o~rt)crov ambv irrl Trjs yf}? vTOv • MKal irouqo-d.Ta> <&a,paa) Kal KaTao~TrjaaTO} Totrdp-iirl Trj<; yrj'S, Kal d7T0jn-e//,7rraKraT«crav irdvTa to. yevrj-rrjs y^s AtywrTou toii' eirra erov ttjs evui)via<;, Kai crvvayayeTcocrav vdvTa to. ^Spaijaara twj/ eTrra, ctwp twi' ipx°" tS>v Kakwv TovTcoi' • Kat o~vva^drJTO) 6 ctIto? vnb

ara ev rats uoXecrtv o'vvayQ'^TOi to. ySpw/iara vevayn,4i>a Trj yfj ei? to. eTrra. en? rov Xi/xou yTy Aiyv77T&j, Kal ovk £ktpifirjazTai rj yrj ev tw

a ecrovrat

used in Arist. JB.JV. I 9 § 11 for the external side of happiness, and eiiftj via. itself occurs in Bhet. I 5 § 3 in the same connexion. Cp. Philo I 438, De Migr. Abr. § 3 t^ a-WfuiTiK^v iid^vlav xal Tas tGjv eicrbs aJosephus {Ant. II 5 § 7) has in this context eiertipla. Cp. Arist. E.N. I 8 § 6, VIII1 § 1.

31.  oiird to5 Xi(j.ov: by reason of the famine. An unclassical use of the preposition § 92.

32.  8enT€pScp. i K. 268: iii K. 1834. It occurs 13 times in the LXX. — (jti : (the reason is) that. — tov iroiiyrcu airo : in Bib-lical Greek the latter of two verbs is often put into the genitive infinitive, § 60.

S(iKal ecrrat

34. Kai iroiiio-ttTO) : a literal fol-lowing of the Hebrew.—roirdpxas :

_ prefects. For the form ep. Kufi,&pxys Esther 23: Xen. Anab. TV 5 §§ 10, 24: yeveffidpx^ Wisd. 133. The word Tairdp-xv* occurs 17 times in the I*XX and was probably a technical term of ad-ministration in Egypt under the Ptole-mies. Cp. iv K. 1824. Strabo (XVII § 3, p. 787) mentions that most of the vo/iot in Egypt were divided into to-irapx^- — &iroire|ji.irT: take," the fifth part of. Cp. 47M : Philo I 469, De Migr. Abr. § 37 rbv yhp o-trov diro-■wep.Trrovv Ktketiei.

36. ecrrai . . . irtitroXa-yfUva : ana-lytic form of future perfect = ire^vXa-Jerai. § 72. — fi. eo-ovrai: the stress laid on the plurality of the years might justify the use of the plural verb here even in classical Greek. In Hellenistic

125

I. THE STORY OF JOSEPH                       125

Genesis XLI 45

aljjlo).                 Hpecrev be ra prj^ara €volvtloi> Qapaco /ecu

ivavTiov TravTOiv t -naiSaiv clvtov • 38Kat elvei1 rots iraicrlv avTov " Mt) evprjo~oiJLtt> dvdpwnov toiovtov, os c/eou ei> avrw; etTrej' oe lu>o~t)

6 deos croi irdvTa TavTa, ovk eo~Tiv dv0po)iro<; crov Kat crwercwrepos.

rbv Opovov inrepe^o) o~ov eyd." 41eLTrev Se <&apaa) 'la)ai] " 'iSou KaOiarTrj/AL ere o-rjfjLepov em Tracnjs y^S Aiy rov." 42/cal TrepLeXofjievos tov SaKTvXiov awb ^etpo? avrou TTepiidrjKev e^Pa '^(t)crV<f>' ivehvaev olvtov o~To jv fBvo~o-iv"qv, koX irepiedrjKev kXoiov Xpvo~ovv Trepl tov Tpd^7]ov avrov • 43«m dv€J3[fiacrei> clvtov em to dpfxa to SevTepov tcou avTov, kcll ii• Kai Ka.T€o~T7)O-ei> olvtov i' oXt^s t^s tov. ^etwev 8e

apaa) Tq>'la)O~r}(f> "'Eyw Qapaco- avtv crov ovk i^apel ov9ei<; tt/v X€^Pa avT°v ^^ Trdo-rj yrj AlyvirTov." <£ id="iv.i.i.iv.p1782.9">apacb to ovojxa 'la)o~r]

Greek, however, the observation of the    translator ought to have known what rule of syntax about the neuter plural     it meant. The Vulgate has here — o la-is capricious. We have the plural again    mantepraecone ut omnes coram in 53 and 54 and in 4220. Cp. Ps.     eo genu flecterent. — Krjpj|: this 1723'87.                                                              accentuation is correct in principle, 40. ir^v: only. Cp. Jdg. 1416. —      since the u is naturally long, but the tov Bpovov: probably accusative of     word is generally written nj/wi;, like respect and irn-epdfa intransitive.               < id="iv.i.i.iv.p1783.1">?«!.

42.   fWcrCvqv: of fine linen. Hdt.          44. 'Ey<» *apa<4 : So sure as I am II 86 speaks of the Egyptian mummies     Pharaoh.

as being wrapt in alvSav $v—          45. SEfov6o|j.<| id="iv.i.i.iv.p1785.2">avfjx: Jos. Ant. II

kXoiov : from xXeto. Properly a dog-     6 § 1 Tpotn]y6pev0''

collar.                                                          . . . (r-qixalvei. y&p rb ivo^a KpvTT&v eipe-

43.  iK^jp-u^v kt.: in the Hebrew     r-f/v (finder of hidden things'). TheVul-the verb is in the plural and the sentence    gate here has — Vertitque nomen runs thus—and they cried before him     eius, et vocavit eum lingua ' abrelch,'1 the last word being supposed     JEgyptiaca, Salvatorem mundi, to be Egyptian. If so, the Alexandrian     Crum in Hastings' Diet, of the Bible

126

126              SELECTIONS FROM THE SEPTUAGINT

Genesis XLI 46

eScu/cei/ avTwrrju 'AcrzvvkO dvyardpa UeTpe^rj lepews 'HXiou irokecos omtw ets ywai/ca.              wcrr)(p oe tjv ctwv rpia-

kovtol oYe earr] ivavTiov <&apacb fict.crih.ecos AiyvnTov. i£rj6ev he 'I(t)ar) ix TrpocraJirov Qapaco, Kai ScrjXdev nacrav yrjv AlyvTTTOv. 4TKat eTroCrjcrev r) yrj iv tol? i-rrTa erecnv rijs ebdry-vias hpayiiara • 4SKal avvrjyayev vdvra ra fipcSJ^ara tojv i-irra ircov iv ot? i)v r) evdfjvia Iv yfj Alyvirrov, koX idrjKev ra /3pa>-jtiara iv tcus Troktcnv • ySpw/xara tS>v rreSCwv Trjs TrdXews tcov kvkXoj avrrj<;*£lv e0r/K€v iv avrfj. 49koX crwrjyayev arvrov axjei rr/p a/A/u,ov tt}s 0adcrcr7)s trokvv a50T&) 8e 'Icocrrj(j) iyevovro viol Suo rrpo tot) iXdeiv ra Itttol err) tov XifJiov, ovs ireKev airco 'Acrewed 6vya.Tr)p UeTpecf)TJ lepea)? 'HXtou iro.€o)s. 61 eKoiXzcrev Se 'ld)ar) to ovojxa tov irpo)-totokov NLavvacrcrr) eya>v " On intXadecrdai jxe iiroirjcrev 6 Oeb? TToii/Tcov tS>v vovcov jaov Kai TrdvTo>v t5>v tov Trarpos [iov • "

explains the word from the Egyptian, as meaning ' God speaks (and) he lives.'—'Ao-evveO: Jos. Ant. II 6 § 1 'Ao-awfei): Hebrew Asenath: Vulgate Aseneth. The name is said to mean ' dedicated to Neitb,' — IIeTpeij : Hebrew Poti-phera'. The Greek name is identical, and the Hebrew very nearly so, with that of the captain of the guard. It is explained to mean ' gift of the Sun-god' = Greek Heli-odorus.—'HXiov iroXews : Heliopolis, the Hebrew On and Egyptian An, lies about 10 miles to the north-east of Cairo. It was the site of a great temple of the Sun. An obelisk dedi-cated to this god is still standing on the site of the temple of Ea (i.e. the Sun) at Heliopolis. Op. Ex. I11 "ilv, •ij (crriv 'HX(od ir6X«. For the form of

the proper name cp. Gen. 4628 ' v6 v.

47.  8pd-y|iaTa : handfuls, indieat-ing plenty. 377 n.

48.  iv ots fv tj 6v6t]v£a: perhaps this points to a "better reading than that of our present Hebrew text. — ppthe food of ths^ city-plains that are round about On it-self did he put therein. But there is no mention here of On in the He-brew.

51. Mowao-o-T): making to forgeU Jos. Ant. II 6 § 8 ffrifialvet S' iiriXijOov. —itcLvtcov twv tov ira.Tp< id="iv.i.i.iv.p1798.1">s [iov : all my father's house, or possibly neuter, as in Lk. 249, all my father's affairs.

127

I. THE STORY OF JOSEPH                       127

Genesis XLII 5

62to Se ovofia tov Sevrepov inaXtaev 'E<£/)cu/z, "*On v^jcoaev fie 6 0ebs iv yrj TaireLvaxrtdos jxov." mUaprjdov Se to. evra err) tyjs ev0r)vCa^/cat rjptjavTO tiirra err) tov At/xou epxeo~dai, Kada el-rrev 'Ia)o-i]. /cat iye-vero At/xo? iv Trdcrrj rfi yrj • iv Se irdcrrj yfj AlyvirTOV ovk rjcrav aprot. 55/cal iireivaaev iracra r/ yrj AlyvnTov, eK€Kpa-£ev Se 77"as o Xaos Trpbs apaa> nepl dprcov' etnev Se 7rpos 'lcocn}(j>, kcu o iav ehrrj v/xlv TTOLtjcraTe." xxal 6 Xl/xo? -qv iiri irpocranrov Trdarjs tt?s yyj<; • dveco^ep Se 'Iwarjcji irdvTag tov? crtro^oXwi/as, /cat eVtoIs Atyv7rrtot?. 5T/cat Tracrat at ^wpat ?j6ov ets AvyvnTov dyopd^eiv tt/3o? 'luarjcj) • eireKpaTrjaev yap 6 Xtyitos iv Trdcry Trj yrj.

loutot? avrov l^a rt pauvfiei/re; ioov aKTjKoa otl earw criros eV AlyvTTTco • /carayS^re e«-et /cat irpiacrde rjfuv /xt/cpa ySpw-/xara, tva l,a>jxev /cat ^ diroOdva}fj,ev." 8KaTefirjcrav Se oi dSe(j)ol 'l(i) ol Se/ca Trpcaavat ctItov i£ AiyvnTov • 'w Se Bevta^aelt' tov dSebv 'lwo-rj<^ id="iv.i.i.iv.p1802.4"> ovk dTrearrecXev /xera tcov dSe(f>a>v avrov • elirev yap " J^ Trore crvjx/3rj avrc Kta.          rjKvov oe oi vlol o~parjK ayopaQeiv fieTa to)v

52. *E({)pdi(i,: explained differently     the same as that which in the next

in the Hebrew, ' for God hath made me     verse is translated o-fros. — IVa t£ :

fruitful.' Jos. Ant. II 6 § 1 has     sometimes written as one word Ivari.

another interpretation — 6 dk vedrepos     This way of expressing ' why ' is

'E^paiV^s' airoSidoiis di tovto vrinaivei.,      common in Biblical Greek (e.g. Gen.

Sia to airoSodTjvai. airbv Ty ievfcplq. tUv      444- 7, 4715 : Ex. 5^,W.22: Mt. 2746 :

TTpoy6vwi>.                                                     Acts 726), from which it is imitated

55.  eiretvatrev : § 25. — «K€Kpa|«v :     by St. Augustine in the Latin formula reduplicated 1st aorist. §20.                  ut quid (e.g. CD. IV 18). It is

56.  lirl irpo     not unknown to classical writers. (riTo|3owvas: granaries. Prom o-ito;     Plat. Apol. 26 C 'Iva rt raira 4yeis; and p&XKa. Only here in LXX.               Symp. 205 A.

1. irpao-is : a market, Latin an-          4. jiaXaicia: cp. v. 38 /uaX

nona. In the Hebrew the word is     4429 for the meaning of ' harm.'

128

128               SELECTIONS PROM THE SEPTUAGINT

Genesis XLII 6

Se rfv

p • rjv yap 6 Axjao? ey yrj ~2Lavdav.                   jj f

apyfov Trjsyrjs, ovro? eTrakei, Travrl rwitafa) ttjs yfj'S' eX96v-oe 01 aoeXcrr) TTpocreKvvryra.v avra> ttjv y*]!'. looiv oe lo)crtj

doeKcpovs avrov enj Kal rjXXoTpiovro oltt' avrS)v koI tXcDvr}cre.v avrols (TKMifjigi, koX eHirev avTotl'H60ev yjicaTe;" ol he etrrav "'Ek y^s Xavaav, ayopdo~at, /BpcifioiTa." ^iireyvoi 8e 'Iwo"7)^> tovs dS£X.(^o{is aurov, avrol Se ovk irreyvoio'a.v avroi'• 9/ca6 €fwqo-07) 'Iwarrjv ivvirvioyv Siv tSev avro?. /cat avrots " KaracrKOiroi ecrre, KaTavorjcai to. ix1"? T'*?s X^P0-1* yKare-" 10°^ ^^ ebrav u

11

Ov)crou yjX6ofiev Trpidcra.cr6a.i irdvTeii io-fxev viol £vbot Tratoe? crou Karao-KOTrot,.            enrev oe aurots Oux^ a-XKa

7a iX^9? T7?s y?s ^XuaTe toeiv.             ol oe eiua^

io~jJ.ev ol 7raX8e<; o~ov a8eXol iv yr) Xavaav • koX ISoii 6 repos ju-erd tov irarpos rjfiav crrjfjiepov, 6 Se erepos ovy^ vndp-y^€L.            enrev be aurot? la>crr) "louro ecrrtv o eLprjKa

Vfuv, Xeycov on KaracrKOTjm ecrre- 15e^ rourw ^aveicrde- vrj tt)v vyCav apaw, ou jiu) i^eXdr/re ivreodev eav (jlt) 6 dSeA.os Vfjicov 6 vecorepos eXdrj aiSe. 16a.Troo~TeiXa.Te it; vpcov eva, Kal Xd/3eT£ rw a8eX6v ifxaiv' v/xeis Se aTrd^drjfe' eiws row rd pTJfxara v^iwv, el aXrjdevers. rj ov ■ el Se yxif, ^ ttjv vfiav <&apao&, el firjv Ka¥d&KOTrot ecrre" nKal

7. rKa.Te -. perfect of t)«:w, used only      late Greek as iyiela, here as iyia.

in the plural. § 26. — d^opdo-cu fjp<6-      § 10. (laxa: §77.                                                       16. dirax8>nT£: be ye sent to prison.

9. tci txvil: B-V. 'the naked-      1st aorist imperfect passive. 3922n.—

ness.'                                                           t] ov: in the second alternative of a

11.   e£pT|viKo£: K.V. ' true men.'           dependent disjunctive question either

12.   iieaT€: § 18.                                  oC or ^ may be used. Cp. Plat. Rep. 15. vi) ttjv v-yCav: so in V. ■ 10.       451 D Kal vKoirQuev, ei t\iXv -wfi-au 1) oS

v/; occurs nowhere else in the      with 339 A el Se aKriffis f) /hi), iretpdo-o/xai

LXX. iyUm commonly appears in      ixaMv. — ttjjufjv: verily = ? fi-^v. §103.

129

I. THE STORY OF JOSEPH                       129

Genesis XLII 27

ewero ovtov<; ef rpets • eiirev oe avrois T17 rj^epa T77 TyOiT^ " Touro Trbtifcrare, /cat lpjcreo-de - tov Oeov yap iyco <^ id="iv.i.i.iv.p1837.1">o/8oi)/xai. 19et elprjVLKOi core, dSeXos vfiZv eis Karacr^e0y]Tco iv Trj fyvkaKrj • avrol Be ^SaSicrare Kal diraya-■yere toc dyopacrfiov r^s criroSocrias vfiS>v, wkcu tov aZe6v vfxwv tov vearrepov Ka/raydyere irpbs fJ-e, Kal TricrTevdrjcrovTai, rxt py)p,aTa vjjuov • et oe ^17, airot>aveiovrws. 21 /cat ehrev eWacrros 7rpos rof dSe(j)6v avTov " Nat, ei' djLiaprta yap io~(iev vepl tov d8eXrjfjt,S>u, on virepuSo-iey tt)v dXC^jJW Trjt//u^tjs avrov ore KareSe'ero rjficov Kal ovk elo-r]Kovo-ap.ev avrov • eveKev tovtov iirrjXdev i' rjfias' rj OXtyis avrrj." ^airoKpidels 8e 'Vovfir/v elirev avrois " Ovk id }cra vp2v Xeymv ' M.rj dStK^crijTe to Trat&apiov'; /cat ovk eio~7)Kovo~aTe fiov Kal ISoi) to atfxa avTov e/c^retrat." aurot oe ovk yoeco-av oti aKouet la)o-r)ava fjiecov avTaiv rjv aTrocrTpa7rpbs avrovs /cat etTrev aurots* /cat eXafiev tov %vjxeo>v aw' ovtcov,. /cat ehrjo~ev ai)Tov evavTlov avTav. ^ivereiXaTO he 'lcoarjets tov aaKKov avTov, Kal Sowai aurols imo'i/rLO'fwv els tt]v ooov. /cat eyevrjur] avrots outw?. /cat eint7ei>Tes tov o~ltov evl tous oi'ovs auraji' a.TrrjX6ov eKeWev. 27Xucras Se efs roi' fidpannrov avTov, Sowai ^oprdcr^taTa rot? wots avroC ov

19.  a8«X<| id="iv.i.i.iv.p1840.1">6s v|iwv tls: the genitive is ovtws : tbese words are also in the shown by the Hebrew to be possessive, Hebrew, but they seem to be misplaced not partitive — one of your brethren, in this context.

not one of you brothers.—tov a-yopa-          22. 'Pov|3tjv: 3722.

the corn          23. dvd |i&rov: common in LXX,

you h.avepurchased. SiroSmrfa is prop-     e.g. Gen. 4914: Nb. 2666, 30". Cp.

erly' a gratuitous distribution of com.'     i Cor. 66.

Op.frumentatio, Suet. Aug. 40, 42.                25. 0.771a: = HyyeTa. §37.

20.   irwrrevOTJcrovTai. to. f>T|naTa          27. tts •' § 2. — iidpa-iiruov: He-6|Ji»v: cj>. 4135 4 Uovrtu.—Iwotiio-ov 8t     brew sag whence, tlirough the Greek

130

130              SELECTIONS FROM THE SEPTUAGINT T

Genesis XLII 26

KaT^kvcrav, i&ev tov Scct/aov tov apyvpiov avrov, Kat rjv £Trava> tov crrojaaros tov fiapcrnnrov • Kai €inev tovs aoeA-^eSd^ ^aoi to apyvpiov, Kal iSov tovto iv tw ju.ou." Kal iijicrrr) 17 KapSia avrS>v, Kal erapd-)(dr]-7T/)os dXXiyXous Xeyovres "Tt rouro iTroOrjvev 6 #eos ^/aiv;" 8e irpos 'Ia/ca>j8 w Trarepa avTU>v eis yip Xai^aav, a.TT'qyyf.ikav avrw irdvTa tol crvfx^e^rjKOTa aurot? Xeyoi'-re? Aehahr}Kei> o avvpumos o Kvpios tt)<; yv}S 7T/Oos crKkrjpd, Kal edero ij/xas eV (f>vaiws KaTacrKoirevovTas yrjv. 81 ei7ra/Aev 8e avrw ' ElpyjviKOL iajxep, ovk ia^ev KdtdaKo-ttol' 82SwSeK:a dSeX^oi icrfiev, viol tov irarpos rjfxav 6 els 6u^ VTTap-)(€i, 6 8e /jbiKporepos fi€Ta tov Trarpos Ty/xcjt' cnf/xepov eis y^v Xavdav.' 88€iirei' Se 17^11/ 6 avflpcoiros 6 Kvpios 777s ' 'Ev T0V7&) yucixxofieda oti elprjviKoi core • dSeX<^ov et'a a!8c fieT5 e/ioC, tov Se ayopao-fiov t^s criroSocrta? aire9aT£ • uKal aydyeTe Trpos fte tov

top* vearrepov, Kal yvaxro/xai oti ov KaTdcrKovoC idXX' on elpyjVLKOt eare- Kai tov dSeXS6iyeveTO 8e ev rw

and Latin, our ' sack.' Here the bag     2023, Luc. Prom. 1. The use of

containing the asses' provender. In     in v. 35 is in accordance with the

Xen. Anab. iv 3 § 11 it is used of a     implied principle that, when Sea^s

clothes-bag, and spelt /idp     is an. abstract noun, its plural is

word has a diminutive, which occurs     5eo>io£. In Jdg. 15U however we

in the forms ixapalinov, papaiwiov (Sir.      have Sea/iot = Secr/id.'- — lirdvai tov

183S),fMpLatin     at the

marsupium, whence ' marsupial' of an     mouth of.                                      ' '

animal with a pouch.—tov 8eo-(iov tov           32. |mvedrepos in v. 13.

ap-yupCou avroii: the tying up of his      — ets -yfjv Xavaav: § 90. money, i.e. his money tied up. See          33. &u&.9aTe: § 18.

the plural of this expression in v. 35.          34. Tf) yrj ^(iiropeveo-6t: impera-

In classical Greek Sevfiot often means     tive.

'imprisonment,' e.g. Plat. Bep. 378 D,          35. KaraKtvovv: this word occurs

Symp. 195 C, whereas 5eo><£ means     again in the LXX in ii K. 139; other-

1 chains,' e.g. Plat. Euthph. 9 A, Acts     wise it does not appear to be known.

131

I. THE STORY OF JOSEPH                       131

Genesis XLIU 5

vovv olvtovs tovs craKKovs avroiyv, Kal r^v eiSecr/zos tov dpyvpCov iv ra ctolkkco avTa>v • Kal tSov tovs tov dpyvpCov clvtwv avTol Kal 6 iraTr/p avroiv, Kal aav. ^eltrev he avTots 'IaKw/3 6 irarrjp avTwv " 'Ejxe r)T€K-ixwcrare' 'Ia>cn) ovk co-tlv, Xvfiecjv ovk £(ttlp, Kal tov Bevt-afif.lv XrjfJixjjecrde • in' ijxe iyivero trdvTa ravra." 8Telnev 8e 'Povfirjv tu> TraTpl avTov Xeycov " Tows Svo vlovs fxov drro-KTtivov, idv jxr) dydyco avTov TrpbSos avrov eis ttjv /jlov, Kayai ai^afoj avTov irpos ere.           o oe eivev Ov

ereTai 6 vios fxov jxed' ifxSiv, otl 6 d$eko<; avrov dire-davev, Kal avros fiovo? KaTaXeXeiTrrai • Kal avjjbf3"i}o-£Tai avTov [i,aKaKio-drivai iv Trj 68(p fj av Tropeveo~0e, Kal fere /jlov to yrjpas fxerd vtt^<; el? aSov."

1SO 8e X.tju.05 ivLo-^vaev irrl ttjs y>JS. ^iyivero Se avveTeXecrav Kara^ayeTv tov ovtov ov r/veyKav i£ AlyvTTTov, Kal threw airrols 6 iraTrjp avTcov " HdXiv TTopevOevTC? irpC-atrde r/filv fxiKpa ppwjj.aTa." ^evrrev Se airca 'IouSas eyu>v " AiafiapTvpCq SiafxefjiapTvprjTaL tj/xii/ 6 avOpwiros (yo)v ' Ovk oxpeade to Trpoaunrov (jlov idv p.rj 6 dSevewrepo? vpos p,e.y 4el lv ovv aTrocrreXXeis tov dSe

r]fia>v fieff1 y]fiu>v, KaTafirjO-ofjieda Kal dyopdaoi^iv crot f3pa>-fxaTa • 5et 8e fur) d-n-oo-TeXXeis tov dSe(f>6v r^^tiv fitd' r)/xS)v, ov iropever6/J.eda • 6 yap avOpwiros eivev r/fuv Xeycav ' Ovk opeo~6e fiov to Trp6o~a)Trov idv firj 6 d8eX6<; v[ia id="iv.i.i.iv.p1872.2">v 6 veanepos

— 0-o.kkovs: the- Hebrew word is the           38. |iaXaiacr6fjvai: 4 n.

same for which /idpcmnros was used           3. AiaiiapTvpux 8ian£(j.apTvpT)Tat:

in v. 27..            ,                                         cognate dative § 61.

36. T|T6Kvcp. 4314 : i K. 1538           4. K

ko.86ti TjriKvwafv yvvaiKas tj po/j.ala      this, combination of the future with

ovtws areKvoid^acTtu 4k yvvaiK&v      the aorist subjunctive recurs in Ex.

ri ivqTrip aav. — XV)|j.|«cr9€ : § 37. —     88. It is more intelligible when the

Itt 4|it e-ytvtTo : have come upon     sentence is interrogative, as in Gen.

me.                                                              4416.

132

132              SELECTIONS FROM THE SEPTUAGINT

Genesis XLIII 6

jieO' ifj.o)v y.' " 6elirev Se 'lcrparjX " Tt iKaKOTrourjcraTe juot, dvayyeCXavTes t<3 dvdpcoTro) ei ecmv vfjuv dSeX<^os; ' ol Se €%irav " 'EpcoTwv inn]parr)crev rjp.a.% 6 aV#panros Kat rr/v yeveav y]fx.S>v, 4yoiv 'Ei en, 6 TraTTjp v^icov £77; el icxrw vfuv dSeA.<£os;' Kal dTTr)yye(,a[ji,ev aura) Kara tt)v iireparvqcriv ovtov. fir] Tjoetju.6!/ et ej9€t i)/xiv Ayayere tov aoektpov v/xutv ; enrev oe 'IovSas 7rpos 'IcrpaTjX tov Ttaripa avrov "'AirocrTeiKov to Traihdptov jxer' ifiov, Kal dvaardvTe<; vopevao/xeOa, lva Kal jLti) drroOdvco/xev Kal TjfieLs Kal av Kal rj dirocrKevr) 9iyco Se eKSe^ofiai avrov, e.K ^eipo; fiov tflTqijov avrov • idv

fir) dydyw avrbv Trpos ere /cat o~T7] avrbv ivavriov ctqv, rjfi,apTTjKoy<; ecro/xai 7Tpos ere Trdcras to.? r)}x4pa10ei firj ydp e/3paSwa/Aev, 77817 av VTTtSis." nelTT€v Se auTOts 'IcpafjX 6 Trarr/p avroiv " Ei ovtcjs icrrcv, tovto voirj-crare ' XdySeTe aTro twv Kapnwv rrj1; yrjs iv toZs ayytois vjacov, Kal KaraydytTe tw dv0p(oira> Swpa t^s piTtv^s Kat tou fidXir tos, 6vfua[xa Kal crTaKTrjv /cat Tep4fiiv6ov Kat Kapva. 12Kal

6.  T£ 4KOKoiroiT|(roT€ ktX. : W7i?/     by the Greeks from Semitic tradersX did ye do me so ill a turn as to ... 9         Perhaps iKd^xo/j-ai avrdv may be ren-

7.  ivtpSria-tv Tijias: asked about    'dered ' I undertake him.' — T|(i,apTT)K«!is us. The construction is good Greek.     «ro|«u: literally / shall be having Cp. Hdt. vii 100 — wapiirXee irapb, ras     sinned. Analytic form of future ■jrp&pas tGjv veQv, ^iretpoiT^tov re e/edtrras      perfect. § 72.

6/xotws Kai rbv ire^bv Kal dwoypa           11. piTtvT|s: 3725 n. Josephus (Ant.

— «t en: § 100.                                          II 6 § 5) has here tA re -rijs /3ctX(icou

8.  diro      iiipov Kal araKrVt rep4f!ivdbv re Kal p.ii.. used is translated ' little ones' in Gen.      — 8u(j.ta(ia: instead of continuing the 3429, 43», 465. Ex. 1010,M, 12« : Kb.      partitive genitive the construction re-1627, 319, 3216,17,24,26. Dt. 2014. 'A™-     verts to an accusative after Karaydyere. o-kcv/i is a word of vague meaning, some-     — o-tcikt^v : 3726 n. — T«p^|uv0ov: rip-thing like our 'gear ' or ' belongings,'      iaivSos, repefuvSos, Tsp^a>6os (Is. I30, or the Latin impedimenta. See Ex. 1010     613) are different forms of the name n., and cp. i Chr. 521: ii Mac. 1221.           of the tree which is known, in bot-

9.  «K8«xoH-al: the Hebrew word     any as pistacia terebinthus. -rip-whicli is here represented by eKS^x0Ma'     /iivBos does not occur in Swete's is formed from the same Semitic root as     text, in which rep4iuv8os is the pre-appap'pledge,' which was borrowed     vailing form. Pistachio-nuts are here

133

I. THE STOKY OF JOSEPH                       133

Genesis XLIII 18

to apyvpiov Siacrov Xdfierc kv reels yepalv v/jlwv ' to apyvpiov to aTTOCTTpatyev iv tois ixapcr'nnrois vjjlwv dnocrTp&paTe /xed' vyiSiv • firj ttotc dyvorj/xd ianv,. 18Kal tov dSeX^w Vfi5>v Xa/3eTe, Kal avao-ravTes KaTafirjTe iryoos tw dvOpoynov. 14 6 oe deos p.ov 8arj vjmv 'Xjxpiv ivavfiov tov avdpumov, koX a,TTOO~Teiai tov dSeX(£oV vficov tov eva Kal to ^Bevia/ieiv' iyw /xev yap Kada rjT€Kva>fiai, r/TeKvco/xai." 15Aa/Sdvres oe oi avopes tol Owpa TavTa xai to apyvpiov onikovv eXaJBov iv Tats -^epcriv aircov, Kal tov ^eviafxeiv ' Kal d KaTe^iqaav els AiyvTrrov, Kal ecrTTjaav ivavTiov 16 iSei' Se 'la>ar)(f> avrov? Kal tcv 'Beviafielv tov a8e.ov amov tov OfiofirjTpiov, Kal ivere'ikaTO to> eTTiyyjs ot/aas ovtov elcra-yayeiv tovs avdpanrovs ets ttjv oiKiav " Kat cr• /act' i/xov yap aprou? ttv fjLecrrjfjLfipiav." r'hroiro~zv Se 6 dvdpcarro? Kada tivev 'I, Kal elo-rjyayev rou? avdpatirov; ets Trjv oiKiav 'Iojo~tJ18t8oi/res Se ol avdpconoi on eo"f]viyQreis tov o'ikov 'Ia)o~r] eiirav "Ata to apyvpiov to dirocrTpafcv iv tois fiapcrCiriroi1; rjfj.av Trjv dp-^rjv Tj/xet? elo~ay6(Me6a, tov o~vko-

meant >J TepifuvBos. — KcLpva: a gen-     as in Ex. 1317 p/j wore fi

eral name for nuts. Here rendered     Xaijj.

'almonds' in the R.V., as in Nb. 178.           14. Swt]: § 30. — tov «vo : we 12. Sunrdv: Sitro-As and Tpwcr6s are     should say 'your other brother,' and goodGreekfor'double,''treble.' This     so does the Hebrew. The Greek reading series of multiplioatives never got any      may be due merely to a confusion be-further. For Sitra-is cp. 4522. It occurs     tween two letters in the Hebrew. The eight times in the LXX. — dwroo-TpE-     reference is to Simeon 4224. — !y« (i4v : t|/a.Te: bring back. Unclassical. Cp.      the fUv here serves merely to empha-v. 21, 448: Ex. 108. Often intransitive     sise the eyd> or else contrasts it with go back, as in Ex. 1317. — |iij itotc . . .      the viitv which has gone before, invert-ta-Tiv: pi) -n-ore = haply. The expres-     ing the usual order. § 39. sion perhaps originated in an ellipse           16. onon^rpiov : Gen. 4619.—rt)v of some word like Spa. Cp. Jdg. 3s4:      (leir-niipptav : § 55. iii K. 182". This is more evident           18. toO (ruKocj>avTfjo-ai . . . tov Xo-when the verb is in the subjunctive,      peiv: § 59.

134

134              SELECTIONS FROM THE SEPTUAGINT

Genesis XLIII 19

(JMivTrjcraL rjfias Kal imBecrOai rj/x^v, rod Xafielv Tracts ei? 7ratSas /cat tovs ovov? rj[j.(ov." 19vpoaeXdovTes oe Trpos tov rbv inl rov oZkov *Iaxrr]auraS iv t&J rod oikov ^Xeyovres " Ae6fJL€$a, Kvpie- Karifirjiiev rrjv irpiacrOat, ^Spw^tara • 21/cat eyeVero rjViKa rjX6ofiev ets to KaraAucrat /cat r/voC^afxev rou? fiapaiTrnov? rjfx,(Jt)v, KaX roSe to apyvptov e/cacrrou ei> t&I paperCttttcx) olvtov. to apyvpiov r)p,cov ev a.Trt/xapcrtTTTrots rj/jLwv, Ko,i apyvpiov erepov r/veyKapev /xeu eavTwv a-yopa-crai f3pd>jAaTa ' ovk oT&ajxev tis evefiaXev to apyvpiov et? tov? [i.apo-iinrov<; rj/xcov" ^eiTrep 8e aurots o dvdpcoiros "'"iXecus vyat^, ^ (pofBeicrde • 6 6e6/cat 6 ^eos Tolt' Tra/rd-pv vpSiv eSooKsv vfuv drjaavpovs iv Tots fxapo~iinToito 8e apyvpiov vjaoiv €v$oki[jlovi> aire^o)" Kal itjijyayev avrovs Xv/xecov, 24/cat ^vey/cev v8a>p vixjiai tovs 7ro8as

/cat rjveyKev ^opTacr^aTa Tots wots aiirwi'.- 25^ToCfj.acrav

Se to, Swpa eiy? rou iXdeiv 3Icoo~r)(f> pearjfji^piq,' rJKOvcrav yap on iKei peXXei apicrav. ^elcrrjXOev 8e 'laxrrjcj) ets Tirji/ oiKiav, Kal Trpoo~rjveyKav avT« to, 8wpa a. et^ot' et> TaTs X^po-lv avrav et? t» oikov, Kal Trpoo-iKvvrjcrav aiiTca iirl irpoa-oynov iiil tt]v yrjv. 2T ypcorr/o-ev Be avrovs "Ilals eere;" Kal ehrev avTots " Et vyiaivei 6 7raTrjp vfiwv 6 7rpecrf5vTepo<; bv

20.  Ka,Te|3ii|«v : for Kara^dvres Kari-     apodosis. § 40. — Iv (rrafijiffi : in full i', the Hebrew idiom being for once     weight.

neglected where it seems to have no          23. "IXeus vpXv: sc. eify 6 6e6s. Op.

particular force.                                        i Chr. II19 teiis ^« 6 0eb$ tov iroiTJaai

21.  ets to KttTaVuo-ai: the Hebrew     rb pij/xa rovro : Mt. 1622. E.V. ' Peace word rendered ' lodgiiig-plaoe ' in the     be to you.' The Hebrew word here used R.V. seems to have been "understood     is connected with the Arabic salaam. by the Greek translator of the process     — etiSoKifiqw dir^co: I have to my of putting up for the night. Josephus     full satisfaction. Cp. Mt. 62 i.iri%ov(Ant. II 6 § 6) has here kut' of/cox.—     rbv fuadbvairav. The Hebrew is simply Kal roSe: this second Kal marks the     'Your money came to me.'

135

I. THE STORY OF JOSEPH                       185

Genesis XLIII 84

; en 42?; ol oe et7rav Tyiau>ei o ttcus crou o iraTr/p v, ert £]7-" Ka^ ewrej' " HiiXoyrjTOs 6 avd'panro? eWa-'o? rep 0ea>-" Kal Kwpavres Trpoaaw avafiXetpas $e rots 6<})0akfAo7<; '(t)arj^ id="iv.i.i.iv.p1910.2"> IZev BeviafAeip top ahebv avrov tov 6/xo-fj.7jTpi,op, Kal ebrev aurot? " Ovrd? 4cttlv 6 dSeA.<£os ifiwp 6 veco-S, ov etiraTe 7rpo§ ^ae ayayziv; " Kal elirev u 'O deo<; ierj-

crai 80 erapa.-^Qr 8e 'I(ocnj

to. evrepa avrov em tco dSeX(f)w avrov, Kal e elcreXdcbv Se ei? to Ta/xietov cKXavaev eKei. slKat to TTpocroiirov i^Xdcbv iveKpaTevcraTo, Kal eiTrev " TLapaders. apTovs." 82«"al TrapidrjKav avrw ju-dvii), Kal avrol? Ka^' eav-rous, /cat toTs AtyuTTTiotg roi? crui/SetTTi'oiicrtp' ju,er' avTov Kaff eaurou? ' ou yap iBvvavTo ol AlyvTTTioi cweadieiv jxera T(tiy 'E/3patdpTovs, fiSeXvyfJia yap Icttiv to2<; Atyinrrioi? 170? rpojBoLTojv. ss'eKa.6-Kara, ra TrpecrjSeia avTov Kal 6 vechrepos /caret ttji> veorrjTa avTov ' ki^icnavTo 8e ol avdpconoi l/cacrros tt/jos tov ao~ekTrpo? avTovs " Be r) /xepi? Bewa/xeli' trapa ra; /xepiSa? ttolvtcov Trpos Tas eKeivcov. eniov Be Kal

aVTOV.

28.   6 wats o-ov: thy servant. See          33. !£io-to.vto : the word -whicli 4020 n.— Kai etirev . . . t£ 9«£ : not in     commonly expresses the feeling of the Hebrew.                                              surprise is here used for the expres-

29.   el'ira,™ : = ye promised.                  sion of that feeling. — £Kao-Tos irpos tov

30.   (ruv€OTpe'«To kt. : =r ' his      dS>ov airov: each to his brother = heart yearned over his brother.' —     to one another. The Hebrew is ' each Ta(u€tov: op. Mt, 66 for this use of ' to his neighbour.1

rajiietov as a private chamber. § 10.            34. ^pav : sc. ol ira?5es. — ijuya-

31.   IveKpctTtvo-aTO : he controlled     Xivfl-q . . . irapa : 87s n. The general himself.                                                     statement ' was larger than' is further

32.  |38&vypa . . . iras tt     specified by weprairXaaios Tpbs ras iicd-paTov: cp. 4634. Nothing further is      vuv. For another illustration of the known on this subject.                            principle of helping one 'as you love

136

136              SELECTIONS FROM THE SEPTUAGINT

Genesis XLIV 1

1 Kal iveretXaTO 'l(i)o~r}tw ovtl inl ttjs ot/aas avrov Xdywv " TLXrjaaTe rot)s fiapo-LTrirovs t£xi> dvdpconcov yS/3Wju.ara)v ocra iav hvvwvrai dpaL, Kat e/XjSaXare eKacrrou to dpyvpiov cttI tov

CTTOjLiaTOS TOV fiapULTTTTOV CLVTOV ' 2 Kal TO KOvSv jXOV TO dpyi)-

povv e/Aj8aA.are ei§ tov yidpannrov tov vewTepov, /cai ttjv TLjxrjv tov aiTOv avrov." iyevrjdr) Se /caret, to pr}ia 'la)crr]eiTrey. 8ro Trpaii Siecfjavcrev /cat ol dvdpanroi drre-crraX7]O"av, avrol /cai ot 0V01 ai/Twv. 4i£e66vT(ov Se ttoXlv ovk aTria^ov p.aKpdv, kol 'Icoctt)^) elTrep tw €7r6

avroi) Xeyav " 'Avacrras €ttlZlv dvdput-Kal KaTaXr/ixxpYj avTov<;, Kat epet; avTois ' Tt ort dz/Taire-e /xot irovrjpd avri KaXa>u; Xva tI e/cXei|/aTe ju,ot> to kovSu to dpyvpovv ; bov tovto karw kv <5 ttlvu b /cuptds avr6; 8e otw^tcr/Ao! otcj^t^eTat e^ avrw' irovy)pd o~WT€-a. TreTTOLrJKa/re.'" eevpa>v 8e avrous eiTrev avTOis /canx ra prjuaTa raSra. 7ol Se d,rrov avT""ij'a ti XaXet 6

him' see Xen. Cyrop. I 3 § 6, where     Josephus (^irej. II 6 § Y) has here

Astyages helps Cyrus so largely to     o-kj)0os.

meat that the boy has to distribute it          3. to irpwl 8ie

aixrev: rb irpai is

among the servants. Josephus (Ant.     adverbial (406n.) and d^Qavo-er in-

II 6 § 6) softens down irevTcurXacrlus     transitive.

into 5nraThe im-         4. I|€6ovto)v . . . &ir«r)(ov: § 58.

portanoe here assigned to Benjamin     —Kftl 'Iaa-ii$: in such parataotical

has been used as an argument     constructions Kal may be rendered in

that this legend took shape in the     English.by ' when.' This use of Kat is

time of Saul, who belonged to that     found in classical authors, e.g. Plat.

tribe.                                                      Euthd. 273 A, 277 B. Op. Verg. JEn.:

1.  8        nee longum tempus et ingens imperative from aorist ivipaha. § 18.     exiit ad cselum ramis felicibus

2.   kovSu : drinking-cup. Outside            arbos.

this chapter the word occurs in the     — oirurw twv dv8p

LXX only in Is. 51".22. A plural K6vdva     substitute for fieri. toCs Mpibirovs. § 97.

is used in a letter of Alexander the     — KaraXTJiuJ/T) . . . ipfls: jussive fu-

Great to the satraps of Asia quoted     tures. § 74.

by Athen. 784 a. Hence it has been          5. oliovio-|j.§ otwvtteTai : cognate

inferred that the word is Persian,     dative. Cp. 15. § 61,

137

I. THE STORY OF JOSEPH                       137

Genesis XLIV 18

kclto. to, prjjxaTa TavTa; jAr/ ye'vono rots iraiaiv crov irovrjaai

to prjiJio, tovto. 8ei to fiev dpyvptov 6 evpa^ev iv rots fiapo~vjnroi,s y)jio>v dweaTpexj/afiep rtrpbs ae e/c yrjs Xavdap,

av k.€tJ)uijaev ck tov oIkov tov Kvpiov aov dpyvptov rj; 9irap' av evpedfj to kovSv tcov iraiocov aov, dirodvrj-aK€T(o' Kac ijfxeis oe eaofieua Tratoes tco Kvpta) rj^imv.           o

hk elirev " Kai vvv a>s XeyeTe, ovtcos ecrrat" 6 avOpoavos nap' a> a,v evpedrj to kovSv, avro? earai fi.ov 7rai?, vp.ei<; Se eaeade KaOapoi." n Kal eawevaav Kal Ka6eiav exaaTOS tov fxdp-annrov avTov iirl ttjv yrjv, Kal fjvot^ev Dcacrro? tov fidpcn.Tr-ttov avTov. 12r/pevva Se a.7ro tov npeafivTepov ew? rj6ev iirl tov vedrrepov, Kal evpev to kovSv iv tw

tw Bevtajiieu/. 1BKal Si€pprj^av to. l/iaTca airaiv, Kal eKacrTOS tov fidpanrTrov avTov stti tov oi'oj' avrov,

iireaTpe^iav eis ttjv ttolv. uelarj6ev Se 'IowSas Kal ol dhe(f>ol avTov irpos 'a>ar)$>, en avTov ovtos e/cet" Kal eire-aov kvavTiov avTov cttI ttjv yrjv. 15elirev Se avrot? " Ti to irpdyfia tovto eTTOirjaaTe ; ovk otSaTe oti otwvietTat avopairos oio? eya»; enrev be lovoas li pov/xev T&5 Kvpica fj tl Xakyjacopiev rj ti 8tKaia>0a)jj,ev ; 6 Se ^eo? evpev Trjv d.8iKiav tcov Traihcov aov' ISov eapev tw Kvpiu) rjficov, Kal r^fiets Kal Trap w eipedrj to 1>eiTrev Se 'Icoarj(j> " Mtj jaot yevoiTO Troirjcrai to pr)fia tovto' 6 av6pa>TTo<; vap' co evpedrj to koi'Sv, avTO? ecrTai jitou t? Se dvd/3rjTe jxerd aa)Tr)p[airpos tw iraTepa 18'Eyyicras Se aura 'louSas etTrei' "Aeofiai,

7.   to pi)|iep. 17. See399n.           11. KaBctXav : §18.

8.   evpa|«v: § 18. — dp-yvpiov f|           13. 4x^returned. The Xpv     intransitive use of this verb is very two diminutive's cp. Ar. Eq. 472 :               common in the LXX. Cp. Mt. 1244 Kal raura fi oijT apydptoi/ oi/T€ xpuctov         iTtcrrptyw els rbv o'ikov fiov.

Sidois avairel&eis.                                                      16. dvTepov|«v, Xa |0"

138

138              SELECTIONS FROM THE SEPTUAGINT

Genesis XLIY 19

XaX^craro) 6 7rats crov pfjfjba kva.vrl.ov o~ov, Kal /xr) 6v/xo)8ys raj TratSt crov, on o~v et jxerd a/>aw. ™ Kvpie, o~v ■qpcLrr}-cras rows 7rcuSds crov eyav ' Ei e^eTe T^arepa rj dSeX(£6V ;' 20kcu ei7ra/j,ev to> nvplco '"Ecnru> rjfj.lv Trarr/p vpeo-fivTepos, /ecu TratStov vecorepov yrjpws avTco, Kal 6 dSeX<^ id="iv.i.i.iv.p1958.2">os avrov arridavev, airos Se jxovo% VTiekeifyOrj to irarpl avrov, 6 8e Trarrjp avrbv rjyairt]arev.' 21et7ras Se Tots Traicrlv crov oti ' Karayayere avrov irpos fie, keTTtjaeAovyxat avrov.          ko.i enra-fxev tw

Kvpto) c Ov Svyrjo-ercLL to TratSioi^ /oaraXnreti' toc Trarepa' iav Se KaTCtkeiTrr) rbv Trarepa, di7o^ai/etrat.' 28cru Se eiTras rots TTaicrtv crov ' 'Eaz^ ja^ KaTafifj 6 dSeX^os vfxav 6 veu>T€po<; jxeff v[Ui)v, ov 7rpocru7)o~eo-t id="iv.i.i.iv.p1959.1">e ctl coew to Trpoaunroi' /xov.           eye-

vero Se -qvcKa avefirffjLev wpos top 77CuSd crov irarepa Se rjf aTrrjyyzLkafjLev avrw ro prj/xara rov Kvpuov.         etirrev

6 irarr/p rjfxoiv 'BaSicrare 7J"aXiv, ayopdaare rjpA,v yuKpa. fxara.' ^rjfxels Se elirap-ev ' Ov hvvqo-6jx^.6a dXX' et /xev 6 dSeX^os rjfxuiv 6 vewTepos Ka.Taf3a.ivei fxeO' ijj KaTa/3TjO~6fji,€ua' ov ya.p ovvqcroixeda iSetv to Trpouairov tov avdpc&TTOV, tov dSeX<£ov tov vecoTepov fir/ ovtos /u.e#' rjfjLa>v' 27 etTrev Se 6 Trai? crov 6 iraTr/p rjfj.S>v Trpos i^/xa? ' 'Tyxeis yival-o"K6Te oTt Svo ereKev [aol rj yvvrj ■ 28Kal i£r)ev 6 ets dw' i/xov, Kal e.Iira,Te " ®-qpi.6fipano<; yiyovzv" Kal ovk tSov avrov en. 29ea^ ovv dfirjTe Kal tovtov e/c Trpoo~a>Trov fxov Kal fi avra fxaaKia iv rfj 6Sw, Kal Kard^ere p,ov to yfjpas a AvTfrj? eis aoov.           vvv ovv eav eicnropevofxai wpos

tov TTatSd aov Trarepa Se rp,v, Kal to traihapiov p.rj fj fj.ed' 7] Se ^>v^r) avrov eKKpefiarai eV Trj<; tovtov

25 •?            S>i!~

etirrev oe tj/aw

18. jutcI $apa      |e«: the (cat introduces the apodosis.

on a level with.                                            § 40.

21. oti: 37s5 n.                                           30. 4av ettriropeiloiiai: § 104. — t]

23. irpo        8« •i/vx< kt. : this clause is thrown

29. naXaKttt: 424 n. — Kal kcito.-     in parenthetically as a reason for the

139

1. THE STORY OV JOSEPH                       139

Genesis XLT 7

31 (cat ecrrai, iv tw iSeiv avrbv fir) ov to iraio'dpiov fied' rjjicov, TeXtvnqaei, Kai Kard^ovo-cv ol ircuSes crov to yrjpas tov ttcuSos aov Trarpb? Se tjixcov fxer' bZvvqs eh aoov. 826 yap Trats o~ov efcSe'Se/crai to iracStov rrapa. tov irarpb*; Xeyojv ' 'Edv fMTj dydyca avrbv 7rpos ere /cat aryjao) avrbv ivairiov crou, rjjj.aprTqKO)'; ecroyxat irpos rbv irarepx ndcra? to.? rjiiepis.' 83 iw ovi' irapafievo) crot ttcus di'Ti rou TratStou, ot/cenjs tov KvpCov ■ to Se TTCuStoj' avafirJTO) [lera tS>v dSeXM-n5>$ yap dva^ijao/xai Trpos toi^ nrarepa, tov ira&iov [it) ovtos fjbeO' r]jj,S)v; iva. hy i8a) to, Ka/ca a evpyjaei tov irarepa fiov." l¥L.a ovk rjhvvaTo 'Ia}o~rj(f) dve^ecrdai Trdvruiv t5>v irapea:Ti)-kotov avTw, dXX' eXuev "'E^avrooTeiXaTe TrdvTa.% dir' ijxov' " Kai ov TrapMTTTJKei ovSels en, tw 'Icoo~r)(f) r/viKa d 'l(oo~rj toTs dSeX^ots avrov. 2koI~d(f>T)Kev KXavd/xov' r/KOVo-av Se irdvTes ot AtyvTTTtot, Ka), aKovcrrov iyevero eis tov ot*cov <£ id="iv.i.i.iv.p1972.3">apaa>. s€lnev Se 'Ia>o~r)ao€A(povs azrrou Jiy&i et/xt I(i)o~rj

eis AlyvTTTov eri 6 naTrjp p,ov (,rj;" Kai oux eSwaj'TO ot dSeXt^ot dTroKpidrjvai avrco • irapd^drjaav yap. iKal einev " 'Eyco eljxi 'lcocrrjff) 6 dSeX^os v^cov, ov aTre?)oo-0e ei? AtyvwTov. 5vvv ovv p,rj Xvnelo-de, p,7)$e o~icXr)pov vylu avrJTco oTi dTrehoo~di p,e wSe • els yap t,v. ^tovto yap Sevrepov eros Xi^os iirl T7jert Xolitcl trevTe err] iv ols ovk earat dporpiaais ouSe a/xTjTos • 1a77e/crTetX.ei' ydp fie 6 6ebs e^Trpoo-6ev if&

apodosis, which begins at Kai %in           2. cikouo-tov 4-^vero: a substitute

v. 31.                                                           for ^Koicr$7! — it teas heard. §72. 32. 4kS^S«kt9 n.                                6. dpoTpCao-is : ploughing. Only

34. eip^o-a : shall find, i.e. come     here in LXX. From the simple verb

upon.                   _                                       dpia is formed &porpov denoting the in-

1. &Wx«r8endure. R.V. 're-     strument; from dporpov again is formed

frain himself before.' — irapurrtjiwi:      a verb dpoTpidw (Jdg. 1418), and from this

= Tapeio-Tij/cei. § 37.                                   we have the abstract noun aporplains.

140

140              SELECTIONS FROM THE SEPTUAGINT

Genesis XLV 8

vTTo.€L7recrdai v/xav KaTaXa,fi[ia iirl rrjs yfjs Kal iK$peij)ai

ovv oi>x

Kare <5Se, aW rj 6 0e6s ■ Kal iiroiTjcrev fxe a>s Trarepa <&apaa} Kal Kvpiov Trajros tov oikov avrov Kal dp)(ovTa iracrTjs yrj? AlyvTTTOV. 9 crnevcravTes ovv avdfiyjTe irpbs tov Ttaripa /xov Kal enrare avrw ' TaSe Xeyet 6 vtds crou 'Ia>o"rj<{ id="iv.i.i.iv.p1985.3"> " ''EaroCrjaiv fie 6 #eos Kvpiov TracrTjs y»}s AtyvTrrou • Kard^rfdt dhv wpb? fie, /cat jai) /Lxeiz^Tjs • /cat /carotKr-^crets «> yy Tecre/u, ApapiaSj ^cti ecrij eyyy? jaou ra irp6/3aT/3des crov Kal ocra crot e/cei • n/ca! iK0pejjco ere eKet, en. yap TreWe Itt; Xi/xds' Xva ir] ckt^i/Stj? cru Kal ot vioi crou Kal TrdVra to, vTrdpy^ovrd o~ov." ' lztSou oi 6(f)6aKjxol Vjx5>v fiXeirovcriv Kal ot 6(f>dakfiol Bevia/jielv tov dSeX^ov ju.ov ort to o-rofia fiov to XaXovu Trpo? v/xas. 13a7rayyetXare ow T(5 iraTpi }/.ov trao-av ty/v &6£av [iov ttjv iv Alyvmco /cat ocra iSere, Kal ra^wavres Karayayere tov fxov w Kal itrnreaoiv enl tov Tpd^rjXov Bevta-tov a8eXov awov ive-nevei* iir' airw, Kal Bei^ta/xetf iirl tco Tp38Kal KaTa<^tXf/o"as ndv-tous dSeXc^ous avTou €KXavo~ev iir" avToIs, /cal /Aera Tavra iXdXrjarav ot dSeXavrov vpos avrov.             16Kal Ste-"

7.   Kal $Kflp&|/tu ktX.: and to rear     the name of a 'nome' in Egypt. up from you a great leaving (=pos-     Goshen seems to have "been the district terity). Ka.TdA«^« seems to be used     watered by the Sweet Water Canal, for variety in the same sense as /card-     lying to the east of the Delta, and ecfx./ta.                                                              bounded on the east by the Arabian

8.  dX.' r 6 6e6s : § 108. — s irarepa     Desert. — 8iicu must be $apa<& : the same expression is used in     taken with eV-j; tyyte nov at the begin-the Egyptian tales of a trusted officer.      ning of the verse. There is another

10. r&re|A 'ApapCas: Goshen in     reading twhich is more probable,

Arabia. 'Ap/ifStas is an addition of the     as there is nothing corresponding to

LXX, which causes a verbal contra-     tet in the Hebrew,

diction between this passage and 4727;          14. 'enmur&v . . . iirkreo-ev: inten-

but ' Arabia' is here supposed to be     sive participle. § 81.

141

I. THE STORY OP JOSEPH                       141

Genesis 3?LV 23

fioijdr) r) ets top oIkov <£ id="iv.i.i.iv.p1996.2">apacb Xeyovres "'H/eacrw ol dSek-" i^dpr] Se <&apacb teal rj Bzpa-nfla. ovtov. ri€XTrev 8e <&apaoj vpos 'Icocnj<£ " ~£lirbp rots dSe(£(HS crov 1 Tovro TrourjcraTe • ye/ucraTe rd iropia, vfiZp koX dveXdaTe ei9 18Kai 7ra/)aXa/3top irarepa vfiZp Kai ra V{xa>p jJKere irpbs /u.e ■ Kai Scoaco vplv TrdpToxv twp dyadwp AlyviTTov, Kai t^s y^5.' 19o"u 8e evreiXat rauTa, XajServ avrots ' d/xa^as e«: y^s Aiywrou tois TraiStois v/jloJip Kai rats yvvai^iv, Kai dpaa/36pTes top Trarepa vp.a>p TiapayipeaOe • 20 Kai //.t) (freCcrrjcrde roi? 66a-jLtots ijxaiv twp v, tcl ydp TrdvTa dyadd AlyvTTTOv vjiiv ecrrat.             eirot,r)crap oe oura)? ot vtoi laparjK- eocoKev oe

'Iwcrrjcf) avTols d/xa^as Kara rd elprjp,4va virb <$ id="iv.i.i.iv.p1997.1">apaco tov jSacrtXecos, «ral iScoKep avrots 4vLO~LTiets ri)^ 68ov ■ 22Kat7rdcrw' eSwKez^ Snxcrds crroXas, /e TpiaKoariov? y^pv(xovcrroXas " t<5 naTpl ai)Tov dTr4o~Teik.ep Kara rd aura, Kai Sc/ca ovou? atpopTa<; dwb jrdvTwv tS id="iv.i.i.iv.p1997.6">v dyad&v AlyvirTov, koi Sc/ca rji

16.  X^7ovt«s: we may say that this     smoothly enough, but there is perhaps participle agrees with the vague plural     something amiss with the Hebrew at implied in foe/Joijfo; v (puvq. § 112.      the beginning of the verse.

—"Hxao-iv : 427 n. — f| Oepaireta airov :           20. Kai |«] +«'o'1tr6e ktX. : and

= his court.                                                spare not your goods with your eyes,

17.  iropia: =7ropeia, means of trans-      i.e. regard not the loss of them, a comport. §37. Here, no doubt, camels and     mon Hebrew phrase. — tci . . . ardvTO asses. The Hebrew word means'cattle.'     ayaQa.: the whole goods. §63.

18.   TJKere : imperative of -fj/cw.                    22. Sicrerds : 4312 a. — TpiaKo

19.  o-u Se evreiXai. ktX. : and do thou     %f>ixrov: sc. crrar^pas. The Hebrew is give this command, that they should      'three hundred (shekels) of silver.' take to them waggons from the land      Cp. 3728 n. — dXXacro-ovo-as cnroXds: of Egypt for your children and women,      changes of raiment. Cp. Jdg. 141S and take ye your father and come.      rpidfcoera &\atrroXis luarlav. There is a sudden change of construe-          23. al'povras, atpoio-as : the com-tion from the oblique to the direct ora-      mon meaning of atpeiv in the LXX tion. To substitute Mfcre eavroU for     is ' to carry.' Cp. 465: i K. 1621, 177. Xaj3eiv airois makes the Greek run      —tnuovovs: Hebrew, 'slie-asses.'

142

142              SELECTIONS FROM THE SEPTUAGINT

Genesis XLV 24-28

vovs alpovo~as aprow; rnarpl avrov els 6B6v. 24etjaTreaTu-Xev Se rows doeXx^ous airov koX ivopevdyjaav • /cat eurev aimus Mr) opyiQeo-ve eu ttj oocp.            /cat avepy)e£ At-

Kat ^X^ov el? yrjv ~K.ava.av tt/dos 'IaKw/3 roc Ttaripa. /cat avTjyyeikav avTca heyovres otl U uio? crou 'Iwcrrjcf) £fj, Kal ovros &PX6L '""acr'^s ttjs y^s Atyu7rrou." /cal i£ecrrr] r hiavoia 'Iaxco/3, ov yap inLcrrevcrev avroi?. 27eXd-Xr/crav Se auraJ iraVra rd prfdivra virb 'la>a"r], ocra eiTrev avTois locov oe ras a/iagas as airecrTeiA.ei> la>crrj

ware ai'a-aj3eiv avTov, avi^oinvprjcrev to Trvev/xa 'laxcofi tov irarpos avTOiv. sinev oe lo~pa7)K " Meya jaot €o~tlv ei en o uids jaou 'Ia)o~r) £fj • Tropevdel? oxj/ofiai avrbv rrpb tov airodaveZv fie."

24. Mtj 6p-y£J«r8€: the Greek trans-     and covers any form of mental disturb-lators are at one -with the English     ance. Perhaps Joseph is merely wish-here: but a reminder not to quarrel is     ing his brothers a safe and comfortable hardly in keeping with the magnanim-     journey.

ity hitherto displayed by Joseph. The          27. avei>iriipT]

Hebrew word is wider than the Greek,     tive; revived.

143

INTRODUCTION TO THE STORY OF THE EXODUS

If the story of Joseph may be viewed as a novel, the story of the Exodus belongs rather to the romance of history. Both narratives indeed have their national side. For the story of Joseph accounts for the Israelites coming into Egypt, while that of the Exodus accounts for their going out of it. And both also have their personal side. For the story of the Exodus begins with tie birth and upbringing of Moses and in its initial stages pursues merely his individual adventures. On the picturesqueness of the whole tale it is needless to dilate. Like Ulysses in beggar's rags, its majesty shines even through the garb of a literal translation into Alexandrian Greek. Subsequent Jewish imagination has enriclied the life of Moses with additional details tending to the glorification of the national hero. Thus Josephus (Ant. II 9 § 2) introduces a story similar to that of the Magi and Herod in the First Gospel — how one of the sacred scribes of the Egyptians had prophesied to Pharaoh that a child was about to be born among the Hebrews who should humble the pride of Egypt, and how Pharaoh in consequence issued the edict that all male children should be put to death. But Moses, as Livy would say, was ' due to the Fates,' and, though set adrift on the Nile in his paper-boat, even as Romulus and Remus in their ' floating hull' * on the Tiber floods, he could not perish: for he carried with him the destinies, not so much of a nation as of a religion. Help came to him in the form, not of a she-wolf and of a shepherd, but of the princess of the land and the daughter of the oppressor of his people. By her he was educated to become the saviour of his race.

The name of Pharaoh's daughter, according to Josephus, was Thermuthis. Her first care was to provide a nurse for the child, and she tried with him one Egyptian woman after another, but he rejected the alien milk. Then Miriam, who was standing by, as

1 Liv. I 1 § 0 fluitantein alveum, quo expositi erant pueri.

143

144

144             SELECTIONS FROM THE SEPTUAGINT

though a disinterested spectator, made the happy suggestion that the child might perhaps not refuse the breasts of one of his countrywomen, and was accordingly allowed to fetch his mother.

Thermuthis was rewarded for her womanly compassion by the extraordinary beauty and intelligence developed in the child as he grew. People would turn round on the road and even leave their work to look at him. His stature too at the age of three was remarkable. Of all this we know nothing from the Old Testament beyond the hint in Exodus 22, that Moses was a goodly child. But the New Testament tells us that he was ' divinely fair,' adding that he ' was instructed in all the wisdom of the Egyptians' and that' he was mighty in his words and works ' (Acts 720'22)-

One day Thermuthis in the pride of her heart presented the child to her father, and even asked that he might be appointed heir to the throne. Pharaoh, willing to gratify her, took the infant in his arms and placed the royal crown upon his head, with the result that it was dashed to the ground and trampled under foot by the babe. Then the sacred scribe, horror-stricken at the sight, exclaimed that this was the very child against whom he had already warned the king and insisted that he should be got rid of. But Pharaoh's daughter hurried the boy out of the royal presence, so that he lived to be the hope of the Hebrews.

That Moses when grown up should have commenced his career by manslaughter and have fled in fear of Pharaoh's vengeance was more than Josephus could bring himself to relate to a Gentile audience. So he quietly suppresses this part of the narrative and substitutes an account more gratifying to Jewish feeling.

Egypt was being overrun by an invasion of Ethiopians and was in danger of utter destruction, when the Egyptians in their distress asked advice from God. They were told to call in the aid of 'the Hebrew.' Thereupon Pharaoh asked Thermuthis to let her son act as general. This she did after extracting an oath from the king that he woiild do no harm to the youth. Moses accordingly assumed the command and at once exhibited his superior intelligence. Had he taken his troops up the river, the enemy would have had notice of his approach; so he marched them overland through a country infested by dangerous reptiles and by those flying serpents, which we know from Herodotus also (II 75, 7G) to have been among the

145

INTRODUCTION TO THE STORY OF THE EXODUS 145

marvels of Egypt. Their wings, he says, were like those of bats. Moses however had provided himself with hutches full of ibises, which he opened on reaching the dangerous part of his route; and these pioneers easily cleared a way for his army. Then, falling suddenly upon the Ethiopians, he cooped them up into the royal city of Saba, which Cambyses afterwards called Meroe, after the name of his sister. Built on an island, this city was impregnable owing to its fortifications and dams. But what the war-god could not do was accomplished by the love-goddess. Tharbis, the daughter of the king of the Ethiopians, played the part of Tarpeia.1 Smitten with passion for the beautiful and brave youth who was attacking her country, she sent secret emissaries to arrange for the betrayal of the city, if only he would promise to marry her. This Moses consented to do and, after destroying the Ethiopians, returned in triumph to Egypt, only however to find that his life was in danger owing to the envy aroused by his success. That was why he had to fly from Egypt, not because, as in the Bible story, his spirit had been roused to wrath at the sight of the oppression of his countrymen.

Josephus however does not fail to record the gallantry with which Moses rescued the distressed maidens at the well, and how he was in consequence rewarded by the priest of Midian "with the hand of one of his daughters.

It will now be instructive to take a glance at the history of Moses as presented from an alien, though not hostile, source. Artapanus, whose name suggests a Persian origin, though his ideas are Greek, was used by Alexander Polyhistor, a contemporary of Sulla, as one of his authorities on the history of the Jews. According to this author, Merrhis, the daughter of King Palmanothes, being wedded by her father to Chenephres, king of the part of Egypt above Memphis (for at that time there were several kingdoms in Egypt), but having no children- by him, adopted as her son a Jewish infant, to whom she gave the name Moysos. This was he, who, when he grew to man's estate, was known to the Greeks as Musaeus, the teacher of Orpheus, while among the Egyptians themselves he was called Hermes, because he taught the priests the sacred writing. He was the author of many inventions both for the benefit of Egypt and for

1 Is the resemblance of name more than accidental?

146

146             SELECTIONS FROM THE SEPTUAGINT

the behoof of mankind, and it was he who sanctified cats and dogs and ibises. He was animated by a single-hearted desire to secure Chenephres on his throne, which was then exposed to mob-violence. Nevertheless his adoptive father looked upon him with suspicion and availed himself of an Ethiopic invasion as a seemly pretext for getting rid of him. He therefore put Moysos at the head of a rustic army of some 100,000 of his countrymen, acting apparently on the Roman principle with regard to the Jews that, if they perished, it was vile damnum. Moysos however and his followers carried on the war successfully for ten years, during which they had time to build the city of Hermopolis, where they consecrated the ibis; and Moysos himself so won the esteem even of his enemies, the Ethiopians, that they adopted from him the practice of circumcision. When the war at last came to a close, Moysos received but a cold welcome from Chenephres. His troops were partly despatched to the Egyptian frontier to keep guard and partly employed in replacing a brick temple in Diospolis by one of stone. As for Moysos himself, Chenephres charged one Chanethoth with the task of getting rid of him. To this end, when Merrhis died, Chanethoth was sent along with Moysos to bury her beyond the borders of Egypt. Being warned however' of the plot against his life, Moysos contrived to bury Merrhis safely in an island-city, to which he gave the na'me of Meroe. Then by the advice of his brother Aaron he fled to Arabia, managing on the way to kill Chanethoth, who had laid an ambush against him. In Arabia he married the daughter of Eaguel, the king of those parts. His father-in-law wished to march against Egypt and secure the crown for his daughter and her husband : but Moysos dissuaded Mm from this purpose out of regard for his countrymen, who were in Pharaoh's power.

Shortly after this King Chenephres died of elephantiasis, being the first to be smitten with this disease, which was a judgement upon him owing to his having compelled the Jews to distinguish themselves by wearing muslin instead of woollen garments. Moysos prayed to God that the oppression of his people might cease,'whereupon a mysterious fire was seen burning from the ground, though there was no bush or timber of any sort in the place. Eleeing at first in alarm, Moysos was arrested by a divine voice which bade him march against Egypt and conduct his people to their ancient father-

147

INTRODUCTION TO THE STORY OF THE EXODUS 147

land. Encouraged hereby Moysos resolved to fulfil the divine command. First however he went to Egypt to see his brother Aaron, whereupon the new king of Egypt asked him his business and, on receiving the reply that the Lord of the World had sent him to release the Jews, promptly put him into prison. But at night all the doors of the prison-house opened of their own accord; some of the guards died, others were overmastered by sleep, while the weapons of all were broken. Then Moysos went forth to the palace, where he found the gates open and the guards disabled, so that he could go in and waken the king, who asked him the name of the God on whose service he came. Into the ear of the still jeering monarch Moysos whispered the awful syllables, on hearing which the king fell speechless to the ground, and so remained vtntil Moysos himself recalled him to life. So powerful was this name that a priest, who spoke slightingly of a tablet on which Moysos had written it, died immediately of convulsions. In spite of his recent experience the king still asked for a sign. Then Moysos flung down his rod, which turned into a.serpent, and, as all shrank back from the hissing reptile, he took hold of it by the tail, when it again became a rod. Next he smote the Nile with his rod, whereupon it turned all colours1 and overflowed the whole of Egypt. Then, as it went down, its waters stank, the fishes died, and the people were perishing of thirst, when the king promised to let the Israelites go in a month, if Moysos would restore the river to its natural condition. Moysos, agreeing, struck the water with his rod and all was well. Then the king summoned the priests from beyond Memphis, threatening them with death and their temples with destruction, if they could not muster magic enough to cope with Moysos. Under this stimulus the priests succeeded in producing a serpent and changing the colour of the river, which so elated the king that he redoubled his oppression of the Jews. Then followed plague on plague. A blow of Moysos' rod upon the earth brought forth winged creatures that hurt the Egyptians, so that their bodies were a mass of ulcers; then came frogs, locusts, and sand-flies. As the king had not yet learnt wisdom, Moysos brought on hail and earthquakes during the night, so that those who escaped the earthquakes perished by the hail, while those who avoided the hail were destroyed by the earth-

1 Beading conjeeturally iroKixpow for

148

148             SELECTIONS FROM THE SEPTUAGINT

quakes. At that time all the houses and most of the temples collapsed. This last lesson was effectual. The king let the people go; and they, having borrowed cups and raiment and all kinds of treasure, crossed the rivers on the side towards Arabia and came in three days to the Red Sea. There, so said the people of Memphis, Moysos, being acquainted with the country, waited for the ebb-tide and brought the multitude across on dry land. But the Heliopoli-tans add to the story that the king with a great force, accompanied by the sacred animals, came in pursuit of the Israelites, because they were carrying away the property of the Egyptians. Then a divine voice told Moysos to strike* the sea with his rod, which being done, the floods parted, and the force went over on dry land. The Egyptians, having plunged in after it, were met by a flashing fire in front, while behind them the sea closed over their road, so that they all perished. The Jews, thus miraculously released from danger, spent thirty years in the wilderness, during which they were fed on a kind of meal resembling millet and in colour as white as snow, which God rained on them from heaven.

Artapanus adds a description of Moysos as being tall and of a ruddy hue, with long grey hair and a dignified appearance. The above exploits, he adds, were accomplished by Moysos when he was about eighty-nine years old.

The preceding narrative, which has been preserved by Eusebius (Prceparatio Evangelica IX 27), is interesting both in its resemblance to and its difference from the Bible story. It seems hardly to have received as much attention as it deserves. Among other things it shows that Josephus' story of the war between Moses and the Ethiopians was at all events not invented by himself. The Helio-politan tradition too about the destruction of Pharaoh's host is in accordance with Manetho's statement that Moses was a priest of Heliopolis. This brings us from Jewish or neutral sources to the representations of declared enemies.

Manetho, the historian of Egypt, gives the current tradition of the Egyptians with regard to the Exodus as follows.

An Egyptian king, named Amenophis, was desirous of seeing the Gods, as his predecessor Orus had done. So he consulted with a prophet who was a namesake of his own, Amenophis, the son of

149

INTRODUCTION TO THE STORY OF THE EXODUS 149

Papis,1 and was told that he would be able to see the Gods, if he cleared the land of lepers and other polluted persons. The king went gladly about the task and had soon a collection of 80,000 physically undesirable individuals, whom he sent to work in the quarries to the east of the Nile. Unfortunately there were among them some learned priests who suffered from leprosy. The prophet hereupon feared the vengeance of the Gods upon himself and the king: but, not daring to tell the king so by word of mouth, he wrote a prophecy that the polluted ones would get help from somewhere and be masters of Egypt for thirteen years; which done, he put an end to himself, leaving the king in great despondency. After some time the king, in answer to a petition from the polluted ones, granted them the city of Avaris, which had been left empty by the Shepherds, who had been driven out of Egypt more than five centuries before. Here they established themselves under the leadership of Osarsiph, a priest of Heliopolis, who now changed his name to Moses, and taught them to contravene the religion of Egypt, to sacrifice sacred animals, and forswear communion with strangers. This Moses sent an embassy to the Shepherds, who, after being driven out of Egypt, had established themselves in Jerusalem, promising to restore to them their ancestral city of Avaris and help them in regaining possession of Egypt. Two hundred thousand of them came at Ms summons, and Amenophis, fearing to fight against God, took refuge in Ethiopia, whose king was friendly to him, where he stayed during the thirteen years of his predestined banishment; after which he and his son Sethon ot Eamesses, now grown to manhood, returned and expelled the invaders and the polluted ones, who are described as having used the images of the Gods for fuel to roast the sacred animals, which they compelled the priests and prophets to slaughter. This last touch is so like what the Jews would have been glad to do, that, if not true, it is well invented. (Josephus Against Apion I 26-31.)

Manetho was a writer of great authority who lived under the first Ptolemy. A later writer of Egyptian history, Chaeremon, who lived in the early years of the Christian era, tells the tale somewhat differently. King Amenophis was frightened by the appearance of

1 On the Egyptian monuments there is mention of a king Ainen-hetep III, and of a priest of the same name, the son of Hap. Budge, Vol. IV, p. 110.

150

150             SELECTIONS FROM THE SEPTUAGINT

Isis to him in a dream, and a sacred scribe Phritiphantes told him that, if he purged Egypt of polluted persons, he would no longer be liable to perturbation. Accordingly he expelled no less than a quarter of a million of people. These, under the leadership of Moses and Joseph, whose names in Egyptian were Tisithen and Peteseph, came to Pelusium, where they met a body of 380,000, who had been left there for some unexplained reason by Amenophis. Making common cause with one another, the two hosts invaded Egypt. Amenophis fled to Ethiopia in such a hurry that he left his wife behind him. She gave birth in a cave to a son named Eamesses,1 who, when grown up, chased 'the Jews'' into Syria and restored his father Amenophis.

Another Greek author, named Lysimachus, departs more widely from Manetho. He puts the date much earlier under a king named Bocchoris. The land at that time was suffering from sterility, and the king, on consulting the oracle of Aminon, was told that he must clear the country of the impure and impious beggars known as the people of the Jews, who clustered round the temples seeking food; those that suffered from leprosy and scab were to be drowned and the rest to be driven into the desert; then, when the temples had been purified, the land would bring forth its fruits. The command of the oracle was obeyed. The leprous and scabby mendicants had sheets of lead attached to them and were consigned to the depths of the sea; the rest were left to perish in the. desert. To them, thus abandoned by gods and men, one Moses offered the following advice — to march straight on at all hazards till they came to an inhabited country, to show no kindness to any man, nor give good advice to others, but only bad, and to overthrow the temples and altars of the gods wherever they came across them. Adhering faithfully to these principles the refuse of Egypt established themselves in Palestine, where they called their city 'lepoavXa (Sacrilege), but afterwards changed it into 'lepoaoXv/jui. (Josephus Against Apion I § 34, p. 466.) Josephus, who had the advantage of having learnt another language than his own, is easily able to dispose of this piece of popular etymology, as well as of another for which Apion is responsible, namely, that the Egyptian exiles, having reached Judaea in six days,

1 The Tauchnitz text has here {Against Apion I 82) Me'i)v, but, as the son has already been called Harnesses, the error is obvious.

151

INTRODUCTION1 TO THE STORY OF THE EXODUS 151

were laid up with buboes on the seventh, whence it was called the sabbath, because sabbo was the Egyptian for a bubo. (Josepims Against Apion II § 2, p. 470.)

The account of the Exodus given by Tacitus is an echo of the hatred of the Alexandrian Greek for the Jew. Lysimachus is the author whom the Eoman historian is following, as will be plain to the student who compares V 3 and 4 of the Histories with the account from Lysimachus above given. Tacitus adds that the way in which Moses discovered water for his thirsty host was by following a herd of wild asses.

Justinus, or rather the Augustan writer Trogus Pompeius, ■whom he is epitomising, is not quite so one-sided. He shows an acquaintance with the story of Joseph and with the tradition of the beauty of Moses, whom he represents as the son of Joseph. But he agrees with the Egyptian version in saying that, when those who were suffering from scab and tetter were expelled from Egypt in compliance with an oracle, Moses was expelled with them and became their leader. He adds that Moses stole the sacred things of the Egyptians and that the Egyptians, who endeavoured to recover them by arms, were forced back by storms. The geography of this author however is perplexing. Moses, he says, after seven days' march without food through the desert, having reached Damaseena, the home of his fathers, where Abrahames and Israhel had been kings, occupied Mount Sina, and there dedicated the Sabbath as a fast for all time. The exclusive habits of the Jews he explains as due to their having been originally shunned as plague-stricken (XXXVI 2).

The merely literary point of view from which we are treating the Septuagint relieves us from any obligation to speculate on the amount of historic truth underlying the story of the Exodus. We could wish that it exempted us also from the task of examining the internal consistency of the tale. But a few words must be said on this subject before we close.

To begin with, how could two midwives (Ex. I15) suffice for a population in which the males alone numbered over half a million (Ex. 1237.- Jos. Ant. II 9 § 3)?

Again, where did the Israelites live ? Was it apart in Goshen ? Or mixed up with their oppressors in Egypt? The narrative, as we have it, sometimes puts the matter one way and sometimes

152

lf,2             SELECTIONS FROM THE SEPTUAGINT

another. Ex. 822 and 92(i, for instance, tell us that in the land of Goshen, where the children of Israel were, there were no flies and no hail; but on the other hand the marking of the houses of the Israelites with blood (Ex. 12~-as) and their borrowing jewels of their neighbours (Ex. 1235) implies that they were living in the midst of the Egyptians.

Thirdly, how is it that after Moses has solemnly told Pharaoh ' I will see thy face again no more' (1029), he does see him again in the next chapter (11s)?

These and the like difficulties seem to find their easiest solution in the assumption of a mixture of sources. The theory is that E represents the Israelites as a comparatively small body of people living in Egypt itself, while J represents them as very numerous and dwelling apart in Goshen. The account of the institution of the Passover is referred to the priestly document P.

The supernatural elements in the Story of the Exodus centre round the rod of Moses. We are reminded of this magic rod, which earth and sea obey, when we read in the Egyptian tale of ' The Taking of Joppa ' of ' the great cane of King Men-kheper-ra ... to whom Amen his father gives power and strength.' Just as the New Testament knows more about the childhood of Moses than the Old, so it knows more about Pharaoh's sorcerers. We learn from ii Tim. 38 that their names were. Jannes and Jaiubres. This information is confirmed by a Neo-Platonist philosopher named Numenius, who is supposed to have lived in the age of the Antonines. He says that these were the names of the sacred scribes who were put forward by the Egyptian people to oppose Musseus, the leader of the Jews, ' a man who was most powerful in prayer to God,' and that they were able to dispel some of the most grievous of the calamities which he was bringing upon Egypt (Eus. Pr. Ev. IX 8). The name of one of these sorcerers was known to the Pagan world still earlier: for Pliny the elder speaks of a school of magic many thousands of years after Zoroaster, which depended on Moses and Jannes and Lotapes and the Jews.3

Josephus tells the story of the passage of the Red Sea, but hardly

1 Est et alia magices factio a Mose et Janne et Lotape ac Ju-daeis pendens, sed multis millibus annorum post Zoroastrem. Plin. N.H. XXX 11, Detiefsen.

153

INTRODUCTION TO THE STORY OF THE EXODUS 153

expects it to be believed by his Pagan readers. He cites the account, agreed upon, he assures us, by all the historians of Alexander, of how the Pamphylian Sea made way for the march of that monarch, when it was the will of God that he should destroy the Empire of Persia. It is worth noticing in this connexion that the Euphrates is recorded to have yielded a passage on foot to the army of the younger Cyrus, when it was not the will of God that he should possess himself of the Persian throne (Xen. Anab. I 4 § 18).

In Roman history too there is an incident which reminds us of the passage of the Red Sea. For Livy (XXVI 47) records how the elder Africanus was enabled to take New Carthage owing to the combination of a low tide with a strong north wind, and how he encouraged his soldiers on that occasion by an appeal to their religious feelings —' Neptune was opening a new way to the armies of the Roman people: let them follow the God !'

154

II. THE STORY OF THE EXODUS

Exodus I 8

s'AvecTT7] Se /SacriXevs erepos eir' AXjvtttov, 05 ovk rjSzt tov 'Ia)crrj. 9tLTrev Se T(5 idpec clvtov " 'iSov to ydvo<; t£ id="iv.i.i.iv.p2067.2">v icrparfK fieya TrAiyo'o?, «rai co")(V€i vnep ij/aa? • oeure Karao~oLjX,eda atirous, fxr)>iroT€. irXy/dwdrj, kclI tjvlkcl av crVfjilSfj rffjulu T7oX.e/i,o? Trpoo~T€0r]o~ovTa.i K&.1 ovtoi Trpo? tou? VTrevavTLOvs, Kal iKTTo€jJLrjcravTe<; 'qfias (^eXevcrovrai Ik ttjs

lxKal irrecTTrjcrei' avrots iuto-Ta.Ta<; ru id="iv.i.i.iv.p2068.1">v ipycou, iva

kolkc&o-coctlv ctvTOus ev Tots epyois • Kal aiKohofirjaav 6~)(ypa-S TO) Qapaoi), tyv re IIei^&) /cal 'Pafiecrcxrj Kal Civ, rj io~Tiv 'HXtov 7roXt5. 12 kolOoti Se aurou? i

iytvovTO, Kal lcr)(yov o~6hpa crc^dSpa • kcu e'y 6t AtyuTTTtoi a.7ro tSv vioji/ 'IcrpaifX. 18Kal KareSwa-ot .AtyuTrrtot tous viov? 'laparjk /Sia, 14Kai ev toI

8.   Pas?T«pos : generally iden-     fer that it had not. —Ileiflo) Kal 'Po-tified with Rameses II on the evidence     n«r                                                    "flv ktX. : an addition of the LXX. In

9.   iirep r|(ias: § 94.                             Gen. 41«.4» we find Heliopolis already

10.   KaTao-o<) id="iv.i.i.iv.p2073.1">ilet us     in existence. Indeed according to outwit them (since we cannot over-     Budge (History of Egypt II 67) there come them by strength). Gp. Judith     is evidence that this ' City of the Sun-511, 1019: Acts 719. — irXT|8uv8fj: sc. rb     God' was in existence as early as the 7^cos: but in the next verb the plural ' Vth Dynasty of Egyptian kings, i.e. subject is resumed. — irpocrre8ifjo-ovTai:     about B.C. 3500.

the indicative expresses the certainty of          12. o-6Spa: ■§ 85 — ipSt-

the consequence in the assumed case.        va-crovro . . . jiird : § 98.

11.   &Tr4KaKwtrunriv:            14. KanoSiivcov : imperfect of (caro-

§ 75. The verb corresponding to Swav, to afflict grievously__The passive

<7-7- id="iv.i.i.iv.p2078.1">)     of the same verb is used in Ezk. 94 and

affix ; in that of the LXX we may in-      in Tobit. — iri]X.$ : mortar. Cp. Gen.

154

155

II. THE STORY OF THE EXODUS                 155

Exodus I 20

rrj trXivuia. ko iia.cn rot? epyois rots iv rots ireStots, Kara ttolvto. to. epya d)v KaTeSovXovvTo airrovs ju,era ^Stas.

15Kat eforev 6 fiaaiXevs twv AlyvvrLcov rats //.ataxs tu>v 'TLfipaCcov, tt) p.ia. auTwi' i? ovo/xa %eir/cat to ovo/xa t??s Seurepas

oi>16/cat clrrey ""Otcw [xabovade Ta?' /cat cwcrii/ irpbs ral tlkthv, lav /xlv apcrev fj, avro • lav 8e OrjXv, trepnroieio-de. avTo." 17 iofirf&r]aav Se

at fialai tov 6eov, xa ovx kiroirjijav xadoTi crwiTa^ev avrals 6 /Sao"iX.ens AlyvTTTOv, Kal et,o)oy6vovv to. apcreva. 18€/caXe-crev he 6 /SacriXevs Alyvirrov ra? fj,aias kcu eltrev avrals " Tt OTt liroiTjcraTe to irpay^a tovto /cat i^cooyoueire to, apcreva;" eiTtav oe at fjiatac tco Uv^ &;? yvvtUKes AiyvTirov at 'Ef3pa2a.L, TiKTovaiv yap rrpv rj elaeXOuv irpos auTas Ta fiaia<;, Kal Ztiktov." wev Se Ittoiu 6 0eo? rals fj.ct.iacs,

II3.—irXivfluj,: = -n-Xivffelif, brick-malc-ing. § 37. — wv KaTeSovXoiivTO: to which they enslaved them.

15.  |j.aiais : in LXX only in this chapter and in Gen. 3517, 3828. It is used in Eur. Ale. 393 as a child's word for ' mother.' In Plat. Thecet. 149 A it is used as here for a midwife. Does fiaTa stand to the /«?- in ItrfTrip as yala to 77;? — Seircjxopd : the LXX makes the name of this midwife the same as that of the wife of Moses (221), but in the Hebrew they are different. — Kal to ovo|ia kt. : had the construction been continued regularly, this would have been Kal ry Sevrepv rj bvofia Qovd.,

16.  |A: § 100. — 'E(3patas : apparently ' Hebrews' was the name by which Jews were known to foreigners, and ' children of Israel' that by which they called themselves at home. Hence the name Hebrews

comes to the front in the account of their relations with the Egyptians. — lav n«v . . . Idv 84 : § 39.

17. 4501070VOW: preserved alive. Cp. Jdg. 819: i K. 26 Kipwt flai/axo? Kai froyovet, 279-u: iii K. 2131: iv K. 7*. So in N.T. Lk. 1733, Acts Vs, i Tim. 618. The word appears to be used in its natural sense of producing young alive in Lev. II47. Cp. the use of fuo-iroietv in Jdg. 2114.

19.  koI eriKTov : these words seem to arise out of a misapprehension of the Hebrew text, which, as we have it, runs literally thus — ' for they are lively; not yet came the midwife to them and they brought forth.' The word rendered ' they are lively' having been taken by the Greek translator as a verb (rkrovinv), no meaning was left for the verb at the end.

20.  Tats (latais: in Attic Greek this

156

156

SELECTIONS FROM THE SEPTUAGINT

21

Exodus I 21

io/3ovvTo

l-nX-qOvvev 6 Xaos /cai at /xatai tov fc/eoi', €Trovr)(xa.v eauTats ouaas.                Ztwera-

£ev Se apa&> Travrl t4yo)v " Hav apcrev o iav

6fjv,

avrd."

Sens e/c tijs vXrj^ Aevel os eXafizv ru>v Qvya.j4.pusv Aeuei. 2Kat ev yacrrpt eXa/3ev Kat ere/cei' apcrev • tSoVres Se atiTO dcrreiot' iaKeiracrav avrb jaijvas Tpeis. 8e77el 8e SwavTO avro In KpvTrreLV, iXaftev aura) 17 jxrJTrjp avrou Kal KaTe^pto"ev avTr/v acrKal iv4^akev to els avrrjv, kou eOrjKev avrrjp eis to eXo? napa. top 4 Kal KaTecKOTrevev 17 dSeXc^r) avrou jJuxKpoOtv ixa9eiv ti to aiTofSrjcrofjLevov avTco. &K8e 17 dvycttI tov Trora/AoV, Kal at afiptxi

would lse tois /xaias. — eirX.T]6wev: intransitive = (•TXiitfDI:!'.

21. 4iroCtio-ov tavrats olnias: the

Hebrew is ' He made for them houses,' i. e. gave them descendants. Does this imply that in the time of the writer there were Jews who claimed to he descended from these two midwives ? If so, the fact had been forgotten later, for Josephus (Ant, II 9 § 2) ex-pi-essly says that the midwives were Egyptians.

2. ISovTes, lo-Klirao-av : Hebrew, 1 she saw, she hid.' — &o-Teiov: a pretty child. Op. Acts I20: Judith II23 'Aarela el e£5« : SuS. O' 7. 'AoTetos (urbanus) with its opposite iypoitcos (agrestis) recalls the contempt of the town for the country. The meaning of the word was deepened by the Stoics, who used it in the same sense as Aristotle uses o-irouSaios. In Jdg. 3" dcrreios is used where the

Hebrew has ' fat' : Nb. 2232 oiK

i] 6S6s aav : ii Mac. 623 6 8£

aaretov a.vaa§thv. Ill ii Mac. 1243 we

have the adverb acrrelus. These are all

.the occurrences of the word in the

LXX.

3.  ovk T|SivavTo : Hebrew, ' she could not.' — 8tpiv : the Hebrew word, which is here transliterated by Bipiv, is the same which is used of Noah's ark in Gen. 6M and which is there rendered ki|8k)t6s. Jos. Ant. II 9 § 4 /irixavCojiTac irkiyixa ti fitifii.vov tiitfiepis tj; Karacriceiri koitISi (made like a cradle)./

4.  t| aSe4rf| : Jos. Anl. II 9 § 4

5. oppov: maidens. Cp. Gen. 2461. The word occurs also in the LXX, in Judith and Esther, and is found in the fragments of Menander The accent is against supposing a-eonnexion with app6s, and the word seems to be an importation into Greek perhaps

157

II. THE STORY OF THE EXODUS

157

tovto.

Exodus II 10

TrapeTTopevovTo irapa top -noTap.6v • /cat iSovcra tyjv dlfiiv iv tw eXei, aTrocrreiXacra ttjv d/3pap dveCXaTO avTrjv. 6dvolr ijacra Se bpa. Traio^iop kXcuop iv Trj 6'ifiei • Kal i(f>eicra.TO avrov rj dvydrrjp <&apaa id="iv.i.i.iv.p2120.1">, koX e(f>7) " 'Avb twv Traihlav twv ' " 7Kai elirev r) dSeX^-j) avrov ttj dvyarpl ©eXeis Kakecro) croi ywcuKa rpofavovcrap etc tqjv 'EfipaCav, Kal OrjXdaei ctol to ttaihCop;" 8ij Se elirep 7} OvyaTrjp 4>apaw " llopevov." iovo~a. he rj veavis iKoiKecrev ttjv /JLrjTepa tov TraiSCov. 9ei7rev Se vrpbs avrrjv rj dvyaT7]p <&apaa id="iv.i.i.iv.p2120.2"> " AiaTTj-pyjcrov ju.oi to Traio"iov tovto Kal OrjXacrop fioi avro, iya> Se dcocra) croi top fxicrdov." ea/3ep Se rj yvvrj to vaiSiov i6rjai,€v avTo. lc a?>pvv64vTo<; Se tov TraiStov, etcrif avTO Trpo? t^p Qvyajripa <&apad id="iv.i.i.iv.p2120.4">, Kal iyevrjdr) avTrj eis ina>v6jJiao~€P Se to ovofxa avrov Mmvarjv Xeyovcra " 'Ek1 tov

from a Chaldee word meaning ' female companion.' The Hebrew word which &ppai here represents means 'young women,' and is supposed to have given rise to the name Nesera, but that which underlies appav at the end of the verse is different. — dveCKaTo : cp. 10. 'Arai-pe'iv like tollere means both ' to take up ' and ' to destroy.' Here it has the former and original sense.

6.  I^kCo-cito awov : literally spared him. Here pitied him.

7.   ■yvvaiKa Tpo<) id="iv.i.i.iv.p2123.1">evovo-av : a Viet-nurse. Philo II 83, Vit. Mos. § 4 irpo

8.  T) St . . . t] flu-yd/riip i>apau: the construction seems modelled on such phrases as ? 5' Ss 6 TaiKuv. It is not warranted by the Hebrew. —veavis : in classical writers mostly poetic, as Soph. Ant. 784.

10. aSpwet'vTos : cp.Jdg.1324. The word occurs eight times in the LXX,

always in connexion with the growth of children, except in Ps. 14311, where it refers, directly at least, to plants. On the construction see § 58. — kyer(8r air*) ets vlov : Hebraism, §90. — MMosheh to the verb mashah, to draw out. Jo-sephus makes the name Egyptian, which is more consistent -with its being given by Pharaoh's daughter — Ant. II 9 § 6 to yap vdap pH ol Aiyiimoi Ka-XoOtrtP, bays 5£ tovs ^ uSaros TotOevras : in another passage (Against Apion I 31) he tells us — to yap vtup ol Aiyir-tioi fiuv KaovRenan (Hist. jPeuple d'Israel 1159) agrees with Josephus in regarding the word as Egyptian, but thinks that it contains the syllable mos (= son) found in such forms as Thout-mos (= son of Tehuti or d

6), Amen-mos, etc.

158

158              SELECTIONS FROM THE SEPTUAGINT

Exodus II 11

vSaros avrov ave.Lk6p.iqv"            "'EyeVero Se iv rats r]p.epai$

rats iroXXaTs eVetyats //.eyas yevo/xevos Mcoucrijs i 7rpos tovs dSeX<£oi)s avToti tovs vtovs 'icrpaijX. Se tov Trovov avrSiv bpa avdpattrov AlyvTTTiov tvtttovtol riva rail' eavTov dSeX^aiv raij/ mwv 'IcrparjX • 127rep(,j8Xe-

Se a!Se /cat cSSe ov)( opa ovSeVa, /cat Trara^as tov At-yvimov eKpvxjiev clvtov iv rrj oififjLQ). 1S i^ekdcov Se Trj SeuTepa. opa Suo aVSpas 'EySpaiovs StaTrXTjKT /cat Xeyet to dSt/cov^Tt " Ata. Tt aw ruTTTets to TrXr/crCov;" 146 Se et7rev " Tts ere Karearrjcrev ap~^ovra koX Si/caor^v e<^ id="iv.i.i.iv.p2132.1">' rj/xcov; fjir] aveXetv jae o-v OeXets ov rpotrov dvetXes e^^es tov AiyvTTTioi';" i(f>of3ij9r) Se Mcovcr^s /cat etTrev " Et ourcu? ifj.avetouto;" KrjKovo~f.v Se apaw to p'rj[j,a tovto, koX e^TjTet dveXeTv Mwvcr^v • ave^wp-qaev Se Mcovcr^s a7ro Trpoadmov apaa) feat toicqarev iv yj) MaStdju, • iXdaiv Se ets y^s MaStct/A e'/cd^to-ev em tov <£pe'aTos. 16tw Se tepet MaStctp, 'rjaav cttto, dvyasrepes, iroi^alvovo-ai to. tov TraTpos avr&v 'lodop ' TTapayevop-evat Se

ecus ivX-qo-av tcIs Sefa/xevas, TTOTLcraL to. vpo^ara

11.  ev rats T)|i^pais rats iroXXats     ites were the descendants of Abraham IkcCvcus : " a long time after that."     by Keturah.

Cp. 23, 418. The Hebrew here has only          16. iroi|iaCvou

' in those days.' Acts 723 us St ^irXij-     in LXX, as is also the name 'Io66p

poOro abrip TeffirapaKocTa^Tijs xpbvos,           (= Jethro) at the end of the verse.

12.   coSt koI io8«: this way and that.     The name Jethro (Hb. Tithro) does

13.  8iair iKTiJo|i4vous: only here     not occur in the Hebrew until Z1,,where in I>XX.                                                 the LXX again has 'Io86p. Tbp form

14.  Et ovrws ktX. : Has this thing     Jethro comes from the Vulgate. — become thus known? Hebrew, 'Cer-     Sejjanevds : cisterns. Plat. Cril. 117 A: tainly the thing is known.' On el in-     Pbilo I 647, De Somn. I § 29. The terrogative see § 100, and on prj/m     accent shows that it is not used as a 399 n.                                                     participle. But Plat. Tim. 57 C uses t)

15.  iv -yfj Ma8vd(i: Gen. 3728 n.     itxonivq convertibly with 7)'9f|a^cyi) Joseplvuscallsthecountry^TpwYXoStfTis     (53 A) for 'a receptacle.' mere is a {Ant. II 9 § 3) and the inhabitants o!     Nereid called K^a^vt) mentioned in 1P eySoSircu (II11 § 2). The Midian-     Horn. II. XVIIJ.44.

159

H. THE STORY OF THE EXODUS                 159

Exodus II 25

tov vaTpos avTcav 'loOop. i7 Trapayev6fx&>oi Se ot woi/jLe-veavras • dvaoras Se Ma>vo~f}<; ippvcra/ro auras, Kai r)VTy]cre.v avrats Kai i-noncreu to, Trpofiara avroiv. 18TrapeyevovTo Se vpoTrarepa avTcov 6 Se avrats " Ata Tt era^vvare tov Trapayevecrdat o'yjfiepoi' 19ai Se elTrat1 ""Avdpavos Atywuos ippvcraTO i7yu.a.? iToi^iipav, Kai rjVTkrjO'zv rj[x2v Kai iiroTLaev Ta TrpofSaTa. yjf

o oe eiTrev Tats uvyaTpacrw avrov Kai. 7rou cctti; Kat tfa Tt KaTaXeXotiraTe tov avdpanrov ; KaXeicraTe ovv ainbv ottws ^ay^ apTov." 21 KaTcpKLo-9rj Se Mwvo-^s irapa to) avdpanrca ' Kai e^eSoTo %eTra>pav tt/v Bvyaripa, avrov Mover} yvvalKa. wiv yao~Tpl Se Xa^Soucra rj yvvr) lre/Kai iTravo/iao'ev Mavo-fjs to ovofta avrov Fr/pcrajU,, Xiyav u"Oti TrapoiKos et/u et1 yrj aAAoTpta.

28MeTa Se Tas rj/xepas Tas TroXXas eKetvas CTeXevTTjcrev 6 us AiyvirTou • Kai KaT€.o~Teva^av ot vtot 'Io"paijX diro epycov /cat avefiorjcrav, Kai avefir) rj fior) avTcov irpos roc v a,77"o Twr epycov. ^Kal a,o~rJKovo~ev 6 ^eos w orevay-avTcov, Kai ifx.vrjo~9ir) 6 0eo? t^s Sia^rjKTj? auTov ttjs Trpos 'Ay8paa/x /cat 'Icraa/c /cat 'Ia/cci/S. 25/cat eVtSev 6 0e6s tous 'IcrparjX, Kai iyva>o~6r) avTO?<;.

18. 'Po^ov^X : the father-in-law          21. Stircjwopav : Jos. -dn«. II 13 § 1

of Moses is called by many names:      2a.ir(bpav. I15 n. He"bre-w Ke'uel, LXX Vayovf/X, Jos.          22. Tupc-an: Hebrew Gershom.

(Ant. II 11 § 2) PaYotfijXos, Vulgate     Jos. Ant. II 13 § 1 Trjpcrbs piv awalvu

Raguel, English Eeuel (Ex. 218,      Kara 'Eppalwv 5id

Nb. 1029) ; Hebrew Yithr6 (Ex. 31,      yijv.

181'2), LXX 'loBbp (Ex. 216 : Jdg.          23. dwo t»v ep^yuv : by reason of

I16); Hebrew Yether (Ex. 418), Jos.     their toils. So perhaps in the next

(Ant. II 12 § 1) 'Ieetyaws; Hebrew     clause. § 92.

Hobab, LXX 'O/3d/3 (Nb. 1029), 'la-          25. evv^o-Oi! a^Tots: E.V. 'God

^d/3 (Jdg. 4"), Vulgate Hobab.—     took knowledge of them.' The Hebrew

{raxwem toB irapa^ev^o-Bai : Gen.     for airots, omitting vowel points, differs

4132 n.                                                      from that for ' God' only by a ' jot.'

160

160               SELECTIONS FROM THE SEPTUAGINT

Exodus III 1

'Kal Mtouc7irj9 ■rjv Troifxaivotv to. irpofiaTa'lodop tov yafi-{Bpov avrov tov lepecos MaSiap,, Kal r/yayev ra irpofiara vtto ttjv eprjjj.ov Kal rjdev ets to opo<; Xcup^yS- 2e5<£#)j Se avr<5 ayyeXo? KvpCov ev irvpl Xoy6s e/c tov yQaVov • /cat opa oti, 6 ySctros Kaierai nvpi, 6 Se /3aYos ov Kare/cateTo. seti7ev Se Motions " IIapeX#&)i> ot//Oju,at to opafxa to [leya rovro, 6Vt ov /cara/caterai 6 ^aro?." 4ai§ Se cSef Kvpt09 ort vpoo'dyei l&elv, CKciXecrev clvtov Kvptos ck tou /So,tov 4yotv " M.a)vo"fj M(ovSe eIir«'"Ti icrTLV;" f.86 Se etTrev "Mi) iyyicrr/s &!Se' XScat to u7roS^/xa e/c raij' 7roSwi/ crov, 6 yap tottos ev w cru eo"T7j/cas y^ ayia eo~TW.           Kac enrev r/yco etjai o feos

rov irarpos #eos 'A/3paa.ja /cat ^eos 'Icraaic /cat #eos 'Ia-ko>{3." aTreaTpetfjev Se MwvcrTys to Trpoo-cairov avrov- eva~ yap KaTe/i^SXe//at ivcoTnov toC #eou. Tet7rei' Se Kvptos Mwucnjv " 'iSwi' tSov t^v k&kkoctiv tov Xaov [jlov tov ev AtyuirTa), /cat r>js Kpavyrj1; avrcov aKif/coa a.7ro twj/ epyoSta)-

1. t)v iroi(i.aiv     that therefore no shepherds hfid ever 7a/i/3p6s is a .vague word for a male     ventured to drive their flocks there, connexion by marriage, Lat. affinis.     . 2. ayyeXos KvpCov: in v. 4 Kilt is sometimes used by classical     pios. So in 14W.24 we have first 6 dyye-authors in the sense of irevBepfc, as     Xos toC 6eaO and then Ki)/>ios. Qp. Jdg. here, but it generally means the cor-     1322. — toB pdrov: the bush. The He-relative ' son-in-law.' In Jdg. I16 'Io8dp      brew also has the article here. This . . . rod -yafiflpov Mavatas, the Hebrew     seems to show that the story was has not the proper name, and ■yap.ppov     already well known by the time this is rendered in the E.V. 'brother-in-     account was written. Outside this law.' — virro t^]v €pri(iov: Hetoew, 'be-     chapter pans = nibus occurs in LXX hind the wilderness.' The meaning     only in Dt. 3318: Job3140. Itlsmascu-seems to be "deep into the wilder-     line in the LXX but feminine in Mk. ness." — ets to opos XwpijP: Hebrew,      1226: Lk. 20s7. In classical authors 'to the mountain of God, to Horeb.'     there is the same variation of gender. Jos. Ant. II12 § 1 Sivatov Kaoi-           6. eiXapeiTo : a word specially used jierov bpos. The use of the two names      of pious fear. Hence dviip euXo|3i5s. Horeb and Sinai is supposed to indicate      Cp. Lk. 225: Acts 25, 82, 2214— different documents. Josephus says           7. '18      ep-yoSKaKTSv: § 92. Op. 56>M-M : i Chr. tion of being the abode of God, and      234 ; ii Chr. 218, 810

161

II. THE STORY OF THE EXODUS                 161

Exodus III 13

ktwv • otSa yap ttjv oSvvqv avrav, 8 Kal KaTef3~r)v i^ clvtovs ck ^etpo? AlyvrrTicov /cat e^ayayetv avrovs e/c ttjs e/ceiv^s, Kal elcrayayelv aurou? ets yfjv ayadrjv Kal ets yrjv peovaav ydXa /cat /xeXt, ets tov tottov twv Xava-va'ioiv Kal Xerratcuv /cat 'Ajxoppaia>v Kai yecraCcov koI Euatcov Kal 'lefiovcraCcov. 9 /cat vvv I8ov Kpauyr) rcjv vl£>i> 'IcrpaijX. rjKei tt/jos fte, Kayw icHpaKa tov 8XijJL[ji6v ov 61 AlyvimoL dXCfiovcriv aurovs- 10/cat vv^1 Seupo dirocrTetXa) ere irpos <^apa'lcrparjX eK yrjs Alyvirrov."             nKal

Mwvcr-ijs Trpos tov 0e6V " Tts et/xt iyco on TropevcrojLai irpb<; Qapaco fiaatXia Alyvirrov, Kal otl e£afw tous vtovs 'I&parjX eK y^s AlyviTTOv;" 12etirev 8e 6 (9eos Mwvcret Xeyw ""Oti ecro/i,at jaeTa, ctot) • /cat toGto crot to crrjfieiov on eytw Xaov fiov it; AiyvTTTOV, /cat XarpevcreTC to> few ev t&i oyaet tovtw.            /cat etirev

Mftjuorrjs Trpos tov ^edv " 'iSov eyw e^eXevcroyxat ttdos tous vtous 'IcrparjX Kal epa> npos avrovs ' 'O ^eos raiv irarepav a/necrTaXKev fie Trpos v/nas •' epayrrjerovcriv [xe ' Tt ovoyaa

i Esd. 556. "Bp-yoSiuKT'fis was the cur-     is due to the presence in the original

rent word at Alexandria for a superin-     of a particle to which it corresponds,

tendent of works (it is contrasted in     Both in the Greek and Hebrew perhaps

ii Chr. 218 B with varoiphpos), as is     the construction may be explained by

shown by its use in the Fayum Papyri;     an ellipse— (Know) that I will be with

Philo II 86, Vit. Mos. I § 7 also em-     thee. § 107.— Kal XarpeweTe: the Kal

ploys it. Cp. ipyoirapiKT-qs i Clem. S41.     here has nothing in the Hebrew to

8.  peoixrav -yaXa Kal n«i: cognate     correspond to it. Translate — When accusative in a loose sense of that term.     thou leadest out my people from Egypt, In the next verse we have the same     ye shall also sacrifice to God on this construction in its more precise form.     mountain. This sacrifice was to be a — Ttpyeo-alav: added in the LXX.           public recognition of the fact that the

9.  9Xi|in6v • • • OXipovo-iv : § 56.     exodus was under the auspices of 6ifj.fi6s (= extyts) occurs in the LXX     Jehovah. Perhaps then the only here and in l)t. 267.                          referred to above is not one given by

12. "Otv «ro[iai: the use of on here     Jehovah but expected by him.

162

162              SELECTIONS FROM THE SEPTUAGINT

Exodus III 14

airra>; Tt epo) irpos avrovs;          feat enrev o feos 7T/33? Maiu-

cri^f iyo>v " 'Qyco el fit, 6 a>v" Kai eXirev " Ovtcos ipzi? rots viois lcrpa^A. U tu.v atreo'TakKeu yu,e Trpos v/xa<;.              tcai

6 deos ttoXlv 7rpos Mojucttjv " Ourcus epels Tots v.'ois

arjk ' Kuptoj 6 ^eos tcov TraTepcov v/amv, 0e6<; 'A/3/3xa/x Kai (?eos *Icraa/<: kou deos 'laKoofi, airdcrTakKiv /xe irpos v/xas * tovto fiov icrTLV oi/ofia al(t)vuov Kai ^.vrjixocrvvov yevewp           l

(ucov ovv away aye ttjv yepovcnav tcov vicov icrparjK ipec<; Trpo; aurous ' Kuptos 6 ^eo5i rwv Trarepcov vjxu>v Zmral pot, 6eos 'A/3paa[jL Kai 6eo? 'Icraa/c /cat #€O5 'IaK&)/3, iyoyj " *EiTTierrecrK€ja|aai v/xas Kat oa-a avjx^e^rjKev vpxv iv l)' " 17/

AlyvTTTicov et? r^ y^f tow ~X.avavaLa)v Kai XeTraicov 'Afioppautov Kai <£ id="iv.i.i.iv.p2186.1">epe£,aLO)i> kol TepyecraCa>i> Kai Evattuv 'leftoveraiatv, cis yrjv peovcrav yda Kai /xeXi." ' 18Kat etcra-ffovcroi'Tai crov rrjs ^wvtjs • Kai elcreXeucry cri) Kai 17 yepovaCa

14.  6 wv: the difference of gender     the word Adonai (= Lord). The fact between this expression and the Greek     that the Seventy thus translated Jah-rb 6v marks the difference between     veh by Ktfpios seems to show that this Hebrew religion and Greek philosophy     practice of substitution was already es-in the conception of the Deity. To     tablished in the third century b.c. The the one God was a person, to the     English vez'sion regularly represents other a principle. Jos. Ant. II 12     the word Jahveh by LORD. The § 4 says Kai 6 0ebs airy      form Jehovah has arisen from the £ai>ToO jrpotrriyoplav, oti irpbrepov eh     practice of disguising the sacred name &v$pclnrovs irapehdovaav irepi 5js oi p.ol     even in the text by putting, under it 64jlus eiiretv.                                                the vowel-points of Adonai. When

15.  Kvpios 6 6cos: the Hebrew word     Kfyws stands in the LXX for the corresponding to Ktipws here, as usually     proper name Jahveh, it is used, like in the LXX, is JHVH, the name which     any other proper name, without the had just been revealed to Moses and     article. — -yevewv -yevtats: a Hebraism, explained as meaning 6 fix. The Jews         16. ttjv -ycpovo-Cav: the bazly af el-considered this name too holy to be     ders. We hear of elders aKo~in con-lightly pronounced, and therefore in     nexion with other Semitic peoples, reading the sacred text aloud, substi-     such as Moab and Midian. Cp. Kb tuted for Jahveh, wherever it occurred,     227.—'Ewuricoirfj 4ir«ri«jiu,cu : § 61.

163

II. THE STORY OF THE EXODUS                 163

Exodus IV e

'lcrpa.r) Trpbs <£ id="iv.i.i.iv.p2191.1">apaa> /3acrtXea Alyvirrov, /cat epets 7rpos olvtov ''O 9eb<; Ttov '~Ejfipaiwv Trpocnce'/cX-^Tai i^/xas1 Tropevuw^eOa ovv 6o"6v rpicov rjiiepGiv eis ttjv €pr)p.ov, Iva. 6vo~(t)fieu raS deep r/ficav.' 19iyci) Be oiBa on ov irporjaerai v/xas Qapaco ySacrtXev? Alyvw-rov Tropevdrjvai, iav fj/rj fiera ^eipos Kparaia? • 20kcu eKTeCvas TT/v Xe^Pa TaT<*-£(0 tovs AtyvTTTiOv? J^ 1750-1, rots dav/Aacriois fx.ov ols iroiTjcroi iv avTois, iced fiera ravra itjanocrTekel uyu,as. 21/cat S^dpiv rtovtco kvavriov t5>v AIjvttticov • orav Se drroTpe^rjTe, owe aTreXevcrecr^e Kevot' ^alrrja-ei yvvr) Trapa yetroi'o? /cat /cat Xpvcra /cat tjaartcr/xos', /cat btTidr^crerre hnX tovs vtou? vjxojv /cat eVt ra.5 Svyarepas vp.S)v ■ /cat cr/cuXeuo-are rous AtyuTrrt-ov?."              J 'AireKpfflr] Se Mwvcriy? Kal etTrev " 'Eav /xij tti-

crTevcrcocrti' p,ot ju/>jSe elo-aKovcrcoo-Lv rrjs (fxoi/ijs pov, ipovcriv yap ort 'Ou/c SiTTTai croi 6 deos,' ri ipS) 7rpo? aurous;" 2et7rei' oe avTw Kuptos ' Tt tovto ecrrti/ to ev tt/ XetP'' °"01'' ° °e etTrei^ rapoos. /cat etTTev Pt//ov avrrjv ctti tijv yijt1. /cat ippixjtev avrrjv iirl rrjv yrjv, /cat iyevero o^>t5- /cat evyei> Mwucrrjs oUr' aurou. 4Kat etTrei' Kuptos 7rpos

retvov 717^ xe^Pa KaL eTrtXajSou 7175 Kep/cov" eKreCvas ovv xe^Pa e7reXa^eT0 77js Kep/cov, /cat eyeVeTo pa^SSos eV 717 av7ov • " tva TTicrTevo~on anrrat o~ol o feos 7&>i> Trarepwv clvtcov, Oeos 'AySpactju, /cat ^eos 'Icraa/c /cat #eos 'laK(6j3." ^Smev Se a{i7w Kvptos irdXiv " UlcreveyKov tt/v ^etpa o"ov et? r6v /coXttov crov." /cat eo~rveyK&> rrju XeVa avroC et? 70V koKttov olvtov • Kal i£rjveyi

20.  Iv irdo-L rots 0a-u|j.av :      journer without any reference to a with all my wonders. §91.                      tent. — o-iojXeuiraTe: do ye spoil. He-

21.  &iroTp«xi)T£ : Hb. 2414 n.                 brew, ' ye shall spoil.'

22.  cruo-Kif|vo): originally a mili-           5. Sva irio-Trto-wcriv : referring back tary term = Latin contubernalis. The     to iirikafiov rijs KipKov, the intermediate Hebrew word means a female so-     words being parenthetical.

164

164              SELECTIONS FROM THE SEPTUAGINT

Exodus IV 7

€K tov koKttov clvtov, koX iyevrjdrj rj XetP avTov «o"£i ^twy. 7 koX elvep ttoKiv " EicreWyKov ttjv y^elpa crov el• " Kal elcrrji>€yKev ttjv elpa ets tov koKttov avrov • Kal i£n]veyK€v avTrjv ix tov koXttov avTOV, Kal ttoKiv aTreKaTecrTr) ei§ ttv yjtoav ttavn/s • ' eav oe /at) mvrjs tov o"q^eiov tov irpcoTov, TncrTevo-ovcriv croi Tr}covri<; tov crTj/aetou tov io~ya.Tov. 9 Kctl ecrTai iav ju.77 TncrT€vo-a>o~iv crot tois Sucrt crTj/xetoi? tovtois /ATjSe €to-a/<:ouo"a)crw' t^s (f>a>vrjs crov, Xij^xprj avrb to{) vSaTOS tov TTOTa^iov Kal e/c^eets e7rl to £r)pov, Kal ecrTai to vSa>p 6 eav A.a/5179 airo tov 77OTa/iov atjaa ctti tov g-qpov-                    ftnrzv

8e Mwvcttjs Trpos Kvyoiov " Aeo/Aat, Kvpte, ov^ tKai'ds

S e^Ce? ovoe vpo tijs TptTTjs 77/iepas ovoe a(p ov ^ iv to! depdirovTi crov ■ ia"^(v6(j)a)vos Kal yS

6. «xr«l xiiv: Jos. Ant. II 12 § 3 'TiraKoticrai 8k Xeu/ri;e /cat Tirdvip (olialk)

&. toIs Butrl o-ijjicCots : § 1. Jose-plius makes the third sign of turning water into blood to be actually performed at the burning bush. — Xtju'I't) : § 37. — eKxeets : the accentuation seems due to false analogy from vowel verbs. § 21. — oedv : =6 6.v. § 105.

10. irpo tt}s «x®'s kt^- : a literal translation of the Hebrew phrase, which is condensed into ' heretofore' in R.V. Yesterday and the day before is meant to cover all past time. The meaning of irpb ttjs ^x^s must not be pressed : its form is assimilated to that Of irpb T7)S rplTTjS, Ex. 21™ : Dt. 442. This use of irpi in expressions of time became common in later Greek, owing apparently to its coincidence with Latin idiom. Jos. Ant. XIII 9 § 2 -wpb H>ktw elSQv Qefipovaplajv ; Plut, O03S. 63

= ante unum diem; Sulla 27 Trpb ^itas vwvQiV KuvtiX/wt', 37 ■Kpb SveTv ij/iepwy ir) irekevra. Here we cannot suspect any Roman influence • to have been at work, and the occurrence in Herodotus of the phrase irpb iroXhov in the sense of ' long before' indicates a tendency to this use of the preposition in x>ure Greek. We find 7rp6 fuKpov xp^yov ^n ii Mac. 10^. — tcrxv6<} id="iv.i.i.iv.p2205.1">30, where the Hebrew is different. This word, which naturally means 'thin-voiced,' is used as though it were Icxbfywvos of a person with an impediment in his speech. Aristotle {Trohl. XI 35) says that the Iaxv6are incapable of speaking low because of the effort^that is required to overcome the obWuction to their voice. In Probl. XI 30 la%vo-is distinguished from rpavkbT-qi and i^eXXoTijs. A person is rpav6s who is unable to pronounce some par-

165

II. THE STORY OF THE EXODUS

165

Exodus IV 17

iyd el/XL." ll elirev Se Kvpios 7rpos Mwvo-tjv " Ti's i

avOpanra), Kal ti? inoCrjcrev Svo-Kaxfiov xal Ka>(f>6v, Kal rvX6v; ovk iyco 6 deo? ; n Kal vvv iropevov teal iyo) avoi^co to crrd/xa crov, Kal o~viJLf3(.fido~a) ere o XaXfjaai." 13Kelirev Ma)varjs " Aeb/icu, Kvpie, crai ^vvdp.evov aWov w aTrocrreXeis." uko1 6v/xa>9elg opyfj Kvptos inl M.(ovcT7Jv efarev " Ovk ISou 'Aap(bv 6 aSeK^d? crov 6 Aeue7? ; eTTtcTTajaat otl XaXwv XaXrjcrei aurdg uoi • Kal I8ov avros i^eXevcrerai €ts crvvdvTrjcrCv croi, Kal ISdv ere ii> eavra. 15Kal ipels irpos avrbv Kal Swcrets to, a fjiov ets to crrofxa avrov • Kal iyo) avol^at to crov Kat, to crrofia airov, Kal (ru/X|St/Sacra) vfias a 16 Kal avros croi XaXrjcrei Trpo? top Xaov, Kal avTOlorat crov

CTTOjLta • (TV

Se

avru>

to. 7rp6s rov deov.

Kal T7]V

ticular letter, whereas the feWSs exaggerates some letter or syllable, but ia-x"oojv(a consists in an inability to attach one syllable quickly to another. Herodotus (IV 155) seems to use the words synonymously — wais iaxvb-(puvos Kal rpav&s, T(ji ofoo/io irtdri BdrTos.

11.   Si5crKci)<| id="iv.i.i.iv.p2219.1">ov: used by Aristotle in the sense of ' stone-deaf.' Here however it is used for ' dumb,' while Kw0os (which in itself may mean either 'deaf or 'dumb') is here reserved for ' deaf.'

12.  cru(jipipdcrw I will instruct thee. Cp. v. 15, 18is: Jdg. 13»: Is. 4013: i Cor. 216. Also wpopipiveis Dt. 67. npo/ is used by classical writers in a somewhat similar sense. Plat. Men. 74 B, Phdr. 229 E: Xen. Mem. I 2 § 17.

14. 'Aoptiv: as Aaron was three years older than Moses (77), we may

suppose that the order for the destruction of male infants was subsequent to his birth. — 6 Aeu€tTT)s: Moses was as much a Levite as Aaron (Ex. 62) : but to the mind of the writer the word probably signified function rather than descent, so that its use here involves an anachronism. —

16. t& irpos tov fleov: the Greek translator has substituted this abstract expression for the blunter' for God' of the original. Aaron, instead of taking his instructions directly from God (as Moses does), is to take them from Moses. T& wpbs rhv Bebv (= his relations with God) may therefore be taken to mean "his medium of communication with God." This seems to typify the relation of the priest to the prophet under the ideal Hebrew theocracy.

166

166              SELECTIONS FROM THE SEPTUAGINT

Exodus IT 18

pd/38ov Tavrqv tt)v eis o^lv X-rJiMprj iv Trj xetP1' crov, iv rj 7rot^crets iv avrfj rd OTj/Aeia."

18 '^EmopevOt) Se Mawcnjs Kal anearTp&pev Trpos 'lodop tov yapfipov avrov kcu Xeyet " Hopevo-ofiai Kal airoo-Tpfyco irpos rows dSeX(£ous pov tovs iv AlyviTTG), Kal oxjiofiai ei en, £oi>cr<,i'." Kal elirev 'lodop M.o)v" BaSt£e vytaLvcov." ju-cto. Se ra? rjfiepa's ra? iroXXcis efcewas eVeXeuT^crev 6 /3acriXeu? AtyuTT-tou. 19et7Tev Se Kvptos 7rpos Mwvcr^v ev MaStayx " BaSt^e aTreXde els AiyuTrroi' • TeffviqKacnv ,yap Travres ot t aov ttjv ipvxyv." 20 avaXafiwv Se Mwva^s r^v ywaiKa ra 7rai.Sta avefiL/3ao~eu aura eVl to. vuo^uyta, Kal in€ets AtyuTTrot'• ekafiev Se MgjwtJs ri)v paySSov r^v vapa, tov deov iv rfj X^P'- &vtov. 21^ltt€v Se Kupios Trpos NLcovarjv " Uopevofxevov crov Kai. aTrocrrpe'^ovros ets Atyi/Trroi', opa Travra ra repara a eSwKa et> rats ^epcrtv crov, TrotTjcrets avra. ivavTLOv t&Orpaai • eya> Se ttjv Kapdiav avrov, Kal ov jxr) i£airoo-Tel ) tov Xao'v. 22cri; Se e'pets r&5 apaal ' TaSe Xey^t Kvptos " Ttos 7rp&)ToroKds /aov 'Icrpai^X * 28ei7ra Se' crot ' 'E^airocrretXov tov XaoV jaov IVa jaoi XaTpevarj' et //.ef ow fxr) ySovXet e£a7rocrrerXai avrous? opa ovv, iyo) o.tto-

KT€VVQ> TOV vl6v CTOV TOV TTpWTOTOKOV.' "

27Et7rev Se Kv/Dtos wpos 'Aapcav " Ilopev^rt ets avvavTrjcnv Mwcret ets t^v eptj/jiov' Kai ivopevOrj Kal crvvr}vTr)o~ev avTO)

17.   ttiv (rTpoeC(rav ets o'cjiiv: added           19.- BaSi£« air€«: a literal trans-in the LXX ^rp^eiv = classical rpiveiv.     lation from the Hebrew. Cp. fia— iv rj . . . iv ttirfj: § 69.                       in Homer and vade age in Vergil.

18.  BdSiiJe 4-fi.aCvwv: 'TyCaive cor-          20. t& iraiSia: for the names of responds to the Latin vale as a formula     Moses' sons see 183>4. /^

of leave-taking. — nerd 8« . . . At-          21. IIopew(j,evov

yOirrov : these words are repeated from     —'eSuKa Iv tois x^P""^ '■ § 91. 223. They are not in the Hebrew and          23. diroK-Wvixo : the present of stem

do not suit the contest. On the form      ktcv- is here strengthened by nasalisa-

of expression see 2al n.                              tion instead of by inserting i.

167

II. THE STORY OF THE EXODUS                  167

Exodus V 5

iv tco opei tov deov, Kal KaTe^CXr/aav gIXXtjXous. 28kcu dvrjyyeikeu Mcovcrrj? tw 'Aaputv TravTas tovs Aoyous ovs OLTriareCkev koX irdvTa to. pTjjxaTa a evereCXaro 29iiropevdr} Se Mcovcrrj? /ecu 'Aapcov, Kal avvi)yayov ttjv yepovcnav rwv via>v icrparjK.           /ecu ekakrjerev Aapatv

iravra ra prj/xaTa ravra a iXdXrjcrev 6 9ebs upos Mava-rjv, Kai eTTOLTjarev ra crr^eta tvavnov tov kaov.          Kai eincrTev-

crev 6 Xaos, /cal iyaprj on interK&tyaTo 6 Oebs tovs mows 'Io~par)k Kal ort cLSev avTu>v Trjv OKlxJjlv • Kv\ia<; Se 6 Xao? irpoo~eKvvrjo-ev.            aKal jaerd ratira eiarjXOev M.(avcrrj

*Aapa>v 7rpbTaSe Xeyet Kvpios 6 ^eo5 'IcrpaijX ' >Efai7ocrmAoi' tov Xaof /x.ov, iva fxoi eopracrw-o"ti' ei/ ry ipi][x,a).'" 2Kal etTrev <£ id="iv.i.i.iv.p2241.2">apaa> " T6S icrnv ov elaar Kovcrofxai t1*}? (ficovfjs avTOv a>o~T£ i.^a-rroo'Teikai tovs vtovs ^X; ovk otSa tov Kvpiov, Kal tov 'Io~par)k ovk igano-8Kat keyovo-Lv avTW "'0 Oebs twv 'E/3pcua)v ttpoaKeKkrjTai 17/x.as" TropevcrofAeda ovv oSbv TptSiv rj/j-eprnv eis Trjv eprjjjbov, ovcos 6vo~a>iiev Tea 6eco rjfiav, firj iron crvvav-Trjo~rj rjfuv OdvaTos rj 6vo<;." 4Kal cl7rev auTots o ^SacrtXevs uiTTOu "'Iva Tt, Mojvo"^ Kai 'Aapmv, Siao"T/3e<^eTe tov XadV a7ro T&iv €pya>v ; dneXdaTe DcacrTOS v/xav Trpos ra epya 5Kal elirev <£ id="iv.i.i.iv.p2241.6">apaa "'iSoi; vvv TrokvirXr^Oii 6 Xads •

27.   t£ Spei tov BtoO : iii K.     Moses and Aaron, having heard of 198 n.                                                        their coming.

28.  o-us di7«'o-T€iX«v: wherewith he          1. TdSc Xt^ei Kvpios: instead of had sent him. An irregular attrao-     these words Josephus here makes tion of the relative. Cp. 65 3v . . . ko-     Moses recount to the new Pharaoh his to.Sov'Kovvtu.                                                     services against the Ethiopians.

29.   lirop€ii0Ti . . .           2. ov . . . airov : § 69.

this change from singular to plural the          5. irovirX-qe«t: is numerous. The

Greek exactly follows the Hebrew. Sv-     word occurs in the LXX only here,

pdyeiv is the verb to which      in Lev. II42 8 7roXu7ri)0ei iroalv, and

(128) belongs. Josephus {Ant. II 13     Dt. V iroXuirXTjSeiTe vaph ir&vTa t&

§ 1) makes the elders go out to meet     %ffvr).

168

168              SELECTIONS FROM THE SEPTUAGINT

Exodus V 6

jjir/ ovv KaT air aver rots ipyoSuoKTcus tov Xaov Kat rots Xeycov 7" Ovxeri TTpoaredijaeTai StSoVai axv tt)v rrXivOovpyiav KoBditep e^^es Kal TpirrfV Tjfxepav • avTol ■jropeveadaxTav Kal crvvayayercaaav eavrols a^vpa. s«at avura^tv Trj? TrXwdias rjs avrol ttolovctlv Keif? kKa.avrots, ovk d^eXeos ovodv • crxpXdlpvcnv yap, Sta tovto KeKpdyacriv Xeyovre? ' 'Eyep^w/xei/ Kal 6vo~a»-fxev tw deep yjijlcov.' sfiapwicrdcp ra epya to>v avdpa>iro)v tovtcov, Kai fiepifivarcocrav TavTa, Kal /xt) /xepL/jLvaToxxav ev Xoyofi Kevols" 10KarecrirevSov 8e aiT0U5 ol ipyoSuwKTau Kal ol ypaujxaTeis, Kal eXeyov Trpo? tov Xaov Xeyovres " TaSe Xeyeu ' Owen SiSco/jll vfiLf a^upa • 1T avrol iropevojJ-evoL crvXXeyere eaurots a^ypa o9ev iav evprjre, ov yap d^cupeiTcu airb ttjs o~vvTd£ea><; ifxuiv ovdev."' nKal Siecnrdprj 6 Xaos ev oXrj yrj Aiyforra* o-vvayayeiv KaXd}xrjV et? d)(vpa • 13ot Se ipyoSi5)KTaL Kareo-irevSov avTovs Xeyovres " ^vvreXelTe rd epya rd KaBr/KovTa Kad' rjfxepav Kaddirep /cat ore fb d^pov eStSoro v/x2v." UKal ijxacmycjdTjcrav ot ypa/x/xaTets tov yevavs twv viStv 'icrparjX ol Karao-Ta&evres eir avroix; vtto tcov eiTicrTaTav tov Qapaa>, Xeyovres " Aid rt ov crweTeXecraTe

6.  crw£raf;«v: gave orders to. Op.      Kal tpCtt)v li^pav: a general expres-613, 1235: Nb. I18. Used absolutely in     sion for past time. See 410 n. § 86. Ex. 012. — -ypa(i(j,aTe€          8. Cp.      {e.g. pp. 60, 95) of the contributions vs. 14, 19.                                               -which Athens levied from her allies.

7.  irpoo-Te0T|{r€Tai SiSovai: shall it     The ' tale' of the bricks in our version be added to give. The impersonal form      = the ' count' of the bricks, i.e. the of a common construction in Biblical     fixed number which the Israelites were Greek: Gen. 378 n. On the use of straw     expected to provide. — «JKpa.yaa-iv ■■ for bricks Swete (Introd. p. 293) com-     perfect used as present; found also in pares Flinders Petrie Papyri II xiv 2     good authors, as Soph. Aj. 1236.

is rk &xvPa Tfds Ti)p iriv8ov. — irXiv-           Xi. X£y°vT€s: here we have a par-

Oovp-ytav: in Swete's text only here in     ticiplewhichhasnothingtpagreewit.il

LXX. Josephus uses vXLvBela. — IxSes     except the agent implied in the passive

169

II. THE STORY OF THE EXODUS                 169

Exodus V 28

Tas crvvT&i;£i<; vfxwv ti?s TiXivOlas KO.Qd.-ntp e'^es Kal rpLTTjv rjp.4pav /cat to ttjs o~rjjJ.€pov; " uelcreXdovres Se ol ypa/j,jjLa-rets rwv vla>v 'laparjX Karefiorjo-av Trpbs <&apaTroiets rots croi? oiKeVais; ua^ypov ov St-SoTat rois ot/cerat? crov, Kal ttjv TrXtvdov rj/xlv Xeyovcriv Troieiv, Kal ISov ol TratSes crov fjuefxaariyatvrai ■ aS<,/e^o~ei,s ovv rbv Xaov aov." 17kcu elirev avrols " 'ZyoXd^e.Tt           X

icrre- Sia tovto Xdyere cIiopev0S>iJ,ev 6vo-(ofiev t&) 6ea> rjf nvvv ovv nopevdevres epyd^ecrde- to yap a-^vpov ov So&yjcreTai, Vjj.lv, iaTroSwcreTe." 19iwpcov Se ol ypafi[j,aTeis T(ov viojv 'laparjX eaurous iv /caKois Xiyov-res " Ovk aTroXeLxj/ere ttJ? TrXivdiato KadrJKOv rrj r]p.4pa." 20avi'T^vTrfcrav Se Mwvcttj /cat 'Aapcbv ip^o/JLevoi? ei5 rr21Kai airroi? loot o feos v/xas Kai Kpivai, oti epoeXvgaTe ttjv 6apaco Kal ivavTtov to>v avTov, Sovvat poiJLet? Tas ^eT/ja? avToG i7ju.as."               %2'&rreo-Tpepev Se M.cavcrrj? Trpos Kvpiov

elnev " Aeo/Ltat, Kvpte, ti e/caKa)O"as tov Xabv tovtov ; Kal Iva ti a7recrTaAKas /xe ;         Kat a

Treiropev^aL irpos q?apaa>

vert ifiao-TiyiliSriaa.v. This is even more           16. dStKiQ

unreasonable than when the construe-     fault is in thine own people.' The

tion which precedes is impersonal, as     original is here obscure.

inGen.4516. §112.—Kafldirep . . . o-tj-          17. o-xoXao-rat lore: more expres-

fiepov: to-day also as heretofore. Tb     sive than erxoAafere. This is a kind of

ttjs crij/xepoy (-^aepas) is a periphrasis     analytic form. SxoXatmjs occurs only

for aiffvepov. Cp. ev rrj aripepop Ex.     here in LXX.

134, Dt. 44 : iv tt) a-fifiepov riiiApq.            19. Xe^ovTes: here, as in 14, there

Josh. 58 (cp. 2229). The phrase ?ws     is a subject ypap.ixa.Tels, with which the

t^s crfaepov ri^pas occurs in the Hexa-     participle appears to agree, but does

teuch in Gen. 1938, 26s3, 35* : Nb.     not. § 112.

2230: Dt. 11*: and frequently in           21. epSeXiijCm: Ye have made . . .

Joshua. •■ Epict. Diss. I 11 § 38 dtrb      to be abhorred. § 84. — po(i<| id="iv.i.i.iv.p2276.1">a£av: the

rijs 0-rfp.epov roivvv iifiepas. See i K.      usual word for a sword in Hellenistic

1710 n.                                                          Greek. Cp. Nb. 2223: Lk. 23li.

170

170              SELECTIONS FROM THE SEPTUAGINT

Exodus VI 1

XaXrjcrat, inl ra crai ovojj.ci.ti, iKaKaxrev tov Xaov tovtov, kcu ovk ippvcrco top Xaov o~ov." l Kal eX-nev Kvpios irpbs Mwv-crrjv " "HStj oxfjec a Troujcro) tw apaiv yap X€lP^ K-pa.Ta.uj. i^airocTTeXel avTovs, Kal iv /3pa^Covi, vxj/T]XS iitfiaXel avrovs e/c ttjs yrjs avrov."

i'EXdXr)crev he 6 debs irpbs Mcovo-rjv Kal eirrev irpos avrov "'Eyai Kvptos ■ s Kal a>07)v Trpos 'A/3paaym. Kal 'Icraa/c /cat 'laKwfi, debs &v auTwv, Kal to ouofid fxov Kvptos ou/c eSr^-Xwcra ax/Toes • 4«:ai ecrTrjo-a rrjv 2>iadrjK7)v /xov irpb<; avTovs a>o~Te BovvaL avrots t^v ■y^v rail' ~K.avavaton>, ttjv yrv rjv

iv rj Kal TTapcpKricav in' avrrj<;. 5 Kal eya»

elcn]Kovo-a tov crTevayjaoi' top vtwi' 'IcrpaifX, 6^ ot AlyvnTioi KaTaSovXovvTat avTovs, Kal ifj.vrjo'driv tt^s Sta^KTjs ifxcov. 6/8aSt^e ei7ro^ toTs vtots 'lcrpar}X Xeycov ' 'Eyai Kuptos, Kat e^afo) vfxat^s SuvacrTeta? twi' AlyvnTuov, Kal pvcrofj,ai vyxas e« t^s SovXtas, *cat XvTpa>o~o(iaL vfjua1; iv ^pa~ ovi viir]X(a Kal Kpicret fieydXr) • ^ Kal XyjiJApo/jLai. i/jLavra> v/xas Xaov i/xoi, Kal ecro/xat vfxSiv 0e6oti iyco s 6 0eb<; vjj.S id="iv.i.i.iv.p2284.4">v 6 i^ayaycbv u/x,as e« Trjs KaTa$vvao~T€ia<;

1. Iv -yap x£lp' • • • Ka>l ^v KT^-: tlie     tie on the part of Jehovah. It is evi-

seoonij clause nearly repeats the first,     dently so understood by the Deuterono-

but the Greek translator has varied the     mist (Dt. 268) and in Jeremiah (3921).

phraseology to avoid monotony. The          4. Tt)v yf[v ^v . . . «r' aiT-qs: lit-

tv denotes the accompanying circum-     erally the land which they-sojourned, in

stances. § 91. But on whose part     which they also sojourned upon it.

■was the strong hand to be? The words     This bit of tautology represents five

might be taken to mean that Pharaoh     words in the original —' the land of-

would be so glad to get rid of the     their-sojourningswhich-tKey-sojourned

Israelites that he would not only in-it.'                          ----

permit but force them to go, and II1,          5. 5v . . . KaTaSovXoOvTtu: 418 n.

1238 might be quoted in favour of this          6. SotAIas : = SovXelas. § 37.

view. A comparison however with          7. 4p.aw$ . . . l[io£: § 13. — Kara-

v. 6 of this chapter and other passages,     Bwacrretas : oppression. The word

such as 14s, seems to show that the     occurs five times in the LXX, but ap-

'strong hand' here spoken of was to     parently not elsewhere.

171

 

II. THE STORY OF THE EXODUS                 171

Exodus VI 30

TGiv AlyviTTLcov • 8koI i£d£a) u/xcts ets ttjv yrjv els fjv i^iruva rr/v X^P1* /XO7J Sowai avrrjv T(o 'A/3paa/x. /cat 'Icraa/c /cat 'IaKWjS, /cat §a>o~co v/xtv avrrjv iv KKrjpta * eya> Kuptos.'" 9id )crev Se Mcovcrrjs ovrws rot? vicus 'larparfX1 /cat ovk eLcryJKOvcrav M.wvcrrj dirb rrjs oXiyo^u^tas Kal dnb t£>v epywv r5)v cnv.

10ELTrev Se Kuptos irpbs Mwvcrfjv Xiycov ""EtcreX^e XdXr)-crov apaa) ^acrtXei Alyxmrov Iva, i^auocrTelXri tous LcrparjX €K ttjs y^s aurov.           ekakr)crei> oe Mwucttjs

Kvptoi; Xeywj/ " 'iSov ot viol 'IcrparjX ovk tlo-yjKovadv jxov, /cat 77ws eicraKovcreraL fiov Qapaa); eyco oe aAoyos et/x,t.          emeu

Se Kvpto? 7rp6s Mww^j' /cat 'Aapcov, /cat cwera^v aurots 77po? $apaw ySacrtXea AiyuTrrou wore e^airocrretXat tous vtovs 'lo-poufjX €K yr)

28?H rji^epa iXdXyjaev Kuptos Mcovcr^ eV y^ Aiyu7rr&) 29/cat iXdXrjcrev Kuptos irpos Mwucriy;^ Xdywv " 'Eyw Kvptos • Xakyjaov irpb<; $apact) ySacrtXea At-yu7rrou, /cat eyw Xeya) vrpos ere'." 80Kat et7rev Mwvcr^s evavriov KvpCov " 'iSov eyw Io~)(y6a>v6/cat vrSs eicraKovcrerat jiaou apaa>; "

&. eto-ii)Kov(rav Mwuo-^: so in He-     Israel and,' which are not in the

rodotus eivaico'jei.v = ' obey' takes a     LXX.

dative. In v. 12 below it has a geni-          28. *H ^hUp? . . . Kal

tive.                                                          supply before this Kal iyhero to which

12.  «vavri: § 97. — aXo-yos: desti-     the Hebrew points, would make the tute, not of the inner, but of the outer,     passage more in accordance with LXX X670S, or, as it was sometimes called,     grammar, but it would not relieve it of the 76s jrpo0opiK6s. This is a bold     its tautology, which may be surmised to rendering of the Hebrew, which means     arise from a mixture of documents, 'of uncircumcised lips.' The same          29. Kal 4-yu Xiyw : the sense re-original is rendered in 30 by l     quires 8, to be supplied before this. ipuvos.                                                                      30. Kal tfirev Mawfjs: ew-72 is a

13.  gave     repetition with variations of 410"16. them a commission to. Op. 56. —     Here the communication made by the irpos *apa<6: before this the Hebrew     Lord to Moses is in Egypt instead of has the words ' unto the children of     in the land of Midian.

172

172              SELECTIONS FROM THE SEPTUAGINT

Exodus Til 1

1 Kal elnev Kvpios Trpos Mcovarrjv Xeycoi> " 'iSov SiBcoKoi ere deov tpapadj, Kal 'Aapcbv 6 dSeX<£os crov carat crov irpo<} id="iv.i.i.iv.p2317.2">TJ-rrjs ■ ^crii Se XaXijcreis avrcp ndvra ocra crot eWeXXo/jtat, 6 Se 'Aapwv 6 dSeXc^os crov akrjcru irpbs apaa> aScrre l^anocnu-Xat rou? vtou? 'icrparjX 4k rfjs yrj8eya) 8e ctkXtj-pvvo) TT)V KapBlav apa.M, koX ttXtjOvvu) tol crrj/xeta ^xou Kai to. repara ev y/j AiyuTrrw ■ 4kcu ouk: etcra«rouS

<£ id="iv.i.i.iv.p2318.1">apaa). Kal €TnfSak£> ttv ~)(eipa, fxov eif Alyvirrov, koX crvv Swa/xet jxov tov aov tfiov rous vloi>ck AlyviTTov arvv iKSiKtjcret, fj.eyd j • 5koX yveaaovrai irdv-re? ol AiyviTTioi oti iya> ei/xt Kuptos> ZKreivw tt/v X€^Pa ^17> AiyviTTOv • Kal i£d£o) rows vlov<; 'Icrparjk ck /xecrov aiiTcov." Se Mcovcrrjs Kal 'Aapav KaBdnep kvere'iKaro avTols iiroirjcrav. TMwucr^s 8e yjv irS>v oySorJKOVTa, 'Aapcbv Se 6 aSeXc^os avrou erwi' 6ySo7j/coi/ra rpiSiv, yvLKa iXdXrjcreu irpas .

8Kal etTrev Kvpios Trpos Mwucr^ Kat 'Aapwv Xeycov 9"Kai eai" XaXijuTj 77pos vjaas 3>apa&) eya)v ' Aore •^/ia rj repas,' /cat epeis 'Aapw^' rw d8eX^>a) crou 'Aa/3e pdfihov Kal ptyov inl ttjv yyjv ivavriov

apaIvavriov Twi/ vepairovroiv avrov, Kac €o~rai opaKwv.              eicrrjAtiev

Se Mwucr^s Kal 'Aapcbv ivavriov <£ id="iv.i.i.iv.p2320.1">apaa> Kal t£>v 0epa-Trovroiv airov, Kal iTT0i7]0~av ovrco<; KaOdrrep evereiXaro av-rots Kvpios ■ Kal epixpev 'Aapav rrjv pd/3$ov ivavrfov $apaw «ral ivavriov ra>v depaTTovrcav aiurov, Kat iyeve.ro Spa/c&iv. 11 crvve.KdXe.o~ev 8e <3?apaa id="iv.i.i.iv.p2320.3"> rovs ao(f>Lara<; AlyvTrrov Kal rov<;

1. *apoui: dative.—irpo-f|Tiis: in     7": Dan. O'434: Mt.Jgi^. <7p. Jos.

its primary meaning of ' forth-teller,'      B. J. Prmn. § 11 koX t6. irpb r air-its

'spokesman.'                                                (the capture of Jerusalem) ko!

3. o-ijueto . . . Kal TepaTa: this is     r^para.

the first instance of this combination          10. «p»J«v: == tppifcy. § 37.

so common afterwards both in the Old          11.

and New Testament; e.g. Dt. iSi, 622,     and in Daniel, where Theodotion has

173

II. THE STORY OF THE EXODUS                 173

Exodus VII 19

apjxaKov? • kclI erroirjcrav koI 61 itraoihoi tcov AlyvnrC(ov rais <£a/tyia/aai? avrS>v axxaimus, 13«rai eppi\iav e/caoros tt)v pdj38ov avrS>v, koX iyevovTO Spa/coaxes • koll Karemev r) pa/3Sos r) 'Aapmv rets iKewcov pdfio~ovs. 18/cai Karuyyvaev r) Kaphia <&apaa id="iv.i.i.iv.p2330.3">, kol ovk elaiJKOvarev avTuv, Kaddirep ivereCXaTo ^ avTois Kvpios.

Se Kv/Jios Trpos WLcovcrfjv " BeySapijrai rj /capSia 9 /A7j e^aTrocrreiXai toz> Xaov. 15^a8tcroi' tt/)os to irpwt • iSou avro? eKTropeverai im to vBcop, /cat avTOiv avTui iirl to ^etXo? rou Trorap-ov • kou ttjv ttjv aTpa

elo-av el? 6lv Xrjfxxjjrj iv ttj x6'/31' ctov) 16 /cat epei? 7rpos avrov ' Kvpios 6 #eos raif 'EySpatwv a7recrraX.-Kev /xe 77/3OS ere 4ya>v " '~E£" teal ISoii ovk eio~r)Kovo~a<; ews tovtov. raoe Aeyet Kuptos Bt" tovto) yvaxrr) otl eyco Kvptos loov iyat TVTTToy Trj p'dfiSo) Trj iv Trj XeV1' lL0V ^7r>L T° ^WP T° *v TV TTOTa[M(o, koI /xeraySaXei el? alpa' 1skcu 61 ix^ves 61 iv tw nroTafjia TeKevrrjo-ovcnv, koX eTro^ecrei 6 Trorayxos, /cat ov Suj'tj-crozrat ol AtyvTTTtot Triew vSwp dno tov iroTafiov.'" 19etTrei' Se Kvptos irpos Mojvctijj/ " Etirw 'Aapcov tw dSeX^w crou 'Adfie Tr)v pdfidov crov iv Trj x^ipi aov, /cat €KT€lvov ttjv X^P^

and in one passage (I20) ivaoiSol.      occurs in the LXX only here and in

— (|>ap|iaKOvs: cp. 911, 2218 4>apfX.aKois      ii Mac. 139 pefSap-qiiivos. Hapiveiv is

oi irepuroi-fiireTe, The use of       common.

for a ' medicine-man' or ' sorcerer'           15. eo-fi o-uvavrflv: analytic form

seems to be peculiar to Biblical Greek      of the future. § 72.—lirl to los

Dan. 0' 22'27, 57.8. — eiraoiSot: = &rp-      to€ 7roTa|ioii: § 95.

5o(, enchanters. Op. 22, 87'18^19: i K.           17. T-uirrw . . . «irl to vZap: as in

62: Dan. 0' 22.27 etc. xhe contracted     English, 'smite upon the water.'

form does not occur in the LXX.—           18. liroj&rti: future of (Tr6$tiv.

<| id="iv.i.i.iv.p2343.1">ap|iaiaais: = QapimKelcus. § 37.              We have the aorist in 21 and in

13.   KaTto-xvo-€v : intransitive, was      1620.24. These are all the occurrences strong. Op. 17.                                          in tie LXX.

14.   PcpdpijTai: a Hebraism, for           19. elirev 5c kt. : this verse is in-which cp. 815>32, 97,34_ The form fiapeiv     consistent with 15-18 and contradicts

174

174              SELECTIONS FROM THE SEPTUAGINT

Exodus VII 20

crou iirl ra vSara Axjvtttov kcu em tows TTOTafxov? avrStv /cat eVt Tavraiv /cat irrl ra e ) ovtS>v /cat em vav crvvecrTrjKos v$a>p clvtuiv, /cat ecrrat atfxa.'"' /cat iyivero atjua iv rrao-rj yrj AtyuVrou, iv re rots £uXot? /cat ee rot? Xt#ots. 20/cat iwoiTqcrav ovTQ)i M-covcttJs /cat 'Aapcov Kaddnep Iverei-Xaro avroTs Kuptos' zeal eirapas ttj pd/38a> avrov indra^v to vSwp to ef T&5 iroTafjLat ivavTiov

a/3aft) /cat ivavrlov to>v depanovTtov avrov, /cat fieTe/Bak'Sv irav to tJSa)/) to eV tw TroTajxcp ets at/xa.          /cat ot t^ftifs ot e^ ra TroTa/AO) erekev-

Tt]crav, /cat i-ircb^ecrG/ 6 Trora/io?, /cat ov/c r/duvavro ot AlyvTT-7101 TTLelv vdcop €K tov TTOTajAOv, /cat Tjf to at/xa eV Trdarrj yrj AiyvTrTov. 22 iiroCrjcrav Se wcaurcos /cat ot €7raotSot AlyvTTTLOJV Tat-r ^>a///ia/ctat? avrojv • /cat i(TK-qpvve.v 7] Qapaco, /cat ou/c eta"rj/couorei' avra>i>, K.a$a.irep elirev Kvpto<;. 23 imcrTpanels Se fpapaw etcr^X^ei/ ets toz> ot/cot1 avrov, /cat ou/c iTrecTT-qcrev tov vovv clvtov ouSe eirt toutw. ua>pv£av Se Travr'es ot Atyv7TTtot kv/cXw tou TrorayLtou wore Trtetv vScop ano tov ixoTa/xov, /cat ou/c -rfivvavro itieiv vSa>p airb tov

' /cat av€TTK7}p(ovr)ara.v zttto. rffiepai fjuera to

Kvpiov rbv

24. It is assigned to P.— Su&pvyas:      lO1-^2?, II", 14*.«.w. (55. Eom. 91B, caraaZs. Q). Hdt vii 23: Strab. IV1 § 8.      Hb. 38.                                 t — standing 23. «ir«rTi]iv Tots      plains the elliptical use of iq>iXCOots: R. V. ' both in vessels of wood      ■which meets us in Greek authors in the and in vessels of stone,' which is no      sense of 'dwelling' on a subject, e.g. doubt the meaning intended here.           Arist. E.N. VI 12 § 8, Pol. VII 17 § 12

20. Itrdpas tq pd(3S

      vtrrepof 8' £'rrt

1416.                                                              Xov.

22. liroCno-av 8« coo-aiTcos: these           24. irdvres oC At'yi'irTioi: What

words are more consistent with the      then did the Israelites do for drink ?

miracle promised in 49 than with that      If this statement belongs to the narra-

which has been related.—lo-KMjpvvtv:      tive which puts the Israelites away in

here intransitive. Cp. 7s2, 1315. It is      Gosben, the difficulty is removed,

generally transitive as in 421, 73, 912,      Josephus's explanation (Ant. II14 § 1)

175

II. THE STORY OF THE EXODUS                 175

Exodus VIII 8

1~EiTtt€v Se Kupto? tt/sos M&nxXTp " EtcreX^e 7rpos Qapaco Kal e'peis Trpos auroV ' TdSe Xeyet Kuptos 'EfaTrocrretXoi' tov XaoV fiov Iva juoi Xwrpevcrao-vv ■ 2et Se fir) /3ouXet crv e'£a7i"OcrTet-Xat, tSou eya) tvttto) iravra rd opid crou tois ^arpd^ots. 8Kat efepeu^erat o 7rorajaos ySaTpd^ous • Kai dva0dvres etcre-Xeucroi'Tat ets tous oikous crou Kat ets ra rafieia rSiv koltcovcov crov Kat eVi tSiv kivu>v crov, koX inl tous ot/cous twv depa-TTOVTOiv crov Kat tou Xaou crou, Kat iv rots (jyvpafiacrLv crou Kat eV rots KXiySdvots crou • *Kat eVt ere /cat em tou? depd-irovrds crou Kat e?rt tov XaoV crou dvafirjcrovTaL oi /Jarpa^ot.' " selTrev Se Kuptos 7rpos M.covarjv " TL'nrbv 'Aapwv rw dSeX^iw crou '"Ektcw'oi' t>j Xa/^ ^^ pd/3Sov crov em tous Trora/xous Kat eirl ras Sttupuyas Kat eirt ret cXt/, Kat dvdyaye tous y8ar-pdjfovs' ' 6Kat e^eretvev 'Aapcov ttjv xe'Pa f71"1 Ta uSaTa Atyu7TTou, Kat di^yayei' rou? ySarpd^ous • Kat dveftifidcrdr) 6 ySdrpa^os, Kat iKavpev rr)v yrjv Aiyvirrov. T< Se wcrauTws Kat ot e7raotSot tq>v Aiyvirrioyv Tat? avTav, Kat dvrjyayov tous ySarpdxous e?rl yijt1 AtyuVrou. 8Kat eKaketrev <&apaw Majvcrrjv Kal 'Aapcov Kat etTrev " Eufa-cr^e 7rept ep,ou Tipo? Kvptov, Kal TrepieXerw tou? ySarpaxous air' ep,ou Kat aTro tou e/xov Xaou, Kat e£a7rocrTeX(S aurou? Kat

is that the same Nile water which-was      1234 and in Nb. 1520.21. Cp. Rom. 921:

foul and deadly to the Egyptians was     i Cor. 5«.7: Gal. 59. Jos. ^n«. II14 § 2

pure and sweet to the Hebrews. —ovk      rds re /caT1 oIkov aiirCiv dialTas ^

T|8-uvavTo irwtv: Josephus (Ant. II 14      iv jSotois {eatables) etS/jio-mSyueroi koI

§ 1) says that the water caused 'pains     xorots. — KXvpdvois: kX/j3hpos = Attic

and sharp anguish, to those who did      Kpifiavos an oven or rather bahing-

try to drink of it.'                                  pot.

1. ESo-«ee ... Kal 4p«s: § 74.           6. 6 pdrpaxos : collective use of

Vs. 1-4 end chapter 7 in the Hebrew,      the singular, as in the Hebrew. Cp. 18

but begin chapter 8 in the English.            rhv 1013 rty aicpiSa., 10u toioi/tt;

3. to Tajieta t»v koit<5vwv : bed-      inpls § 48.

chambers. §10.—<| id="iv.i.i.iv.p2377.1">vpd|j.alumps           8. S£airo

of dough. The word occurs again in     43* n.

176

176              SELECTIONS FROM THE SEPTUAGINT

Exodus Till 9

Ovawaiv r&> Kvp'uaT 9et7rev Se M.Ta-£ai irpos fxi Trore €v^a>fiai Trepl aov Kal Trept tw 6epaTt6vT(>n> aov Kal irepl tov Xaov crov, dfyav'iaai roi)s ^arpd^ovs ano crov Kai avb row XaoO crov Km ex twv oikkSx' vfiojv' ttXtjv iv

T&) TTOTajXCp VTr0A€L               O O€ €LTT€V Et? CLVpiOV.

etirev ovv "'i2s elprjKas' Iva 48775 on ovk ecrriv aXXo? 7ri)^ Kvpiou • ai Kal Trepicupe&rjcrovTcu 01 jSaxyoa^ot a,7ro crov Kal ck tuiv olkloiv v/jLtov kolI i< rap eTTOLvXecov Kal dirb twv depa-TTOvToiv aov Kal 1x770 tov Xaov aov • ttXtjv iv ra> Trora/xa vTToXei

dr)aovTat." 12(£rjXdei> Se Mcovarj? Kal 'Aapcov dno <&apaco ■ Kal iftorjaev Mcovo-rjs irpbs Kvpuov Trepl tov bpi-a/xov tS)U ^aTpd^cov, a>s irdtjaTO <&apaa id="iv.i.i.iv.p2384.4">. 18 i               8

Kvpio? Kaddrrep €vrra> Mcovarj1;, Kal ireXevTrjaav 01 e/c tS>v oklo)v Kal €K to>v eTravXecav Kal Ik tS>v dypuiv • Kal avirqyayov avTOus 9ijs.o)via% difjiovids, Kal a>{,eaev rj yrj. iSiSo)V Se

apa&) on yiyovev dvdxpv^v;, ifiapvvdr] r/ KapSta avTOv Kal ovk elayJKOvaev avrSyv, Kaddirep iXdXyaev Kvptos.

9.   Ta|at irpos f.i kt.: Arrange river^with reference tov. 5? — <£ id="iv.i.i.iv.p2386.1">apaw: with me when I am to pray. The He- dative, as appears from the Hebrew, brew differs here. See R.V.                           14. 0i(iheaps upon

10.   o-uk fo-Tiv aXXos itXt)v KupCoxi: heaps. A Hebraism. § 85. Qi.jj.avii. again a slight difference from the He- = flij^comd is a longer form "bf- 8-qiubv a brew. See R.V.                                         heap, connected with rie-rjixi. For the

u

11.  &iraOX«ev: genitive plural of     word op. i Mac. II4. It occurs seven (vavXts, a word which bears different     times in the LXX.

meanings, one of which is ' cattle-          15. £8«v S« "£apaiS . . . ep&puvfli] f|

shed,' as in Nb. 3216>2i^, another     Kap8Ca aiToB: nominativus pendens,

'village,' as in i Chr. 4s2'33. In the     of which there are plenty oiinstances

Hebrew there is nothing to correspond     in classical Greek. There is nothing

to the word in this passage, though     to suggest this license in the Hebrew,

there is in v. 13.                                       which runs literally thus — ' And

12.  6pi     Pharaoh saw . . . and he made heavy matter of the frogs.' The Greek ren-     his heart.' § 80. —avdt|™|is : literally dering is a curious one. Can it mean     a cooling. Here a respite. The word about the limitation of the frogs {to the     occurs only here in the LXX.

177

Exodus VIII 21 16

II. THE STORY OF THE EXODUS                 177

Se Kupto? Trpo? Mcovarjv "JLlwbv 'Aapcov 'vEkt€i-vov Tfl X€lP^ Tr)v pdfihov crov Kai irdra^ov to ^atyna Trjs yrjs, Kai ecrovTai crKvlfies eV Te Tot? dv9pco7rot<; Kai iv Tot? rerpd-irocriv Kat iv Trdcrrj yrj AiyvtrTov.' " 1T i^iTtwtv ofiv 'Aapmv

iyivovro ol e<; iv rots dv9pumois Kai iv rolSe a)craimus Kai ol eVaotSol Tat? ^ap/xaKtat? avTu>v i^ayayeiv tov o~Kv2a, Kat ovk r/SvvavTO ■ Kai iylvovTo ol crKvltois av9pd>iroL<; Kat iv Tots Terpdirocriv. 19 elirav ovv ot CTraotSol t<3 $apaw " AKai io~Kkr]pvv9rj rj KapSta apacu, Kai ovk elcrrJKovcrev avrcjv, Kaddirep iXdXrjcrev Kvpios.

Se Kvptos wpos Mmvcrrjv a"Op9piaov to irpal Kat ivavnov apaw • Kat iSou auTo? efeXevcreTat e7rt to vScop, Kai epets Trpos avTOv ' TaSe Xeyet Kvpios ee 'Efa7roo"T€t-Xov top Xaop {xov Iva p.01 XaTpevcroicnv iv rfj ipyjfxa) • 21 idv Se jury fiovXr) e^aTrocrTetXat tov Xaov p.ou, tSou eya> iirairocrTeXXa) ejrt o"e Kat em tows ^epaTroira? crou Kat eVt rw Xaov crou Kat ewl rous oIkov; vpav Kvvojxviav, Kai irXrjcrdricrovTai al

16. t6 x™K'a T<is Vis : CP- J°k l^19-     ness °^ tne Egyptian priests about

X&iMis, properly earth thrown up (by     avoiding lice on their persons.— Iv '

the spade), the result of the process     irdcrfl ^fj: § 63. signified by x&wvpi or x<^. From this          20. "Opflpio-ov: dpdplfav is Biblical

general sense we have x"M     Greek for SpOpeveiv, which occurs only

agger, while here the word signifies     in Tob. 96, whereas 6pdpit;eiv is very

loose earth, answering to the Hebrew     common in the LXX. Cp. Lk. 21s8. word which is rendered dust.—o-kvi-          21. Kvv6|«>iav: cp. Ps. 7746, 10481.

<))6S : nominative singular aKvif. In     The common house-fly in Egypt has a

Ps. 10431 10 trKviira..     poisonous bite, as it has sometimes in

§ 5. Josephus (Ant. II 14 § 3) has     England in a very hot summer. As

and the R.V. 'lice.' Josephus     soon as one arrives in the harbour of

comments on the shamefulness to the     Alexandria, one has experience of this

Egyptians of this plague. Cp. what     Egyptian plague. Josephus (Ant. II

Herodotus (II 37) says of the careful-     14 § 3) seems to give the rein to his

178

178              SELECTIONS FROM THE SEPTUAGINT

Exodus Till 22

olxiaL t5>v AlyvTTTUov Trjs Kwo^virfs, Kal as tyjv yrjv i' r)s elalv iir wnjs. 22kcu irapado^daa) iv rjj 17/Aepa iKeCvy tt/v yrjv Fecre/x, i(f> i)s 6 Xaos fiov eirecmv ctt' avTrj1;, i 77s ovk ecrrat e/cei 17 Kvvofxvua • IVa eiSij? on iyd elfjui Kupios 6 Kvpios vdo"r)S rrjs yrjs- w Kal Sdxro) Siaa-ToXrju dva. ^irrov tov i/xov aov Kal dva fx,ecrov tov crov Xaov • iv 8e Trj avpiov ecrrat tovto em ttj' " ^iTroirjcrev Se Kvpios ovtcus, Kat napeyeveTO rj Kwo/xvia ir j9o<; els tovs oucovs ^apaa) ets rows o»cous t5v depa-rrovrutvt a-uroC Kal ets Tracrai' y^v Atyvirrou • Kai i^coXedpevdrj -q yrj dnb Trjs kvvo(jlvCt]S. 28eKaXecrev Se $apaw Mwucr'ijv /cai 'Aapcov Xeyatv " 'EX^ovres" 6va~aT€ tw 0evjxcov iv tjj yfj." 26Kat el7rev Mcoucrrjs " Ou Swarov yevioSai ovtco? to /aTjyxa touto, to. yap j88eXuy/Aara AlyvnTLcav 0tjo~o[X€v Kvpta) T(p 6e276Sbv Tpiwv rnxepwv irope.vo-6yi.ida eW Tr/v eprffiou, Kal 6vo~of*,ev rw dew rjiiSiv Ka$direp elnev Kvptos Kai enrev Qapaw Erya> airoo~TeA.ko) v/xas, /cat,

fancy here—Qripluv yhp iravToiwv Kal     The Hebrew runs literally thiis —

vovT(>(tiruv, &v els tyiv oiSds ain]VT^Ku     ' and fly came heavy to the house of

v, ttjv x&Pav afrruiv iy£fj.io-ev, b      Pharaoh.1 — l^coXcOpevSii: from 4£oc-

airrol re diriiXXwTo, Kai 17 yij rijs i-rn-     ffpctita. The right form^ according to

rijs napd. tCjv yewpy&v &ire     L. & S. is ii-oXoBpetiiii) which occurs in

pijTo.                                                         iii K. 185 and is adopted by the lievis-

22.   irapaSoJdcru : make remark-     ers in the N.T. (Acts 323).

able and so distinguish. Op. the two          26. t& -yip pSeXti-ynara ktX. : this

uses of ' distinguished' in English.     looks as if it referred to sheep or oxen

The word occurs also in 9*, II7:     (cp. Gen. 4634), but the Hebrew has the

Dt. 2859 : Sir. 10ls : ii Mac. 380: iii     word for ' abomination' in the singu-

Mac. 29.                                                   lar, which may be taken as a cognate

23.   Siio-o) 8iamake, a sepa-     accusative after ' sacrifice,' so that the ration. The phrase in this sense occurs     words may mean merely our sacrifice only here. In i Mac. 8' the meaning     will be an abomination to the Egyp-is different.—avd (ko-ov . . . Kal avd     tians, i.e. the sight of a foreign ritual (i&rov : a common Hebraism.                    will be hateful to them. — XiBopoXi)-

24.   ■n-X'fJflos : adverb, in abundance.      8T)

179

II. THE STORY OF THE EXODUS                 179

Exodus IX 4

dvcrarre tw 6eai vjxwp iv ry ipiqjxu), dXX' ov fiaKpav airore-veire Tropevdrjvai • evtjaoSe ovv -rrepl i/xov vpos Kvpiov." 29€i77€V Se Mwvcr^s ""OSe iycb efeXevcro/xat dirb crov Kal ev£o-fiai 77/3OS tov deov, Kal aireXevo~eTai diro crov r) Kvvojivia Kal a.770 tS)v depairovTcov crov Kal tov Xaov crov avptov' p.ij vpocr-6fj<; €TL, Qapaa), i^anaTrjcrai tov /jlt) i^airocrTeiXai, tov Xaov 9vo~ai BLvpico." 30e^ffKdev he Mcovcrrjs diro ^apaw /cat rjvqaro Trpos tov Veov • eiroirjo'ev oe Kvpuos Kauavep emtv Mwcrrjs, Kal rrepteiXev ttjv Kvvofwiav dnb

apact> Kal ra>v depairovTOiv ai/Tov Kal tov Xaov avTov, Kal ov KaTeXei0r] ovSejALa. 82 Kal i/3dpvi>ev apattjv KaphCav avTov Kal ivl tov Kaipov tovtov, Kal ovk r)64Xrjcre.v i tov Xaov.

lTLlirev 8e Kvptos 77po? ~Ma)vo~fjv " EureX^ Kal epei9 avTca ' TaSe Xeyei Kvpios 6 debs tcov 'E/3patW " 'Ef-iXov tov Xaof [iov Iva fnoi XaTpevcrojcriv 2ei [iev ovv firj e£aTroo~Te7Xai, tov Xaov [xov dXX* exi ivKpaTels avTov, 3i8ou Xe'P Kuptou e77eorcu iv tois KTTjvecriv o~ov rots e^ tois tc rots i7777O(,s Kal e^ rots viro^vytoi^ Kal rats l )3ovcrlv Kal 77po/3dVois BdvaTOS /xeyas o~6Spa. 4Kat 7rapaSofacra) eyw ev tw Katpw iKeCva dva jieo'ov rutv

Biblical Greek, tut rare outside of        2. et iv ovv. there is no clause

it.                                                          with ei 8i ij.it to balance this, such as

28.  ov (j.aKpav diroTeveiTt iropevflfj-     one would expect in classical Greek. v«u: Hebrew, ' going-to-a-distance ye     §39. — IvKpareis : §37.

shall not go-to-a-distance for-going.'          3. ■uirotvyiois: Hebrew, 'asses.' —

R.V. 'ye shall not go very far away.'      Tats Ka|iT|Ws : The feminine is the

29.  "OSt l-yio : R.V. ' Behold I go     prevailing gender of xd^Xos in the out from thee.' The Greek translator     TLXX. It is masculine only in Lev. seems to have taken the first two words     II4: Dt. W : Jdg. 65 : i Esd. 543.— together in the sense of Ecce ego!     irpoPaTois: Hebrew, ' flocks.' It would In the rest of the verse the Greek     seem that the Egyptians kept sheep, has the 2d person, while the Hebrew     notwithstanding their abomination of has the 3d. — toS |at) l|airo     shepherds.

§ 78.                                                          4. irapaSo£d22 n. — dva plo-ov

180

180              SELECTIONS FROM THE SEPTUAGINT

Exodus IX 5

KTrjvaiv tS>v AlywrTuov Kal ava fiecrov tu>v ktt)v5)V tcov vlwp 'IcrpaijX' ov reXeuTTjcrei 0.770 trdvTOiv to>v tov 'lvlmv prjTOv.               k.cll zooixev o veo? opov Xeymv hv tq avpiov

ironjcreL Kupios to prjfj.a tovto inl tijs y^s." 6/cal eiroujcrev Kupios to pij/xa tovto rfj irravpiov, koX irekevrrja-ev Trdvra. Ta kttjvyj tcov hXyvnrlow * a7ro Se t&)j' KrqvSiv twv vlcov 'icrparjX ovk iTeXevTrjcrev ov$ei>. ^IBwv he <$ id="iv.i.i.iv.p2447.1">apaoi) oti ovk ireevTrjv kttjvcov tu>v vlcov 'icrparjX ovSev, i{3apvv9r) rj KapBCa apaoj, Kal ovk i^avecrTeiXev tov Xaov. sWnrev 8e Kvptos Trpo? M.covo'yjv Kal 'Aapwv Xeycov "Adfiere v/xet? TrXi/pets te^°a5 aWdXrjs Kafuvatas, Kal 7racraT&) Mcovcrrj? el? tov ovpavov evavTiov Kal evavTtov ra>v 9epatr6vr9Kal yevrjOr/TOi Koviopro'; em iracrav ttjv yrjv Alyvrrrov' Kal earai inl tou? avdpmrows Kal iirl Ta TeTpaTroSa iXKTj, toTs avdpdiTrois Kai ev Tots TerpaTroo'w Kai nao-y yrj AiyvTrrov.           /cai eAa-

(Bev ttjv alddXr)v ttjs Kafuvacas ivavriov /cat eiracrev avrrfv Mwvcr^s el? rbv ovpavov, Kal eyevero eX/oj, XvKTto'es avat,eovtois avOpanrovs Kal iv T015 rerpdiroaiv. 11/cat ovk r]8vva.vTO 61 apfx.aKol (rrrjvai ivavriov Mcovo~rj Sta, to. eXKT] • iyeueTO yap ra cXkt) ev toI? apixaKol? /cat iv irdo-rj yfj Alyvrrrov. 12io-KXnjpvvev Se Kupto? rrjv KapSCav apaw, Kal ovk ela~qKovcrev avrcov, Kada. avvera^ev 'fc.vpio?. lz~EA/rrev 8e Kvpto? Trpos ~M.oivo~r)v ""OpOpiO'ov to irpcol Kal crTrjdi ivavrCov Oapaco, Kal epets Trpos avrov ' Ta§e Xeyet

. . . Kal ava |ieirov: 8s3 n. — pr|T      ai6d js. Ka/j.i,vata does not seem to

= pTj/j-a, a thing. Gen. 399 n.                    so used anywhere else. On the

7. tSwv 8e 4>apa      aWaKy see § 8. — ira

KapSCa : 815 n.                                              of eiracra, 1st aorist of Trdiraa.

8- at8&T|S Kafiivaias: soot from the            9. <| id="iv.i.i.iv.p2453.1">XvktiS6s : 4>vktIs = fiXtittTcuva

furnace. From 10 it appears that     a blister (Ar. Ran. 230) occurs only

Kafuvalas is a substantive depending on     here in LXX.

181

II. THE STORY OF THE EXODUS                  181

Exodus IX 28

KtSpios 6 deos tcav 'E/Jpcuaw " 'Ei^awocrTeiXov tov XaoV fiov Iva XaTpevcraxrCv fioi. uiv tu> yap vvv KtupaS iyets ttjv KapSiav crov Kal to>v OepanovTcov crov Kal tov Xaov crov, IV eiSij? oti ovk ccttlv &)? iyu> aAAos iv irdcrrj rfj yfj. 15vvv yap airocrTeika1? ttj^ -^eipa iraTa^o) ere, Kal tov Xaov crov davaraiaco, Kal eKTpi-airb rrjs yfjs ' 1G Kal ivtKZV tovtov SLerr}py]Orj<; Iva ecSet-iv crol ttjv lo"^yv fiov, Kal 07rct)S SiayyeXfj to ovofid /MOV iv Trdcrrj rfj yfj. 17ert ovv crv ivnoifj tov Xaov jaou tov jxr/ i^atToaTeCkai avrovs; 1818oi) iya> vco Tavrr/v ttv oipav avptov ^(dXa^av 77oXX.t)i' o~68pa, 17x1.5 ToiavTi) ov yeyovev iv AlyvTTTw def)' ^s i7ftepas k'KTicnai lius ttJs ^epa? TavryrKTr/vrj crov >cat ocra croi icTTiv iv rw TreSiw" 7ravres ydp ol avOpooiroi kol tol KT7]vr] ocra croi icrriv iv tm 77eStai zeal jj.r] elcreXdrj eis ocKtav, Ttio-fj Se in' avra rj ^aXa^a, TeXevrrjcrei." ' " 20o (pofiovfievos to pr)[La Kvpiov tcov depanovTcov crvvqyayev to. ktyJvt) ai/TOv et? rovs oukovs- 21o§ Se [xtj txpocricryzv rfj hiavoia ets to pyjjjLa Kvpiov, d(f>rJKev to. kttJvt] iv toI? 7re8tois. Se Kvpios Trpo? Mcutux^i' " "E/cTeivoi> tt)^ X^P^ °~ov ovpavov, Kal ecrTat ^aXa^a eV! Tracrav yrv AiyvTTTOV, iiri T£ tov? dvdpcoTTOv; Kal tcl kttqvt) Kal inl irdo-av fioTavqv ttjv evrl ttjs yys" 28efeTetvev Se Mwucr^s Ti)v X€^Pa e^s T°l> ovpavov, Kal Kupios eSouKev (pcovd's Kal ^dXa^av, Kal SteVpe-

14. crwavTifj|jiaTa: literally occur-           18. Tavrr]v tiiv upav: accusative

rences, but used here -with a sinister      of point of time. §55. — tjtis Totaini:

meaning to represent the Hebrew      = classical o'ia. A Hebraism, which

word for 'plagues.' Cp. iii K. 837.      recurs in v. 24 and II6. Op. Ezk. 59 &

So in classical Greek ti^c" in the      . . . oixom airois. § 69.

plural commonly means ' misfor-           21. Trpo

tunes.'                                                              23. wv&s : voices. A literal trans-

16.   Sia7Y«X.fj: § 24.                               lation of the Hebrew word. But

17.   Iviroifj: § 37.                                   thunder was habitually spoken of as

182

182              SELECTIONS FROM THE SEPTUAGINT

Exodus IX 24

■%ev to TTvp em ttj? yrjs' Kai efipetjev Kvptos ~)(dXa^,av im iraoav yrjv Alyvirrov. ^rjv Se r) ^aXa£a Kat ro irvp (f>Xoyi-tpv iv rrj ^aXa{^ • rj Se ^aXa^a vokXr) cr^oSpa, ^tis tolclvttj ov yeyovev iv AtyvrrTa d' 77s 17/xepas yeyevrjrai eV avTrj25 irrdra^ev Se r) -^dXa^a iv irdo-rj yfj Axyvirrov d-rro dvdpu>iTov eiw? KTrjvov?, kcu Trdaav j3ordvrjv ttjv iv toj 7reStw r) ^aXa^a, koX vdvTa ra £va ra ej> tois weStois v r) ^aa{a • 26ttX^v iv yfj Tia-efx, ov rjaav ol viol 'larparjX, ovk iyevero r) ^aXa^a. . 27 aTrocrreiXas Se iiavroTs "' to vvv • 6 Kvptos StKatos, iyw Se /cai 6 Xaos fiov do"€ySets. ^ev^aade ovv irepl ifx.ov irpbs Kvpuov, Kat vavcrdo-do) rod yevqdrjvai <$ id="iv.i.i.iv.p2470.4">a>vas deov Kat ^aXa^av /cat Trup • Kat efaTro-crTeXal u/xas, Kat ovk4ti Trpoo~Tedrjo-ecrde fievciv." ^elirev Se aww MojvctiJs " 'lls av i£ekda) ttjv ttolv, itcnerdo-oi ret? ^et-pds fJiov, kcu at (fxoval ■na.vo'ovTai, koX rj ^aXa£a Ka^ ° weTo? ouk eo"rat eri- tva yvws on tov Kvpuov r) yrj. Kat o"v Kai ot BepdirovTes crov e77to"Ta/xat ort ouSeVw 7re6ftrjcr9€ rov deov." 31 to Se XCvov Kai rj KpiOrj iirXrjyrj ■ rj yap Kpidrj Trap€o~Trj-

' the voice of God.' Cp. 48: i K. 1217.     here used because it exactly reflects

— ii|3pe£ev: this use of j3pe'" for 'to     the original.                   " .

rain' is common in Biblical Greek, e.g.          30. xc()>dpr)(r8«: for Ilje perfect

Gen. 25, 1924: Mt. 445: Lk. 1729. Tt is     used as present cp. Soph. Aj. 139 —

condemned by Phrynichus as non-     n£yav &kvov %xa Kai xe^A/Sij/toi. The

Attic (Swete Introd. p. 296).                  E.V. has here'ye will not fear.' The

25. diro . . . ?ws : Hebraism.     vagueness of the Hebrew tense-system

§ 92.                                                          renders such variations passible with-

29. d)sov: as soon as. Cp. Ceb.      out any difference of reading. — tov

Tab. IV £>s hv ela-eXffwinp e/s rbv plov, IX      fcdv : Hebrew, ' JH VH God.' as b.v irapfKd-ris: in N.T. Phil. 228 us &v            31. irap€trTT)KDitt: supply %v — h(iS-

&irl5o> rb. irepl i/j.4.—l^tXOto ttjv iriXiv :      come, i.e. the ears had formed theni-

cp. 1222 oix t£ehei&carijv      selves. Similarly dairy-maids talk of

eipav. This transitive use of 4£ip-     butter 'coming' in the churn. The

xelike Latin egredi, is not un-     Hebrew word here is Abib, which is

known to classical writers, but it is     also the name of the month in which

183

II. THE STORY OF THE EXODUS                  18-3

Exodus X 8

Kvla, to Se ivov (nrep^aiLtpv ■ 826 Se nvpbs /cat r) okvpa ovk eVAyy^crav, oxpifjca yap rjv. *&ei;f\dev Se MwucWjs a7ro rijs ■JroXeos /cat k^creivev ras ^etpas Trpos Kvptov' /cat at a)vou kTTo.vo~o.vro, /cat 17 ^aA.a£a /cal 6 ueros

OVK €O~TO.$eV OVKCTL 67Tt TYjV JT}V.            LO(x)V O€

TreVafTat 6 ueros fat iy ^aXa^a /cat at <^ id="iv.i.i.iv.p2490.1">aivai, Trpoo~£dero tov afiaprdveiv, koI i/3a.pvvev avrov ty/v icapStav Kat twv depa-ttovtoxv avrov. 85/cai io~K )pvvdr] r] /capSta <$ id="iv.i.i.iv.p2490.2">apaa>, /cat ov/c itjaneo-reikev tovs vtovs 'icrpanjX, KaOairtp ekahqaev Kuptos

1Et7rei' Se Kvpto? Trpo? Mcovcriji' 4ycnv " EtcreX^e Trpos <&apaa id="iv.i.i.iv.p2491.1"> • eyw yap io~Ki]pvva avrov rrjv KapSiav (cat raw depawovrcuv avrov, Iva e^s iveXdrj to. cryj^ela ravra in' avrovs • 26'tt&)s $ir)yrjo~r)O'0e ets to. o)ra t«v reKvcav vfiav /cat rots t4kvol<; Tiov tckpoju v/jlojv ocra ifJiTTeTrai)(a rots Atyv77TtotSj /cat ra, arjfjbeid jjlov a eVot^cra e^ aurots, /cat yva>o~io-0e on iyo) Kvptos." 8€to"»5X^€i' Se Mwvcr^? /cat 'Aapmu kvavriov apact) /cat et7rai» avrw " TaSe Xe'yet KtJptos 6 ^eos r 'EfZpaCcov 'vEa)5 TtVos ov /SouXet h>Tparrrvalfie; k^anoaretkov

the buds spring.—erirep|j.ar£l;ov: was     Israel.—I'va l^tjs tireXOxi ktX. : the

in seed. The word occurs in the LXX     Greek here differs slightly from the

only here and in Lvt. 122.                       Hebrew. See E.V.

32. oXvpa : Gen. 4016 n. — o|/i|ia :          2. liiireiroixa: ep. Nb. 2223. This

late crops, as compared with the barley     form of the perfect of tyiralfo is quoted

and flax. The Hebrew word corre-     by Veitch from Plutarch Demosth. 9.

sponding to bf/i/ia is of doubtful mean-     The earlier form is ^aTrorauca as from

ing. E.V.' not grown up.' For Ify/ipos     a dental stem.

cp. Xen. CEc. XVII 4 and in N.T. St.         3. 4vTpairf|va£ |i«: reverence me.

James 57.                                              The verb in this sense with a geni-

1. kya yap IcrKX^pwa kt. : cp. the     tive is common in classical Greek

Greek conception of At6 as exemplified     from Homer downwards, but with

by the tragedians, e.g. Soph. Ant. 621-     accusative it is post-classical. From

4 : also the Prophets, as Is. 69>10. Here     the meaning of ' reverence ' it

the final cause of hardening Pharaoh's     is an easy step to that of ' be

heart is explained to be that God might     ashamed,' as in Ps. 34*: ii Thes.

exhibit his power as a deliverer of     314: Tit. 2s.

184

184              SELECTIONS FROM THE SEPTUAGINT

Exodus X 4

tov Xaou pov Xva Xarpevaoxxiv jxoi. iiav Se fx,rj OiXrjs crv i^aTTOCTTelXat tov Xaov fiov, iSov iyto i-ndyco tovttjv rrjv apav avpiov d/cpiSa ttoXXtjv im irdvTa ra opid crov • 5/cal /caXvt|/et rr/v 6\ilv rijs yrjs, Kal ov Swijcrr) KanSelv rr}v yrjv • /cat Kare-Serai ttoLv to trepicrabv rrjs yrjs to Ka.TaXei(f)Oev, b Kariknrev v/juv r) xwav £vXov to v6fjLevov ifuv im ttj6ko1 TrXrjcrdrjaovTdL crov at oi/a'ai koI at ot/ciai t£)v depawovTcav crov Kal iracrat al oXk'kxi iv irdarj yfj tu>v AlyviTTLCov, a oiSevoTe icapd.Kao~iv ol iraTepeg o~ov ovhk ol ovtu)v, d' ^s rjjxepas yeyovao~Lv e7U r^s y^s eais 17/xepas rav-r^s-' " Kal eKKXCva? Mwvo-r)<; itjfjXOev a7ro_ <&apaco. T/cat Xiyovcriv ol depdvovTe'; <£ id="iv.i.i.iv.p2511.7">apaa) rrpos airov " 'Eojs twos ecrrat tovto rjjjlv Xov; i^aTTOcrTetXop tovs avv'pamovs ottcos XaTpevo~(oo~iv r&> ^e<5 avTwv • rj etSevat jSovXet on (XTToXtoXev Atywrro? ; " 8/cat dwicrTpo^av tov re M'Aapotv irpos Qapaa), Kal etvev avrois " Tlopeve-o~0e Kal XaTpevaaTe r<5 0eco vfjuwv ' rtVe? Se Kal rtVe? etcrtv ot iropevofJLtvoi;" 9/cat Xeyet Mcovcn?9 "Sw rot? veavl(TKOi<; Kal Trpecr/8'UTepots vopevo-o/xeffa, crvv rot? vtots /cat dvyarpdo-iv Kal TT/aOySarots /cat /3ovo-lv tjixZv ' £o~tiv yap ioprr) K.vpiov." 10/cat eTttcv rrpos avrovs "^Ea-rw our&)5, Kvpuos .ped' vjjlu>v •

5.  tt]v o((iv Trjs 7ijs: literally the eye     SjcuXos is used by HoniviZ. XIII564 in of the earth. A Hebraism. Op. Nb.     the same sense as aK6o$, a-stake.— 225'11. — ov Sw/jcnj: a fair equivalent     elS«'vai ^ovXei: Hebrew, 'Dost thou for the vague use of the 3d person in     not yet knov? ?'

the Hebrew.                                                8. xaX dir«o-Tp€i|»av: and they

6.  irpdirairiroi: great-grandfathers,     brought back, just as in the Hebrew. Latin proavi. Only here in LXX.     In the R.V. the sentenbe is turned The Hebrew means only ' grand-     into the passive. — rtves Se Kal rives : a fathers.'                                                 literal translation from the Hebrew.

7.  toCto : R.V.' this man,' a mean-     The form of the question seems to lm-ing of which the Greek also admits by     ply that a detailed answer is expected attraction — o-kwov : a stumbling-     — 'These and those shall go.' block, like tncMakov, Dt. 716: Jdg.          io. "Ecttg> ovrois ktX. : the passage 827, II85 (A) : ii Chr. 2823: Is. 57".     ought perhaps to be punctuated as

185

II. THE STORY OF THE EXODUS                  185

Exodus X 17

KadoTi aTrocrTeWa) u/xas, fxrj Kal ttjv diroaKevifv vfxw; loere, otl novrjpCa •n^davcetTai vfuv. u [jltj ourcos ■ iropevi-crdaxrav Se ol aVSpes Kal XarpevaaTcacrav t6eS' tovto

v            3      3/        «       33        3>//->           £V        3                3                     /

yap aurot et^reire. egepakov oe avTovs atro irpocrorrov $>apaa>.              12Eu7ey Be Kvpco? Trpos Ma)vo~rjv ""Ektcivov

T7)v Xe^Pa ^ 7VV Atyvirrou, Kal ava^rJTOi d^pis inl ttjv yrjv, ko.1 KareSerat tracrav f&or<3.vt)v tt\% yfjs koI Trdvra tov Kap-ttov twv £vXa id="iv.i.i.iv.p2521.1">v ov vveXiTreTO rj y^dXat,a." 18/cat Mtuvcrijs tt/v pdfiSov ets tov ovpavov, Kal irnjyayev votov iirt rr/v yrjv oXrjv ttjv rj/xepav iKeCvrjv Kal oXrjv vvkto. ' to Trpcol iyevTjOrj, koX 6 avefios 6 votos aviXafiev ttjv oiKptSa u Kal dvTJyayev avTrjv iirl Tracrav yrjv AlyvvTov, Kal Kariiravo'ev iirl iravTa. to. opia AlyvirTov ttoXXtj a6Bpa' vpoTepa avTrjs ov yeyovev Toiavir) a/cpts /cat jLtera ravra ovk Icrrat ovto)<;. 15/cal eKaXvijjev tt)v o\iiv t^s y^s? xal i(j}9dpr} r) yrj • Kal KaT€ayev Tracrav j3oTavr]v Trjs yijs Kal irdvra tov Kapirov tS>v £vXa>v os vireXetydr) curb Trjs ^aXa^Tj? • ov^ VTreXeC9r] ^Xcopbv oi>$ev iv tois ^uXot? /cat iv irdarj fiordvrj ■zreSiou iv yfj AlyvirTov. 16 KaTeatrevh'ev Se KaXecrat M.a)vo~r)v Kal 'Aapwv Xiycov " 'HfidpTTjKa ivavTVOv Kvpiov tov 0eov {/[lap Kal ets u/xas " 17Trpoo-8egao~de ovv fiov Trjv a^iap-

follows—"Ea-ru o'vtws Kipios neS' ijj,ui>,     v. 24, 1237. In Dt. 2014 the women

ko.86ti &iroeuro-      are excluded.

vKevty i/iCiv; So be the LOUD with          11. I^PaXov: the verti in the He-you, as I let you go (i.e. not at all)!     brew is singular, but means 'one (Am I to let go) your belongings also?     drove,' so that #4paor correctly rep-Look out, for mischief is upon you.     resents it. E.V. ' they were driven.' "Without the pfi the passage would run          13. iirfflayiv -. Hebrew, 'theLORD as in the Hebrew and there would be     brought.' — aveXal&v: took up in the no question-mark after fytfie. For the     sense of brought. threat with which Pharaoh closes his 14. Kal dv^Ya-yev dirty: Hebrew, speech, cp. v. 28. — airoa-KeDifjv : a     ' and the locust went up.' — dupis : col-word of vague meaning, as we have     lective for a locust-swarm. Cp. Jdg. 712 seen already. Gen. 43s n. Here it      aa-el axpls els ir~Kjj0os -. Nahum 3" § 48. includes the women and children: cp.           17. irpo

186

186              SELECTIONS FROM THE SEPTUAGINT

Exodus X jt;

ere vvv, Kal npocrev^acrde TTphs 'Kvpiov rbv debv vf/bcov, l TrepteXeVo) an ifiov tw ddvarov tovtov." lsi£fjX0ev Se Mcovcrrjs dirb apaa) Kal iqv^aTO Trpo? rbv deov. 19/cai [jtere^aXev Kvpto? avepov drrb 9aXdcro"q<; aoSpov, Kal dVe-Xaftev Trjv d/cptSa Kal efiaXev airrjv ets Trjv ipvBpav ddXacr-crav • Kal oi>x v7reXei&r) d/fpis fiCa iv irdcrrj yfj Alyu-rrrov. /cai eorKkypwev Kvptos tttjv napoiav Qapaoj, Kai ovk ega-

TT€CTT€LXev T0V5 VtOVS 'lapaTjX.

^'Elvev Se Kuptos Trpos Mwvcrijt' ""E/cretvoi' rrjv crov et9 tov ovpavov, /cat yevqdrJTOi ctkoto? em -qrov ctkotos." 22i^ireivev Se Movpavov, Kal eyivero yv6(f>os dveXka inl rracrav yrjv AlyvTTTOv rpets i^/xeyoas " 28/ca! ouk eTSev ouSels rov dSeX.-^of awov rpets rjfiepas, /cat ou/c itjavecrrr) ouSets e/c ttjs koCtt)s avrov rpets r)fx.epa? • iracn Se rot? vtots 'IcrparjX ttolctlv ot"s KareyCvovro. u Kal e/caXecre;/ <&apaa id="iv.i.i.iv.p2529.4"> Moju-cr^v Kal 'Aapcov Xeycov " BaSt^ere Xarpevcrare JLvpCco tVfx.S)v ' rrXr/v tv npofidTCDv Kal t£>v /3o£>v inroXinecrde, Kal r) aTrocTKevr) v/imv airoTpeyero) /xep vjjlojv.           /cat eiTrei' Muv-

'AXXci, /cat crv Scocrets 17//,^ oXo/cavrcojaaTa Kat 6vaia<; a TTOurj uea> rjfxwv, /cat ra KTrvt] r)p.a>v nopev-

atonement for sin, wpoa-dex^ydat here      places in which they dwelt. Karayi-

passes into the meaning of ' to forgive.'      vea-ffai occurs also in Nb. -"S3: Dt. 99.-

— tov 9dvaTov toOtov: Hebrew, 'only     Bel. 0' 21.

this death.'                                                     24. irXiiv . . . iiroX.Cire

21.   »(      ' Only let your flocks and your herds occurs in good writers, but the     be stayed' (i.e. left where they are). masculine is more common.                       The meaning intended by tfee Greek is

22.  ctkotos 7vo<()os BtieXXa: Hebrew,      perhaps Only leave yourselves without ' a thick darkness.' Op. 1420 Kal iytvero      your flocks and your herds. Or hag ctk6tos Kal yvdtpos, 2021 els rbv yv6      irX^y drawn t4 Trpipara ktX. into the Dt. 411, 622 ctk6to; yv6o%       genitive ?

= dv6Por the asyndeton cp. 154.           25. 6XoKo)TiS(iaTa : iii K. 1829n.—

23.   oiSels tov aS«X      a iroiwhich we shall offer. In

— 4v irao-iv ots KaT€-y£vovTO : in all the     classical Greek iroiety and p'^eiv are the

187

II. THE STORY OF THE EXODUS                 187

Exodus XI 5

crercu fieO' rjjxa>v, Kal ov^ VTroXei(f)dr]cr6ix€$a ottXtJv ' air avrcov yap Xi^fjufjofJieda XaTpevcrat Kupico ra Beep rj/ rifiels Se ovk othajxev tl Xarpevcrcofiev Kvplw tco dea> 7jf ew? tov eAuew i)/j,as e/cet.            ecrKAr/pwev oe Kvptos

KapSCav &apa<6, Kal ovk ifiovXijdy} i^avoaTelXai, ovtovs-28/cat Xiyei <&apaa) "''AireXde air' ifiov, wyoocre^e creavra en TTpocrdelvat, tSeiv pov to irpoa-conov ' y 8' av "fj^epa o6r)s jxoi, airoOavfj." 29Xeyei Se Mwcttjs " Etp^/cas' ow/cert 6dyj-i croi eis vpoacoTrov."

Se Kuyoios Trpbs Mojwctijv "*Ert fhCav TrXrjyrjv ivd^o) eVl ^>apaa) /cal ctt' Aiyi;7rrov, kcu /iera ravra e'faTTocrTeXer v/i,as ivTtvOev' orav Se efairocrreXXry Vjaas, cru?' Tra^ri iiVjims eK^oXfj. %Xakrjcrov ovv Kpv(j>fj eis ra, Sra roi) Xaov, /cal alrrjcrdTG) e«:acrTos irapa tov TrXr)o~iov enceur) apyvpa /cat y^pvaa /cat tju.aTtcr/AOi'." 8Kvptos Se Xo-piv tw Xaw avroC kvavTiov tS>v AlyvTTTicov, Kal avToi?' Kal 6 avdpcjTros Maiucnfjs jaeya? iyeinjOrj o~6Spa ivavTtov tZv KlyvTTTMv /cat ivavTiov $apaw /cal kvavTiov irdvTOiv t             4Kat fXite

" TaSe Xeyet Kuptos ' Ilept /^.ecras vv/cra? eyw elc eis fxicrov AlyvnTov, 5/cat TeXeuTTjcret iraj' irpcoroTOKOv eV

regular words for 'doing sacrifice,'          1. oiv iravn: like our 'tag and

like facere and operari in Latin: but     baggage.'—IxpaXci . . . iKpoXfj: cog-

Troieii' does not seem to be constructed     nate dative § 61. See 61 n. with an accusative of the victim,          3. Kal ifxpijcrav airots: these words

whereas pefriv is. Verg. Eel. Ill 77     are not in the Hebrew here and seem to

cum faciam vitula pro frugi-     be imported from 1236, but they serve

bus.                                                      to bring out the meaning. Here, as in

26. ti Xa.Tpri(rw|«v: cognate accu-     321-22, the Israelites are regarded as

sative — what service we are to perform.     dwelling in the midst of the Egyp-

28.  vrpotre( . . . ISeiv: literally     tians.

take heed to thyself about seeing me          i. II«pl |i6ras vvicras: the use of

again.                                                    the plural is classical. See for instance

29.  EipriKas: Hebrew, ' Thus hast     Xen. Anab. II 2 § 8, III 1 § 33: Plat. thou spoken.'                                         Phileb. 50 D, Bep. 621 B.

188

188              SELECTIONS FROM THE SEPTUAGINT

Exodus XI 6

AiyviTTO), dwb vpcoroTOKOv os Kadr/rai eVl rot) Opo-vov, teal ew? irpojTOTOKOv T7)ecus TTpatTOTOKov iravrbs kttJvows ' 6 Kal ecrrai Kpavyrj Kara Traaav yrjv AlyvTiTov, i^ris Totavrr] ov yeyovzv ovk4tl Tipoo~Tt9rjo-erai. 7 Kal eV Traari rois tuots 'IcrparjX ov ypvfjeu kvcov t-q yko)o~o"rj avTov, ouSe a7r6 avOpamov ecus kttjvqvs ' o-irais t§]7? ocra irapaZo^dtfii Kvpios dva fji€o"ov tu>v AiyvTTTicju Kal tou 'IcrpaijX..' 8/ca6 KaTafirj-o~ovTai TravTes ol iratSes crov ovroi tt/dos fie Kal Trpoo~KW>]-(jovcriv /x€ XeyovTes '"E£e6e crv Kal iras 6 Xaos crov ov al) a7]yfj •' Kat //.era, ravra i£eevo-ofJLat." i£rj6ev Be Mav-o-fjs dnb <5 id="iv.i.i.iv.p2563.4">apaco fierd Bv^ov.             ^'Elirev Se Kvpios vpb<;

Mavcrfjv " Ovk eicraKoucrerai v/jluv Qapaa), iVa ttXtjOvvcov TikrjOvvoi fiov to, repara iv yrj AiyvTrra." wMa)o~rj<; 8e Kat 'Aap/cat ra repara. raiJra ev yrj AiyvTrrcw ivavTiov • io~Kijpvvev Se Kvptos rrjv Kaphiav <£ id="iv.i.i.iv.p2564.5">apaa>, Kal ovk eicrrJKovaev i£a-irocrretXai tov? vtou? 'JaparjX Ik yrjs AlyvnTov.

29*Hryevrj9r) Se /aecroucrrj? ttj? wkto<; koX Kupjos eVara^ev

TTCtV TtpoiTOTOKQV €V fQ AlyVTTTW, ttTTO WptOTOTOKOV <$ id="iv.i.i.iv.p2566.1">apaci)

6.  Tyris Toioi5Tr]: 918 n. — ovkcti     avrov i.vivavri aov.^— irpo                                   822 n.                                  ^

7.  ov -yptiija k-uwv : shall not a dog          8. «fnX9«v Se Mwvtrfjs: these words growl. Demosthenes (p. 353, xix 39)     form a natural sequel to Efp^Kas kt. has otfSJ ypv in the sense of ' not a mut-     at the end of chapter 10. From Jo-ter,' In the mind of the Greek trans-     sephus we might gather that in his copy lator a contrast seems to be here in-     II8 followed immediately upon 1029 tended between the stillness among the     (Ant. II 14 § 5).

Jews (iv is an insertion of the LXX)          10. IJairoo-TetXcu : infinitive of con-

and the ' great cry' among the Egyp-     sequence. § 78. The short sunrfnkry

tians. But this way of taking the     of events given in this and the preced-

passage leaves no meaning to the     ing verse seems to belong to the same

words oidt dirj ivSptlnrov $ws kt^-     priestly document from which the In-

tods. For ypJosh. 10a: Ju-     stitution of the Passover (121"28) is

ditli II19 Koi oi 7pi5|ei kAojv ttj y i     taken. 1229 follows very well on II8.

189

II. THE STORY OF THE EXODUS                 189

Exodus XII 37

tov Kadrj/xevov eVi tov dpovov ea>s TTpanoroKov ttjs ai^/xa-XwrtSos TTjT&S Xa/c/cKal eco? irpcoTOToxov iravTos ktt}-vous. 30/cal avacrra? <$ id="iv.i.i.iv.p2578.3">apaoi) vvktos Kal ol avrov Kal irdvres ol Alyvimoi, Kal iyevtjdr) Kpavyfj eV Trdcrrj yrj AiywrTco • ov yap r)v oi/aa ev y ovk rjv Iv avTrj 31/ca! eKaXeaev <&apaa) ~M.Givo~rjv Kal 'Aapcov Kal eiTrev aiirots "''Avdo-rrjTe Kal i^ekdare e.K tou Xaov jiov, Kal vfxels Kal ol viol 'icrpa-qk- /3aSi£eTe Kal Xarpevcrare Kvpiw t<5 OeS v/jlcov Kada, Xeyere ■ 82/to, Trpo^ara Kal tov<; /3da? vp.a>v avakafiovTes iropeveade, ev-Xoyrjcrare St) Ka/xe." 88Kal Kare/Bid^ovTo ol Alyvunoi rw Xaov avovBrj e/e/3aXeu> avTou? e/c t^5 yrj?- elnav ydp otl " Ilavres 17/xeZs dirodvrjcrKoiLev." uavekafiev Se 6 Xaos to crTals Trpo tov ^Vjjiojdrjvai, to. vpdfiaTa avrS>v ei/ et> tois i/xartois avrwv em ray mjjlojv.          ol oe vtoi

iiroL7]crav Kadd crwera^ev avTois M-covarj1;, Kal fjTrjcrav Trapd twv AlyvTTTicov /cat ~)(pvcra Kai ip.a-rto"/xov.          /cat eou>Kev Kvptos tt)^ ^aptv t

evavriov tu>v AlyvTrTiuiv, Kal e-^prjcrav avrots • Kat ec Xeuo~av tous At-yuT7Tiovs.

Si'Airapai'Tes Se ot utot 'Io~par)X e/c 'Pa/xecrcrTj ets ets e^-a/cocrtas ^tXtaSas 7re£<2j; 01 avSpes, TTXyji/ rijs

29.   XaKKcfl: dungeon. It is the      ffrais toiiti jrotri, rAy 8 word used in Daniel for the den of     xe/>0''-

lions. See Gen. 372» n.                                  35, 36. Op. II2'3.

30.   Kal dvoo-Tcis: participle for          37. 'Airdpavrts: § 80. —

finite verb. § 80.                                     = 2o/cxt60 in 1320, with, the Hebrew

31.   Kal 4KaX.€tr«v ktX.: inconsistent     suffix denoting motion to a place with 1028.29 and seeming to point to a     left clinging to it. Cp. Nb. 225 : mixture of sources in the story.                 Jdg. 141-2. — 4|aKOi^l<i8as :

3.3. KaTepidiJovro: 61 n.                       600,000 adult males to represent the

34. o-Tats : dough. Herodotus (II      ' 75 souls of the house of Jacob' men-

36), in speaking of the queer customs     tioned in Gen. 4627. —tt}$ diro

of the Egyptians, says      1010 n.

190

190              SELECTIONS FROM THE SEPTUAGINT

Exodus XII 38

8/cai inifiLKTos ttoXvs crvpavefir) avrols, Kal irpo-/3oes Kal ktt]v7) ttoXXol crS9kcu iirexjfav to crrais o i^-qveyKav i£ Alyvirrov ii/Kpvias al,vp.ovs, ov yap i£v(i(o0r]' i£e/3aXov yap avrovs ol AiyuTmoi, Kai ovk rj$vw)87)crav iirifitivai, ouSe emcrmcrfioi/ iiroirjcrav eauTois

CIS T*JV OOOV.

1|Cf2s Se i^anecrTeiXev <£ id="iv.i.i.iv.p2596.1">apaco top Xaov, ou^ w&ijyTjcrev avrou? 6 #eos 686v yrj? ^"uXicrTieLju,, ort, eyyvs "^f • e'nrei> yap 6 ^eos " M?f ttotc fierajJceXtfcrr) t<2 XaTroXefiov, Kal drrocrTpexjjy) ets AtyvTrrov." 18Kal €KVKa>aev 6 debs tov kabv 6Sbv rijv eis rr)v IpTj/xov, ets tt)v ipvdpav 9akaSe y^ve^ avifirjcrav ol viol 'lcrpar^X Ik yr)<; Atyv-tttov.             19Kat ea/3ev Mawcnjs t'l(ocrr)(f> jxed'

iavrov ■ opKO) yap aSpKtcrev tov? vlov? 'lo-par/X Xeyoiv " 'Em-crKovy imo-Kexjjerai v/j.cis Kvpws, Kal avvavoio-eri fxov ret ocrra evrewev yxef vp,(nv.                 Egapavres oe oi vtot

'icrparjX e/c XoKyoid ecrrparoTreSei/craf ef 'Odbp, vapa ttjv iprjpov: 216 Se ^eo9 T^yetro avroiv, r)p.ipas jaev ev arvXa

38.  !itI|uktos iro-us: sc.Sx^05- It     way." — Mrj iror« h«to[mX^o-ji : Gen. ■would appear from this that the He-     481'2 n.

"brew nation was only in part descended          18. IkvkXwctcv : * led round. Ku-

from Jacob.                                               kovv generally means ' to go round,'

39.   evKpvfyias : iyxpviplas (ILpros)     as in Gen. 211: Dt. ~2K § 84.

was a loaf baked in tbe ashes. Lucian          20. 'OBdfi: Mham. Called Bov9ar

Dial. Mort XX i i di a-voSov irXtias,      in Nb. 336-7. — irapa tt)v epufiov: on

&Las Upros. Cp. Gen. 186 :      the edge of the wilderness. The first

Nb. II8: iii K. 1712, 196. The accusa-     two stagt ,s of their journey then, from

tive here is due to the fact that Hepev     Eameses to SuocotKv(123T) and from

='made into.'                                          Succoth to Etham (1320), were not

17. on kyyvs rp>: ~R.V. 'although     through the wilderness. Succoth =

that was near.' This sense may be     Thuket = Pithom on the Sweet^Vf ater

got out of the Greek by taking the     Canal, a little west of Ismailia. words closely with oix aS-?iyr)cr<-v ai-           21. T||Mpas (iev kt. : A pillar of

rotJs — "he did not make the near-     cloud by day and a pillar of fire by

ness of the land of the Philistines     night is just the appearance presented

a reason for leading them that     by a volcano.

191

II. THE STORY OF THE EXODUS                   191

Exodas XIV 8

ve(f>e7}<; Setfat avrots tt/v 686v, ttjv Se vvkto, iv ctvXco 7ru/oos' novK igeXiirev Se 6 crrvXos ttjs vec^eXijs i^uepas /cat 6 crrvXos rov nvpbs wktos ivavriov tov Xaov ttcivtos.

2Kat iXdXrjcrev Kv/3to5 Trpos^Mwvcniji' Xeycov 2c< AdXrj&ov viots 'icrparfX, Kal aTToaTp&iavT€'i

crai' airevavri rijs CTrauXea)?, di'a. fxecrov MaySwXoti /cat afa Trj'; daXdcrcrris, eg evavrias JSeeXareir^wv • kv&itiov o-TparcnreSevcreLs iirl rijs OaXdskcu ipei xw Xaa avrov ' Ot viol 'lcrpar)X rrXavSyvrai ovtol ev rfj yrj ■ crvvKe/cXei/cei^ ycip avrovs 17 epTjjU.09-' 4 eya> 2

ttjv Kap&Cav , kcll KaraStw^erai ottCctq: avrcov • Kal ivZo^acrdrjcrojxai iv Qapaco Kal iv ndcrrj ttj CTTpaTia avTov, Kal yvTra^res ot Alyvurioi otl iya> elfiL Kvptos-' Kal eTroCrjaav ovtcos. 6/cat dvrjyyiXt) ra /SacrtXet twi/ Avyvnriu necfrevyev 6 Xao? • " «rat /xere-$apaa) /cat ^ Kapo~ia tS>v OepairovTcov avTov irrl tov Xadv, Kat €.hrav " Tt tovto eTronfcra/xev tov i^aTTO(TT€ikai tovs vtou? 'laparjX tov jjlt) SovXevuv rjjxlv;" 6e£,ev£ei> ovv $>apaa> to. dpfiara amov, Kal tri-vra tov Xaov avTov avvarnjyayev ped' eavTov, 7 Kal Xa/3a)v iJjaKoo~La dp-ixaTa ejcXeKTa /cat iracrav tyjv lttttov tuiv AiyvnTiav Kal TptcrrctTa? ivl trdvTcov. 8/cat lo~Kkrpvv€.v Kvy3to? tt)^ Kap-

2.   ttjs €iravX«ci)s: 8U n. This is      differs slightly from the Hebrew. — the LXX substitute for the Pi-hahiroth      irXavSvTai: E.V. ' are entangled in.' of the Hebrew text, which is supposed           5. dv^-yy^Vii: § 24.—tov efjairoorei-to be Egyptian. Presumably the Alex-      Xai: § 60. —tov |ir) SouXciieiv r)|itv: § 60. andrian translators knew its meaning.           7. ttjv iirirov: the cavalry. There

— Ma-ySi&Xou : Migdol, a Hebrew word      is a tendency in Greek for words demeaning 'fort.'—BceXo-einjxov : Baal-      noting collective ideas to be feminine, zephon. Jos. Ant. II15 § 1 BeKaeQibi*.      Thus 6 fiXs 'salt,' but 17 &s 'the sea'

— avrSv: this can only refer to Baal-      (the brine). The Hebrew has the same zephon.                                                        word for ttv Xttov as for tA Hp^ara.—

3,   t£ Xo§ a*Tov ; the Greek here      tpuj-t&tcis : captains. Qp. 154: iv K.

192

192              SELECTION'S FROM THE SEPTUAGINT

Exodus XIV 9

SCav <&apa.a id="iv.i.i.iv.p2627.1"> y6ao-Alyvirrov Kal Tav depairovrwv avrov, v OTHtrcu ra>v vla>v 'lo-patjX • ol Se viol 'laparjX iv x&pl vxprjXrj. 9 Kal KaTeSia^av ol Alyv-tttiol biricra) avT&v, Kal evpocrav avTovs -TTapejJifie^Xrj rrapa, tt)v 6dXao~o~av • Kal iracra rj iVtto? Kal ra ap <&apacb kcu ol irnreLS Kai r/ crrpaTia avrov anivavn,

ivavria<; BeeXcreTT^cSi'. 10/cat Kal ava^X4\iavT€tois 6dafxdls opSicriv, Kal ol AlyvTTTiot. 'icrTparoneSevcrav bir'icra> avrwv, Kal i(j)oj3r]dr]o-av crt^dSpa. avefiarjaav Se ol viol 'lcrparjX Kvpiov • u Kal eiTrav irpo? M.a)vo~fjv " Hapa to /u.17 inrdp-fjiVTjfLaTa iv yfj AlyvTTTto efijyayes ^jaa iv ttj ipt]fio>; rt tovto eTTOL7]O~as rffxlv, i^ayayu>v AlyvTTTov; 12ov tovto rjv to pfjfi-a. o iXaKyjcrajiev ere iv AlyvTrra) Xeyovres ' Ilapes ^/xas 6Vcos SovXevo~a)fAe.v tois AlyvTTTiois'; Kpelcraov yap r)jxa<; hovXevetv rots Al-yviTTLOi<; rj airodavelv iv rfj ipij/xw Tavry." 13et7ref Se Mwucr^s 7rpo§ tov Xaov " ©apcrei/re • crrijre Kal opare rrjv crcoTTjpiav ttjv rrapa tov 6eov, r)v Trotr^cret r/fjuv o"i)is,€pov • bv TpoiTOv yap ecopaKare. tous AlyvtrTiov? atj^epov, ov TTpoo-6~r]creo~de ert iSew avrous eis tov al5>va X

64j 72,17. 19, 925; 1025) 1525. The wor(J      ag in V- 19 or

is evidently chosen by the translators      — i~qs !ira«e

because it contains the number three,           10. irpoo-fj-yev: led on (his forces).

as the Hebrew original does also.               —lo-TpoToir^Sevo-av: E.V. 'marched.'

8.   Iv xeipl u|n]Xfi: 61 n.                        ^Tparoiredetieiv seems-to have this mean-

9.   «vpoo-av: § 16. — irap£|ip6f3 )K6-      ing in Dt. I40 : iiMac.y23: iv Mac. 186. raj : encamped. A common word in           11. irapd t6 [i4] virapx^vv : owing to late Greek. It is explained by L. & S.      there not being. Op. Nb. 1416. Thjs-use as being properly used of distributing      of irapi is classical. — Bava-nSo-ai: §77. auxiliaries among other troops, as in           13. ov Tpdirov -ydp : the meaning is Polyb. I 33 § 7 r&v U iwsBotptipuv toi>s     — "Ye have seen them to-day, but ye liiv iirl rb Seifidp tttpas TrapevifiaKe, rods      shall see them no more." — ets tov 5f ktX. Hence ira/K/i.po'X^ ' a camp,'      atSva xpovov : for ever. Aiuca is here

193

II. THE STORY OF THE EXODUS                 193

Exodus XIV 21

pto<; iroXe/jiijcrei irepl vp,S id="iv.i.i.iv.p2637.1">v, na uju,eis criyrjcreTe."            15~EliTev

he Kupios Trpos Monxnjv " Tt /3oas vrpos fii; XdXrjcrov tois 'IcrparjX Kai dvat,€.v^dr(ao~av • wkcu o~i> hrapov rrj crov, Kai tKTeivov ttjv xeipd (T0V ^7ri TVV QdXacraav i prj^ov avrijv, Kai eio~eX6dhoo-av ol viol 'lcrpa.rj et§ fidcrov t^s ^aXacrcr^s Kara to t;r)p6v. 17Kai l$ov iyw (TKKrjpvvh) ttjv Kaphiav <3 id="iv.i.i.iv.p2638.1">apaa) Kai tS>v AIjvtttuov TrdvTwv, Kai elcrekevcrovTaL ottlcto) avTa>v • Kat ivZo^audrjcro^ai Iv <£ id="iv.i.i.iv.p2638.2">apaa) Kai iv irdcrrj ttj arpaTia avTov Kai iv rois apfiaaiv i iv tchs tinrots avrov. lsKai yvaxjovrai iravTes ol Al-otl iya> el/xi Kvpto?, ivSo^a^ofxivov fjiov iv <&apacb iv tois dpfiacriv koI Ittttoi1? avrov." wit;rjpev Se 6 ayyeXos rod deov 6 rrpoTropevo/jLevos tijs irapejx^okrj<; tu id="iv.i.i.iv.p2638.4">v vl£>v 'lo~pat]} Kai iiropeudrj ck t£>v omcrOev i^rjptv 8e Kat 6 (ttvXos t^s ve(j)eXrj<; onrb Trpocranrov avraiv, ko.1 earr/ ck tS)v birio~oi avroov. 20Kat elcrrjXOev dva, fieo~ov tcou Alyv-tttiwv Kai dva fxecrov ttjs Trape^/SoXr}? 'Yo-parjX, koi eaTT) • Kai iyivero ctkotos Kai yvoo<;, Kai 8irjev rj vv£, Kai ov dXXi^Xots oXtjv rrjv vvKTa. n i^ereivev Se Mwi;-

Kvptos

grammatically an adverb, ris Tiy dci          18. Jwirois: Hebrew ' horsemen.'

Xpbvov.                                                                19. «ii)p€v : Gen. 3717 n.—irapeji-

14. o-fyr|o-6Te: literally shall say      poMjs: the context seems to show

nothing = do nothing. This is the      that this word here means ' army

characteristic attitude of Hebrew piety      on the march ' (Lat. agmen), not

in and after the age of the literary      'camp.' Cp. v. 24. The Hebrew

prophets. Op. Ps. 4610 ' Be still and      original admits of either meaning,

know that I am God' : Is, 3016 'in      —Ik tuv SirwrBev ... Ik twv oirtcrw :

quietness and in confidence shall be      the Hebrew phrase is the same in

your strength.' The text 'their      both cases.

strength is to sit still' (Is. 307) has           20. SiijX.8ev t] vit, -. Hebrew, ' gave

vanished from the Bible under the      light during the night' The Greek

hand of the Revisers.                                  ought to mean 'the night passed.'

16. «irapov t{j pdfSSu : Ex.      Perhaps the Greek translator had a

720.                                                                  different reading.

194

194              SELECTIONS FROM THE SEPTUAGINT

Exodus XIV 22

ttjv $dacrcrav iv dvefjua) vora /3icua> oKrqv rr/v vvktol, Kal iiro£r)crev rrjv Oakacrcrav £rjpdv} Kal icr^Ccrdr) to vhcjp. 22 Kal eicrrjXdov oi viol 'IcrpaijX els (J,eaov rfjs dadcrcrr)<; /cara to £rjpov, Kal to vhwp aurois rei^os eK he^iau Kal Tei)(o<; i£ cvcovvjjlcov ■ ^Kal KareSiaifai' oi AiyvTmoi, Kal elcrrjXdov ottlcto) avriov Kal iras IVttos 4>apa&) Kal to. dp/xara i oi dvafidrai el? fxicrov rrjs 6adcr8e rrj eVe/3Xei/;ev Kvptos cttI rwv AlyvvTicov iv atTvo) irvpbs Kal

25

Kal

Kal (rvverdpa^ev ttjv Trapt=ixfio )i> t£>v tjvv£§r)rovs afovas tcov dpfidroiv avrwv, Kal yjyaytv avTovs [Jbcrd /3ias. Kal elTtav oi Alyvvnoi " &vya)p.ev diro Trpocramov lapatjX- 6 yap Kvpios 7roejU,ei irepl aurwi' rous AlyvirTiovs"             26Et7rev Se Kvpios Trpbs Maivcr^v "vEk-

Teivov rr/v X€V* °"°'u ^ T'*?I; 9dato vSwp Kal e7rt.KaXt;|/aTcu rovs AlyvirTLOVs, iiri re rd ap/xara ov$ avapara?.            cgeretvev oe Man/o^s tt)^ X6tPa e7rt

ddXacrcrav, Kal dTT-eKarecmj to vSwp Trpos rjixepav £irl

21.  Iv av€n     three watches — 'The beginning of wind. Hebrew, ' east wind.'                   the watches' (Lam. 2iS), ' the middle

22.  to S8o>p airots t«ios: imagi-     watch' (Jdg. 719), and 'the morning nation here calls up the picture of a     watch.'                       "

wall of water on either side of the          25. v«ST|o-«v: clogged. This rep-Israelites, but, as the cleaving of the     resents a better reading than that water has been ascribed to the wind in     accepted in our Hebrew text. See E.V. v. 21, the meaning here may be only     margin. — ii-yaYtv : causative made that the water protected them from     them drive. § 84. — ir<»Xe|j.et . . • tovs attack on both flanks. In 15s how-     AtyuirTiovs : this transitive use is not ever it is clear that the other meaning     uncommon in late authors. Instead is intended.                                            of vepl we should here have viripjft.

2rfj (JvuXanfj t^ IwOivfj: cp. i K.     classical Greek.

II11: Judith 12s kvtdTt] irpis ttjv iuSiv^v         27. aiTtKari§ 19.—lirl x^"

va.K'qv : i Mac. 530 Kal ty&ero iuOivfj.      pas : genitive singular towards its

Prior to Roman times the Jews are     (usual) place. R.V. text 'to its

said to have divided the night into     strength,' margin ' to its wonted flow.'

195

II. THE STORY OF THE EXODUS                 195

Exodus XT 2

. ol Se AlyurrTioi efivyov vrro to voatp, /cat i^erlva^ev s tovs AlyvrrTiovs iicrov ttjs 0ad28/cat iirava-cnpa<^kv to vSwp iKaXviftev tol apfiara /cat rous dvaj3d-ras Kat -jraaav ttjv Swa/AW Qapaw, rou§ elc OTTLcroj avra>v ei? ttjv daXacrcrav ■ koX ov avTa>v ovSe els. 29ol Se riot 'laparjX i-nope-vdrjcrav Sta eV fiecro) tiJ? ^aXacrcr^s, to Se vSoyp clvtoIs ret^os e/< kolI Tei^os e£ evcovvjxwv. S0Kal ippvaaTo Kvptos tov 'Io-par/k iv rrj rjpepa exe'ivy eV ^etpb? t£v AijvittIcov koll rSef 'icrparjX tov<; AlyvrrTiovi Tedv^KOTas irapa to T775 daXdacrrj?. s1 TSev Se 'IcrparjX Tr/i> X^Pa TVV , a eVowjcrei' Kvpios roi? Aiyvirriois- icfrofirfdr} Se 6 Xaos tov Kvpiov, /cat eVujTeucrav tw ^eai Kat Mcuucr^ tw depaTTovn avroi).

'Tore Tjcrei' Mojvo-ijs /cat ot t)tol 'IcrparjX ttjv (idrj To> 0£(p, Kat euTrav XeyovTes

iiVAaa>ixev tb KvpCco, eVSd£ittttov kou ava^aTrjV eppixjjev et? OdXaacrav.

/cat ets ouros jU.ou ^eds, /cat So^acrw avrdi', os tov Trarpds ju-ov, /{npcocrw olvtov.

—g^nryov 4i" to wSwp: Hebrew, ' were     a very exact description of the metre,

fleeing to meet it.' The Greek per-     ■which runs somewhat as follows —

haps means the same. ■—u«rov ttjs 8a-     . . /         s. . , ,. /.,. / .

,. ,                                                         I smg unto Jaliveu, for his might is great: Xaoro-ris: for this prepositional use of        x           /           /           /

liiaav cp. Nb. 338, 355 : i K. 56, II11:     l!orse and rider he flung to diwu.

Phil. 215.                                                —4v86|ws ^ap StSogao-rav: § 82.

31. Ttjv xeEPa : work. A H-ebraism.         2. o-Ktirao-TVjs: the vocative

— a Iito£t)o-€v K-upios : even the things     wa^rd occurs in iii Mac. 69. The He-

vjhich the LOBD did, explanatory of     brew word here used means'song,'i.e.

Tfy xtipa.                                               subject of song. The Greek translators

1. ttjv ioStjv TttvTT|v : composed by     may have had another reading. The

Moses, says Josephus (Ant. II 16 § 4)     LXX also omits the subject of the seii-

iv Qaixtrptf rbvif. This is not however     tence, 'which in the Hebrew is Jah. Iii

196

196              SELECTIONS FROM THE SEPTUAGINT

Exodus XV 3

^Kvpios arvvTp(f3ci)v

Kvptos ovo/xa

4 apfiaTa <$ id="iv.i.i.iv.p2694.1">apaa) Kal rr/v Svva/XLv awov ippujjev ets ddXacr-crav,

avafidras TpLcrraTas-

iv ipvdpa BaXdcrcry. 57t6vt(x) eKaXvxjjev avTovs-

/careSucrav ets fivdov aicrel C8o$. 617 Se^fia crov, Kvpie, SeSd^acrrai ev icryyi-

7) Se^ia crov xeV' Kvptc, idpavcrev i~)(dpovs. 7 Kal tcj TrXrjdei rrjs So^tjs crov crwerpn/»as tovs virevavriovs ■ iyv opytjv crov, Kal KaT€ayev avrovs a>s

Kat Stct tov Trvev/taros tou Ovjxov crov StecrTTj to v8a>p-itrdyr acrel re?)(os to, vSara, Ittdyt] ra Kv/xara Iv jaecr&j r^s 6adcrcr7)

jj,epta> crKvXa, ifnrXrjcro) ipv)(TJi> fiov,

Is. 122, where the same words are used     'follows, not object of that which went

just after an allusion to the Exodus     before.

(Is. II16), the subject is ' Jah JehoYah.'          5. itovtio !K&A.vi(rev .aii-ovs: E.V.

The LXX has there simply Kiipios,      'The deeps cover them.'

which might go to show that Jehovah          8. Siarovnv€ifjLaTos_KT. : through

is a gloss on the rare word Jah. The     the blast of thine anger (Wo. 'nostrils')

same Hebrew which is here rendered     the waters stood apart (R.V. ' were

fioriBos Kal /rK£7rat7Tris appears there as i)     piled up '). The metaphorical use of

8{5{a pxiv Kal t; aiVeiris /ton.                            ' nostrils' in Hebrew seems to be de-

3.  Kvpwos      rived from the behaviour of angry Hebrew, 'Jehovah (is) a man of     cattle. — lirayi] aTeS^os ktX. : the war.'                                                         waters became solid as a wall. R.V. ,

4.  emXiKTous &vct|3dTas Tpia-Taras :      'The floods stood upright as an heap.' asyndeton. Op. 1022. The Hebrew     ''Eirdyri is inexact here, but quite cor-here is simply ' the choice of his     responds to the different Hebrew word captains,' there being nothing to     in the next clause rendered in R.V. correspond to avapiras, and the ex-     'were congealed.' 'ftcrei is post-clas-pression is subject to the verb that     sical.

197

II. THE STORY OF THE EXODUS                  197

Exodus XV 15

aveXa) Trj fia^atpy /xov, KvpLevcret r] x€^p (J-ov.' 10dVecrTeiXas to Trvevfjud crov, iKaXvifiev avrovs OdXacrcra.-

eSvcrav axret ju.oXi/3os iv vSan o$pa>. •"tis o/xotos croi iv deo^s, Kvpie; ti's o/xoio? crot;

oeoogaaixevos iv ayiois, 6avjxaarToSo^ats, ttoicov

repara. e£ereivas r^z/ oeftai' ctou-

Karirnev avrov<; yrj.

18 aiSrjyrjcras Trj SiKcuocrvvr] crov tov aov crov tovtov ov ivr patera),

oLs 777 Ict)(vl crov et? KaraXv^a ayiov crov. edvq koX d)pyio~0y]o-av

eXafiov Karoi/cowra? •I'vXto-Ttet/x. 6totc iarirtvo-av rjyepoves 'ESoj/x /cat a/r^oire?

9.   dveXio: future of avaipiuv. § 21. R.V. 'I will draw my sword.' — (j.a-a(pr): § 3. — Kupicio-n t| x€'P f-ov '■ E.V. 'my hand shall destroy them.' The usual meaning of the word which is rendered ' destroy' is ' make to possess.' Here we get very close to

KVpLttio'ei.

10.   (jioXupos: earlier and poetic form of fi&KvfiSos. § 35.

11.  tis o(xoi6s o-oi Iv Beois : this admission of the existence of other gods might be used as an argument for the early date of this poem. When the Kabshakeh (ii Kings 1835, 194) represents the 'living God' as but one among many, he is regarded as having spoken blasphemy. — Iv 0,7(015 : Hebrew, ' in holiness.' The Greek ought rather to mean ' among holy ones.'

12.   KaTcirwv avToxis 711 : a general expression for destruction, since in

this instance it was the sea that swallowed them.

13.  Trj 8ik(uoo-vvt] : R. V. ' mercy.' Dr. Hatch (Essays in Biblical Greek, p. 49) has shown how the meanings of diKatotrtivq and £eT]fiorun into one another in the LXX. In the N.T. there is one instance (Mt. 61) of the use of 5iKo.Loin the sense of ^Ae-^/zocrtfi'ij, and the use of 81kMt. I19 would be explained, if we could render it ' a merciful man.' — irapeKdXeo-as ktX. : Thou haul summoned (Hb. 'guided') them by thy might to thy holy resting-place. Cp. 17 ayiao-na, sanctuary. These expressions look like references to the Temple.

14.  <£vio-ti,€£|a : the references to the Philistines, Edomites, and Moab-ites argue a poet of later times acquainted with the subsequent history of Israel.

15.  60-irewav: R.V. 'wereamazed.'

198

SELECTIONS FROM THE SEPTUAGINT

198

eXafiev avrovs ira.KT]crav tio.vtz.% ol kotolkovvt€<; ~K.ava.av. 16imirdcrot, eV avrovs rpojxos koX c/>o/3o?,

Exodus XT 16

crov,

fxeyedec /fyxx^iovos crov a.iroXi6a>drjroiaav' e&)5 av Trapekdr) 6 X.ads crov, Kvpie,

ew9 av TrapeXOrj 6 Xaos crov ovro? bv ix 17elo~ayayoi)u Kara

els eroip,ov KaroiKrjTiqpiov crov o KanqpTto-o), Kvpte, aytacr/xa, Kvpte, o ^Totyxacra-v at ^eipes crov. 18Kvptos /3ao-ievtj)v rov alStva Kai irr' aitova Kal eri."

19"Or6 eicryfkdev ittvos eis ddXaarcrav, Kal iirijyayev iir' avrov§ Kvptos to vSwp ttjs

15.  koI apxovres M«a{3«iT«v: To

make these "words tally with the Hebrew -verse-division, they should be taken with what follows, thus — Kai dpxoyres Mwa/foru?*', £af$ov atiroits rpo-n6s. For &pxoi>Tes the K.V. has ' mighty men.' The 'Hebrew word really means 'rams.' Moab was specially a sheep-' breeding country, and in ii K. 34 Mesha, king of Moab, is described as a 'sheep-master.' The rams seem to be put by a poetic figure for their owners.

16.   «n7r«roi . . . diroXi8u>9i|To>-crov: the E.V. has the indicative in both cases. The difference is sufficiently accounted for by the ambiguity of the verbal form in Hebrew. — ttiroXi6o)0^Tlet them be petrified. The notion of being turned into stone by terror was current among the Greeks, as is shown by the story of the Gorgon's head. In the Hebrew phrase however it is the notion of quiescence that is uppermost.

17- tts opos K )povo)i.£as

Solomon built the Temple no hill in Palestine was especially the abode of Jehovah ; and it was not until the time of Hezekiah and Isaiah, after the destruction of the Northern Kingdom, that Sion became the one recognised centre of the national religion. — a.7iao"ij.a, Kj&pie: the Hebrew word here rendered Ktfpie is Adonai, not, as in the preceding clause, Jehovah. The Greek translators are obliged to use the same word for both. In our version they are distinguished by the use of different type.

18.  parbv aiava kt. : Hebrew, 'for ever and ever.' Possibly the addition of Kal in in the Greek is due to a confusion between ~ the latter part of the Hebrew expression and the very similar word for 'and still.'

19.  "On eto-TjXBev: this explanatory note appended to the song seems to show that it was not originally intended for this place.

199

II. THE STORY OF THE EXODUS                  199

Exodus XV 21

dado~o-qs- ol Se viol 'laparjk iiropevdrjcrav Sta £>?pas iv jaecro) Trjs &akcicrcrr]S.

20Aafiovcra Se Mapiap, yj irpo(f>r}TL<; r/ dSeX^i) 'Aapa>v to Tvp.TTa.vov Iv Trj XetP^ avrijs, kcu i^TjXOoo'av 7racrai al ywcu-K65 owicro) aurrjs jaera TVfMTrdvcav koX -^opwv. 21 e^rjp-^v 8e avTcav ~M.apiap. Xeyovaa

" vA.o~oyp.ev tS Kvptq), eVSofcos yap SeSo^acrrat •

Xttttov kcu ava(5a.T7)v eppvtyev ei? dakacrcrav."

2O. Maptdji: Hebrew Miriam. The     stem ra--: but the thing was foreign name is the origin of our Mary. The     to the Greeks and used chiefly in the mother of Jesus is called Mapid/j, in     worship of Asiatic or Egyptian god-Mt. li0. In the 19th chapter of the     desses. Our word ' timbrel' is, accord-Koran, Mohammed makes the people     ing to Skeat, a diminutive of Middle of Mary, the mother of Jesus, address     English timbre, which comes from her as ' 0 sister of Aaron !'—tv^tto.-     Latin tympanum through the French. vov: Hebrew tSph, plural titppim, from          21. 4|fjp)^6v 8e atn-oiv : B.V. 'an-the verb tapap (probably onomato-     swered them.'—"An«v: as in 151, poetic: cp. 'tap-tap'). The Greek word     but the Hebrew there is 'I will sing' Ti/arany or rivavov is doubtless from     and here ' Sing ye.'

200

201

INTRODUCTION TO THE STORY OF BALAAM AND BALAK

The scene is now changed. Egypt is left behind, and the Israelites are hovering on the confines of Palestine. Moses is still their leader, though he is Hearing his end, and the bones of Joseph are being carried with them for burial. Over the Israelites themselves a great change has come. Instead of being slaves cowering under a taskmaster, they are now an invading horde, spreading terror before them and leaving destruction behind. Already mighty kings have been slain for their sake, while others are quaking on their thrones. Balak, the king of Moab, in his perplexity sends for Balaam, the prophet of God, whose fame filled the land from Mesopotamia to the Mediterranean, to curse these intruders from Egypt. Balaam, the son of Beor, is represented in our story as being fetched all the way from Pethor on the Euphrates (Nb. 225, 237: op. Dt. 234), a place which has been identified with the Pitru of the Assyrian monuments, near Carchemish. He is made to speak of himself (Nb. 2218) as being the servant of Jehovah, and is everywhere thus spoken of (22s'84'85, 238'17, 2411'18). This looks like an admission on the part of the writer that the worship of the 'one true God' was to be found in Mesopotamia, where Abraham came from, and was not confined to the children of Israel. Balaam indeed figures as the foe of Israel, having all the will to curse, but being allowed only the power to bless (Dt. 234'5). He is credited with having counselled the Moab-ites and Midianites to entice the Israelites away from the worship of Jehovah through the wiles of their women (Nb. 3116); and, when the five kings of the Midianites are slain in revenge for this act, we read 'Balaam also the son of Beor they slew with the sword' (Nb. 318). The passages which connect Balaam with Midian are referred to the priestly document (P), the association of the elders of Midian with the elders of Moab (224'7) being set down to the harmonizing hand of the editor. In our story, which is made up from

201

202

202             SELECTIONS FROM THE SEPTUAGINT

J and E, Balaam, having delivered himself of his prophecies, goes back to his home on the Euphrates (Nb. 2425).

It is probably a mere coincidence that the first king who is recorded to have reigned in Edom is Bela the son of Beor (Gen. 3632). The words in Micah 65 look like an allusion to some account of conversation between Balak and Balaam which has not come down to us.

In the 3STew Testament Balaam is the type of the covetous prophet, ' who loved the hire of wrong-doing' (ii Pet. 215). This is in strong contrast with his own words in 2STb. 2218 —' If Balak would give me his house full of silver and = gold, I cannot go beyond the word of Jehovah, my God.' In Rev. 2H there is a reference to ' the teaching of Balaam' in connexion with idolatry and fornication.

Plato says of Minos that he was not a bad man, but had the misfortune to' offend a literary nation. The same may have been the case with Balaam. The literature of the Jews, though so much scantier than that of the Athenians, has gone deeper into our hearts, and the character of Balaam seems to have suffered in proportion.

The great stumbling-block in the story before us is not the incident of. ' the dumb ass speaking with man's mouth': for, if once we pass the limits of mundane reality, who shall pronounce judgement on degrees of credibility? As Charles Lamb truly remarked — 'We do not know the laws of that country.' It is rather the moral difficulty arising from the arbitrary and unreasonable conduct ascribed to Jehovah, in first commanding the prophet to go, .and then being angry with him for going. From the time of Josephus (Ant. TV. 6 § 2), who says that God's command was given in deceit, various attempts have been made to get over this difficulty, but they cannot be considered successful. It ought therefore to be a relief to the mind and conscience of the devout, when the critics come forward with their •supposition that there are again two stories mixed up here — that the bulk of the narrative in oh. 22 (vv. 2-21, 36-41)j5o:ines from E, _ while the incident of the ass (vv. 22-35) comes from J. If this be so, then in the story, as told in E, Balaam is perfectly obedient to the divine command, not going with the messengers until he has been told in a vision at night to do so; whereas in. the J narrative Balaam's way is perverse before God, in that he went against the divine will. The vision at night and the spiritual perception of the

203

INTRODUCTION TO STORY OF BALAAM AND BALAK 203

ass are thus seen to be two different literary contrivances for leading up to the same end, namely, that Balaam was to go, but to speak only as God told him (cp. v. 20 with v. 35). In confirmation of the hypothesis of a double source it may be noticed that in 2221 (E) Balaam is accompanied by the princes of Moab, whereas in 22s2 (J) he has only his own two servants with him.

That the future may be, and has been, foretold is an opinion which has been widely held in past times and may be widely, held again, notwithstanding that the current of thought has been running of late the other way. The flourishing institution of oracles among the Greeks rested upon this persuasion. The prophecies of the Cumsean Sibyl were an engine of Roman state-management; but, as they were also a state-secret, they do not help us much. The Sibylline verses so abundantly quoted by Lactantius as evidences of Christianity would indeed be overpowering proofs of prophecy, if they had not been composed after the events. The same, it is now admitted, is the case with the remarkable mention (i K. 132) of Josiah by name some three centuries before he was born; while the similar mention of Cyrus in the book of Isaiah (4428), instead of being the stronghold of the defenders of prophecy, is now one of the chief arguments for the composite authorship of that work. But prophecy is likely to gain no fairer trial than the witches of old, if fulfilment is to be taken as proof of spuriousness. The last words of Balaam's prophecies appear to predict the destruction of the Persian Empire by Alexander the Great. Are we therefore to set them down to that period? To this it may be replied — Certainly not as a whole, but we must take account of the universal tendency to alter existing prophecies and even to compose new ones suited to fresh events as they occur. The former tendency is dwelt on by Thucydides (II 54) in his comments on the oracular verse

which could be made to suit either a pestilence or a famine at will by the insertion or omission of a single letter. So again Strabo (XIII 1 § 53, p. 608), speaking of the well-known prophecy of Poseidon in the 20th book of the Iliad (11. 307, 308) —

vvv 8e Br] Aivet'ao /3Crj TpuSeatriv dvafa

(cat ttoCSoiv irai&s, rot K«v ptTOTntrBe yevwrcu,

204

204              SELECTIONS FROM THE SEPTUAGINT

says that some people in his day read iravrtaa-iv in place of and understood the lines as a prophecy of the Roman Empire.

The oracular verses which circulated among the Greeks in the sixth and fifth centuries, such as are recorded by Herodotus and Thucydides and jeered at by Aristophanes, afford a fairly close parallel to these prophecies of Balaam. These Greek prophecies are generally assigned to Bacis of Boeotia: but according to iElian (V.H. XII 35) there -were three Bacides; and, as Bacis merely means ' the speaker,' to ascribe them to Bacis may be no more than adding them to the numerous works of ' the author called Anon.'

205

III. THE STORY OF BALAAM AND BALAK

Numbers XXII

3 Kal oLTrdpavTes ol viol 'IcrparjX irapevefiaXov iiil §vo~jia>v MwO|S napa. tov 'lopBdvr/v Kara, 'lepei^d.

2 Kal IScov BaXa/c vlbs "Ziir^cbp iravra ocra i.7ToirjO~a> 'laparjX tu 'AfjLoppaLcp, sKal i^ofirjdrj MwayS tov Xaov cr^>d8pa, 6Vt ttoXXol r]O~av ■ koX Trpoo~Mwa.yS oltto npoo~a>iTOV vliov 'laparjX. iKal elirev Mwa^S ttj yepovaiq, MaSiayx " Nvv iicXC£;eL r) avvaycoyr) avrr/ TraWas tous kvkXco r/fjucov, a)S CAiXi^ai 6 ju,ocr^o? r^Xcopa Ik tov TreStov." Kal BaXa/c vto? %€TT(j>ci)p ySacriXeus M&xi/S ^^ Kara, tov Kaupou ckuvov. 6Kal aTrecrretXev 7rpecr/3ets Tryaos BaXaa^u. uioj' Bea)/> <&adovpa, o io~TW inl tou noTa/jiov yrjs viotv Xaov avTov, KaXecrat

Generally it takes a dative of the thing loathed.

4.   ytpowiq: yepowla = yipoprts, as in Ex. 31". — licXfga: = exXei^ei, future of iKetxoi, the stem of which is identical with our word 'lick.' Cp. iii K. 1838 i&i.bv, 2238 4 iKl%ovEp. Jer. 19 ^/cXe/xcff^£"-— 4ki£(u : this must be aorist optative, as the ox might lick.

5.   BaXad(j.: Hebrew Bil'&m. — *a-floilpa : Hebrew, ' to Pethor.' The final a represents a Hebrew suffix, which has the force of motion to. Cp. Sewc-X(l>8a Ex. 12s': 9a/u«£0a Jdg. 141.— 4trl tov iroTajiov ktX. : Hebrew, ' He sent ... to Pethor, which is on the river, to the land of the clildren of his people.' We ought therefore to put a

1.  iir Svtrpav Ma6.fi: in the west of Moab or to the west of Moab. The reading however seems to arise out of a misunderstanding of the Hebrew. The word for ' plains' is like that for 'evening,' and 'evening' stands for 'west.' The 'Arabah, i.e. the plain, was used as a proper name of the Jordan valley. — irapd tov 'IopSdv^v: Hebrew, 'beyond Jordan.' As the Israelites are now east of the Jordan, we may infer that the writer lived west. — Ka.Ttt*Iepax<& : over against Jericho, which was west of the river.

2.  Kal tSwv BaXcxK : § 80.

3- irpol(rev . . . cUro irpotrwirov : shrank in loathing from, loathed the sight of. § 98. It is only here that is constructed with awb.

205

206

206              SELECTIONS FROM THE SEPTUAGINT

(                                                                                               Numbers XXII 6

olvtov 4yotv " 'iSou Xaos itjekrfXvdtv it; AlyvirTov, kcll i8ov KaTe/caXvi//€v ttv oxjjlv rijs y>Js * Kal ovtos ivKddrjraL e^o-/xevds llov. * teal vvv hevpo apacraC llol top Xabv tovtov, OTt loyyeL outos r) 17/xas, iav Swoj/xe^a Trarafat ef koX e/c/8aXw avrovs e/c ttjs yrjs • on oTSa ovs eat' euXoyqc o*u, euXoyrjvTai, Kai ovs cap Karapdcrr) crv, KeKarrrfpavTai." 7/cal iitopeudf] 7) yepovcrta Mcaafi Kal rj yepovcria MaSta/i,, /cal to. LiauTeia, iv rats y^eptrlv clvt£>v • /cat •^X^ov irpos BaXaa^x. Kal etTrav aura) to, pijjxara BaXa/c. 8Kal 7rpos avrous " KaTaXvaare awrou tt)v vvkto., kcxL aTTO cro/xat vlllv Trpay/xara a eav XaX^o"jj Kuptos 7rpos /xe." Kat Karifiecvav ot ap)(ovTe<; Mwa^S irapa, BaXaa/x. 9Kal ^X^ev 6 0ebs irapa BaXaa/x Kal etrrei/ avrw " Tt ot avOpcorroL ovtol o*oi;           Kai ei-rrtv BaXaajU. Trpos rov ueov BaXaK vios

/SacrtXeus Mn''lSov Xabs itjekrjXvdev i£ Alyvvrov, Kal i8ou K€Kakvyrjs, Kal oSros ivKa.QrTo.i e'^d/xevos fiov • Kal Sevpo apacraC liol clvtov, el dpa Swijo-oyxat 7rara£at

comma at Troni/ioii, and take 7^s as a     the other. Presumably the prophecy local genitive, in the land. In 237     is older than the narrative. Balaam's home is called Mesopotamia          7. i] ■yepowrCa: "this must not be (Hb. Aram). In 242S we read that     pressed, as though the -whole body Balaam immediately returned to his     went, especially in'iidew-of 15. — t4 place (i.e. to Pethor on the Euphrates),      (iavT«ia: the rewards oj divination. yet in 318 he is slain among the Midian-     In Prov. 1610 and Ezk. 2122 jio.vtCi.ov is ites. The passages which connect him     used in its ordinary sense, with Midian are supposed to belong to          9. TC ol avBpwiroi ktX. : a repro-P and 224-7 to be the device of an editor     duction of the vague Hebrew interrogator harmonising two different stories.      tive, and perhaps isjended to meap-" — tt)v &j>iv ttjs -yf|s: Ex. 105 n.                 "Why are these men with thee?" 6. tcrx     K.V. 'What men are these with Sw<&|ic8a : if haply we may be able.     thee ? '

Like si forte in Latin. — irardlai i%          11. *I8oi> Xaos ^X^XvOev : Hebrew,

avTuv : to smite some of them. — Ktica-     ' Behold, the people that is come out.'

Tf|pavTai: § 20. Cp. 249. One of     —

cp. Ikv $v

these passages has evidently suggested     in 6.

207

III. THE STORY OF BALAAM AND BALAK 207

Numbers XXII 22

avrbp koX e/c/8aXa> avrbv airb tt}s y^s-'" 12/cal elirev 6 0ebtt/jos BaXaaju. " Ov 7ropevcrrj per* a,vrS>p ovBe KaTapacnj tov Xaov ecnriv yap e-uXoy^/xeVos." 13/cat dvacrras BaXaa/i, to irpail eXirev tois ap-^ovaip BaXa*c " 'Airorpe^ere 77730? tov Kvpiov vficov ovk ajae 6 0eos iropeutuOai. /cat az/acrrcwres oi ap^oPTes Mcoap rjkuop

BaXa/c xai etTrai' " Ov 6£u ~Bakaa.fi iropevOrjvai fie.6' rj/xcov" 1BKal irpocredeTO BaXa/c en ctirocrmXou ap^ovra? irXetous Kal ivTii^oTepov; tovtcdv. ukoX rjXdop irpos BaXaa/A jcat Xeyoucrtv avrw " TaSe Xcyet BaXaK 6 tov Xewcjxap ' 'A^iw ere, /x^ OKVqcrr)^ i9eip Trpos /xe- n ivTLjxcos y Tt[x.rjaci> ere, Kai ocra eav €177175 ironjaa) croi • koL hevpo iniKaTcipacraC jxoi top Xabp tovtop.' " 18Kal dveKpidrj BaXaa/x Kal elvev tois ap^ovenv BaXaK " sEav 8w //.oi BaXct/c TrXypr) top o'ikov avrov dpyvpCov Kal ^pvcrCov, ov Svvijcro/xat TrapafirjpaL to p'rjfia Kvpiov tov deov, Trotrjo-ai avrb [UKpbp ^ jaeya ev ttj Stavoia jj,ov. 19kcu vvv vnojAtLpaTt avTov /cat v[i€i<; Trjv vvKTa Taij-

titjv, Kal •yvwcroju.ai Tt TTpoo~9rjcreL Kvptos XaXTjcrat Trpos jute'." 20 Kal ^X^ev 6 0ebs 7r/)6s BaXaaju. Kat eiTrev auT<5 " Et KaXe-crai ere irapeicriv 01 apdpumoi ovtol, dvacrras a,Koov6rjcrov aiiToi? • dXXa, to p'rjfia 0 av XaXiycrcu tt/30? ere, tovto ttoltj-crei5." 21Kai dvacTTa; BaXaa./x to Trpwt intcratjev ttjv ovov aurov, /cat iiropevdr] fieTa. twv dpxoPTcop MwdyS- 22/cat Ov/xa 6 $eb<; on iiropzvdri awos, (cat dvecrTij o

12.   eo-Tiv ^ap e«Xo^n(jicvos: § 72.          or add to it. Cp. 2418

13.  'AiroTpex«T«: a dignified word     iuKpbv fi KcXiv -rap tixavroi. The Greek in late Greek. 2414 b. Frequent in the     translators seem to have had here also inscriptions of manumission at Delphi.      the word which there corresponds to — irpos tov icipiov viav : Hebrew, ' to      trap ^naurou.

your land.'                                                       19. koX vj«is : like the former mes-

17.   4vtC|i.cjs . . . tih^o-w : § 82.            sengers.

18.   iroi-fjo-tu oittA p.iKpov ktX. : to           20. KaXArcu : § 77. —oav: § 105. make it small or great, i.e. to take from          22. avris: §13.—ivAn-i): Hebrew,

208

208              SELECTIONS FROM THE SEPTUAGINT

Nnrabevs XXII 23

ayyeXos tov deov ivSiaySaXelv ai/rov ■ kou avros imfiefirJKei, eVl ttJs ovov avTov, Kai Svo iratSe? ovtov /act' avrov. 28Kal iSovcra r) 6Vos tov ayyekov tov deov avOearrjKOTa iv Trj 68w Kai tt)v pofiaCav io-Trao~i.evrv iv Trj xetP' avrov, Kai ige-kXivev r) ovos ck T1J5 oSou avrrjs koX eTropf.ve.TO et? to ttcSiov • Kai irrdra^ev rrjv ovov tyj pd^Sa), tov evdvvai, iv TYf bhecm? 6 ayyeXos toS 6eov iv Tats toiv dfnreXcav, <; ivTevdev Kai ^)pay/x 25 Kai tSovo-a 17 ovo? tov ayyeXov tou deov avrbv Trpos t6v toi)(W, Kai aireOXiAJjev tov 7708a Kai Trpoddero ert, ^aart^at avTijv. ^6Kal yrpoaedeTo 6 ayyeXos tou ^eov Kai aTrek&av viriaTr] iv tottoj cttcvS, eU ov ovk rjv iKKklvai Sefiav ouSe api&Tepdv. 2IKal tSovcra 17 ovo? tov ayyeXov tov deov crvveKddio-ev irroKdroi Ba-Xaa/x • Kai iBv^iwdr] BaXaaja Kai erurrrev t^v ovov ttj pd^Sw. 28/cal ijvotfev o ^eos to crTOfxa Trjs ovov, Kai Xeyei tw BaXaaju. " Tt ivo(/t]o-d ctql on irenaiKas fie tovto

'placed himself in the way.' — «v8io-'         25. irpo

PoXttv ovtov : for an adversary against     the preposition in the former com-

him. Op. 32 eh Sia/SoX^p crov, where the     pound has its full force, but not in the

Hebrew is the same. A«i/3oXos = satan,     latter. Neither word is used again in

' adversary.' In such passages we have     the LXX. The Hebrew is the same

the doctrine of the Devil in germ. —     for both. In the't N.T. diroeMpeiv

&irip€($TJi«i : § 19. An imperfect in     occurs only in Lk. 845 in the sense of ■

meaning = was riding on.                         'to crush.'—rolx0" : Josephus here

23.  a,vf)£     uses the word dptyxbt.

ticiple in meaning. Cp. 31 and 34     . 26. ets ov: in which. §90.—8e£i&v

dvS4— Tfj pdpSip: not in the     ovSe dpio-repctv; cpSi Mac. 546 oiic Ijv

Hebrew, which has here the name      iKiChlvai a-rr' airijs ds&kv ^ dpuTTep&y:"

Balaam.                                                     Nb. 20" Kai ovk iKKXivov/iey 5c£ia oidt

24.   avXa|iv: furrows is the usual     eitbmpa : Dt. 227, IT20: i K. 612: ii Chr. meaning of this word. The R.V. has     342: Is. 3O21—in all which passages here 'in a hollow way between the     the mere accusative is employed, as vineyards.' — 4>pa-/(j-°s kt. : §51. Jos.     here.

Ant. IV 6 § 2 Kara ti txreybv xuptw           27. 18^661) . . . koA tTWirrev : got

> a£/*a                    angry and began to strike.

209

III. THE STORY OF BALAAM AND BALAK         209

Numbers XXII 80

jpnov;           Kai evrrev BaXaa/i tyj ova " On e/

fioi • Kal el el~)(ov fj.a)(a.tpav iv rfj xeLP^ ffi7! av cf ere.            Kat Xeyet 17 qyos tw BaXaa/A Ovk eyco 77 o*

e^>' ^S ine/Sawes dvo veorrjTos crov eTrjs eTroiTjcra croi ourws;" 6 Se €i7r€v " Ou^-" 81a.7reKaXvi/>Q' 8e 6 ^ebs tous o<^)^aXju,ous BaXaa/x., Krat opa tw dyyekov Kvptov dvdecrTTjKOTa iv rrj 6SaS Kal rrjp [idyaipav icnracrfiewqv iv ttJ Xet/°^ a^T°Vj Kal Kut|/as 7rpocreKvvr)crev to> TrpoarcoTro) avrov-          Kai enrev

avrw 6 ayyeXos tou deov "Aia, rt iirdra^aiSou eyw i^r\6ov ets SiaySoXijV crou, ort ou/c do-reta ^ 680s crou ivavriov jjlov. 83/cat iSovcra ju,e 17 ovos iijeKkivev aTt i[x.ov rp'nov tovto ■ Kal el vev, vvv ovv ere /xev drreKTeiva, iKeivrjv 8 34Kal cotci' BaXaa/i t<5 dyyeXw Kvpiov " 'H-fiapr-qua, ov ydp TpTio-Tdvrv otl (xv /xoi dvdio~T7)Ka6So) ets o~wdvTr-criv Kal vvv el p.r crot dpearKei, aTrocrTpa^^o-o/xai." 85/cal

6 ayyeXos tou ^eou 7rpbs BaXactja " ~ZvvTropev6rjTi dvBpdmatv • irXfjv to prjiia 6 idv euro* irpos ere, tovto vd£r] XaXrjcrat." Kal eiropevdrj BaXaaju, jlicto. t«Si' dpxpv-BaXctK. 86Kal aKovo-as BaXaK ort. " ^Ket BaXadfi," i£-

29.  «|Mr€iraixas: there is a perfect          32. ets StapoX^v: v. 22 n.—ovk viiruiKa. from rraifw as well as from     ioreCa: R.V. ' perverse.' On the irala. The later form Trevaixa., which     moral sense which came to be attached treats the stem as a guttural, is here     to the word i.see Ex. 22 n. useful by way of distinction from iri-          33. y.h . . . eKeCvijv 8^: § 39. Traucas in 28. Ex. 102 n.—av i%wkv-     — diT«K«ivtt . . . Trtpt€iroir)would have stabbed thee to     § 76.

death. "S,KKevreiv occurs in seven other          34. &v8fo-riiKas : v. 23 n. — iiro-

passages of the LXX.                                o-Tpa<))ii

30.  rfjs o-fyupov fi|j.as : Ex. 5" n.     middle in meaning. Cp. 23".16.". §83. — (IT) virepopdo-ei kt. : Did I out of     — ua!n XaXfjo-ai: the Hebrew here contempt do so unto thee? Hebrew,     is simply ' thou shalt speak.' — ets irf-' Was I with custom accustomed to do     Xiv Mwdp : to a town of the Moabites. so?'                                                     Vulg. in oppido Moabitarum.

210

210_              SELECTIONS FROM THE SEPTUAGINT

Nuinbers XXII 31

fjXdev eh crvvavTiqcrLV cturw eh ttoXlv Mwa^, rjn<; em twv bpio id="iv.i.i.iv.p2836.1">v 'Apvo>v, 6 ecrnv 4k [xepovs t5>v bpio>v. 87Kat ehrev BaXaK irpos y8aXaa/x, " Ouj^t aTreoreiXa Trpos ere KaXearai ere; 8ta tC ovk rjpxov Trpos p.e; ov Suvifcro/xat,

ere;" 8Bkcu eiirev BaXactju, irpos BaXaK "'iSou i^/

ere vvv • Swaros ecro/xat XaXTjcrat rt; ro ^77/aa o ficLXrj 6 #eo? et? to (TTOfia jjlov, tovto XaXyjcro)." 89 KpevOr) BaXaa^x yu,eTa BaXa/c, Kal $}X0ov els IloXeis e 40(cai idverev BaXa/< Trp6/3a,Ta kou yu6/cai T&3 BaXaa.fi, Kal rots ap-^ovcrt rots yiter' aurou. 41/cat eye-1/7/^7; irpat, Kal irapaXaftcov BaXa/c rov BaXaa/A avefi'ifiaaev olvtov eVl tt)i' crTijXrjv tov BaaX, Arat eSei^ey clvto) eKeWev fiepos tl tov Xaou.             1Kal etveu BaXaa//, t<5 BaXaK

" Ot/coSd/xTjcroj' /xoi. ivTavda enTa ^8&)/i.ovs, Kat eTOLfiacrov [iot evTavda eirra jiidcr^ous Kai e7rra Kpiovs." 2Kal eTroirjO~ev BaXaK ov Tpoirov elvev avTca BaXaa/x, Kat a,vqveyxev

Kal Kpibv inl tov /Soo/aoV. 8/cat elTrei/ BaXa

36.  'Apv     &ro,ucu would be justified by the name. The Arnon was a river flowing     original.

into the Dead Sea from the west, and          39. Il6X.as liravXewv: this shows

seems here to be regarded as forming     the meaning which -the translator put

the northern boundary of.the territory     upon the Hebrew proper name.

of Moab (' the border of Arnon' =          40. awecrmXev:■ perhaps sent some

the border made by the Arnon). As     of the meat, since arsacrifice among

rivers are masculine in Greek, we might     the Jews, as among the Pagans, was

expect 8s here instead of 8, — Ik (Upo-us     preliminary to a good dinner.

tmv opluv: in the direction of the          41. ttjv

borders. Hebrew, 'on the extremity     brew Bamoth-Baal. Bamoth is the

of the border.'                                        word commonly rendered 'highplaces.' ^

37.  Oi^ ttirfcrmXa: the Hebrew     The situation was chosen also as corresponding to this might have been     affording a good view of the Israelite rendered d-n-oariWav airforeiXa, but     encampment.

the Greek translator seems at this          2. Kal &v(jve-yK«v: Hebrew, 'and

point to be getting tired of the em-     Balak and Balaam offered.' — ivl tov

phatic repetition. He fails to mark     f3

it again in 38 where Swipei Swarbs     every altar.' So in v. 4.

211

III. THE STOEY OF BALAAM AND BALAK 211

Numbers XXIII 8

BaXctK " TlapdcTT'qdi iirl tjJs #ucrias crov, kcu iro/aeucro/iat, ei /jlol avei,TaL 6 debs ev crvvcwTrjaei • kolL prj^ia o edv fioc Setfrj avayyeXco croi." kol Trapecrrr} BaXaK iirl Trjs dvcria.% avrov ■ kcu BaXaa/i eiropevdr) i-jrepoiryjcrai tov 6eov, kou iiropeudr) evdelav. 4ko1 icfxtvr) 6 debs tw BaXacijLi, /cat elnev tt/dos olvtov BaXaa/x " Tous eTrra /8fxoa-)(ov koX Kpiov iirl tov /6w/xoi>." 5xal ivefiaXev 6 0ebs prj/Ma et? crro/xa BaXaa/A kcu elTrei' " 'E7rt-crTpael<; vpb<; BaXa/c ourais XaXijcrei§." 6Kal inecrTpoi^rj Trpos ovtov • koSe efyicrTrJKei inl twv 6XoKavT(t)fid,T(ov avrov, kcu Travres ot ap^ovres M.coa/3 ju-er' avrov. Kat eye-TTvevp,a deov eif aurw • 7KTrapa/BoXr/v

avTov eiirev

" 'Ek Mecroirora/Aias ixeTene/xipaTo fxe BaXaK,

ySacriXeus MwdjS ef 6p£a>u an* avaroXmv, Xeycov 1 Aevpo apacrai /jlol 70^ 'Ia/cwyS, Kat Seupo eTTiKaTcLpacrai jjloi tov 'IcrparfX. 8tl ctpdcrofiai bv ^rj KaTaparcu Kvpto?;

3. nopdo-T-nBi iirC: SianiJ 6y at. A     was not inaptly chosen by the Greek

regard for Greek would make irapao-ri;-     translator to represent the Hebrew

vai to be constructed with a dative, but     original, which is often rendered ' prov-

a preposition follows in the Hebrew,      erb.' The Hebrew word originally

which is represented by iirl. — el |ioi     meant'setting beside,'and was applied

av€iTai ktX. : in case God shall appear     to a species of composition like that

unto me. — 6 Ocos : Hebrew,' Jehovah.'     which follows, consisting of couplets,

— Kal wapso-Tii. .. tov 6eov : not in the     in which each second line is a repetition

Hebrew.—eiBetav: sc. 6S6v. E.V.' and     under another form of its predecessor,

he went to a bare height.' The Greek     The meaning of ' parable' in the N.T.

can only mean ' he went straight.'            is different. It is there ' comparison '

6.   4kttt|K€i : = itpuar-fiKei. was      in the sense of 'illustration' or standing. Op. v. 17. — 6XoKavTU|ia-     'analogy,' which was a recognised t«v : in this form of sacrifice the meat     use of irapa^oX'/i in good Greek: cp. i K. was wholly burnt, and not eaten. —     2414 ^ irapa/3oXr; ^ apxala. From n-apa-koI hytvfii irvtuna 8«ov eir a-i-rip : not     |3oi} comes the French purler through in the Hebrew.                                         the Latin parabolare*

7.  irapapoV/jv : the word 7rapa(3oi}          8. t( ttpderWhat curse am I

212

212

SELECTIONS FEOM THE SEPTUAGINT

Numbers XXIII 3

rj t'i KaTapdcrafiai ov fir) KarapaTai 6 0eos; o Kopvr}$ o/aeW oxpoficu avrov,

KaX 0.1IO fiowSiV TTpOO~VOT]O~W

ISov ab

96Vi

10tis e£ijKyDi/3acraTO to

Kal Tt§ ifjapiOfJuyjo-ercu BrjfjLow; 'lcrparjk; dnoGdvoi r) faxr/ (jlov iv xf/v)(aL? SiKaicav,

Kai yevoiTo to o"rripfi/xov ais to anepfLa tovtwv." 11 KaX exnev BaXaK Trpos Baaa/x " Ti ireTToir)Ka./xoc; ets Kardpacrw iyBp&v fiov KeKXr/Ka ere, ko.1 iSot) ev6yr)Kav2Kal eTrrev BaXaayu- irpo? BaXcix " Ou^i oo-a 6 0e6s el? to crro^xa /xou, toijto vd£co XaXrj-al ttnev irpos avToi^ BaXa/c "Aevpo en. ju.gt' e/^oi/ eis tottov aXXoi', e^ we ou/c oi//g clvtov €KeWev, dXX' ^ p,£po

to pronounce, upon him? rt is cognate accusative.

9.  o+oiiai, irpocvo^o-o): R.V. ' I see, I behold.' Upoevoeiv occurs eight times in the LXX. In L. & S. it is recognised only as a false reading in Xenophon. — fiowSv: iv K. 216 n. — Xaos |i6vos KaToiK^'edvri (the Gentiles) in contradistinction to themselves. — !£f]Kpi.po(7-aTO : aorist middle of iiaKpi^d^eiv. This verb occurs also in Job 28», Dan. 0' 719.

10.  t6

meaning. — Srjiious: Hebrew, ' fourth part of.' The word for 'multitude' differs only by a letter from that for ' fourth part.' — dtrofidvoi r i|n>xif| ktX. : Hebrew, ' Let my soul die the death of the righteous.' The meaning of this prayer, in this particular context is not clear. In the Greek the last two lines do not correspond in meaning, which shows that something is wrong. But the Greek of the second line gives a more natural close to the prophecy, which relates to the prosperity of Israel, than the Hebrew as translated in our version. Perhaps the word rendered ' last end' ought to be taken to mean ' posterity.'

11. «i6iyT]Ka9 evXcyiav : § 56.

13. !{<3v: there is another reading i£ o5, which grammar requires. — oix ot|t) a.i-r6v : the Hebrew here has no negative, but either reading makes good sense. — dXV 4]: § 108. — IrctBev : § 87.

213

19

III. THE STOKY OF BALAAM AND BALAK 213

Numbers XXIII 19

Tt avrov 01/07, vrdpTas Be ov ^ TSrjs- Kai Kardpacrai /*oi avTov eKeidev." uKai wapeXafiev avrbv ets aypov crKomav im Kopvr)v Azkatjevfievov, Kai (pKoBafirjcrev e'/cet inrd /Sw-/tous, Kai avefiifiacrev fj.6cr)(ov Kai Kpibv im roc /3&)/aoV 15Kai eiirev BaXaa/n tt/)6s BaXaK " HapdcrTrjdi, iirl ttjs Ovcrtas Se iropevcrofiai, iirepvTfj&ai tqv 8e6v." 16Kai crvvrjvTrjcrev 6 deb? tS BaXaaju, Kai ivefiaktv prj/Jta ets to crrojxa avTov /cat eiirev "''Attocttpdr)TL wyoos BaXaV, Kai raSe XaX^crets." "/cat aTreo-TpdT] vpbs avrov 6 8e e<£i-(TT7]Ket iiri TTJs 6XoKavT(ocrea)S avrov, Kai 7rdvTes ol dp-^ov-Tes MaicljS ju,€T avTov. koX etirev avT&) BaXa/< " Ti id qKvpios; " 18>cal dvakafiwv ttjp irapafiok-qv avrov " 'AvdarrjOi BaXaK, xal a/cove •

ivamcrai /xdprv?, vlbs %eTTcop. s d-vdpcano'S 6 debs

ov$e dv&pomov avTos etiras ov^l TTOLtjcret;

a fcrei, Kai ov)(t i

14.   «ts a-ypoii o-Koiridv ktX.: to the

look-out place of the field, to the top of that which is hewn in stone. B.V. ' into the field of Zophim, to the top of Pisgah.' Zophim is here a proper name, but means 'The Watchmen.' Pisgah is also the proper name of a well-known motmtain overlooking the Jordan valley from the east. The translator is supposed to have arrived at Aea£evfi4vov from an Aramaic sense of the root.

15.   iya Se iropetov 8«<5v : Hebrew, ' while I meet yon-der.' Here, as in v. 3, the Hebrew omits the reference to'questioning God'— possibly out of a feeling of reverence. Here the sense is incomplete without it.

18.  «v<&Tio-eu (idprw: give ear to me as a witness. Hebrew, ' hearken unto me.' The Greek rendering can here "be traced to a different pointing of the Hebrew text. The same conso-nants which can be read 'unto me' may also be taken to mean ' my wit-ness.' "&varl^aSis a common word in the LXX, e.g. Gen. 423: Jdg. 53: Jer. 23as. It occurs also in Acts 2M.

19.  8iapTT)6fjvai: to be misled. He-brew, 'that he should lie.' Ataprav occurs only here in the LXX. In Ju-dith 816 we find oi% us &v6pwos 6 9eds imeCKifi^viu, | oiSi is vlbs ivdpilnrov Siai-r^ff^ai.—aimT)8i}vto be terrified with threats. R.V. 'that he should repent.'

214

214              SELECTIONS FROM THE SEPTUAGINT

Numbers XXIII !

20tSou evXoyeiv TrapeiXrj/xfiai •

evXoy^crco, kcu ov fir) diroa-Tp^Jw. 21 ovk ecrrcu /xd^^os iv 'Iolkw/3,

ovhe 6(j>0ijcr€Tai ttovoKv/hos o #€o? avrov joer* avrov,

to. iv8o£a ap^ovroiv iv aur22#eos 6 i^ayayav avrov? i£ AlyvTrrov

fiovonepoDTOs avrco. 23 ov yap i(rnv oleovMrpos iv 'la.Kco/3,

ovSe n-avTeia iv 'icrpayjX. Kara Kaipov prjdrjcreTai 'laKco/3 koX T

ti ivLTeXicrei 6 6e.6

20.  I8ov cvXoy€iv ktX.: the Greek here reproduces the Hebrew — ' Behold, I have received to bless.' The E. V. supplies the -word ' commandment.' — rio-y kt. : R.V.' and he hath blessed, and I cannot reverse it.' — otf f. dirocTp^a: intransitive, as often — I will not turn bacft.

21.  o*k &-TCU p.6x6os ktX. : E.V. ' He hath not beheld iniquity in Jacob, | Neither hath he seen per-verssness in Israel.' The Hebrew nouns here used may mean either 'sin' or' sorrow,' ' Iniquity' and ' perverse-ness' decide the question in the one ■way, m6x^oj and vivos in the other: but the derivatives of these latter, IMxBrjpla. and iro^pia, would coincide with the English version. — t& cvSoga ap6vrav ktX. : the glories of chiefs are in him, i.e. "Israel has glorious chiefs." E.V. 'and the shout of a king is among them.' Perhaps the Greek translators changed ' king' into 1 rulers' to avoid the appearance of anachronism^

22. as So£a povoicepuros : the ' unicorn ' figures all together in eight passages of the LXX —Nb. & 248 : Dt. 33" : Job 399 : Ps. 2122, 286, T769, 911°. In the E.V. it is everywhere reduced to a 'wild-ox,' except where it is absent altogether (Ps. 7769). From Dt. 3317 it appears plainly that the animal had more than one horn. The rendering of the Vulgate then — cuius for-titudo similis est rhinocerotis — is devoid of plausibility. It should be noticed that the parallelism in sense, which is very close in most of these couplets, is here absent altogether.

23- ov -yap co-tiv oici>vicr|j.os ktX. : this is a literal rendering of the Hebrew. The E.V. margin puts a meaning into the words thus : ' Surely there is no enchantment against Jacob, | Neither is there any divination against Israel,' i.e. it is useless to call in diviners to curse them. — na/rd. Kaipov ktX. : quite correct as a rendering of the Hebrew, except that itriTeKtau ought to be perfect, but the meaning is not plain in

215

III. THE STORY OF BALAAM AND BALAK 215

.Numbers XXIV 1

ioov Aaos a>s o~kvh,vo<; ava-crrrjcrerai,

ov K0L[X7)drjcre.TaL ew; dyrj 6rjpav,

Kal al/xa Tpavpariuv irterai."

25 Kal e'nrev BaXaK Trpo$ BaXaa/x, " Ovre /caxapat? Karapdcrrj /xoc avrov, ovre evXoycov firj eiXoyrjo-rj? avrov." %kclI airo-KpLOtis BaXaafj, ilirev to> BaXctK " Ovk iXdX^To prjfia o iav XaXijcrr) 6 deos, tovto ttoltJcto)';" elirev BaXaK tt/dos BaXaa/A " Aeupo irapaXdf3a> ere eis

t-, et dpicrei t<5 ^eai, Kardpacrai fiot avrov e/cei-

28Kat TrapeXa^Sev BaXa/c tov BaXaaja e7rl tov <£ id="iv.i.i.iv.p2926.1">oya>p, to Traparetvoy et9 ttjv epr/fiov. 29/cai BaXaa.|a 77pbs BaXaK " Oi/co8djU.17crdv /xot &SSe eTrr Kal €TOLfi,aor6v ju,oi SSe «rra jadcr^ous /cai e^Ta Kpiovs 30Kal £irour)crzv BaXaK Kaddnep elirev avrca BaAaa^t, d^              /xdcr^oi' Kal Kptov errl tov /Swju.di'.             3Kal

BaXaa/x oti KaXov icrTLV €vclvtl KvpCov evXoyecv tov aajX, ovk ivopsvOr) KaTa. to elco&bs ets avvdvrrfa'iv Kal a-rreo-Tpeipev to Trpoo-wnov els T7fv e

either' language. The parallelism of         25. outs riXo-ySv kt. : § 81.

sense is here also absent, and it looks         27. Atvpo irapaXdfiw ktX. : punctu-

as though Israel had been originally     ate here els riwov &\oy The words

meant to balance Jacob.                         el &pigo with Kal KaT&pao-cu

24. -ytt-upi.w9T|o-£Tai: this must come     —If it shall please God, do thou curse

from yavpiovv, not from yavpt&K There     me him from there.

is also a form yavpovv Wisd. 62:           28. $o-ycip : = Peor. — to irapa/rei-

iii Mac. 311. Tavpiav occurs in Judith      vov «ls ttjv cpunov : to the place which

97: Job 3", 3921> 2s. On the voice see     stretches along to the desert, in apposi-

§ 83.—Tpav(iaTi£v : Tpav/xarlas prop-     tion with Kopv^v. B.V.' that looketh

erly means a wounded man, as in Ar.      down upon the desert.'

Poet. 34 § 13 : Xucian V.H. II 38. In          1. els to

the X.XX it is used for one who has     meet the omens, i.e. to observe signs

met his death by wounding, e.g. Kb.      from which he might infer the will

1916, 318: Jdg. I624: i K. 1762. The      of God. Cp. 233>15. E.V. 'to meet

word is very common.                                with enchantments.' The Hebrew

216

216

SELECTIONS FROM THE SEPTUAGINT

Numbers XXIV 2

2 Kai i£dpavXd<; • koX eyevero irvexifia deov iv avTca. 8/cai avaXaf$a>v r>p irapafioXfjv avrov elirev " ^iqcrlv BaXactja vtos Becop,

rjcriv 6 avdpcoiros 6 aXrjOwws 6p5>v, ^(pTjcrlv olkovcov Xoyia deov, ocrrts opacriv deov elSev,

iv vttvo), a.TTOKeKaXvfiiJ.ei>oL oi ocfydak/Mol avrov • 5&>S KaXoi ot o'lkoi, 'Ia/cwySj                y

at aK-qvai o~ov, 'laparjX • 6 ws vdirai o-Kidt,ovcrai,

ko a)o~el TrapaSetcros ivl irorafiaiv ai a)o~el o~K7]val a? etrq^ev oxxel KeSpoi nap' vSara.

word is the plural of that which is translated oiavicr/j.6s in 2323.

3.  6 dXijeivfis opfiv: this seems to point to a different reading from that of the Hebrew as we have it. See R.V.

4.  cp. V. 16 :N Dt. 339 i and Psalms passim. St. Paul in Rom. 32 uses the expression rk 6yia tov Qeov, which is there rendered 'the oracles of God.' Op. Acts 738: i Pet. 4": Hb. 512. —Ivvirvio: E.V. 'falling down.' — airoKEKaX-upiiEvoi ktX. : § 51. To sleep with the eyes open seems to have been regarded as the sign of a wizard. In Qytriv . . . airov we have a triplet instead of the usual couplets. It would seem from v. 16 that a line has dropped out.

5.  «s KaXol ktX. : the sight of the Israelites encamped, which has made a desert place seem populous, suggests a vision of the people permanently set-

tled in a fruitful land, and flourishing like a well-watered grove of trees.

6. ws vdirai o-KiaJowai: even as shady dells. R. V.' As valleys are they spread forth.' —irapdSeicros : a Persian word meaning a 'park' or 'pleasure-ground,' which is familiar to readers of Xenophon. The Hebrew word is here the same as that which is translated ' garden' in Gen. 2 and 3. In Nehemiah, Ecclesiastes, Canticles, and Sirach the Hebrew has parties, which is probably a loan-word from the Persian.—o-Kt)vai: R.V.'lign aloes.' Curious as this variation seems, it is not an unnatural one. For the Hebrew word in v. 5, which is rendered oJkol by the Greek and ' tents' by the English translators, differs only by a point from the one which is here employed. The word 'lign-aloes' stands for lignum aloes, which is a Latin translation of the Greek £uXaXfo;. The bitter

217

III. THE STORY OF BALAAM AND I3ALAK          217

Numbers XXIV 9

7 i^eXevcrerai civOpCDiros Ik tov cnrepjXaTos awov,

Kal KvptevcreL Idvoiv ttoXXwv • /cat vxfjwdtfo-eTai rj Tory /3acrtXeta,

l av^rjOrjcreTcu fj jSacnXeta avrov.

ijyr)crev avrbv i£ AIjvtttov, a>5 Sofa fidvoKepooTO? avrw • eSerai idvr) i^6pa>v auroB,

Kal to. Trdy^rj avrSiv

/cat /at? fioXicriv avrov /caTarofevcret iyflpov.

>? Xea>v /cat w

Tt? dvacrrijcret avrov; ot euXoyowres ere evXo

Kal ot KaTapcojxevoL ere KtKarijpavTai."

aloe was also known as d7<£XAoxo id="iv.i.i.iv.p2969.1">',     anachronism even for prophecy. For

■which is perhaps the Semitic word tor-     the form of the comparison, see § 65.

rowed and modified so as to give it          8. 8«6s &&ifiyr rev ktX.: in 2322 with a

something of a Greek air.                         slight variation. The difference in the

7. ^cXevcrsTcn &v6pa>iros ktX. : K.V.     original amounts only to that between

' Water shall flow from his buckets, j     singular and plural (aivbv, airoii). —

And his seed shall be in many waters.'     Kal to irdxt) kt. : and shall suck the

— {n|/aflTJhis     marrow out of their fatness. R.V.

kingdom shall be higher than Oog.      ' And shall break their bones in pieces.'

Hebrew, 'his king shall be higher than     The two can hardly be renderings of

Agag.' Gog (Ezek. 382, 391) seems     the same original, though the one

out of place here. Perhaps the true     process is preliminary to the other,

reading is Og (cp. 2423), which has    -The metaphor is in either case from a

three consonants in Hebrew and might     beast of prey, but the Greek lends it-

easily get changed into either Gog or     self very well to the idea of the Jews

Agag. Moreover Og is elsewhere men-     absorbing the wealth of other nations,

tioned as typical of a mighty king (Ps.     'EK^ueX/f«y occurs only here. For rd-

18411, 13620) and he had just been sub-     xos cp- Eur- Cyclops 380: ot

dued by Israel (Nb. 2138-35). On this     etyov eiTpa^trrarov irdxos. — poXCcriv:

supposition the ' king' will be Jehovah,     arrows. Cp. Ex. 1913 tj poklBt xara-With the reading 'Agag' the king "Tofewftfo-erot: Jer. 279 ws /3oXls iiaxvrou

would" naturally be Saul. But to take     a-vverov. This line is out of keeping with

a person yet unborn as a standard of     the simile of the wild beast, which is

comparison for another person who is in     resumed in the following couplet,

the same predicament is too much of an          9. wKaT^pavrai: § 20.

218

218              SELECTIONS FROM THE SEPTUAGINT

Numbers XXIV 10

10/ecu iOvjAcodr] BaXaK eVt BaXact/i, net! o~vveKpoTr)o~ev rais X■ /cat ehrev BaXa/c Trpbs BaXpoa/i " "Ka/rapcicrdai tov iy^dpov fiov kckX-qkol ere, Kal tSov euXoywv evXoy^cra? tovto. nvvv ovv <£evye eis rbv tottov aov • etira ra) ere,' Kal vvv eo-Tepecriv are Kupios rijs Sof^s." 12Kat er-jTev BaXadju, irpbs BaXa/c " Ow^i Kai rots dyyeXots crou ovs dTrecrTetXa1; irpos /xe eXaXrjcra Xiycav 18'>Eai' //ot S7r jp7) tov oIkov awoS apyvpCov Kal ^pvcrCov, ov Svvqo~ofLat Trapa/Brjvai to p'rjfux, ILvpiov, Trov?jo~ai avrb TTOwqpbv ^ KaXbv nap' ifx-avrov • o6 6eo<;, ravra spa).' ukoX vvv IBoi) airoTpe^i ets tov tottov fiov Zevpo o~vfiflovXevo~a) croi tl Tj;ot,rjo~€i 6 Xaos o'Sros tov Xaw crou eV io~)(aTQv twv rjfjiepwv." is/cai avaXa/3o>v ttjv ifapa-/3oX.r)i> avTOv ehrev

li <£ id="iv.i.i.iv.p2996.1">7)o~iv BaXaa^t vlo<; Be

(f)7jo-lv 6 av6'pcorros o a )0Lvbs opav, uaKova)v Xoyia deov,

eTrtcrTafiefos £mo~TijfJLr]v Trapa 'Tj fcal opacriv deov IScov,

iv virvcp, airoKeKaXv^ivoi ot 6(j)6aX[x.ol

ol avTOv

10. o-DveKp pcrlv. cp.      Ex. 321, 10M, 215'7: i K. 8s2. It seems

Luoian Somn. 14 iJyaedKTei Kal tG x€?/»     to have supplanted dv^pxofuu. Jer.

crui'6Kp6Tet, Koi toi)s (356cTas 4p£irpte.                449 cLiroTp£xov7es dTreXetfcovrai. — 4ir

13.   iroi%rai oiTO wovrjpov ktX. : to       {(rxwrov t«v ^|upav: Dan. O' 1014. make it bad or good (i.e. a curse or a     This is the phrase w^ich is used blessing). 2218 n.                                     at the ■beginning of Hebrews. Op.

14.  airoTp^x     ii Pet. 38 ^Xeiitroircu &r iax^TU"> r"p been the regular word for 'go away'      it/iep&p . . . i/Mnuxrai.

in Alexandrian Greek, and not to have          15. 6 d.Xii8iv6s opSv: 6p<2i' is here

been, suggestive of anything undigni-     a substantive, not a participle, as in

fied, being used on the most solemn     v. 3.

occasions, as in Josh. 2314: Tob. 148 :           16. 4irt(TTO(i€vos ktX. : here we have

Aristeas § 273 k&v ftp tiirorpi-     the line which was wanting to com-

xviriv. Cp. also Gen. 1219, 24s*, 329 :     plete the first couplet in v. 4.

219

111. THE STORY OF BALAAM AND BALAK 219

Numbers XXIV 20

17 Seifw avTw, Kal ov^l vvv • t ovk i

Cl,a), /cat ovk iyyi^et-avarekel aarpov i£ 'Iafcw/3, Kal avaoTrjcreran, av6'

l dpavcrei tovs dp^yovs Mwa/8, Kal TTpovofi.€vcr€i Travras vlovs ~%ij0.

18Kal carat 'ESw/x.

Kal ecrrai Khrqpovo^ia 'Hcrav 6 b)(dpoavrov • Kal 'IcrparjX eTroirjcrev iv ayyi.

19

Kal anokti crw^d^ievov ck TroX 20 Kal i8a>i> top 'Afj.aK.rjK Kal avakafiav ttjv TrapafioXrjv awoS

17.  StCJu oir§: Hebrew, ' I see him.' The Greek has no sense, and is due to an error on the part of the translator. — (loKapCJu, Kal o-6k lyyt^a: / pronounce him blessed, though he is not nigh. R.V. 'I behold him, but not nigh.' The seer in vision sees the distant future, not the present. Op. V. 14.—dvaTcXet oo-Tpov kt.: this must refer to David, the one Israelite king who is recorded to have conquered both Moab and Edom. — avflpwiros : R.V.' sceptre.' —tovs opxTyovs: R.V. * the comers.'—irpovo(JL£va"Ci: irporo-lis-Oav is a late Greek word meaning ' ravage.' Both it and Trpovo^ ' spoil' (Nb. 31H) are 00mmon in the LXX.— titovs S^9 : R.V. 'sons of tumult' The Greek translator either took ' sbeth' to be a proper name or left it untranslated. His difficulty seems to have been occasioned by a mispointing of the initial consonant.

18.  'Ho-au : Hebrew Seir. ' Esau' is an alternative for ' Edom' : Seir is

a mountain in the land of Edom. — iirot^o-ev Iv liv see § 91.

19.  4£€-yep8^1 shall one have dominion.' — Kal diroXtl ktX. : and shall destroy one ■who is escaping out of a city. R.V. ' And shall destroy the remnant from the city.' This seems to refer to some blow to Moab later than the time of David.

20.  ISuv tov 'A(iaXT]K: Balaam is supposed to catch sight of some encampment of the nomad Amalekites, which happened to be within the field of vision. He can only prophesy of a people when he has some portion of it "before his eyes. So the modern clairvoyant requires to be somehow put en rapport with the person about whom he is questioned. — to

220

220              SELECTIONS FROM THE SEPTUAGINT

Numbers XXIV 21

" 'Apxrj idvSiv 'AfiaKiqK,

Kal to cnrep/xa avT&v ctTroXeZrai."

21 Kal IScov tov Kevatov Kal avaXafSotv Trjv itapa0o^v avrov etrrev

ei 'Io"xypa iy KaroiKia crov •

Kal iav 0fjyemjrai tBewp z-eocrcrta iravovpyias, 'Ao-avpioi ere

prophecy in 3310. But the Greek rendering has here the disadvantage of quite losing the verbal antithesis which exists in the original between ' beginning' and 'end.' In i Chron. 442 we read that 500 men of the sons of Simeon went to Mount Seir and smote the remnant of the Amalekites. This appears from the context to have been in the days of Hezekiah.

21. tov KcvaCov: in Jdg. I16 (LXX) the Kenites are spoken of as the descendants of Jothor, the father-in-law of Moses (Ex. 218 n.). In i Sam. 15s Saul, when 'about to attack the Amalekites, warns the Kenites, as old friends of Israel, to withdraw from among them. — Kai tdv 6rjs kt.: R.V. 1 and thy nest is set in the rock.' The parallelism of the couplets requires this line to repeat the preceding one ; it is therefore a mistake to subordinate it to the sentence that follows. — voo-o-idv : = veoaativ. Cp. v. 22. The Hebrew word thus rendered (qen) contains an untranslatable pun on the name 'Kenites' (qeni).

22., Kal eav -y^Tm ktX. : and if it become unto Bear a nest of wickedness. R.V, 'Nevertheless Kain shall he wasted.' This extraordinary divergence may be partly accounted for

without supposing a difference of reading. The Greek translator took the proper name Qain here for the common term ' nest' (qen) used in the preceding verse, and on the other hand treated as a proper name the ■word ba'er, which means ' wasting.' Gray even suggests an explanation of iravovpylas. —'Acrtrilpioi

221

III. THE STOKY OF BALAAM AND BALAK         221

Numbers XXIV 25

28/cat ihmv toi> *Hy teal avaXa^wv rrjv TrapajSoXrjv avrov elwev

,.tis fyjcreTai otclv 6fj raura 6 0eos; 24 Kai e^eXeucrerai et ^ei/Jos Kmaicov, Kai KaKMcrovcriv 'Acrcrovp, Kai KaKaxrovcnv 'EySpcu'ous,

/cal avrol 6fi.odvjxa.hbv olttoXovwcu." dvaoras BaXaa//, anrjXdev, avocrT panels eis rov 107701/ aurou • Kai BaXaK anrjXdev tt/sos e

25

nected with Judah (Jdg. I16), did not suSer seriously till the invasion of Sennacherib (b.o. 701).

23.  Kai t8«vT6v"£}y: there is nothing answering to these words in the Hebrew, though the analogy of vs. 20 and 21 requires it The destruction of Og has already been recorded (Nb. 2183-36).—gTttv e^ rain-a: Btivai. here seems to have the sense of appoint. As this is the beginning of a new irapa-fSoXrf, it would appear that toOto refers to what follows.

24.  Kai IgcXevo-crai kt.: Hebrew, literally 'and ships from the hand of Kittim.' — KiTiaCuv : Hebrew Kittim = Kfriov, a town in Cyprus. The name was extended from the town, which was originally a Phoenician settlement, to the island (Jos. Ant. 16 § 1 X^tfe/tos 5£ xe#eM<* T^l" vijffov %irpos avri) vuv KaXetroi), and from that

to the Greeks generally. In i Mac. I1 Alexander the Great is spoken of as having come from the land of XerrieZ/i, and in 85 of the same, Perses is called Kiticup |8a4 as a son of Javan (= 'Id-foves, 'lives). The destruction of the Assyrian Empire took place about b.c. 606, but not in any way owing to the action of Greek ships. If the Hebrew text is sound and this last prophecy was fulfilled at all, it would seem to refer to the time of Alexander the Great, when Assyria shared the fate of the Persian Empire, of which it then formed a part. — 'EppaCovs : Hebrew Eber. In Gen. 102* Shem is spoken of as 'the father of all the children of Eber.' — 6|j.o6u|±aS6v: properly with one heart, with one accord. Here perhaps = all together. Hebrew, 'also.'

222

223

INTRODUCTION TO THE STORY OF SAMSON

Samson is the most frankly Pagan figure in the whole Bible — a hero like Hercules, with a good appetite, ready to feast or ready to fight, invincible against the foe, but helpless before women.

His name in the Hebrew is Shimshon. The form Samson comes from the Vulgate, representing the Sa/A^w of the Septuagint. This last may be an error of the translators or it may represent an older and truer tradition than that of the Massoretes with regard to the pronunciation of Hebrew.

The name, according to Josephus (Ant. V 8 § 4), means ' strong.' Modern scholars, however, connect it with SJiemesh, the Hebrew word for the sun; and, as Beth-shemesh, or the ' House of the Sun,' was near the hero's birthplace, some would have us resolve Samson into a solar myth. For ourselves we prefer the more terrestrial view which sees in the story of Samson a number of local legends drawn from the annals of the tribe of Dan. There was doubtless really a strong man in the district of Zorah and Eshtaol, who did doughty deeds against the Philistines, which were afterwards related with embroidery. We must remember that, though the legends of Samson are to all appearance very early, they were not put into writing as we have them until after the Captivity (cp. Jdg. 1519 with 18s0).

The story of Samson as a whole may be analysed into the following parts —

(1)  The birth-story 13.

(2)  The marriage-story 14.

(3)  The story of the foxes 151"8.

(4)  The jawbone-story 158-20.

(5)  The story of the gates of Gaza 16M.

(6)  The story of Delilah and the death of Samson 164*.

Of these the first and the last two have no organic connexion either with one another or with the rest, while the second, third, and fourth cohere closely together.

There is reason to consider that the first story is the latest of all;

223

224

224             SELECTIONS FROM THE SEPTUAGINT

for the fact that an annunciation of birth should be thought appropriate shows that the person of whom it is told has already become celebrated. As in the case of Sarah (Gen. 161), of Hannah (i S. I5), and in the New Testament of Elisabeth (Lk. I7), the mother of the wonderful child had previously been barren.

The connexion of Samson with the institution of the Nazirate which is common to the first and the last story (Jdg. 13s'7, 1617), looks like a priestly attempt to throw some cloak of pious purpose over the otherwise unsanctified proceedings of the hero. This institution is mentioned as early as Amos 211'n, side by side with prophecy. The law of the N azirite may be read in Nb. 61"2*: but the regulations there given refer to a temporary vow made by the individual himself for some special purpose. The only parallels to the lifelong Nazirate of Samson are Samuel (i S. ln) in the Old Testament and John the Baptist (Lk. I15) in the New. But the notion that Samson was a Is"azirite in any sense is hard to reconcile with the general tenor of the story. In eating honey taken from the carcase of the lion Samson was breaking the law of the Nazirite (Nb. 6); nor is it likely that he abstained from wine during the seven days' feast (Jdg. 1417); moreover men were peculiarly apt to 'die very suddenly beside him ' (Nb. 69) without his consecration appearing to have been in any way affected thereby. It is to be noticed also that in all but the first and last legends the secret of Samson's strength lies, not in his unshorn, hair, but in the spirit of the Lord coming mightily upon him (146-19,15"), a form of inspiration which reminds us of the Berserker rage of the old Norsemen.

In the days of Samson, as in those of Samuel and Saul, the Philistines were the oppressors of Israel. These were foreign invaders who succeeded in giving to the whole country of the Jews the name of Palestine, which it retains to this day. They established themselves in the fertile lowlands on the sea-coast of Canaan. It is an interesting question where they came from. Possibly it may have been from Crete during the Mycenaean period, when Crete was the centre of a naval dominion, the power and wealth of which is illustrated by the recently excavated ruins of Cnossus. If so, their culture and mode of life may have been similar to that of the early Greeks as depicted in the Homeric poems. The epithet 'uncircum-cised' specially applied to the Philistines indicates the Jewish sense

225

INTRODUCTION TO THE STORY OF SAMSON 225

of the difference between themselves and these foreigners: for many of their other neighbours were of Semitic race and practised circumcision like themselves. These considerations might afford a reason for the name of the Philistines being translated 'foreigners' (aXX6in the LXX. On the other hand we may be looking too far back. In the books of Maccabees a\6vXoi is several times used as a name for Gentiles generally. Now the inhabitants of the maritime plain of Palestine were thoroughly Hellenized at the time when the translation of the LXX was made, and may for this reason be called a\6voi by the translator.

Hqw far the rule of the Philistines over the Israelite tribes extended does not appear. The northern tribes do not come within the purview of the story. But the southern Danites and the adjacent tribe of Judah (Jdg. 159"13) are represented as being completely subdued by the Philistines and living in unresisting subjection. Samson is no military leader, like Barak, Gideon, or Jephthah, and organizes no armed rebellion. He like his neighbours, lives at first on peaceful terms with the dominant race, and is ready even to take a wife from among them. His feats of arms are not acts of war, but outbreaks of fury provoked by personal wrongs.

In the peculiar relations of Samson with his Philistine wife, whom he goes to visit at her father's house, it has been thought that we have an instance of an old form of marriage, which is believed to have existed among certain peoples, in which the wife, instead of migrating to her husband's house, continued to reside with her own family, and was visited there by her husband. At the time of the Samson-story this usage may have prevailed in the case of intermarriage between Israelite and foreign races. Abimelech had similar relations with a Canaanite woman in Shechem. Similarly we find in the Iliad that the married daughters of Priam continued to reside in his palace; and traces of the same usage survived in the Spartan institutions.

To the story of the foxes and the firebrands there is a curious parallel in Roman folk-lore. At the Cerealia, on April 19, foxes with burning firebrands tied to them used to be let loose in the Circus. Ovid Fasti IT 681 —

Cur igitur miss® vinctis ardentia tuedis terga ferant vulpes, causa docenda mi hi.

226

226              SELECTIONS FROM THE SEPTUAGINT

He goes on to tell the story, as it was told to him by an old innkeeper at Carseoli, of how a boy of twelve, having caught a fox that had been robbing the fowl-yard, wrapped it in straw and set it on fire, and how the fox escaped and burnt the corn-fields.

Factum abiit, monimenta manent; nam vivere captum nunc quoque lex vulpem Carseolana vetat.

Utque luat poenas gens hase Cerealibus ardet, quoque raodo segetes perdidit, ipsa perit.

The fox episode ended in dire disaster to Samson's wife and father-in-law. This however is passed lightly over as having happened to Philistines. Not so the tragedy of the closing scene, in which the hero, blind and captive, is brought out of the prison-house to make sport for his enemies. Milton has seen how the pathos of this situation lends itself to a drama after the Greek model. What can be finer than the dithyrambic lament of the chorus over the stricken

hero —

' with languish'd head unpropt As one past hope, ahandon'd. . . .

********                      /

Or do my eyes misrepresent? Can this he he That heroic, that renown'di Irresistible Samson ? whom unarm'd

'No strength of man, or fiercest wild beast, could withstand ; Who tore the lion, as the lion tears the kid ; Kan on embattled armies clad in iron ; And, weaponless himself, •                                   —

Made arms ridiculous, useless the forgery Of brazen shield and spear . . .'

Samson slew at his death more than he slew in his life, yet he brought no deliverance to his countrymen. The moral of his story is the same as that of Ajax as depicted by Sophocles, and is thus drawn by Milton —

' But what is strength without a double share Of wisdom ? vast, unwieldy, burdensome, Proudly secure, yet liable to fall By weakest subtleties, not made to rule, But to subserve where wisdom bears command.'

227

IV. THE STORY OF SAMSON

■Judges XIII

^at irpocredrjKav 61 viol 'lapar/X Tronjcrai to rrovrjpbv ivamiov Kvpiov, koli irapeo'aKzv aurous Kvpi-o? £v

. TecrcrepaKOvra erij. 2Kat rjv avrfp els airo %apa airb orjjxov crvyyeveias tov AcweL koI 6vo/j,a avra) MapaJe, kcli yvvrj airw areipa Kal ovk ereKiu. 3 (cat m(f>dr) ayyeXos Kvplov Trpbs ttjv ywauca Kal elirev irpb<; avTijv u'ld>oi> crii aretpa Kal ov TeroKa4 Kal vvv va£ai S^ Kal jjlt) ttltj? olvov Kal ^xedvajxa, Kal [xrj (jxiyrjs trav aKaOaprop • 5oti ISoii av ev yacrTpl e^ei? Kal Te^-Q vlov, Kal crlSrjpo's ovk avafirjo~eTaL errl ttjv K€akr)v aitrov, otl va^elp deov ecrrai to Traihapiov awb rrjs Koiki,as • Kal avTos ap^erai tov o-Zo~ai, top 'Io~par) ck ^etpbs

1.  iv x«ip£: into the hand. § 91.

2.  dvT]p ets: § 2. — SapaA: R.V. 'Zorah.' A town lying near the edge of the highlands, on the present railway from Jaffa to Jerusalem. Josh. 1533, Id*1. — diro Sof the Danites. For the termination cp. 156 to!; Qanrel. — Mavme: Hebrew Manoah (= rest). In i Chr. 254 the Zorites are called Manahathites, which may be only a coincidence.

4. lUixxrfia : cp. vs. 7, 14: i K. in. w .-Hos. 4» : Mic. 2": Jer. 13W — ^ . . . irav : § 88.

5. va£eCp: a retention of the Hebrew word for want of a Greek equivalent. It is from root 'nazar,' 'to separate' or ' consecrate.' On the law of the Nazirite see Nb. 61"21. The Alexandrian Ms. has here •qyiaajj£vov Nafi-patov, which is perhaps referred to in Mt. 223

Stus irXrjpuffrj t& prifiiv Sci. tCiv irpo

tov o-£

227

228

228               SELECTIONS FROk THE SEPTUAGINT

Judges XIII 6

crn.ei/ti." 6/cou elcrrjXdev r) yvv-q Kal etirev t<5 dvSpl a,vrrjs 4yovcra ""AvOpwTros 0eov 'rfkdev irpos (j,e, teal elSos olvtov ws eTSos dyyeXou 6eov cn^oSpa • koX ovk r/parrjera avrbv irodev iariv, koX to oVo/xa ovtov ovk aTrrjyyetXev p.01. ' k' 'iSou o~v iv yacrrpl e^eis Kal Te^rj vlov • /cat vvv fxrj TTtijs oluov Kal jxidvarfLa, Kai firj a-y[]S vav d»ca-dapTov, on ayiov Beov ecrrat to TratSaptov airo yacrrpos ecus rjfxipa8Kal TTpoarjv^aTO Maf&ie 77"pbs Kvptov Kai elney " 'Ei> eju.ot, Kwpie 'ASwvaTe, roi' tov deov 6v aTrecrretXas, eX^eVw St) ert Trpo? rjf

9Kat eicnjKovcre'-' 6 ^eos rrjs <^covr)5 Mai id="iv.i.i.iv.p3100.1">a>e, Kal rjXOev 6 ay-yeXos toO ^eou ert 7rpbs ttjv ■ywai/ca • Kal aurr; iK(i6rjTO iv aypw, Kat Mavwe o av>)p avr^js ovk tjv yu.er avrrjs-          Kai

eTaxyvev r yvvr) Kal eSpajaev Kal di'ijyyeiXei' tw di^Spl avTijs, l etTrev Trpo? aurov "'ISou 8>TTTai wpbs yxe 6 avrjp os fjXOev iv

irphs /te." uKal dvecrrij Kal iTropevdr) Mavwe rrjs ywaiKos avTou, Kal •^X^ev 7rpbs rbv aVSpa Kal avr&i " Et au et 6 dv^p 6 XaXi7o~as 7rpbs ttjv ywaiKa;

6. "Av0po)iros 8«oi!: used as a title     be transliterated, as in i K. I11, or else

of Moses in Dt. 331: Josh. 146.                they are left indistinguisha'ble, so that

8. 'Ev 4(ioC: a literal rendering of a     we get the combination Kfyios Ktfpios, as

Hebrew formula of entreaty. Cp. Jdg.     in Amos 53: Ps. 140s. — tov av9p«irov:

6W, is: i k. I23, 2524. In Gen. 432° the     inverse attraction. Cp. Verg. JEn. I 573

same original is represented by Sei^effa     —Urbem quam statuo, yestra

and in 4418 by S^o^ai : so also in Ex.     est.—46eTln{. V8

410, where it is reduced in the English     §3) represents the second appearance of

to ' O.' — K-upw ' ASuvatt: our Hebrew     the angel as being granted to the prayers

text has here only Adonai without Je-     of Samson's mother to allay the jealousy

hovah before it: but the translator's     aroused in her husband's mind by her

text evidently had both words, as ours     interview with a handsome stranger.—

has in 102e. Adonai, when it occurs     cn>v|3i|3acraTii>: Ex. 412 n. by itself, is regularly rendered by Ktipic,          10. ev T)|«pa: the other day- A

so also is Jehovah: when the two     Hebraism, therefore come together, one has to          11. Et o-u it: § 100.

229

to. TTOLtJixaTa avTov;"

IV. THE STORY OF SAMSON                      229

Judges XIII 16

/cat elirev 6 ayyeXos " 'Eytu." 12/cat etirev Nlavwe " Nw 6 Xoyos crou • Tts ecrrat /cptcrts tov iraiSiov /cat 18/cat et7rei> 6 ayyeAos Kvpiov irpbs Mavwe " 'Atto ttdvroyv etpij/ca 7t/dos r>]v ywat/ca vd-ferai • 14dirb Tra^ros o tK-nopeverai i£ dfnreXov tov olvov ov (fxiyerai, /cat olvov /cat crucepa jxeOvo-fia p.rj irieroi, /cat wav aKciOapTov fir) (jyayiru) • TraWa ocra i.vereikdfjirjv avrS vd£eTat,." 15/cat etTrev Mavwe •f/dos tw dyyekov KvpCov cSSe ere, /cat TTOL-qcrco^iev kvomiov o~ov £piov 6 ayyeXo9 Kvpiov tt/)os Mavwe " 'Ecu; , ow <^ayoju,at a/7ro w aprcov aov • /cat e'av oXoKavTO/jia, tw Kvpia> di'otcrets aura •" on ou/c

5 ^ ?J

aiyoiv.

16Kat et

12.  NBv IXevo-crai kt. : the Alexandrian Ms. subordinates this clause to the next in the manner suggested in the margin of the R.V.—vvv Si iXSSvros ><» id="iv.i.i.iv.p3124.1"> f>^/j.ar6s tov iraidaptov Kai ro Hpya airov; — KpCcis : this word seems to be chosen because of its etymological correspondence with the Hebrew, without much regard to the meaning in Greek. The original it represents is derived from the same root as shophet, ' a judge' (cp. the Carthaginian sufet-). Kplva is used to translate the same Hebrew in Dt. 183 and iv K. I7. In the former of these passages it refers to the priests' ' dues'; in the latter the English runs thus — ' What manner of man was he ?' The latter is the meaning that suits this passage: so that Kplmay be taken to mean distinctive marks (the Alexandrian Ms. has here to cpi/xa).

13.  'Airo irdvriDV . . . vXd!eT§98.

14.  t£ a(i/ir&.p£-

flwjia: a doublet. In v. 4 the Alexandrian Ms. has which is a transliteration of the Hebrew, in place of /itfv&iia, which is a translation of the same. Here both have somehow been allowed to appear. Skepa was a generic name for fermented liquor. It is used 13 times in the LXX and once in the N.T. (Lk. I15). — irav . . . |Wj : = pvqhiv. § 88.

15.  iroi^n€v : dress, i.e. make ready for food. Cp. i K. 251S, where Abigail brings to David Trivre rpd^ara irtiroirjueva. See ill K. 1823 n. — Epi4>ov atvwv: Gen. 3731 n.

16.   apTiov: bread, in the sense of food generally. — koi 4dv iroufjo-Tis ktX. : better sense would be got by putting the comma after ttoi^o-js, instead of after okoKatiTuim — and, if thou dost prepare it, offer it as a whole burnt-offering unto the Lord. The Hebrew too seems to admit of being thus taken. Manoah could not have thought of making an offering to his visitor, whom he still supposes to be a man.

230

230              SELECTIONS FROMv THE SEPTUAGINT

Judges XIII11

iyvo MavcDe on ayyeXos Kvpiov avros. n Kal exirev MavSe Trpb" Ti to oVo/a<£ crot; otl IX0oi to pi)ixd crov, Kal So|racroju.ei' ere." 18Kal cinei' avTcp 6 ayyeXos KvpCov " Ets rl tovto epcoTas to orojxa jttou; Kal avro ecrriv " 19Kal IXa/Sev Mavwe tov epiov t£>v alycov al tt)v dvcriav Kal avrjveyKev inl ry)v irerpav tm Kvpico, Kal Bw^cjpicreu Trotr/crai ■ Kal Mcwaie Kal r) yvvrj auroC 20Kal iyivero iu ra avafirjvai rrjv tov dvcyiacrrqpiov ecus toii ovpavov, Kat Ofviftq 6 Kvpiov kv rfj oyl rov 9vcriao~Tr)piov • koI Mavaie /cat 17 yvvrj avrov /SXeirovTes, Kal eirecrav em TTpocrwirov avTcov hrl TrjV yrjv. 2lKal ot> irpoaeOr/Kev en 6 ayyekos Kvpiov 6(f>8rjvai 7rpb? Mavfie Kat irpos Tijv ywaiKa avrov • Tore eyva) Mavaie on ayyeXos Kvpiov o^ro?. 22Kal euro* Mavwe Trpos t^v, yvvatKa aurov '^©avat^j avodavovfjueda, on veov eioofxzv.            Kai enrev avra> tj yvvrj avrov ejl rjueKev

6 Kuptos davarwo'aL t^/acI?, ouk av eXafizv ck ^etpb? rj/xwu oXoKavTWfta Kal dvcriav, Kal ovk av e8ei£;ev rjixtv TavTa rravra • Kal Kadcos Kaipds, ovk av rjKovnoev i^yxa? Tavra."

17.  on cXfioi ktX. : the clause with     ko.1 Bvalav. — 8i«xiipicrev iroiTjo-ai: the %8oi. is really subordinate to the one     literal rendering of the Hebrew here is which follows. B.V. 'that when thy     'and (the angel was) acting-wonder-words come to pass we may do thee     fully for-doing.' This is not very honour.' The Alexandrian Ms. has     intelligible in itself, and the Greek Iva, brav fKBri to pi)/xa §o£aswii£v       translation is less SO. Apart from the

18.   Ets tC : To what end ? Qp.     original the latter might he taken to 1510.—tovto lpa)Tq.s ktX. : toOto may     mean 'cut it up to dress it.' — pl-be regarded as a cognate accusative     irovres : participle = finite verb: op. after £pwr?s with rb 6vo/id pov in appo-     v. 20. § 80.

sition to it. But it really owes its          20. Sfireo-av: § 18.

position here merely to the Hebrew.             22. 8e6v: notice that ' the angel

19.   Kal rr|v 8vo-Cav : R.V. ' with     of the Lord' is here spoken of as God. the meal-offering.' The Bwla. is dis-     Cp. Ex. 32.

tinct from the kid, resembling the          23. Ka8ois Kaip6s •. a literal transla-

Greek oiox^rai. Cp. v. 23 6Xo/cai5Tw,u.a     tion of the Hebrew, but meaningless

231

IV. THE STORY OF SAMSON

231

Judges XIV 8

Kai €T€K€v r) yvv-q vioi>, /ecu eKakecrev to ovofia avrov ~Zapjty(i>v • Kai rjSpvvdr] to iraihdpiov, Kal tvXoyyjcrtv auro s. 25Kal rjptjaro Trvajfjca KvpCov crweKiropev€(rdat «* trapeixfioXrj Aav Kal dva p,£o~ov %apaa Kal dva y. 'E             1Kal

v eis ®afi,vdOa,

l elSev yvvalKa eis ©afivdda dirb w OvyaripcDV tg>v dWo(j>vko)v. 2 /cat dve/3r] Kal dinjyy€ikei> tw trarpX aurou /cal T17 fJL-qrpl avrov Kal eiirev il YvvalKa eopa/ca eV %ap.vd6a dirb tcov dvyarepcop

uXicrTtet/x, /cal I'Ct' Xa/Sere avrrfv i/xol

ei? ywat/ca." 8/cat et77ei' aura) 6 Trarrjp ovtov Kal rj avrov "Mi) ouk eto-li' dvyaTepes twv d§e(j>a>v crou /cat e/c tou Xaou yxou yvvij, on cru Tropevy Xafielv ywai/ca

in Greet. R.V. ' at this time,' i.e. at the very time when her husband supposed that they were incurring God's anger. •— tjkovItio-cv: ' made us hear.' TnTs word occurs eight times in the LXX, e.g. Ps. 5010, Jer. 302.

24. 2a|*+<6v: Jos. Ant. V 8 § 4 Kal yev6fievov to iraiSLov Sa^wva

6voim. See Introduction to the story. — T]Spiiv8i): Ex. 210n.

25. o-vv€Kiropeu«r6ai avT^: to go forth with him, i.e. to aid him when he went forth. R.V. 'to move him.' The words seem to point to some legends of Samson which have not com£ down to us. — irap€ji|3oTi: this word is said to be Macedonian, which probably only means that it is of military origin. See Ex. 149 n. 'The camp of Dan' is the proper name of a place. Hence the R.V. here retains the Hebrew Mahaneh-dan. In our text of the. Hebrew the situation of this place is given as between Zorah and Eshtaol, i.e. in the heart of the Danite

territory; but in Jdg. 1812, where an account of the origin of the name is given, the place is said to be 'behind Kirjath-Jearim' in Judah. It would seem therefore that the ko.1, which the LXX has after Ad?, but to which there is nothing to correspond in the Hebrew, represents the true reading. There are reasons for supposing that the expedition of the Danites recorded in chapter 18 took place before the time of Samson ; so that there is no inconsistency in its name being mentioned here, though the story of how it came by its name is told later. — dvd |i.«rov . . . Kat dvd (ictrov : cp. Ex. 823.

1.   els 0a(ivd6tt : subducting tlie two last letters, which are due to Hebrew inflexion, we are left with Timnah. Jos. Ant. V 8 § 4 els viiv. See Ex 1287 n.— a

a LXX variety for Amos I8: i Mac. 56 tion to story.

2.  crfpaica: § 33.

3.  Mi] ovk : cp.

lii. Cp. See Introduc-

152

232

232              SELECTIONS FROM THE SEPTUAGINT

Judges XIV 4

arrb rcov aXXovXv aTrepiTfiiJTcov; " /ecu elirev %afifi(ov npos tov Trarepa airov " Tavnjv Xdfie fioi, on ovtt] iv 6/aov." 4/cal 6 iraTrjp ovtov Kal tj avrov ovk eyvcocrav on Trapa Kvpiov icrriv, ion ckSuojctu/ avro? ^rjrei €K twv aXo(f>vXKal iv rw Kaipai e/ceivw ot aXXoc^uXot KvpievovTes ev 'Icr/DaTjX. 6/Karefiy) Xa.fi-tycbv Kal 6 vaTrjp avrov Kal r) psrTi}p avrov as ©afivdOa ■ Kal rjkOev ecus tov djiiTreXaivos %ap,vd.6a., Kal ISov o"/cujlwos X4ovtos aipvonevos ets arvvdvTrjcnv avrov. 6/cdl ijXaro eir' avTov TTVtvjxa Kvpiov, Kal crvverpixpev avrov aicret (TWTplxpet, epi(f>ov • Kal ovSev rjv iv Tats yjzpa-lv avrov. Kal ovk a.TT'qyyeLXev t&> rrarpi avTov Kal rfj firjrpl avrov o iTTo'vqcrev. TKat KaT€/3rjo~av Kal iXaXyjcav rfj yvvaLKt, Kal rjv0vv9r} ii> 6&Kal VTr4a-Tp&i€v fze9' rjfjLepas Xafieiv avrrjv • Kal i^tKXivev IBeiv t(> rrroifia tov Xiovros, Kal IBov o~vvaya>yy) ju.eXccrcrcut' iv tco crTOfian tov Xeovros Kal

«-6e«Ca: cp. v. 7 ^iBivB-q. 'She is right     earlydate.—o-vvlrpitytv: Hebrew,'tore

in my eyes.' The Hebrew word is the     asunder.' The Alexandrian Ms. has

same as in Nb. 2310, 'Let me die the     SUevcurev. — aa-A o-uvrpC^ei: R.V. 'as

death of the righteous.'                            he would have rent.' Milton —' Who

4.  IkSCktjo-iv : revenge, namely, for     tore the lion as the lion tears the the wrongs done to the Israelites,—     kid.'                       "

eniTos : i-e. Jehovah. Samson was          7. KaWPrjo-av KaUXdXr)

only seeking a wife. Jos. Ant. V 8 § 6     lar in the Hebrew.

tov Geov Kara rb'Efipalois crv/j.£pov kiri-            8. o~uva'ya>yT] pteXi(ro"wv : A has here

wovvTos riv yd/iov, — Kupwi3ovT€s : § 80.      }. Polybius IV 7^5as r^v avvo.-

5.   oipu6p.£vo5 : dipfe&Bcu ( = Lat.      yuy^v t&v 8xAu>>. As is the rugire) occurs 11 times in LXX, e.g.'    translator's habitual rendering of the Ps. 2114 is £o>v o apirdfup icai iipv6iievos:     Hebrew word which occurs in this Ezk. 2226 us X^ovres Cipyb/^voi.                    passage, we cannot infer that avvayuyfj

6.  i|XaTO or' airov ktX. : i.e. he     fieiis Alexandrian Greek for a had a sudden access of supernatural     'swarm of bees.' Jos. Ant. V 8 § 6 strength. For the phrase cp. i K. 106     has iiriTvyx&vei (r/ii^wt hcXittuv Iv tKal 4ipa€?TKvpt'ou. The      cr^dei rod 4ovros itcelvov vevcHTffevKbrwv low view of inspiration in the Samson     — o-tohoti. : Hebrew,' body.' Possibly legend shows a primitive tone of     arbu-nTi is a mistake in the Greek for thought and is an argument for its     

233

IV. THE STOEY OF SAMSON                      283

Judges XIV 14

SKal igeikev airo els ^etpas, /cat iiropevero           d

I icr8la>v • Kai iiTopev$7] np6s tov trarepa avrov Kai rrj

ipa avrov, Kai iSwKev avrots Kat £ayov, Kai ovk arrjy-yeiXev avrols on oltto tov (TTOfiaTos rod 4ovtos e^zikev to ueXt. 10Kat /careySrj 6 Trarrfp avrov tt/dos rr)i> ywaiKa • Kai inour)o~a' e«et %apLiia>v ttotov £' rjixepas, otl ovto)? ttol-ovctlv oi veaviaKoi. nKal eyivero ore el$oi> avrov, v TpiaKovra /cXtjtovs, /cat rjo~av p,er* avrov-aurot? Xap.)jGjv " Ilpo^XrjiJba vpXv TrpofidWofiac • iav aTrayyeXXoyres dtTrayyetX^re avro ip rats eirra 17/i.e/ tou ttotov Kai evprjTe, 8&)o"ft> ifuv rpiaKOVTa crti/Sdvas rpiaKovra crroXa? ifxarCcjv • 1S /cat lay p^rj hvvrjo-de auay-yetXat ju,ot, Salcrere VjU,et§ eju.ot rpiaKovTa oOovia /cat t/dkz-Kovra dXXacrcrojLteVag aroXas tjaaTtwi/." Kat etirav aurw ' Ll.popaA.ov to TrpopKrip,a Kat aKovcro/xePa auro.           Kat

avrots

9.  c8»K«v avTots: Josephus in tell-          12. npip^|i.a : apart from this ing the story makes Samson bring     context the word vptfliiia appears the honeycomb as a present to his     only four times in the LXX—Ps. 484, bride. Perhaps this is an attempt     772: Hbk. 26: Dan. 6 823. — o-iv86vas : to make the conduct of Samson more     Hdt. I 200; II 86 (aivSlivos flvo-alvris), consistent with the law of the Nazi-     95; VII 181. "SivSiiv here means a rite.                                                             garment of cambric or muslin. Op.

10.  4wolT|crev . . . ttotov : for the     Mk. 1451 Tepi^ j^vos aivSbva : Mt. phrase xoicic irSrov cp. Gen. 19s, 4020.     2759. The name points to the intro-— I1 t|(Upas : for seven days. Not in      duction of the material from India, the Hebrew.— 'on outws ttoioCo-iv oi           13. o86vta: another rendering of vtavto-Koi: A has 4-rrolovv and the R.V.      the same word which has just been 'used to do,'implying that the custom     translated by a-ivSbvas. Cp. Mt. 2769 was obsolete.                                               with Jn. 1940 for the equivalence of the

11.   Iv^vtTO . . . koC : § 41. — ore     two words. Josephus (Ant. V 8 § 6) ttSov o-Otov : A iv T(fi o[lei      has 68ivas where the LXX in v. 12 has airav. The two verbs meaning ' to      — dXao-o-0|Uvas oroX&s f(ia-see' and ' to fear' are easily confused      riuv : the Hebrew is the same a,s for in Hebrew. — kXtitoiis: invited guests.      o-roXis Iparlwv in v. 12. Cp. Gen. 45s2 R.V. ' companions.'                                      aXXa

234

234              SELECTIONS FROM THE SEPTUAGINT

Judges XIV 16

" Tt fipcoTov i£f}k6ev i< fiifipuHTKovros

koX astro i

teal ovk -qhvvavTO dirayyetA.ai to TTp6^krjp.a i-rfl rpeis rjfie-pas. 16Kat iyevero iv ry 17/^e/oa ttj reToiprrj Kal etTrav rfj yvvaiKi Safjbxjjcov " 'ATrar^crov Si) to avhpa crov Kal airay-yeiXdrcu crot to vpo/3k7]jj.a, fj,rj wore KaTaKavo~p.eis ae Kal top oXkov tov 7raT/3os crou iv irvpl- fj e/c^tacrat rjfxas /ce-Ky)KaTe;" 16Kal eKkavcrev 19 yvvrj ^a/xxftav tt/)o§ avroi' /cat €L7rev "TlXr/v /xe/AicrTjKa? fie Kal ovk rjyaTTy)o~as fie, on to Trp6f3 jf*.a o Trpoefiiakov rots vtois tov Xaou /xov ov/c airrjy-Kal etTrei' auTy ~Za^tpa)p " E6 r&> irarpi p,ov Kal i fiov ovk a.7T>7yyeX.Ka> crol a.7rayyetXcu; " 1TKal €Kkavcrev vpbs avrov ivl ra? e7rra 17/iepa? as iyv auToi? o ttotos ■ Kal iyeveTO iv ttj rj^epa rrj i^Sofxyj Kal arnjyyei-ev avTrj, oTi Trapev(x)y^krjO~^v uvtw • Kal avrrj arrijyyeikev tois viols tov Xaou avnjs. 18Kal etrrav avra! ot avSpes 7roXecu5 e?/ t>J ^l^epa ttj e/38o/u,g tt/oo tov avaTtiXai tov

" Ti yXvKVTepov

l Tt icrxypoTzpov 4ovtos ;

14.  TC ppwTov ktX. : in the original     have.' There is a confusion here >e-this forms a verse-couplet (3 + 3).     tween two words thajare similar in A has £k tov icr$oPTos i!jijdev /3p«      the original.

jtoi ^| lJosephus          16. irX-rfjv : only. Op. Gen. 4140.

(Ant. V 8 § 6) gives the riddle thus          17. Ixri Tas lurd Tuiepas: strictly

Uri rh Ta/iflopov yeyevv-fjKet.     from the fourth to the seventh day.

ijBetav i% oijtoO, koX vavii dijSovs     For the reinforcement of the acousa-

gvros.                                                        tive of duration of time by i-al cp. v. 14

15.  Terdpi-r|: Hebrew, 'seventh.'     M rpcts ^P<"-

The Greek reading improves the sense,          18. avaTetXai: A Svvai. R,V. ; bo-

though even it is not consistent with     fore the sun went down.' — T£ -yXuKi-

v. 17.—4KJ3idorto dispossess us by     t«povktX. : the answer, like the riddle.

force. A irroixevR.V. 'toimpov-     is expressed in averse-couplet (again

erish us': R.V. Margin ' take that we     3 + 3), as is also Samson's retort. —

235

IV. THE STORY OF SAMSON                      235

Judges XV 3

/cat etrrev carrots %afx,pa>v

" Et /xrj rjpoTpidaaTe iv rfj Sa/i.aXei jaov,

ovk av eyvcare to irp6/3kr)iJ.d /xou."

19/cat ^XaTO iir avTov irvevfjua Kvpiov, /cat /caTe)3ij £ts 'Ko-KaX(i)va /cat i-rrdra^ev i£ avrSiv tpiaKovra dvhpa? Kal to. tjadVia avrwv, zeal iScoKev tTrp6fi )p,a- /cat oipylcrdy] 6v[iaj

dvefirj

 

rbv oXkov

tov waTpbs

avTov.

/cat eye^CTO 7)

yvvrj £<

 

COP €VL T(J)V

C(>)V avrov

wv e

o~ev. J Kai

iyevero

 

v Y)u£pa<5

iv 17/xepats

depicrfiov

TTVpS)V Kal CTTG-

v ttjv yuvat/ca auTOt) iv ipi^xa aiyStv, " EtcreXeuco/iat -rrpb? Trji' ywaixa ju.ov ei9 to Kal ovk e8a>/cej> aurbv 6 Trarrjp avrrjs eia-e6eZv. 2Kai 6 varr/p avrrjs "Aeycov etTra oti [alo-£>v i[iLo~y)cras avTtjv, /cal^eStu/ca avTrjv ivl tS>v e/c tSv (fyCXcov crov fxrj ov)(l 17 dSeri avrrjs r/ vearepa ai)Tf)<; dyadaripa virep avnjv; SJ crot dm auT^s." 8Kai elirev aurots

to aVa£ d,77"o aXXoc^uXcui', ort ttoiw eya»

El |*.t| kt.: Josephus (Ant. V 8 § 6)     attracted into the case of luv pre-

transforms the reply thus — Kai 6     ceding. In the Hebrew the pronoun

"Zafi^iiv eivev oidi yvvaiKbs cha.1 tl So-     is in the singular. $iXidf«f in the LXX

Xepdrepov, •ijris ifuv iiuptpei, rbv rmirepov     is constructed with a dative ; ii Chr.

X670X. — TipoTpiduraTe: cp. iii K. 19".     192, 20s7: i Esd. 321: Sir. 371.

'Aporpiav for dpovv occurs in some           1. (wO* TjH-fpas: after some time. —

dozen passages in the LXX. Cp.      4v IpCcjxa at-y»v: § 91. — Ta|ic!ov : Gen.

Gen. 456 n.                                                4330 n. § 10. — o4k «Sbkcv avTov: R.V.

19.  «ls 'Ao-KaXwva: i.e. to a Philis-     ' would not suffer him.'

tine city at some distance. The thirty          2. Afyuv etiro : § 81. Notice that

companions themselves were protected     Vyow and dira are treated as parts of

by the laws of hospitality.                         one verb. — iyaBaripa vnip: §§12, 94.

20.  iyivno . . . lv£: became the         3. 'H8ioo>|iai ktX.. : 7 am. made wife of one. A koi (rvv(pm]      guiltless once for all as regards the Xaijopav T6s i)v      Philistines in doing mischief to them, iraipos airoO. Jos. Ant. V 8 § 6 Kal t)     — (Her* ovtbv : not along with them, ■irais . . . trwrjv tCy vv/upo-     but in dealing with them. § 93. The

yeyovdri. — cSv 4((>LXCoo-tv: Sjv is     construction is due to the Hebrew.

236

236              SELECTIONS FROM THE SEPTUAGINT

Judges XV 4

avroiv TrovTjpCav" 4kcu iitopevOt] 'tafixj/wv teal avveXafteu

T/uaKOcrtas aXatTTrjKas, zeal eXafiev XajaTrdSas, Kal iire&Tpexftev'

xepKOv irpos KepKov, /cat edrjKev Xa/xTraSa /nap di>a /Aecrov

r<3i/ Suo KepKcov Kal eSrjcrev- 5Kal igeKavcrev irvp lv rats

aKitacriv, koX i£;airioT€iev iu Tots ard-^yaiv tuiv dXXo-

(j>vo)v Kal eKarjcrav dirb aXwi/os ko.1 etas

Kal eo)5 dju.7reX<3z id="iv.i.i.iv.p3250.1">o$ Kat eXatas.

" Tis eironjcrev Tavra,-" Kac etTrai' "

®a/Jtvei, ort eXa/Sei* ttjp' yvvatKa avrov Kal eScoxev avrr/v

to) ck: r<3f ty'Ckov avrov- Kal avefi-qcrav ol aXk6voi Kal

i                    avrrjp Kal tov irarepa avTrjs iu Trvpi 7l

6/cai

ot 6

rov

Kal

avrols

'Edf Troirjcr^Te ovrcus ravr^v, on ct

eK$iK7Jcr(o iv ifxiv, Kal icr^arov K07rdcr(M." 8fcat avrov1; Kvrj/ATjv im p/qpov, Trkrjyrjv fieydXrji' • /cat

4.  aX(5iniKOs: = akdireicas. § 11. The Hebrew -word may also mean 'jackals.'—Kepxov irpos KtpKov: a literal following of the Hebrew, which happens to coincide with our idiom. — KttV «ST)

5.  iv Tots crrd^-uo-iv: § 91.—diro . . . Kal '«os . . . Kal lo>$: both . . . aiid . . . and. § 92. — aXwvos : put by the Greek translator for the word rendered in the R.V. ' shocks,' which represents an earlier stage of harvest work. On the form of the word see § 8. — ?«s ttjAireXavos Kal IXaias : H..V. ' and also the oliveyards.' The difference seems due to the fact that the word for yards is often used specially of vineyards.

6.  vw|i£os: son-in-law. For this meaning cp. ii Esd. 2328 (= Neh. 132S). A has here yauppos. —tov ©afivcC: of

the man of Timnah. 132 n. — r& ck t£Xo)v airov: R.V. 'to his companion.' Perhaps we should here read T(f> — to one of his friends.

7. TavTtiv: feminine for neuter. § 47. OvrciSs looks like a gloss on rai-' ttjv, one of the two being redundant. E. V. ' after this manner.' — on cl jm)v ^kSik^o-u «v v|iiv : (know) that of a truth I will have my vengeance on you. § 107. On el p.i)v see § 103.—So-xaTov Koirdat the last I will cease. Cp. Ruth I18 indiraac tov XaX^crai vpbs ainyv %tl. Samson is careful throughout to avoid > aggressive action ; he merely retaliates for wrongs done to him.

S. kv^(it|v eir firp6v : leg on thigh, a literal rendering of the Hebrew, but what it meant originally is hard to say. For the adverbial accusative cp. Dt. 54 irpbironrov Kara vpbawrrov. —irXi]-

: accusative in apposition

237

IV. THE STORY OF SAMSON                     237

Judges XV 14

Kal iKa.6i.o-ev iv Tpvjj.aXia Trjs nerpas 'Rrajx.            9Kal

avefirjcrav ol dXX6'IouSa, Kal iv Aeuet. 10Kal elirav dvr)p 'IovSa "Ets n dvi-i(f>' i?/i,as;" Kal elirov ol dXX6"Arjcrcu. tov 2a|a-pa>v av£$y)hev, Kal Troirjcrai ai>ra> 6v rpotrov itroLrjaev tjiuv." 11 Kal KaTefirjcrav rptcr^tXtot aVSpe? 0,770 'lovSa eis rpv^a-Xlolv TT€Tpa<; 'HrctjU,, Kai eirrav tw ^a^utv " Ovk olSas ort Kvpieocrovtjiv ol dXkoeTrotrycras ■fjixtv;" Kal etirev avrois XafJAJiuiv "*Ov rponov itroiricrdv [ioi, ovto)S iTTOirjcra avToI?." 12/ccu etTraf avrw "Arjcrai ere Kare-tov Sowai 61/5^ aWovavrois iv " 'OjJ.6o~aTe fj-oi firj ttotz crvvavTrjo-r}Te iv i/xol u/xeis-" 13 Kal elirov avTco XeyovTe? " Ou^i, on dXX' ^ Secr/i&> 8ijcroju,eV ere Kal TTapaScoo-o/xev ere eV XetP^ avTuiv, Kal davaTca ov 6at>aTa>o~o[jLev ere •" Kal e$Tjo~av avTov iv Sucrl Katvots, Kal dvifveyKav avrov (xtto t"^? TreVpas 14Kal rjXOov ews ^taydt'os ■ Kal 01 aXXofyvXoi

to the sentence. — rp-u(i.aX.i^: this word           12. Sovvou .. . 4v x«tpt: § 91. The

is used six times in the LXX and once     meaning is not quite the same as that

in the N.T., in Mk. 10'25, where it sig-      of Soiivai 8td xeipfc in Gen. 39*'a. — |itj

nifies the eye of a needle. — 'Hrdix:      ttot€ o-uvavTifjo-uTt: a literal rendering

Jos. Ant. V 8 § 8 Airdf ko.t^k(i ■ rirpa     of the Hebrew—lest ye fall upon me

S (o-tIv 6xvpa T7js 'lotiSa 0u^s.                  yourselves. Op. U and Ex. 914 n.

9.   i(j«pC4>Tio-av: B.V. ' spread them-           13. on aW i]: § 109. — xaXuSlois : selves.' §83. Veitch quotes Anth.      in LXX only here, in 14, and in 16". ™. 12, 234 for the poetical form ipltjnj.      The word is classical.

But in the LXX the double or single p           14. ^Xflov : Hebrew, ' he came.' —

is a question of Ms. spelling.—Atiti:      2us Surydvos : i.e. to the place which

Hebrew Lechi.                                            is reputed to have been so called after

10.  etirav &vT)p : a too faithful ren-      the exploit which is about to lie related, dering of the Hebrew, which employs      See Jos. Ant. V 8 § 8. The Hebrew is the singular of man after a plural verb      Lechi and the place is the same as that to denote the inhabitants of a country     which is intended by A«iei in 9. — t|ol-collectiv.ely. §48.                                      a£av . . . avroO : R.V. 'shouted as

11.   K-upie-uo-ovo-iv: R.V. ' are rulers      they met him.' The Hebrew word for over us.' Op. 14*.                                      meet here is different from that trans-

238

15Kal efipev

avhpas. 16/cal

288              SELECTIONS FROM THE SEPTUAGINT

Judges XV VS

kcu eopafxov ets o~vvdvrr)cru> avrov ■ kcll vjXaro iir' avrbv 7Tvevfia KvpCov, kcu iyev-qBr) to. KaXoiSta to. iirl /Spa^iocrtj/ avrov axxel o~Tnvnvov o e^eKavdr) ev -nvpC, Kal ercucrjorai> Secrfxol avTov airb xuP&v afrrov. ovov lKpepififiivrv, Kal i£ f3ev avTrjv, kcu indra^ev iv airy ehrev ~%apip&v u 'Et- criayovi ovov i£aeCa>v igrfXeupa. avTovs,

otl iv t^ o~ia.y6vi. tov ovov errara^a ^tXtov? avBpas." 17ical iyevero ais €7raucraro XaXStv, ko.1 eppafiev rrjv cnayova ck ttjs xeiP0^ avroVf Kat eKaXtarev rbv tottov iiceivov *A.vai-peo~t<; criayovos. 18/cat i$Lj>7}o~ev a} Kal exkavo-ev irpo<; Kvptov kcu etna/ "Sv evSo/oyora? iv x^P1- SouXou crov t^v o~a)T7)p(av tt)v fLeyakrjv Tavrrjv, Kal vvv dirodavovfiai Tto oixj/ei /cat efXTreaovfxa.1 ev xeiPl Twv a.Ttepnp.'qTaiv.           Kat

epprjfjev 6 deb1; rbv Xolkkov tov iv ry Siayovt Kal

lated by in 12.—= o-Tvjrrreiov. Op, 169: Sir. 219: Is. I81: Dan. 3*s.—S«r|j.oC: Gen. 4227 n.

15.  lKp«pi(i|*«vijv: the Hebrew here has new. On the form of the word see § 20.

16.  4iaX«t4>cDv i£4jeu|;a: the He-brew does not here contain the idiom which corresponds to this formula, but runs thus — 'With the jaw-bone of an ass a heap, two heaps (have I slain).' The Hebrew word for heap however is the same as that for ass, so that there is a play on words, as though one were to say — " With the jawbone of an ass have I ass-ass-inated them."

17.'AvaCpeo-iso-io-yovos: thenomi-native is right because we have here what is known as the svppositio mate-rialis of the words. The genitive is subjective, "the destruction made by

a jawbone." Hebrew Ramath-Lechi = Jawbone Slii, Names have been known to give rise to legends as well as legends to names. ' 18. 'tKkavo-tv: cp. 1628. Hebrew, ' called.' A has ipo-qaev. Cp. the double meaning of the English cried.—«AS6-Kt|iSioxas. Translate — Thou hast vouchsafed through the. hand of thy servant. The force of the construction eiSotceie iv here is different from that in Mt. 31T: ii Cor. 1210, where it means acquiesce in, be pleased with.

19. epprjlevtovXcLkkov: R.V. 'clave the hollow place.' Proleptic.—ouTfjs : the feminine may be justified on the ground that it agrees with 71-1771) under-stood, but it is probably due merely to the presence of a feminine suffix in

239

IV. THE STORY OF SAMSON                . 239

Judges XVI 3

ef avrov vhcop- koX einev, ko.1 iireo-Tp&pev to avTov Kal l^crev. Sux touto iicXijdT) to oVo/xa av Tbyyv) tov iiriKokovfJievov, rj ecrw iv Siayoia, ittJs pas Taurus. 20/cat €Kpwev rov IcrparjX ev rjfiepais dXXo-(f>vo>v eiKocrt en?.             *Kal inopevdr) "tapjtyoiv els Fa^aj/,

«at etSei/ e/cet yui/atKa iropvrfv /cat elcrrjXBev Trpbs ovttjv. 2kol avrjyyiKrj rois Fa^atots X.eyoi'Tes "'H/cei ^a/irj/av wSe." zeal e/cufcXivrjSpevorav eif clvtov okr/v rr/v vvkto, iv Trj Trukrj Trjs TrdXews, /ca( €Kaxf>evcrav o jv ttjv vvkto. eyovT€""Eai? Sia^>avopOpos, «al (fiovevcrcofiev avTOv." 3 Kal €KOip,rjd'q 'Xa/xjja>v eiws fjLtcrovvKTLOv Kal avecrrr) iv rj/jLilcreL rfjs vvktos, Kal iireXd^eTO tS>v dvpwv T7j? ttuXt?? Trj<; 7rdXea>5 avv tois Svcrl crra^ot?, Kal aveftdcrTacrev av-tedrjKev Itt w^icov avrov, Kal a,vi^r iwl rrjv Kopv7)v tov opovs rov inl TTpoo-mirov

the Hebrew. — Ilii-yi] tov liriKaXov-(Uvov: Hebrew, ' Spring of the Caller.' As the partridge is known in Hebrew as the caller, it has been suggested that the name may have originally meant Partridge. Spring and have had its meaning adapted to the story of Samson.

20. Kal expivtv kt.: this is the remark which generally closes the ac-count of a ruler. Cp. I2'.'.u-M. In the story itself Samson is not repre-sented as a ruler, but rather as an insubordinate subject of the Philistines, The next chapter, which ends with the same remark, may have come from another source, especially as the story of Delilah is a duplicate of the story of Samson's Philistine wife.

1.  Pdjav : one of the five chief cities of the Philistines.

2.  dviiyytXii . .. Xfyovrts : the word

corresponding to &vr)yyfb.T) has slipt out from the Hebrew. On the construe-tion see § 112, and on the verbal form §24. — 6KiS<| id="iv.i.i.iv.p3306.1">ewrav: literally were dumb. Cp. 1819. The word occurs eleven times in the LXX. —"Eo>s 8ioaio-{| kt. : ( Wait) until the morning dawns, and let us kill him. Present SmpaicKuv (Polyb.), Sta^iia-zceic (Hdt.).

S. h«o-ovvkt(ou : cp. Ruth 3s: Is. 5910. In Ps. 118«2 the word is used ad-verbially.—iv TmCo-a ri}s wkt6s : §62. The Hebrew is the same as that which has just been represented by /^eo-on-

the doors of the city-gate. — dvepderra-lifted them up bar and all. R.V. 'plucked them up.' — *vl$i: Hebrew, ' carried them up.' — tov «rl irpoo-iiirov Xeftpwv: which faces Hebron. It is not necessary to sup-pose that Samson carried the gates all

240

240              SELECTIONS FROM THE SEPTUAGINT

Judges XVI 4

kclI' idiqKep avra ckcI.             4Kal iyevero fxera rovro Kal

rya.TrrKa' ovojjua. airy AaXetSa. h Kal ave/Brjcrav Trpos avrr)v ol ap^o^res to>v d\o(j)va>v Kal elvav a-vrrj " 'ATrdrrjcrov auTo^, Kal tSe eV rtvi 17 lo^us avroS 17 ixeydXrj Kal iv rivi Swr/aofieda amw koI orjKal 17/xets Scucro/xeV crot di>rjp l eKarov dpyvpiov." 6Kal eiTrev AaXeiSa Trpos

oz/ SrJ |/,ot ev rtvt f] tcr^us croii 17 fieydXy), Kal ii> tov TaireivcadrjvaC ere." 7Kal elnev TTpos avrr/v ciop " 'Eav drjo-wcriv fj.€ iv ctttcI vevpeats vypais yxr) §L€aL<;, Kac do~devrjo~a) Kal ecro/xat ws ets T«3v dvdpw-ttcov." 8Kal dvrjveyKav avrfj ol dp-^ovT€<; tw d\ova>i> errrra vevpdvypas /A1*) Stec^^ap/xevasj Kal eSrjcrev avrbv iv

the forty miles from Gaza to Hebron: still this may be what was intended. Cp. Jos. ^.««. V 8 § 10 els t& iirtp Xe/3pu-vos 8pos tptpwv KaTartdijcn. — Kttl e6T)K€v aiTci, lK«t: not in the Hebrew.

4:. Ti'ytt'Trqa'tv: = i(pi7j(T€v. Op. 15.

— iv 'AXtra>(yfx: A has here iiri. rov Xtipappov SupijX' The Hebrew is nahal Sorek. It seems plain that the first syllable has somehow disappeared, leaving the reading before us. Nahal

—  wady or torrent-valley. — AaX.ti.Scl: Hebrew DHUah. Jos. Ant. V 8 § 11 AaXiXijs t6 8m/j.a. Josephus assumes, perhaps hastily, that the woman was a Philistine. We may notice that the lords of the Philistines came up to her, i.e. from the maritime plain to the hills.

5. ot apxovrcs: the Hebrew for this is S'ranim, which is used only for the five princes of the Philistines, and is therefore presumably Philistian. It has been conjectured that this is the same word as ripawos. It recurs in vs. 8, 18, 23, 27, 30, in all which pas-

sages B renders it, as here, by &pxovres, but A by. In i K. 5?.n, 64,12,16,18, 7T, 292'«.7 B also has This rendering reproduces the foreign effect, but is otherwise inappropriate. — 8vvncr6|u8a avf§ : a result of literal translation rather than any recognised Greek construction. — Se&-Avf/p here = each. A Hebraism. § 70. As there were five lords of the Philistines, the bribe amounts to 5500 shekels of silver, or 275 times the price paid for Joseph.

7.   veuptais: = vtvpats. Cp. V. 9. Properly ' bowstrings.' R.V.' withes.' Jos. Ant. V 8 § 11 (fidjxevos, el /cX^,uaeirra kt. — ■&Ypats : literally moist and so supple — a recognised classical use. "Typ6$ is a rare word in the LXX. It recurs in 8 and is used in its literal sense in Job 816: Sir. 3913. — 8«9ap|xl-vais : R.V. 'dried.' — ws ets t£v av-8pcp. 17 (is iravres ol ILvBpuiroi : Ps. 817 ws els t&v apxbvrwv.

8.   (i$i 8ie<( id="iv.i.i.iv.p3321.1">eap|).4vas: in v. 7 the

241

IV. THE STORY OF SAMSON                     241

Judges XVI 13

koX to ivSpov avrrj iira Ta/xeuj), Kal avTAX6(f>vXoc iwl ere, ^afiipcov ■" Kal hiecnracrev ra? vevpeas &»s et rt? aTiocnraaOL crrpi^a a-Tinirvov iv r<5 6cr(j>pavdrjvaL avrb Trvpos, Kal ovk iyvcoadr/ ■>) tcr^y? avrov. 10/tai el-rreu AaXetSa irpbs %apj^su>v "'iSou eVXaV^cras //.e /cat 77/)6s //.e fjev?if} ■ vvv ovv avdyyeikov

"fcal eiTrei/ tt/sos avrrfv " 'Eav hij/caXwStois KaLvois ot? owk iyevero iv avrots ipyov, Kal acrdevyjero) Kal ecro/xai ais els avOpunroiv." 12/eBrjo-ev avrbv iv awrois, fcal ra, ei'eSpa i^rjXdev ck rot) Tafjjieiov, Kal elntv u'A.W6em ce, %ajjipcov •" Kal Sie-criracrev aura. aTro fipa)(i6va)v avrov &>s cnrapTiov. iS Kal einev AaXetSa 7rpos Siafjujjcov u 'iSov eTrXavrjcras ^u.e Kat eXa-Xrjo"as 7T/3O? e^e pev8rj■ arrdyyeiXov 8ij (lol iv t'lvi SeOrjcrrj." Kal etTrev Trpo? avnjv " 'Eaj' vcjtdvrjs ra$ ivra creipag rrjg KeaX7)s fiov crvv raj SidcrfxaTL Kal ivKpovcrrj's rw TracrcrdXa)

hypothetical nature of the sentence          13. 'ISov: Hebrew, 'hitherto.'

justifies /iri dte6apiMvat.!: but here      The latter part of the Hebrew word

we ought certainly to hare oi. 3?or     for hitherto is the .same, apart from the

another clear case of /»i} for oi take     pointing, as that for behold. — vdvT]s:

Sus. 04S.                                                   § 23. — empds : locks, literally chains,

9, ifvcSpov: this form is common     in which sense the word is used in

in the LXX, whereas htdpa occurs only     Prov. 522 o-eipcus Si rdv iavTov anapnOiv

in Josh. 87-9: Ps. 9'29.—o-Tp^(i)J.a: in the      ?Kao-ros Samson's long hair

literal sense only here in the LXX.      was plaited into seven tails. — Sid-

Used in a metaphorical sense in iv K.      o-(icm: = a-Tij/tow, warp. The word

1530 avvtoTpvpev a-Tpe/x/xa = made a     occurs in Biblical Greek only in this

conspiracy. — iv too-^pavBiivai airb     context. Delilah was to weave Sam-

irupos: when it smelleth the- fire: A     son's hair into the web she has been

literal translation of the Hebrew.             weaving on her loom, and fix the web,

12. Kal t& ^vsSpa . . . Taneto-u: if     with his hair in it, to the wall by

our Hebrew text is correct, this clause     means of a peg.

in the Greek is both wrongly translated          13, 14. Kal cvicpovc-fls • . • 64>avev

and comes in the wrong place. A here     Iv t§ 8vdor|iaTi: this passage is absent

agrees with the Hebrew.                           from our Hebrew, but it is needed to

242

εἰς τὸν τοῆχον, καὶ ἤσομαι ὡς εἷς τω̑ν ἀνθρώπων ἀσθενής." 14καὶ ἐγένετο ἐν τῳ̑ κοιμα̑σθαι αὐτὸν καὶ ἔλαβεν Δαλειδὰ τὰς ἑπτὰ σειρὰς τη̑ς κεΦαλη̑ς αὐτὸν καὶ ὔΦανεν ἐν τῳ̑ διάσματι καὶ ἒπηξεν τῳ̑ πασσάλῳ εἰ τὸν τσι̑χονς, καὶ εἷπεν "᾽ΑλλόΦυλοι ἐπὶ σέ, Σαυψών." καὶ ἐξυπνίσθη ἐκ του̑ ὕπνου αὐτου̑, καὶ ἐξη̑ρεν τὸν πάσσαλον του̑ ὑΦάσματος ἐκ του̑ τοίχου. 15καὶ εἶπεν Δαλειδὰ πρὸς Σαμψών . "Ηω̑ς λέγεις '᾽Ηγάπηκά σε,' καὶ οὐκ ἔοτιν ᾑ καρδία σου μετ' ἐμου̑; του̑το τρίτον ἐπλάνησάς με, καὶ οὐκ ᾑ πήγγειλάς μοι ἐν τίνι ᾑ ἰσχύς σος ἱμεγάλη." 16 καὶ ; ἐγένετο ὄτε ἐξέθλιψεν αὸτὸν ἐν λόγξις αὐτη̑ς πάσας τὰς ᾑμέρας καὶ ἐστενοχώρησεν αὐτύν, καὶ ὠλιγοψύχησεν ἕως του̑ ἀποθανει̑ν. 17 καὶ ἀνήγγειλεν αὐτῃ̑ τὴν πα̑σαν καρδίαν αὐτου̑ καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῃ̑ "Σίδηρος οὐκ ἀνέβη ἐπὶ τὴν κεΦαλήν μου, ὅτι ἅγιος θεου̑ ἐγώ εἰμι ἀπᾈ κοιλίας μητρός μου . ἐὰν οὖν ξυρήσωμαι ἀποστήσεται ἀπ᾽ ἐμου̑ ᾑ ἰσχύς μου, καὶ ἀσθενήσω καὶ ἔσομαι ὠς πάντες οἱ ἄνθρωποι." 18καὶ εἶδεν Δαλειδὰ ὅτι ἀπήγγειλεν αὐτῃ̑ πα̑σαν τὴν καρδίν αὐτου̑ καὶ ἀπέστειλεν καὶ ἐκάλεσεν τοὺς ἃρχοντας τω̑ν ἀλλοΦύλων λέγουσα "'Ανάβητε ἔτι τὸ ἅπαξ του̑το, ὅτι ἀπήγγειλέν μοι τὴν πα̑σαν καρδίαν αὐτου̑ ." καὶ ἀνέβησαν πρὸς ἀργύριον οἱ ἄρχοντες τω̑ν ἀ λλοΦύλων, καὶ ἀνήνεγκαν τὸ ἀργύριον ἐν χερσὶν αὐτω̑ν.

tell the story fully. It seems to have dropped out owing to the occurrence of the word corresponding to τῳ διάσματι both at the beginning and end of it.

14. εἰς τὸν τοι̑χον : not in the Hebrew ἐξη̑ρεν . . . τοίχου : carried away the peg of the web from the wall. R.V. 'plucked away the pin of the beam, and the web.'

16. ἀστενοχώρησεν αὐτόν : Josh. 1715 : Is. 2820, 4919 : iv Mac. 1111 ἀστενοχώρησεν αὐτόν ii Cor. 48, 612.-- ὠλιγοΨύχησεν : the subject here changes to Samson. 'ΟλιγοΨυχει̑ν occurs ten or eleven times in the LXX, but corresponds to the same Hebrew as here only in Nb. 214 : Jdg. 1016 (A). It occurs in the Flinders Petrie Papyri (Swete Introd. p. 292).

17. τὴν πα̑σαν καρδίαν § 46.-- ἅγιος θεου̑ : a translation of Hebrew nazir, which A here represents by ναξειραιος 135 n.

243

IV. THE STORY OF SAMSON                      243

Judges XVI 25

19 Kal eKoifiio-ev AaXeiSa tov 'Zafji.xj/wv i-rrl to, yovara avrrjg, /cat iKakecrev avSpa /cat i^vpyjaev to.? cirra cretpas rrjs Kea }<; avrov- /cat rjp^aro raireivoicrai avrov, /cat airearTT) rj tcr^us avrov air avTov. WKal elnev AaXetSa " 'AXX6vXoi em ere, Xa/A'/'wv." /cat i^vnvicrOr) e/c tov vttvov avrov /cat etTrev u 'EfieXevcrOjaat aira^ koX aira^, /cat iKTiva^drj-#" Kai avrbs ov/c eyvw art aTre'crTTj 6 /cuyoto? andveodev avrov. n Kal iKpdrrjcrav avrbv ol dX6vXoi, Kal i^eKoxjjav rovs 6(f>6aXfj,oi>? avrov, Kal Karr/veyKav avTOV ets Tdt,av /cat eirihrjaav avrov kv TreSais ^aXjcetat? • /cat ^ dXrfiu>v Iv ot/cw rou Secr/AWTijptou. 22/cat rjp^aro dpl£ ttjs KecfxxXrjs avrfyv /SXacrTaveiv, /ca^ws i^vpyjaaro.

28Kat ot apxovre1; rav dXXovXa)v crvv>]X0yo~av OvcriacTfia fieya r<5 Aaya>v 6ea> avrcav /cat evfypavdrj elnav "*E8&)/cev 6 ^eos & Xa/°' ~>]^v tov "Zajxfja>v rbv

u Kal eTSav avrov 6 Xaos, /cat vfxvrjcrav tov Sebv avTtov ort " napeScu/cef 6 #eos rj/xcov rbv i^dpbv rj[xS>v iv

v, rbv ipr/jjiovvTa rr)v yrjv r)p.£>v Kal o; iTrX-rjdvvsv tovs rjfj.wv." 25koI ore rjyaOvvdrj r/ Kaphia avraiv, Kal elnav " KaXecrare tov "Xa/xxpcbv it; oIkov vXaKrjs, /cat 7rat£aYa> ivanriov ^jaaiv." /cat e/caecrai> tov %ajxpaiv diro oIkov hso-{J,corr}pCov, Kal eirai,^€v ivamov airSiv • /cat ipd-

20.   ai oiraf ical airaj: no Greek     be considered a feh-god, is regarded phrase, but due to literal translation.      by modern scholars as a corn-god. On A has Ka$as Mi. Op. 2030-31: i K. Sw,      him cp. i K. 51"5 : i Mac. 1(P>«. — 6 2025 : i Mac. 330 &s cSiraf Kal 5k. —Ikti-      Seos : i.e. Bagon. Hebrew, ' our god.' vax9r|           24. etSav : § 18.

§83.                                                               25. o«TNa8iv6T| kt. • K.T. '-when

21.  xa^K£'als: §35.—rjv dX'fiSiov:     their hearts were merry.' 'AyaSiveiv to turn the hand-mill was the work of     is common in the LXX. For the the lowest slaves.                                      meaningtocfteer,cjp.l820,196-9>22: Euth

22.   KaB&s i£vp1)E.V. 'after     3T : ii K. 132s: Eocl. 119. — irai|aTa> : he was shaven.' § 83.                               the more classical form of the aorist

23.  Acvywv: Dagon, who used to     is ivaura. — Kal Ipdiri^ov aiTov: not

244

244              SELECTIONS FROM THE SEPTUAGINT

Judges XVI 26

mtpv avTov, xaX ecmjcrav avrbv dva fxecrov rav klqvcov.

26 Kal eLTTev "tafj.jjo)u Trpos tov viaviav tov Kparovvra r»yiw

■)(eipa avTov "*A<£es fie Kal pr/Xa(f)rjo~(o tov? kiovcl<; i otj

6 oIkos crTiJKec in' avrovs, koX iTTio~Tr)pvyQr)O~oi,a.i hri av-

tovs." m Kal 6 oTkos TrXrjprj's rS>u dvSpcav koX twv ywai-

k5>v, koI eVet 7ravres ot ap^ovTes tcov dXovX(oj/, Kal iirl

to Scofxa at? eTTTaKocioi, avSpes Kal ywat/ce? ol

iv Ttaiyviais %afiifya>v. 28/cal exXavcref Sapjpoiip irpos

Kal e1-iT€v " 'ASwvaxe Kvpte, fjLvrj

o-ov jxe en to dirai tovto, 6ee- /cat dfraTroSoJcrctj dt

jLuav tre.pL TOiv ovo 6daXfLa>i> p.ov rot? d ai TTfEpceXapev ^afixpcov tovs quo Kioj'as tow oi-koii e

6 oTkos icrTijfcei, Kat iTTecTTrjpC^dr] iif avTov%, ko.1

iva T7) Sefta avrou /cat eva t^ dpiorepa aurow. 3Vat

i> "'AiroOaverco ipv~xr} [/.ov fiera dXXo•" /cal e^Sa-iv lo~xyt,, Kal eireo'ev 6 oi/cos iirl tovs ap^ovTas /cal cttI irdvTa tov Xaov tov ev avrw • Kat r/crav ot- Ttdv-qKOTe; ovs idavdr SavaTO) avTov nXeiovs rj ovs

in the Hebrew. On the spelling cp.    'gram 49) mentions Adoneus as a

159 n.                                                      nether-world title of Bacchus. The

26.   tn"i)K€i: § 27. — 4irio-TT)pix8T|-      name got confused ■with the Greek otojjlgu: § 83.                                                     At'Suweta. —9ee: § 4. —t«v 8vo o0aX-

27.   or! to Sai|xa : § 95. — 0«a>poOv-      (t»v: § 14.

«s «v: looking on at. §98.                        29. tovs SiSo kiovos : R.V. ' the two

28.   eicXavcrev: 1518 n.—'A8o>vaie     middle pillars.' A supplies the miss-Kipie: A has here Ki/pie Kiipie; see     'ing word'—toijs Bio o-tiJXous toi>s fiiaovs. 138 n. Perhaps the second translator     Josephus (Ant. V 8 § 12) says paren-avoided the term 'ASavaTe as having     thetically — ohos S' f/v fiio kl6vuv art-misleading associations for Greek ears.      y6vrwv avroO rbv Spocpov. — to-TiiK€i: The Syrian god Thammuz had ever     § 37. — koI 4KpttTT)(r«v: not in the He-since the fifth century b.c. been wor-     brew.—'iva. . . . Kaltva: no one who shipped by the Greeks under the name     was writing Greek as Greek could here 'ASwws, derived from the title Adou     avoid rbv fxiv . . . rhv St. § 39.

(Lord) by which his Semitic worship-          30. «pdenXnvev. B.V.

pers addressed him. Ausunius (I/ii-     'bowed himself.'

245

IV. THE STORY OF SAMSON                      245

Judges XVI 31

iOavarcoaev ev tjj fay avrov. S1 kcll KaTeBrjcrav ol dSeX-(ftol avrov kcu 6 oikos tov Trarpos avrou, Kal ekaBov avTov Kal aviBrjcrav • koI edaxpav avrbv ava jiecrov %apaa Kal ava jxecrov 'EcrdaXaoX iv rw ra<^oj McwaSe tov irarpos avrov. ,1 avro? €Kpi,v€v tov 'IcrparfX eiKOcri err).

246

247

INTRODUCTION TO THE STORY OF DAVID AND GOLIATH

While the death of Ramson has in it all the elements of a Greek tragedy, the combat between David and Goliath breathes the very spirit of Epic poetry. The resemblance of Goliath in all respects to a Homeric hero is striking. We might call him an Ajax depicted from the Trojan point of view.

The slaying of giants is the delight of the infancy both of the individual and of the race. la the nursery we are told of Jack the Giant-killer, while in the Odyssey we read the adventures of Ulysses among the Lsestrygons and the Cyclopes, which have their manifest echo in the story of Sindbad the Sailor in the Arabian Nights. Older than all these is an Egyptian story of a fight with a giant, which dates from the Xllth Dynasty, and is therefore some 1300 years earlier than the time of David.1

But there are giants and giants. It was a Peripatetic doctrine that a difference in degree may constitute a difference in kind. Thus a ship, according to Aristotle, will not be really a ship, if it is either a span long or two stades. In the same way, though man is defined merely as a rational animal, yet inches have a good deal to do with our feeling of a common humanity. The giant that is to come home to us as a fellow-creature, whom we can either hate or love, must not go beyond all bounds. He must not be like the giant that met the children of Israel in the wilderness, of whom the Talmud has to tell—how Moses, being himself a strapping fellow thirty feet high, took a sword thirty feet long, and, making a leap of thirty feet into the air, just managed to nick that giant in the knee and bring him sprawling helpless to the ground. A giant like that we may dread, as we might some elemental force, but we cannot properly hate him, as we are expected to do in the case of a giant — icou. yap Oavfi ctctvkto weXwptov, oiSe Iwku avBpi ye aya, a\a /na> vXijevri (Horn. Od. IX 190, 191).

1 Budge History of Egypt III, p. 8. 247

248

248              SELECTIONS FROM THE SEPTUAGINT

Now Goliath, especially as depicted in the Septuagint, is a giant with'in quite reasonable limits. In his braggart defiance of 'the armies of the living God' he reminds us of the huge Gaul who stood insulting the might of Rome, until Torquatus slipped under his targe and stabbed him with his short blade (Liv. VII 9, 10), or of that other champion of the same race, whom Valerius Corvinus despatched with the aid of the heaven-sent raven (Liv. VII 26).

The Hexateuch is full of references to races of extraordinary stature that inhabited Canaan before and at the time of the Israel-itish invasion. It was the report which the spies brought of these giant forms that chiefly daunted the people and made them plot a return to Egypt (Nb. 144) —'And there we saw the giants, the sons of Anak, which come of the giants; and we were in our own sight as grasshoppers, and so we were in their sight' (Nb. 1333). But their bulk does not seem to have helped these people to survive in the struggle for existence. The Emim, ' a people great and many and tall as the Anakim' (Dt. 210) were driven out by the Moabites; and the Zarnzummim, who are similarly described, were in like manner dispossessed by the Ammonites (Dt. 220-n: cp. Gen. 145); Og, the king of Bashan, notwithstanding the dimensions of his bedstead, fell an easy prey to the Israelites under Moses; and the children of Anak themselves, who dwelt about Hebron (Nb. 12-: Josh, lo13, 21"), were utterly destroyed by Joshua out of the land of the children of Israel.1 ' Only in Gaza, in Gath, and in Ashdod' we are told in this context 'did some remain' (Josh.' II22). Of this stock evidently sprung Goliath and the others who 'were born to the giant in Gath' (iiS. 2122).

In the account of the introduction of Saul to David it is more than usually manifest that two different narratives are mixed up. In the one David is known and loved of Saul before his combat with Goliath (i S. 1621), in the other Saul asks Abner who he is, when he sees him going forth against the Philistine (1755); in the one David on his first introduction to Saul is already ' a mighty man of valour and a man of war and prudent in speech' (1616), in the other he is a mere stripling (1756) ; in the one he is Saul's armour-bearer (1621) and presumably on the field in that capacity, in the other he comes up unexpectedly from the country (1720). The additional touch of 1 Josh. II21. The feat is ascribed to Caleb in 15".

249

INTRODUCTION TO STORY OF DAVID AND GOLIATH 249

romance imparted to the story by the extreme youth of the hero has made the latter version predominate, not only in our minds, but in that of the Biblical editor, who seems to have adapted his language to it. Josephus attempts to harmonise the two by saying that, when the war broke out with the Philistines, Saul sent David hack to his father Jesse, being content with the three sons of the latter -whom he had in his army (Ant. VI 9 § 3). This however does not help us over the difficulty of Saul being represented as not knowing David at the time of the combat, which has had to be accounted for as a consequence of mental derangement.

To us at present the matter is considerably simplified by the fact that the Seventy themselves (or, more properly, the translator of this bocjk) seem to have made a bold essay at the work of higher criticism. The Vatican manuscript of the Septuagint contains the account of David being sent for to play on the harp to Saul, but it does not contain W*2'31, in which David is introduced as a new character making his first entry on the scene, nor does it contain 17M-185, which cohere with 1612"31, but not with the story of the harp-playing. Of course the reason why the Seventy give only one account may be that they had only one account to give: but there seems to be some reason to believe that they deliberately suppressed one version of the story with a view to consistency. But this question had better be left to the Higher Critics. This much however is evident to the least instructed intelligence, namely that the omission of 1612"*1 improves the sequence of the story as much as it impairs its picturesqueness. David was left in attendance on Saul in 1623 and can be made to speak to him in 1732 without further introduction. His words of encouragement follow suitably on the statement in 16" that Saul and all Israel were dismayed.

The omissions of the Vatican manuscript are supplied in the Alexandrian, but the translation presents the appearance of being by another hand from that of the rest of the book. Thus in v. 19 iv rrj koiXol&l rijs Spvos is Used for iv rrj KotXctSt 'HA.a of 219; in v. 23 again the strange expression avrjp 6 djueo-omos takes the place of avrjp Suvaro's in 174 (cp. 6 Waros avrwv 1751); while *iXictuuos is employed, instead of 6XK6^>vo% as in 2V.

The story of David and Goliath represents the battle of Ephes-Dammim as a mere rout of the Philistines after their champion had

250

250              SELECTIONS FROM THE SEPTUAGINT

been .slain. Yet there are passages in the Bible which have been thought to set the matter in a different light. The Pas-Dammim of i Chr. II13 can hardly be any other place than the Ephes-Danimiin of i S. 17X, with which the margin of the Revised Version identifies it. Now at Pas-Dammim ' the Philistines were gathered together to battle, where was a plot of ground full of barley; and the people fled from before the Philistines' (i Chr. II3: cp. ii S. 2311-12). But David and his three mighty men ' stood in the midst of the plot and defended it and slew the Philistines; and the Lord saved them by a great victory.' But, though the place of this incident is the same with that of the slaying of Goliath, the time seems altogether different, the battle of the barley-plot belonging to the period when David was ' in the hold.'1 The account of David's mighty men given in ii S. 28s-39 and in i Chr. 111(M7 looks like a fragment of genuine history, peAaps drawn from the records of Jehosaphat the son of Ahilud, who was official chronicler to David and Solomon (ii S. 816, 2024: i K. 43). A union of this with the story of David and Goliath seems illegitimate. The latter belongs to the realm of romance: its date is of all time and no time. David, the ruddy and comely youth, •will remain for ever the slayer of Goliath, just as William Tell, in spite of the Reverend Baring-Gould, will always have shot the apple off his son's head. It is best to leave the matter so. Indeed, if we began to treat the story as sober history, we might be driven to the conclusion that David never slew Goliath at all. For in ii S. 1219 we have the statement that ' Goliath the Gittite, the staff of whose spear was like a weaver's beam,' was slain by one El-hanan of Bethlehem. Professor Kirkpatrick in his commentary on this passage says — 'There is no difficulty in supposing that another giant,beside the one slain by David, bore the name of Goliath.' St. Jerome however found so much difficulty about this that he boldly identified El-hanan with David. The passage in which this disconcerting statement is contained (ii S. 2115~E) has no connexion, with its context and looks like another fragment of the official chronicle, from which we have supposed the list of David's mighty men to have been drawn. There are four giants mentioned, of whom Goliath is one, and each of these has his own slayer. Then the fragment concludes with these words —' These four were born to the giant in Gath; and 1 i.e. the cave of Adullam. i S. 221.*: ii S. 23is.i4.

251

INTRODUCTION TO STORY OF DAVID AND GOLIATH 251

they fell by the hand of David, and by the hand of his servants.' David then, as a matter of fact, would seem to have slain Goliath not directly and in his own person, but on the principle of — Qui facit per alium facit per se, just as Caesar says that he cut to pieces the Tigurini on the banks of the Sa5ne, whereas Plutarch and Appian let us know that it was his lieutenant Labienus who did so, or rather, if we are going to be exact, the soldiers under him.

252

V. THE STORY OF I3AVID AND GOLIATH

i Kings XVII

aKac arvvdyovcriv dXX6voL ras TrapejAfioXas avrav as iroXefiov, Kal crvpdyovTai ets XoK^cod tijs "iSouyxcuas,

dva fx.4aov Sok^qiO Kal dva. picrov 2kcu %aoi)X Kal ol avSpes 'itrparjX crwdyovrai l wape/jb/SdWovcriv iv rfj /coiAaSt • avrol ttapardcnyav rat ei? 7r6ejj,oi> i£ kvavriaa dXXova)v. 3kcu d.kovoi 'icTTavrai, inl tov opovs ivravda, Kal 'icrparjX icrraTat iirl tov opovs ivravOa, kvkXco dva, fiecrou avrStv. iKal i£r}Xdei> dvrjp Swaros e/c Trj<; TrapaTd^ecas twv dXXofyvkwv, YoXiaQ avrco, e/c Ted • ijtjios auTOv recrcrdpwv -irrj)(z

1.    dXX64>vXoi.: = $victtUih; cp. Jdg. 141. -Josephus calls them Ila-'Scuctt'Ivoi. — irap«(j.pods: here armies. Jdg. 1325 n.—''ISov|iatas: a mistake in the Greek text for 'lovdalas. R.V. 'which 'belongeth to Judah.' — 'Eep-(j.«')ji: a corruption for ' in Ephes-Dam-mim.' A has ew^etrgo^eii'. The meaning of the name is ' boundary of blood.'

2.   airoi: not a translation of a corresponding Hebrew pronoun, but due to a misreading of the word rendered in our version 'of Elah.' The Vale of the Terebinth was a pass running up from the Philistine plain into the highlands of Judah.

3.   4vTav8a . . . lvTaB6a: a classical writer would have balanced these clauses by i*ev and $4. Cp. Josh. 822 oEtoi ivrtvdev Kal oStoi ivrevdev. Jdg. 1629 n. — k6kX

brew 'and the valley between them.' A Kat o avXttiv ava fj^trov avroiv. We may surmise that k6kip is a corruption for Kal 6 a&kthv,

4t. dvrip Suvotos : B.V. ' a champion.' The word in the original seems to mean 'man of the space between the two lines' (fieralx/uov). — irapa-Td|eios: jrapdraifis = Latin acies occuts in Attic authors, but came into more frequent use in Hellenistic Greek.— Te€av Ka o-iri6a(ifjs: a cubit is roughly a foot and a half, and a span is half a cubit. According to this statement then Goliath would have been six feet nine inches high. Josephus (Ant. VI 9 § 1) agrees with the LXX — fyv yhp irrjx&v T€But the Hebrew text raises his stature to six cubits and a span, which would make him nine feet nine inches.

252

253

V. THE STORY OF DAVID AND GOLIATH          253

1 Kings XVII 8

cnn6a^jrj5kcu irepiKt^aXaia eVt T79 K€a.Xf}<; avrov, Kal dtopciKa aXvcridaiTov avrbs evSeSww?, Kal 6 crra^co? tou OaipaKos avrov Tr4vre ^iXidSeg (tCkXcov ^aXKQV Kal aSy-pov 6Kal /a^/xiBes )(okcu eTravG) tS>v crKeXSiv avrov, ko.1 dcmus xaXicrj dva /xecrov tS>v wfiwv avrov' ^ Kal 6 kovtos tou ooparos avrou axxet /xecraKXov v(f>atv6vTO)v, Kal rj X6y)(r) avrov i^aKocriaiv ctlkXcov cnSrjpov • Kal 6 alpatv to. ottXcl avTov Trpoenopevero avrov. 8Kal aviary] koX avefiorjcrev

5. TrepiKe^aXaCa: a Hellenistic word used by Polybius and also by St. Paul (i Th. 58: Eph. 617). It occurs eleven times in the LXX. The words ' of brass' do not appear in the Greek, perhaps because they are implied by the use of Trepi/ce^aAata, just as cassis in Latin implies that the helmet is of metal; but in verse 38 we have xa^-ktjv added. — olXwiSmtov: Ex. 2822.": i Mac. 635 reSupaKur/xtvovs ii> awi8w-i-ots. — a*Tos: not to be explained by any niceties of Greek scholarship, but due to the presence of the pronoun 'he' at this point in the Hebrew.— irevre xl^-ll*Ses o'taXiov : about 157 pounds avoirdupois. — o-CkXmv: shekel is usually thus represented in the LXX, though it is not uncommon to find SLSpaxw used for it, as in Gen. 2315: Dt. 2229 : ii Esdr. 1515. 2lyos is used by Xenophon (Anab. I 5 § 6) for a Persian coin of the value of 1} Attic obols. — Kal o-i$T|p

earlier strata of the Homeric poetry) rare and exceptional.

6. do-iris xa^-K*i: tMs is intrinsically more probable than the Hebrew reading, which makes Goliath have a 'javelin' of brass between his shoulders, but it leaves his armour-bearer nothing to carry. What seems needed here, to complete the account of his equipment, is a mention of the sword which is referred to in verses 45 and 51. This, if he were armed in Homeric fashion, would be suspended by a strap passing over one shoulder. Op. II. n 45 — d/x0t 5* &p &ftoiffiv fiaheTo ^t

7. kovtos: this word in classical Greek means a punt-pole (called a quant on the Norfolk Broads at this day), as in Eur. Ale. 254. In later Greek it means a spear-shaft. Cp. Ezk. S99. Vegetius speaks of conti mis-sibiles (p. 140 1. 4, ed. Lang) and uses contati for horsemen armed with lances. — |i«raicX.ov: only here, at least in this form. See L. & S. The Hebrew is the same which is rendered elsewhere us avrlov i(paivbvTuv ii K. 2119 : i Chr. 1123, 206. — IgaKoo-Cwv 0-CkX.wv: about nineteen pounds. — 6 allpcov: Gen. 4523 n.

254

254              SELECTIONS FROM THE SEPTUAGINT

i Kings XYII 9

€t5 ttjv irapdra£iv 'IcrpaijX Kal elirev avrots "Ti iKiropevecrde ai ttoXc/aw ef eVavrias rjjjLoJv; ovk iya> et/u Kal u/xeis 'E/3paiot Kal %aov; eavTois dVSpa Kal KaTa/37jT&> 7rpo? //,€• 9Kal iav irpos e/A£ iroXe/njcrai Kal eav iraTa^Tj jue, Kai ecrojae^a v/ els SovXow e Se eya> hvvrjda) Kal vardtja) avrou, ecrecr^e ■^ju.ti' els 8ovX.ov? Kai SovXevcrere rj/xiu'' 10Kal etTrev 6 dXXd-^>uXos "'l8ou eyw wvetSicra T17V Traparaftv eV r-y rjiJLepa ravrij • Sore ^xot oivBpa Kal d/x<^)OT€poi." 1J Kal t]kov(T€v SaouX Kal Tras 'Icrpa^X ra, prjixara tov a\ovov raSra, Kai itjio-T-qo-av Kal drjcrav cr6$pa.             82 Km el7rev AauelS Trpos SaovX "

S^ crvvireaiTO) Kaph'ia tov Kvpiov fx.av en avrdv • 6 SovXds crov TTopevo~erai Kal iroXe/z-Tjcrei /xera. tov dXXo^uXov tovtov?'

83 Kal elirev ^aovX Trpo? AavetS " Ov ju-t) §vvq 7ropev9rjvai

tov aW6vov tou Troep.e1v //.er' avrov, on TratSa-el crv, Kal avros avrjp 7roXe/xto"T^s eK veoTrjTos avrov."

84 Kal et7rev AauetS Trpbs SaovX " IIot/xatv&)i> -^v 6 SoOXds o~ou to) TraTpl avrov iv Tea Trot/xvia) • Kal orai' yjp-^eTO 6 4

8. 4XX6<) id="iv.i.i.iv.p3431.1">vXos: Hebrew,' tbePhflis-     iwvofxax^v occurs only here and in the

tine,' meaning that he stands for the     title of Psalm 151, which has reference

Philistines.—^EPpaicn Kal SaoiX: He-     to this incident.

brew, 'servants to Saul.' SaoiJX may          32. o-wireo-cToi: used here like

here be meant for the genitive. "Eppcuoi     Latin conaidere — collapse.—tov kv-

is the usual word for Israelites in. the     pCou y.ov -. this represents a better

mouth o£ a foreigner. Ex. I16 n.—     Hebrew reading than that of the Mas-

cavTots: § 13. — Kcn-aP^Ta): quite clas-     soretic text ' of a man.' ' My lord' is

Bical, like the Latin in cert amen de-     the usual form of address to a king

scendere.—!o-6|ie6a . . . els SovXovs:     and corresponds to 'thy servant' in

§90.                                                        the nest sentence. — lir' avTov: upon

10. o-fj|j.«pov 4v Tfj iiH-fpa. Tairi]: this     him, a literal rendering of the Hebrew,

amplification is not due to imitation          33. dvrip iroX.e|uo-T^js: a poetical,

of the Hebrew, which has simply ' this     expression common in the LXX.

day.' Ex. 514 n. It is not necessary          34. IIoi(jittiv(ov ^jv: § 72. — 6tov,

to suppose that we have here a ' doub-     iipx£T°: whenever there came. § 104.

let.' — )iovo|i.ax^iro|XEv: in the LXX     — 6 {av ko.1 t) apicos: a lion or a tear.

255

THE STOKY OF DAVID AND GOLIATH          255

i Kings XVII 89 J

Kal rj dpKOS Kal iXdfifiavzv irpofiarov Ik ttjs dyeXijs, 85 Kal igenopevofjLrjv oiriaoi avTOV Kal eVarafa avTOV, Kal ige-o-iracra ck tov aTopaTos avrov' Kal el ivavitTTaTo iir' eyae, Kal iKpaTrjcra tov oovAos crov Kai tov XeovTa, Kai ecrrat 6 dXXd<^uXos 6 d7repirju.7jro9 ws tv Tovroiv • ou^i TTopevcrojJLaL Kal TraTa^w avrov, Kal ae£> cnjfiepov wetSos it; 'icrpatjX; Slotl tls 6 aTrepiTfirjTOs ovros os wveihuaev irapaTa^iv deov 1,o>vto87Kv/3tos os e^et-Xaro p,e eK ^etpos tov Xcovtos Kal iK ^eipos Trjs apKov, avTos i£eXeiTai fie €K ^etpos tou dXXo SaovX Trpos Aavei'8 " Ilopeuov, ecrrat Kvpto? jaera crew." 8SKai iveSvaev Saoi/X tov AavelS /xavSvav Kal irepiKefyaXatav ^aXKrjv vepl ttjv KeaXrjv av-tov, 39Kal e^cocrev rot1 AauelS ttjv p'ofupaCav ovtov iirdvo) tov /xavSuov avTou- Kal iKovCaaev TreptTraTifcras ayraf Kal Sts. Kal cTttcv AauelS Trpbs SaovX " Ov /x^ Svpafxai vopev-

Generio use of the article, as in the     already said, as in Terse 10. — I

Hebrew. § 44. —t) apKos: later form     toi: § 21.

of ipKTos and one of those epicene         38. (iavSiiav: according to L. & S.

nouns which use the feminine for     pavSias is a Persian word meaning ' a

both sexes.                                             woollen cloak,' but the word in the

35.   <| id="iv.i.i.iv.p3456.1">&pvyyos: throat, Hebrew,     Hebrew text is very like the Greek, 'beard.' Josephus (Ant. VI 9 § 3)     especially in the form used in ii K. 104: makes David take up the lion by the     i Chr. 19*. MavStias is employed seven tail and dash him against the ground.       times all together in the LXX. — Kca-

36.  o«x^ iroprfcro|i,ai ktX. : the     X.t)v aiiTov : after these words the Greek here is much fuller than the     Hebrew has 'and he clad him in a Hebrew, as may be seen by a compari-     coat of mail.'

son with the English version.                       39. Kai eijwcrev . . . navSvov oirov:

37.  Kxipios ktX. : before this the     R.V. ' And David girded his sword Hebrew has the words 'And David     upon his apparel.' — oirov . . . ai-rov: said,' which appear superfluous. On     probably both meant by the translator the other hand it may be maintained     to refer to Saul as the subject of efw-that they are in the Hebrew manner,          wearied when he had walked once or

256

on av

256              SELECTIONS FROM THE SEPTUAGINT

i Kings XVII 40

Syjvai iv tovtois, on ov Tremlpaaai • " Kal dacpovo'tv avra art avrov. i0Kal eXafieis rrjv fiaKrrjpiav avrov iv rfj Xeipi avrov, Kal i^eke^aro eavrS Trevre Xfflovs reXeiovs ck tov Xf-fid-ppov Kal edtro avrovs iv tw KaSCa tw noifxeviK(a rep ovri avrai ets o"vXXoy>?v, Kal o-ev$6vr)v avrov iv rfj ^eipl avrov • Kal Trpoo~7)X9ev irpbs rbv aVSpa rbv aXX642Kal cTSev FoXiaS rbv AavelS Kal r i[i,ao'ev avrov, on avros r/v TrauSdpiov Kal avros rrvppa.Kt]<; jaera KaXXov? b^>dakp,S)v. 48Kal eiTrev 6 akX6vXo<; rrpo<; AavetS " 'flcrel kvwi' iya> elfju, in' ifxe iv p'dj3^a> Kal Xt^ois;" Kal elTrev AaveiS vxh ttXX' fj ^etpa) kvi'o?. ' Kal Kar^pacraro 6 dXXo^>vXos to^ AavelS iv rots ^eots eavrov. ^Kal elrrev 6 dXX6v-Xos Trpos AavetS " Aevpo 0-ov Tots Trereivols rod ovpavov Kal rot? Krrjvecriv rijs

twice.' K.V. 'he essayed to go.' The Greek here seems to indicate a better Hebrew reading than that in our text.

— &<| id="iv.i.i.iv.p3465.1">aipoO

40. reXeCovs: Hebrew, 'smooth.' Lucian's recension has Xefovs, which is no doubt right. — x"K-°'PPov: Xe^aP-pos is shortened from xe'M('Ppo<)s, Attic XIt is the proper word for a river-bed which is dry in summer, iii K. 177 n. — KaS£: diminutive of kciSos, Latin cadus. In the LXX only here and in 49. The Hebrew word which it represents is a very general one, like Greek vas. — tS ovti aiTip ets which he had for collecting things in. The word rendered ' scrip' in our version is derived from a verb meaning ' to collect.'

— tov aXX6>Xov: after this comes         44. KTifjv€

42.   Kttl etBev ktX. : shorter than the Hebrew. Op. R.V. — ToXidS: in verse 4 roXidfl. — iruppd,KT|s: Gen^S26": i K. 1612. The word is used by Arta-panus in his description of Moses (Eus. Pr. Ev. IX 27 ad Jin.') and is found in Papyri of the latter half of the third century b. c.

43.  Iv pdp8a): § 91. For the particular expression iv jt&pSy cp. i Cor. 421. — Kal XC8ois: these words are not in the Hebrew, but they add point to the question of Goliath. — koI efirev . . . kvvos : this repartee of David's appears only in the Greek, but it seems not without bearing on the cursing which follows. Josephus (Ant. VIII 9 § 4) has also preserved it—M?; airbv avrl tivBpibirov Kiiva elyai 5o/ceTj '0 5 oi>x' toiovtov dXkh Kal xtipw Kvvbs airbv

257

V. THE STORY OF DAVID AND GOLIATH           257

i Kings XVII 49

45 Kal elirev AavelS 7T/x>s tov a\6vov "%i/ iv pofia[q, Kal iv Sopari Kal iv acnriSi, Kayw TT/sbs ere iv bvofian Kvpiov deav crafiaaid 'lcrparfK rjv aii/e^Stcras <46) crrjpepov 46Kal aTroicXetcret ere Kvpios cnjfLepov eis rr/v X^P^ ll0v> Ka^ oLTTOKreuw ere Kal d ttjv Ke(j>akrjv crov diro croi), Kal Swcrco ra KaiXa o"ov Kal to, KwXa irape[if!io j<; aWcxfrvkcov iv ravnj t^ ^epa rots iremvois tov ov/oa^ov Kal rots 6r]pioirrjs y^s • Kal yvaxrcTav Tracra 17 y^ on eartv debs iv 'IcrpayjX. *7Kal yvaxrerai Tracra r) inKk-qdia avrrj on otiK iv po[X(j>aiq. Kal Sopart crw^ei Kvpios' on tou Kv/diou 6 iroXe/io'S,

avecTTT) 6 dXXd^vXos Kal e7ropeu6rj ets crvvdvT7]AaveiS. 49 Kal i^ereivev AavelS t^i> eipa avrov eis to /caStov Kal eXaySev eKeZdev C6ov eva, Kal icr^evhovrjerev Kal t6v ak6to fieroiTrov avrov, Kal SteSv 6 81a ttjs TrepLKe(f>aaCas et9 to fiercoiTov avrov, Kal eireaev

6-rtplocs, which A has. The Hebrew     place of translation cp. Jdg. 136 »ofe(/3,

word which it is used to translate orig-     iii K. 194 paBntv, iv K. 214 aiv K.

inally meant ' dumb creatures,' and is     1915 xe9°v^v-

used of beasts either tame or wild.                 46.

45. 4v dcnrCSi: Hebrew, 'with a     —d^cXw: § 21. — rd xSXd o-ou KaC:

javelin.'—EvpCov Beov ktX.: taken as     not in the Hebrew. — irap€|iPoX%: Ex.

they stand these words ought to mean     149 n. — 8i]pCois: the Hebrew word

' of the LORD God of the hosts of the     here is different from that in verse 44

army of Israel.' But deov and      and means literally ' living creatures.' seem to have accidentally changed. 47. eKKXni.e. the assembled

place. The passage should run — Kv-     Israelites. Op. 192;i ttji/ iKKKyrlav rdv

plov cra|3a<6#, deov Tapard^eois lo'pa^X.      Trpocpfjrwv.

2a/3au(? is a transliteration from the          48. Kal aviktX. : the Greek in

Hebrew and means ' of hosts.' It is     this verse is much shorter than the

thought to have referred originally to     Hebrew ; ep. R.V. the hosts of heaven, but this passage          49. XC8ov ha: § 2. —Bid ttjs ircpt-

is enough to show that it was not so     K«(|>aXatas: not in the Hebrew.—lirV

understood in the writer's time. For     TTivytiv: after this in the Hebrew comes

other instances of transliteration in     verse 50, which is not in the Greek.

258

258               SELECTIONS FROM THE SEPTUAGINT

i Kings XYII 51

i-rrl irpocrcoTTOv avTov iirl rrjv yrjv. 5I Kal iSpapev JavelB Kal iiream) in' avrov, Kal iXaftev rf)v p'ofjuftaiav avTov Kal idavdraxrev clvtov Kal avfv rr/v Kea jv avrov • Kal eTSov ot dXA.oiAoi otl r46vqK€v 6 Swaros avrcov, Kal iv-yov. 52 Kal avicrTavrai aVSpes 'icrparjk Kal 'IovSa Kal -qXdXa^av, Kal KareStw^av OTricrm avrwv ews eicrohov Ykd Kal eo)? rrjs irv )'AcrKaXa)j/09 • Kal eireaav rpav/xariat tcov aWocfrvXcou iv tyj 68tcou 7rvXa>v Kal ecus Ted Kal ews *A.KKapa>v. ^ Kal avecrrpexpav avSpes 'IcrparjX i omcrco t£>v aXkoffrvXcov, Kal KareTrarow tixs ovt5>v. MKal ekaftev AavelS ttjv Kea.r)v tov a\ovov Kal ■ffveyKev avrrjv ets 'lepovcraXyjfx, Kal ra crKevrj ai)Tov iv tg> crKiji'&j/iart avrov.

51.  tt)v pon<) id="iv.i.i.iv.p3495.1">aCav airoC: after this     may have diverged to the right and the Hebrew has 'and drew it out of     made for Ekron (Hb.) or continued the sheath thereof.'                                  their course to the gate of Askelon

52.  'Ic-paT]X Kal 'IovSo: from this     (LXX).—'Ao-k&Xwvos: Hebrew Ek-it may fairly be inferred that the     ron, as in the LXX at the end of this writer lived after the separation of     verse.—cireerav: § 18. — r&v irvXav. the two kingdoms. — T48: Gath. The     K. V. ' to Shaaraim,' which means ' the Hebrew here has Gai, the same word     two gates.'

which is translated valley in 3. Here          53. €kkX.Cvovt«s 6ir£: turning

it is taken by the E.V. as a proper     aside from after. — Ka«iraToiiv t&s

name, but no such place is otherwise     irape)i.|3oXds aiirSv: trod down their

known. It seems likely therefore that     armies. K.V. 'spoiled their camp.' the LXX here has preserved the right          54. ets 'Itpou!j|i: Jerusalem

reading. If the Philistines fled down     was still a Jebusite stronghold, and

the ' Vale of the Terebinth,' the pass     was captured later by David himself.

by which they had entered the high-     According to 211-9 the sword of Goliath

lands, Gath would lie straight before     was deposited in the sanctuary at Nob,

them ; while some of the fugitives     a few miles to the north of Jerusalem.

259

INTRODUCTION TO THE STORY OF ELIJAH

Elijah the Tishbite bursts upon us with the suddenness of the ■whirlwind in which he disappears. From first to last he is a man of mystery. Who was his father? Who was his mother ? These questions must remain unanswered. Perhaps, like Melchizedek, he had no parents at all. Where did he come from ? From Gilead. That much seems certain. But that renders his designation of the Tishbite unintelligible. For no such place as Tishbeh is known of in Gilead, that is, in the mountainous district east of the Jordan. The only name resembling it is Thisbe in Naphtali, which is mentioned in Tobit I2. We have to suppose then that Elijah was borii in Tishbeh, but brought up in Gilead, unless we follow those who have recourse to conjecture, and surmise that 'Tisbi' in the Hebrew text is a false reading for what would mean 'man of Jabesh,' Jabesh being one of the chief cities in Gilead. Gilead was just the -wildest part of all Palestine, and so a ' meet nurse for a' prophetic 'child.' As the worship of Jehovah originated in the desert and amid the awful solitudes of Sinai, so its most zealous supporters were sons of the desert, whose walk was in lonely places, whereas the rival worship of Baal was the cult of populous cities like Tyre and Zidon.

The Hebrew name of the prophet, ' Yahweh is God,' is so appropriate to the cause he maintained that it looks as if it may have been assumed by himself, or assigned to him by the popular voice, as significant of his teaching, rather than borne by him originally. If it was so borne, it would seem to show that he came of a stock already devoted to the same cause. Perhaps it was given to him in the Schools of the Prophets.

Elijah's first appearance on the scene is in the capacity of a great rain-maker, claiming as the mouthpiece of Jehovah to have control over the weather —(As the Lord, the God of Israel, livetl, before whom I stand, there shall not be dew nor rain these years, but according to my word.' It is implied, in accordance "with the prophetic, view of nature and history, that the rain is withheld oil

259

260

260             SELECTIONS FROM THE SEPTUAGINT

account of the sins of Ahab in following the Baalim (1818). But the narrative at the same time admits that the drought was not confined to Ahab's dominions, but affected also the neighbouring country of Zidon (1714). There is other evidence for this drought. Josephus (Ant. VIII13 § 2) quotes Menander as saying in the Acts of Ithoba-lus, King of Tyre — 'And under him there took place a drought, from about the middle of September in one year until the same time the next: but, when he made supplication, there was a great thunderstorm.' Here we have the rare opportunity of hearing the other side. Ithobalus is no other than Ethbaal, the father of Jezebel and the father-in-law of Ahab (i K. 16S1). But it should be noticed that, while the drought which Ethbaal is related to have removed by prayer, was exactly of one year's duration, that in our story continued at least into the third year (i K. 181), and, according to the tradition preserved in the New Testament (Lk. 4M: James 5") lasted for three years and six months.

Ethbaal was a priest of Astarte, who obtained the throne of Tyre by slaying Pheles, who himself had purchased by fratricide a reign of eight months.1 He reigned for thirty-two years and was succeeded by his son and grandson, who between them only occupied fifteen years. To the latter succeeded Pygmalion, who, according to the historian of Tyre, lived fifty-six years and reigned forty-seven. It was in his seventh year, according to the same authority, that his sister founded Carthage. Thus it would appear from Menander that Ethbaal's daughter, whom Ahab married, was an elder contemporary of Dido, and presumably of the same family, since Pygmalion can hardly be supposed to have usurped the throne at the age of nine. If Pygmalion was the son of his predecessor Metten, then Jezebel must have been grand-aunt, and her daughter Athaliah first-cousin once removed, to Eliza, who is known to us as Dido.

Ethbaal ____________________I

Ba'al-'azar II                Jezebel

Metten                   Athaliah

Pygmalion          Dido

1 Menander in Josephus Against Apion I § 18.

261

INTRODUCTION TO THE STOKY OF ELIJAH 261

Isabel or Jezebel, the daughter of the priest of Astarte, was as zealous for her own religion as Elijah for his, and no less ruthless in her manner of supporting it. They were both ready to slay or to be slain. In their two persons the war of the faiths took visible shape—Jehovah on the one hand, on the other Baal and Ashteroth; on the one hand the austere son of the desert in his shaggy mantle, on the other the queen in her vestures of fine linen, -with all the power of the state behind her. For Ahab ruled the state and Jezebel ruled Ahab. Ahab, had he been left alone, might have tolerated both creeds and have given the 'still, small voice' a chance of being heard: but that would have pleased neither the imperious and fanatical queen nor yet the champion of the 'jealous' God. It was literally war to the knife. Either Baal or Jehovah was God, and one only was to be worshipped. Of how much bloodshed has an incomplete alternative often been the cause !

Jezebel began the duel by cutting off the prophets of Jehovah on that occasion when Obadiah saved one hundred of them alive in a cave. When this event took place we are not told. It lies behind the narrative, like one of those dark and terrible deeds which are 'presupposed in the plot of a tragedy instead of being represented on the stage.'

There was good reason then for Elijah's going into hiding at the brook Cherith, where he was fed morning and evening by the ravens. Some commentators have tried to get rid of the ravens from the story by so pointing the consonants of the Hebrew word as to turn it into ' Arabs' or ' merchants.' But many pointless things may be done by a careful manipulation of points. This is only a mild piece of Euhemerism, a discredited tendency of thought, which, wherever it encounters a picturesque marvel, would substitute for it some prosaic possibility, less alluring, but equally imaginary.

The next episode in the story is the pleasing and pathetic one of the widow of Zarephath. After the brook Cherith had dried up, the prophet was sent to Zarephath, where he was supported by a poor widow, one of the countrywomen of the fierce queen from whom he was flying, and rewarded her hospitality with the miraculous replenishment of her barrel of meal and cruse of oil. To this incident we have a partial parallel in pagan legend, in the wonderful thing that happened at table, when Baucis and Philemon were entertain-

262

262             SELECTIONS FROM THE SEPTUAGINT

ing angels unawares in the shape of Jupiter and Mercury, who had come down in human form to see what piety was to be found in Phrygia. The first hint that the guests gave of their divinity was in the supernatural increase of the wine —

Interea, quoties haustum cratera repleri sponte sua, per seque violent succrescere vina attoniti novitate pavent, manibusque supinis concipiunt Baucisque preces, timidusque Philemon.

— Ovid Met. VIII 679-682.

The moral of the two stories is the same, though conveyed in very different language —

Cura pii Dis sunt, et, qui coluere, coluntur.

This moral is brought home still more powerfully in the story of. Elijah by the restoration to the widow of her son after the breath had left his body. So in Greek legend Heracles rewards the hospitality of Admetus by restoring to him his wife. But the poet's imagination there conjures up a struggle with Death on the brink of the grave. This we feel to be unreal. It is not the thews and sinews of the strong man that can avail to recall 'the fleeting breath.' But the Jewish story has nothing in it that repels belief. Who can measure the powers of the strong soul?

Erom this benigner aspect of Elijah we turn at once to the grim episode of the contest with the prophets of Baal, on the grandeur of which we need not dilate: it is generally felt that it is one of the finest stories in all literature. As the result of his victory Elijah slays the prophets of Baal with his own hands (i K. 1840).

Ahab is represented as accepting this measure with indifference. He would no doubt regard it as the legitimate outcome of Elijah's challenge to a trial by fire. Not so however the zealot queen. ' So let the gods do to me, and more also, if I make not thy life like the life of one of them by to-morrow about this time' was her answer to the prophet.

This leads on to the next episode, in which Elijah retires to the sacred mount of Horeb, where the worship of Jehovah began. Here he may have taken up his abode in that very 'cleft of the rock' (Ex. 3322) from which Moses is related to have seen the back of Jehovah. The story that follows of ' the still, small voice' seems to show that the

263

INTRODUCTION TO THE STOBY OF ELIJAH 263

teller of it himself misdoubted the whirlwind ways of the prophet. Or are we to say that he ' builded better than he knew' and left the world a moral which was not of his own time or country?

In the next episode, which is that of Naboth's vineyard, the prophet of Jehovah stands forth as the champion of civil justice, and denounces the tyranny of the weak ruler and his wicked wife. As the conscience-stricken king cowered beneath his curse, there stood one behind his chariot, who, years afterwards, took up the quarrel of Elijah against Jezebel and the house of Ahab, and destroyed Baal out of Israel (ii K. 925'20).

Athaliah, the daughter of Jezebel, whose methods were even more drastic than her mother's, did her best to establish Baal-worship in Judah, but Jehoiada the priest rallied the Levites, and the foreign cult was suppressed there also, and finally extirpated under Josiah. Racine, it will be remembered, availed himself of this subject for his grand tragedy of Athalie. His would be a daring genius that should attempt to dramatise the story of Elijah and Jezebel. While more sublime than the other, it does not lend itself so well to the unities of time and place.

So far in the story of Elijah there is no sign of any mixture of documents. But some critics think that the episode of the three captains (ii K. I2"17) is from a different hand. The form of the prophet's name in ii K. Is'8> n is in the Hebrew Elijah, as in Malachi 3®, not Elijahu, as in the rest of the narrative; also ' the angel of the Lord' speaks to Elijah in ii K. I3-15 instead of 'the word of the Lord' coming unto him. Whether these critics are right or not we will not attempt to decide. Professor Driver does not seem to endorse their opinion. But this much we seem entitled, or rather bound, to say — that the story, from whatever source derived, is one which shocks the moral sense; nor need the most pious Christian hesitate to condemn it, when he recalls the judgement pronounced upon it, at least by implication, by Jesus Christ himself (Lk. 9s5).

The last episode, namely, that of the translation of Elijah, is treated with great reticence by Josephus. His words are as follows {Ant. IX 2 § 2) —'At that time Elias disappeared from among men, and no one knows unto this day how he came by his end. But he left a disciple Elisha, as we have shown before. Concerning Elias however and Enoch, who lived before the Flood, it is recorded in the

264

264             SELECTIONS PROM THE SEPTUAGINT

Sacred Books that they disappeared, but of their death no one knows.' Josephus evidently thought it indiscreet to submit to a Gentile audience a story which, as internal evidence shows, could rest solely on the report of the prophet's successor.

The proposition ' All men are mortal' is the type of universality to the intellect, but the heart is ever seeking to evade its stringency. ' He cannot be dead' and ' He will come again' are the words that rise to men's lips, when some grand personality is taken away. The Old Testament, as we arrange it, closes with the prediction — 'Behold I will send you Elijah the prophet before the great and terrible day of the Lord come' — and the New Testament begins with his coming in the person of John the Baptist (Mt. 1712>13), while he came again later, on the Mount of Transfiguration (Mk. 94). If a man did signs and wonders, the natural question to ask him was ' Art thou Elijah?' To the present day, it is said, some of the Jews set a seat for Elijah at the circumcision of a child. None of the ' famous men of old' among the Jews, not even excepting Moses himself, left a deeper impression than Elijah on the hearts of his countrymen. Listen to the words of the son of Sirach (Ecclesiasticus 481"11) —

Elijah arose as a flame, and Ms word like a lamp did burn :

Famine did walk in Ms train and the land to -weakness turn.

In the word of the Lord he stayed the heavens that they sent not rain,

And be called down fire from above, yea twice, and once again.

How wert thou honoured, Elijah, in thy wondrous deeds of might!

Never again like thee shall another arise in our sight.

Thou didst raise irp the dead from death, and his soul from Sheol didst call:

For the word of the Lord Most High in thy mouth could accomplish all.

Thou didst bring down kings to the dust and the mighty from their seat:

Yet in Sinai heardest rebuke and in Horeb judgement meet.

It was thine to anoint earth's kings, when the Lord would vengeance take;

And the prophets that followed upon thee — them also thou didst make.

Thou wert rapt to heaven at the last in a whirl of blazing flame ;

The car and the steeds of fire from the skies to take thee came.

Is it not written of thee that thou shalt reprove at the end,

Lulling the wrath of God, that men their ways may mend,

So that the father's heart may be turned to the son once more,

And Israel's tribes again may stand as they stood before?

Blessed are they that saw thee — the sight could blessing give —

But, as thou livest, Elijah, we too shall surely live.

265

VI. THE STORY OF ELIJAH

lii Kings XTII

1Kat

'HXciou 6 irpo(j>i]Tr)<; 6 ©eiic FaXaaS irpos 'A^actyS " Zfj Kupios o 0eb<; tcov Bwd/xecov, 6 debs 'lcrpar/X w Trapitrrqv ivannov avrov, ei earcu ra err) raura Syoocros Kal veros • on el fxr/ Sia oto/acitos Xoyou fxov."              2Kat iyeveTO pr)fi,a KvpCov 777305 'HXaou 8"IIo-

peuov ivTtvdev Kara dvaroXas, /cal Kpvfirjdi iv ra X.oppa.9 tov iirt irpocrconov rov 'lopSdvov. tou ^ELfiappov •jrtecrat vScop, Kal rots Kopa£w i hia.Tp4e/cet." 5/cal iirol-qaev 'HXeiou Kara to K.vpiov} Kal eKadicrev iv to! ^eLfidppcp Hoppa.0 iirl vpocra-

4/cai ecrrat e/c

1. 'HXeio-i: a transliteration from the Hebrew, instead of the Grecised form 'HXtas, which is sometimes used. Mai. 4* ace. 'RXlav. Lk. 1", 425, 9M (A.S.M.) 'HX£as. —6 irpo<| id="iv.i.i.iv.p3569.1">(Ant. VIII 13 § 2) was of the same opinion — e/c iriXews ttjs TaaaSlriSos x^Pas- — the name is taken to mean 'brother of his father,' i.e. probably 'like his father.' — Zfj Kvpios: a Hebrew mode of introducing a solemn asseveration. Op. 18M.ls: iv K. 22. In addressing a superior fjj i) fvxrf may be added or substituted, i K. I26, 2S26: Judith 12*. — 6 9«os t«v 8wd-

|i€»v: not in the Hebrew, t&v $w&-/j£av represents the Hebrew word which in 1815 and elsewhere is rendered 'of hosts.' — § ■Kapccmv evciiriov ovtov: § 69. — «t Vo-Tai: there shall not be. § 101. — t& sti) Tavra: during the years thai are to come. — on tl (j.^: § 110. — 8id

2.  irpos 'HXeicMii: Hebrew, 'unto him.' 'HXetoiJ here seems to have arisen out of a misreading of the Hebrew, and irpis to have been put in to make sense.

3.  Kp-u^Si.: passive in middle sense. Op. 181. § 83. — XoppdB: Hebrew ChTith. The particular ravine is not known, but, as it appears to have been east of Jordan, it was presumably in Elijah's own country of Gilead.

265

4. irCtcrai: § 17.

266

266              SELECTIONS FROM THE SEPTUAGINT

iii Kings XVII 6

irov tou 'lopSdvov. 6/cal ol KopaKes iepov avTa aprovs to irpcol kcu Kpea to Se/X^?, ko.1 etc rod ^eifJidppov eirivev vSo)p. 7 Kal iyeveTO juera. rj[iepa6 ^ei-fxdppovs, oti ovk iyevtTo verb's eVi ttjs yjjs-             8Kat

tyivzTo prjfjia Kvpiov 7T/3os 'HXetou 9"'Avacm? 0i Kal Tropevov ets XdpevTa ttJs ^eiSaivCas • iSov ivTerakfiai e/cet yvvaiio.

XVP9- T°v ^^CTpecjieLv ere." 10Kal avearrj Kal

, ei? tov wXwva r^s TroXews* Kal iSov e'/cet X>]Pa wveXeyev £vka, kcu ij36rjaev bTTiaat avrrj1; 'HXetov Kat et7ref auT7j Aape 017 okiyov vocop ets ayyos /cat Tnofxat. nKal ivopev9r Xa/3etv, /cat ififrqo-ev ottlo-q) avTrjs 'HXetou /cat

dpTov tov iv t~q XetP' crou." 12/cai etTret' rj yvvq " Zrj Kvpios 6 #eos aov, el eaTiv /xot kv-dXX' ^ oo~ov 8pci£ akevpov iv Trj vdpCa, Kal oXCyov iv tS KapdKr/ • Kal tSov avXXeyo) 8vo (;vkdpia, /cat /cat Trocqcro) avTO i/j-avrrj /cat rots re'/c^ots

6.  to 8eCT)s: Gen. 406 n.                    though a Gentile, is made to swear by

7.   |«;TaT|)j^pas: §86. — afi.appotis:     Elijah's God, not by her own. — ivtepv-i K. ni0 n. Here we have the Attic,      4>Cas: Ex. 1239n. — Spdg: handful. Cp. instead of the later shortened form.     Gen. S77 n. Josephus also uses dpdt; So in 1840, Nb. 345, and other passages.     in this context (Ant. VIII13 § 2). The

9. 2dp«irra ttjs SeiSoivias: Zare-     word occurs some eight or nine times

phath lay between Tyre and Sidon in     in the LXX, and its proper meaning

the country from which Jezebel came.     seems to be that of the hand regarded as

— tov Sia.Tp^av o-e: genitive in-     a receptacle. Is. 4012 Its l^TpTjcrep . . . finitive for the latter of two verbs.     TtS.In iii Mac. 52 there "We had the simple infinitive above in     is a dative plural Spdneai, as though verse 4.                                                     from Spams. — Ktu)«iKT|: cp. 17"'le, 196

11.  A-fj(n|;Ti: jussive future. § 74.     Ka^dKijs iiSaros: Judith 105 KafiKriv

— |kj(i6v: a word as old as Homer,     ialov. The word is also spelt n.apf/i.i<^ ■which occurs a dozen times in the     and is connected with K6.jj.fa — Latin LXX, It means simply 'morsel.' Its     capsa. It was perhaps a bottle cased dim. ^u/xlop, which does not occur in     in wicker work. Josephus (Ant. VIII the LXX, is the word rendered ' sop ' in     13 §2) here uses Ktpdfuov.— fuXipia: Jn. 1326,27,30 (= i,reain Mod. Greek),     the diminutive of %iov firewood occurs

12.  Zfi Kiipios kt. : the woman,     only here in LXX. — tois «'kvois : so in

267

VI. THE STORY OF ELIJAH                      267

iii Kings XVII 19

ko.1 (pa.yojxeua} Kai airouavovpeua.           kcli emev irjoos avrfjv

'HXeiou " ®dpcrei} etaeXde Kal noirjcrov Kara to prj^d crov. aXXa. TroirjO~ov ifxoi ixcWev ivKpvpot, cravTrj Se Kal tois re/cvots crov troirjo~ei<; in' ecr^arou, uotl raSe Xeyei Kupios ''H vBpia tov aXevpov ovk e/cXea^ei Kal 6 /cai|>aK7js tov iXaCov ovk cXaTrowycrei Iojs T^yxepa? tov Sou^at Kvpiov tov verov iiil ttjs y^s-' " 15/col inopevOrj rj yvinj Kai inoirjcrev • Kai rjcrdtev avTrj Kal auTOS kou ra TeKva avTrjs.         Kai rj vopua tov akevpov ovk ege-

Xiirev Kal 6 Ka^aK^s tou iXaCov ovk iXaTTOvddr], /caTol to prj/xa Kvplov o eXaXijcrei/ et" X61/3^ 'HXetou. n/cat iyivero yxeTa TauTa Kai r)ppaio-Trj(T€v b vtos ttjs ynvaiKOS tijs KvpCas tov olkov Kal rjv r/ appaiUTia avTov KpaTaua etus ov ov^ vnekel(f>$ri iv auTaS nvev/Jba. 18/cat HXeiov Tt efioL Kai croi, o avupcono<; tov veov; Trpbs )u,e tov avapLvrjaai d8t«:ias pou Kat davaToxxai tov vlov fx,ov; " 19 Kal elnev 'HXetou npbs tyjv yvvaiKa "Aos /aoi tov vlov crou." ical eXa;8ev avrbv eK tou koXttou avT^s Kal

avrbv el? to vnepwov iv w avTOS eKa^To c/cei,

15 ri reKva, tut in 17 6 ui6s, as though           15. Kal !iro£i]

there were hut one. The Hebrew has      Hebrew has ' according to the word

the singular throughout.                             of the Lord.'

13.  Iv Trpwrois: like Latin inprimis.           16. h (ipl: a Hebraism = by — iro^o-ov . . . koI i£oC      means of. Cp. 2028: iv K. 192S.

hr Iot^&tou : here merely afterwards.           17. T|pp<&appucrreTp in the

In Swete's text iir' ivx&ry is read in      LXX has dislodged vowhich

Dt. 43», 139: ii K. 2425: Sir. 1212, 137,      occurs only in Wisd. 17s, and is

3010, 3422; irr iirx^rov in Is. 4123: Jer.      there used metaphorically. Op. iv

2320, 2519: Ezk. 388: Ban. 0' 823, 101*.      K. I2.

14.   t) vSpfa toB dXcvpov: cp. 12.           18. 6 avOpwiros tov 6«ov: nomina-From meaning a waterpot, as in 1834,      tive for vocative. § 50. — tov Ava-the meaning of this word has been      (ivfjo-ai: genitive infinitive of purpose, generalised, so as to cover any kind of      § 59.

vessel. — eXciTTOVTJo-ei: iaTTovetv = be           19. Iv (p . . . Ikci : § 87. — !koC|u

less, £a.TTovovv in 16 = make less.             here = laid. Cp. ii K. 82.

268

268              SELECTIONS FROM THE SEPTUAGINT

fli Kings XVII 20

Kal eKoijjucrev avTov inl rrjs Kkivr]?. mKa). ave 'HXeiov Kal elirev " Otfxoi Kvpue, 6 fxdprv; T^s XVPa<> 77s iyoi kci.toik£) fxer' avrrjs, crv KCKctKooKas tov dav tov viov avrt]<;.            Kai evetyvcrrjo-ev to> iraibapico Tpi

iveK^eos [iov, itn-o-TpaiJT(o Srj 17 ^v^ij tov vauBapCov tovtov els amov." i eyevero ovtojs, Kai avepoycrev to Traioapiov.          Kai

avTov airb tov vvepwov ets tov oTkov Kal

T7] jxrjTpi avTov ■ Kal eiTrev 'HXetou " BA.£7re, Z,rj 6 vtos crov.            Kai enrev 17 yvvrj irpos HAetow loot) eyucoKa

oTi crv dvOpcono's deov, Kal prjua ~K.vp(ov iv crro/xaTi aov

1Kal iyivero jxed* i^/Aepas TroXXas Kai prj/xa KvpCov lyi-vero irpbs 'HXetou iv to) ei/iaur&J tw rpirw Xeycov "Hopevdr/Ti

l 6(f)0r]TC raJ 'A^act/8, /cat haxxca verbv iirl TtpocrwTtov

2Kal erropevOr) 'HXetou tov 69r}vai rw ' 17 Xt/i.os KpaTaia. iv Xafjiapeia. 8Kat eKaXecrev ' 'A/SSeiov tov oIkovojjlov Kal 'AySSeiov 77V ofSovnevo<; tov Kvpiov a6hpa. 4Kal iyivero iv ra TVTrreiv

20.  dvtPorjo-tv 'HXetoii: Hebrew,     shorter in the Greek than in the He-' he cried unto the LOKD.' The words     brew. Cp. R.V. — aveP<5n: ^^ ' unto the LORD' in Hebrew might     word seems to have crept in here easily be taken for ' Elijah.' — 6 |iapTi>s     from verse 20, in place of ivtsftiwrev, rfisx^pos: here the Greek departs from     which Joseph us {Ant. VIII 13 § 2) the Hebrew, and is not very intelligi-     employs in this context. A has ble. 6 ix&prvs seems to be nominative     efjjo-ey.

for vocative, in apposition with Ktpie,          1. («8 »)^p«ts iroM&s: § 86. Jose-like Ktfpie 6 $e6s fiou in 21. A agrees     phus (Ant. VIII 13 § 4) says xP^"">v with B here,'which is surprising in     8' 6lyov 8ce66yros. — iv t$ 4viowt§ t£ view of the general conformity of A     rpCnj: presumably explanatory of /«0* to the Massoretio text.                              iintpas iroXXds, and so three years after

21.   Jve<( id="iv.i.i.iv.p3622.1">vo-Tjhe     the miracle just recorded.

breathed into the child. K.V. 'he          3. 'ApSetou: Hebrew 'Obadyahu,

stretched himself upon the child.'          Vulgate Abdias, English Obadiah.—•

22.   Kal hyiviTO kt.: this verse is     ijv oPou|j.evos: analytic form of im-

269

VI. THE STORY OF ELIJAH                      269

Hi Kings XVIII 11

rovs Trpo(f)7]Tas Kv/nov /cat eXapW 'AySSetov exa/rov aVS/ms irpo(j>7]Ta? koI eKpvxpev avrovs Kara irevTrKovTa iv o-irr)-Xaup, koX Si,erpeev avrovs iv dpTco teal vSari. 5/cal eJira> 'A^aayS irpbs 'A/SSetov " Aevpo /cat SieXdcofJiev inl rrjv yrjv eVt TTrj-ycis t&v vSdrcov koX eVt ^et/Ltappovs, eaV ttcus evpcofxev fiordvrjv /cat Treptiroir]iie0a. ittttovs /cat r^iiovovs, koX ovk i£oo6'pevdijcrovrcu, airo tcov ctktjvwv." 6/cai ifxipicrav iav Tots T^t> oSot' tov SteX^ew' avrrjv • 'A^act/3 iiropevOrj iv 6Sw jttia, Kat 'A/SSetov iwopevdr) iv oSw dkXrj /aovos.             TKat

r/v Apoetov ei' ttj oow (iovos, Kat rjkuev HAetou ets crv^ai'-ttjctlv avTOv jxovo/cat 'A/SSetou icrirevcrev /cat eirecriv inl TTpocrcoiTou ovtov Kat ctTret' " Et cru el avros? Kvpii /j,ov 'HXetou; " 8«at etvev 'HXetov aura) "'Eyw- iropevov, Xeye Tco Kvpico crov loou HXetov.            Kat eiTrev Apoetov It

^jxdpTiqKa, otl StSws rov SoCXw crou ets Xe^Pa '-^Xa^ T0^ davaTwcraC fie; 10£fj Kwptos 6 0eds crov, et ecrnv idvos rj /SacrtXeta ov ovk d7reoTeiXev 6 KvyDtds /xov t,rjTe2v /cat et etTTOj/ ' Ovk ecrrti' •' Kat ivirrprjerev rrjv ySao-tXetai/ Kat ras av7ij5, on ov^ evprjKev ere. aiKat ^Vv cru Xeyets

perfect. Here due to imitation of the         7. koI 'AfSSciov ia-nevirtv: Hebrew,

Hebrew.                                                 'and he knew him.' — El o-l tl a4ros:

4.  «v dprS : § 91.                               literally, J.rt thou he ? The ei repre-

5.  Aevpo Kal 8ie8     sents the Hebrew interrogative pre-a better sense than the Hebrew, ' Go.'     fix = Latin -me. § 100.

— lirl . . . lir£: over the land, to look         10. 6 Beds for. — !|oXo0peu8TJ25 n.—     disowning the worship of Jehovah airo tSv o-Kt)vuv: A has here kttiwv,     on his own part, but acknowledging for which okt)vG>v seems here to have     the higher religious standing of the been written by mistake.                        prophet. Cp. i K. 1530: iv K. 194.—

6.  tV o86v: Hebrew, 'the land.'     ov: = ol. §34. — koV 4veirpT)o-ev ktV:

— (iuj . . . oLXXti : for the classical     here the Greek differs from the Hebrew. SXXjj i£v . . . 6XV Si. § 39. After     Op. R.V. 'And when they said, "He iMq. the Hebrew adds ' alone.' On the     is not here," he took an oath from other hand the Greek here inserts iibvos     the kingdom and nation, that they twice, where it is not in the Hebrew.       found thee not.'

270

270              SELECTIONS FROM THE SEPTUAGINT

Hi Kings XVIII 12

Hopevov, avayyekke tw Kvpica crov.           ko.i ecrrai eav ey&j

direXdco durb crov, Kal TTvev[x,a Kvptov dpet ere eis ttjv yfjv v)v ovk oT8a- /cat etcreXevcrojuai aTrayyetXat t<5 'A^adfi, Kal airoKTevei [X€ ■ /cat 6 SovXos crow icrnv o/3ov[jL€PO'i toi> Kvpiov e/c veoT7]To13 koX ovk dTT^yyeKr) croc r

ota TTETroCrjKa iv tco airoKTeiveiv Ie^aySeX rows TrporJTa<; Kvptov, Kal eKpwpa diro tcHv irpor)Ta)i> KvpCov eKarbv avSpas dva TievTrJKOvTa iv o~irr)aCa> Kal eOpetya ev dproLvSart; 14/vvv crv Xeyets /xoi 'Hopevov, Xeye to) KvpLG> crov ' loou HA.etov • /cat arroKTevec /xe.            /cat

etTref 'HXetov " Zy Kuptos twz/ Svvdfxecov Trap4o~Tr)v ivar ■niov avrov, ort cr^jaepov 6^>^ijcro/xat avrw." 16/cat ctto-pevOrj 'AySSetov et; crvvavTr/v rco 'A^aa.^8 Kal a.TT^yyetXei' aura) • /cat itjd§pafj,ev 'A^aajS /cat iiropevdr) eis avvavTrjcriv 'HXetou.             17 Kat eyeVero ais eTSev 'A^aajS tov 'HXetov,

Kal elTrev 'Aaa/3 7rpb'HXetov " Et cru et auros 6 Staorpe-<^&)^ w *Io~paij;" 18Kal etTrer 'HXetov " Ou 8tacrTpe<^ft) w 'icrpaifX, on dXX' ^ orv /cat 6 oIkos tov Trarpos crov eV tw KaraXifxirdveiv v/xas tov Kvpiov Sebv u|awc, /cat erropevdr}?

12.  KoUo-Tai kt.: § 41. —els tt]v          15. Zf| Ktipios ... on: § 101. ■yriv ^v ovk otSa: Hebrew, 'to where I          16. o-uvavrr|v : used again in iv K. know not.' A omits r^v. — jo-tiv cj>o-     215, 526. In all three places A has fSovfitvos: the Hebrew has simply the     awavT-qinv. Cp. iii K. 2018 airain-^v. participle, to which the copulative     —e£«8pctH.€v 'Axaap Kal liropevBr): He-verb is supplied by the translator.             brew, ' Ahab went.'

13.  croi t» Kvpico |j,ou: the o-oi seems          17. 6 8iaci>v : E.V. 'thou to be inserted by the translator for     troubler.' The reference is apparently clearness, since otherwise ' my lord'      to the drought, with which Ahab taxes might be supposed to refer to Ahab.—     Elijah.

dtro t«v irpo<| id="iv.i.i.iv.p3647.1">T}Tuv: the cbr6 here rep-          18. 8ti dXX' f[: § 109. — KOTaXi|i-

resents a Hebrew preposition having a     irdveiv: Gen. 3916 n. — Kal 4irop6v8ris:

partitive meaning. § 92. — dvd irevri)-     for the irregularity of construction cp.

KovTa: if the translator had been in     ii Jn.2 5ii rrjp & f$eiai> ttv ^tvovnav iv

his most literal mood, he would here      ■h/uv, Kal ^B' -ijudv €

have given us irevT-fiKovro. TrevrijKovTa.      —t6v Kvpiov 6«ov {i|j.tov: Hebrew, 'the

§ 85,                                                          commandments of Jehovah.'—Baa-

271

VI. THE STORY OF ELIJAH                      271

rii Kings XVIII 23

omcrco tv>v BaaXet/x. 19Kat vvv airocrreiXov, avvd.dpoL■jrpos /xe Travra 'icrpa^X ets opos to Kap/xajXtov, Kai tovs vpo(f>i]Taaccr^w7)9 reTpaKocriovs Kai irevTiJKovTa Kai tous Trpo(j)i}Ta<; tcou akaSiv rerpafcocrtous, icr&iovra? Tpd-Trtt,av 'Ie£a/$eX." 20/cal dTrecrreiXev 'A^aa/3 ets iravra 'laparjX, Kai imcrvvrjyaya' Travras tous Trpoas opos to Kap/xipuov. 21 Kai Trpocrrjyayev 'HXeiou 7rpos Kai tTiTev avTois 'HXeiov a"Ews 7rore v/iet? ^ d/x^)orepais rcus tyz/uats; et ccttlv Kupto? 6 #eos> tropev-ecrffe oTriaco avrov- et Se BctaX, iropeuecrde ottlctq) avrov." Kai ovk a.TT€Kpi8i) 6 Xaos Xoyov. 2iKal ^lirev 'HXewu rrpbs rbv Xadi' " 'Eyw vTroXeXeifjifiat firporJT7)S tov Kvpiov fiovcoTa-tos, Kat ot Trpo^rJTai, tov BaaX rerpaKocrtot Kat TrevriJKOVTa , Kat ot Trpor)Tai tov aXcrous TerpaKoaioc 2SSoT(i)o-av

Xeiji: the Hebrew plural of Baal, ■which originally meant only owner or master. Each Canaanite community gave this name to the god of its own special worship, sometimes with a distinctive addition, as Baal-zebub at Ekron (iv. K. I2).

19. opos to &ap|i.T)iov: Jos. Ant. VIII 13 § 5 rb Kap/tiJXioj' 6pos. — tt}s at>viis = substituted for ' of Baal' here and in 25, but in 22 we have BdaX, as in the Hebrew throughout.—twv cl-o-wv: Hebrew, 'of the Asli§rah.' Jos. Ant. VIII 13 § 5 robs tQiv &v irpo--flTas: Vulg. prophetasque luco-rum. It is generally agreed now that an asherah was a sacred pole or tree-trunk set up beside the altar in Canaanite places of worship (Jdg. 626). It seems certain however from Second Kings 217 (cp. First Kings 1513) that there was also a goddess named Asherah. ' The Asherah' occurs in Jdg.

625: i K. 1633: ii K. 136, 23«.?. w. The plural occurs in two forms — Asheroth, Jdg. &; Asherim, Ex. 3413: i K. 14": ii K. 2314. — lo-BCovTas Tpdwejav. the use of the accusative here is a Hebraism. Op. Dan. 6 I13 run iadbvrwv t^v Tpa.Te£av tov j3ao"tX^<»js, where 0' has rods eadlovras airb rou fiacrtiuKov Bdirvov.

21.   irpocr^-ya7ev: intransitive, drew nigh. This use occurs in Xenophon, and probably originated in military language. Gp. v. 30. — xw^avetT6 *"■' d|x<) id="iv.i.i.iv.p3660.1">0T(pai.s Tats t-yvvais: will ye be lame on both legs. R.V. 'halt ye between two opinions.' 'lfvia, occurs only here in the LXX.

22.   novi&TaTos: for the superlative cp. Jdg. 32I): ii K. 1332,83) 172. m K. 8395 1910,14, 2231: iv K. 1023, 1718: i Mac. 1070. — KaV ot irpotiTai tov aXcrovs TCTpaKoo*ioi. : not in the Hebrew.

272

272              SELECTIONS FROM THE SEPTUAGINT

iii Kings XVIII 24

■fjfuv hvo /36av %vkon> /cat irvp firj i Taxrav Kal iyo) iroirjcra) tov fiovv tov aXXov, /cat irvp ov fit) imdw. ^/cat fioare iv bvofxari deav vpSiv, Kal iyw eVi-KaXecro/xai, iv 6Vo/xaTt K.vpiov tov 0eov jaoir /cat carat, 6 6ebs 09 iav iiraKovarj iv irvpi, oSros ^eos." Kal aT crav 7ras 6 Xaos Kai efarov " KaXov to pr/fxa o eXa 25Kal etvev 'HXetov rols Trpo^Tat? ttjs aicr^w eavrois rbv [i6o~)(ov rbv eva Kal 7Tonfjo~aT€ -jrpaJTOt, on ttoXXoi vfieLS, Kal imKaXecraade iv ovoj^aru deov vjxav, Kal nvp firf inidfJTe." 26Kal eXajBov rbv (Jb6(T}(ov Kal iiroi-rjcrav, Kal eTreKakovvro iv bvofJuarL tov BaaX ix TrpcoCffev leu? pecrrjiAftpLas Kal elnov '^'EnaKovcrov ^/xav, 6 BaaX, iiraKova-ov r/fiaJv'" Kal ovk rjv rj Kal ovk rjv d.Kp6acn% Kal hterpexpv itrl tov Bvcnao-rrjpLov ov iiroirjcrav. 2T/cat iyivero fiecnififipia Kal ifjivKTrjpio-ev avrov? 'HXeiou o /cat elirev " 'EirtfcaXetcr^e iv 4>6Yt aSoXecr^ta avrttotc auroSj rj [jltJ irore KadevSet avrds, Kal i£ava-

23.  |i«wro.TW(rav: dismember. A     1921. — 6 0«r|3eCTiis: not in the He-

saorificial term. Op. 33, Lev. I6 luehiovaiv     brew. — dSoXttrxCa: this word is used

a0r6 xard /j.4 i. It occurs also in Jdg.     in classical Greek, not only for ' idle

1929, 206: iK. II7: Mic. 33. — iroi^cru:     chatter,' but also for 'subtle reason-

will dress, i.e. make ready for burning.     ing.' The latter meaning appears to

Op. 2526>a: Jdg. 619. See Jdg. 1315 n.     have originated oiit of the former in

24.  iv irvpl -. § 91.                              connexion with the discourses of Soc-

25.  fauTols: § 13.                              rates, and we have the key to the tran-

26.  (k irpai&ev. § 34.—6 BdaX:     sition in Or at. 401 B, where Plato nominative for vocative. A transcript     ironically takes up the term iSoktax1)'-, from the Hebrew, and at the same     which had been flung at Socrates (Ar. time in accordance with popular usage     Nub. 1485). Hence iSoeaiT$ in Greek. § SO.                                      ianv becomes possible as a translation

27.  €|AuKT^pto-€v: a rare word out-     of the same Hebrew, which is rendered side the LXX, but familiar to us     by the Revisers 'he is musing.' — pi through its use in Gal. 67. Op. iy K.     wore: haply. Gen. 4312 n. — XP1l)J'OTt'

273

VI. THE STORY OF ELIJAH

273

lii Kings XVIII 82

crrrjcreTax" 28/cal CTre/caXowro iv a>vrj fizydXrj, kclI ko.-

T€T€jjivovTO iv fia^aipa /cai cretjOO/idcrrciis ecos at/iaros ett avrovs, kcu en poews ov to SeiXwoV. Kal iyevero a>s 6 naipos tov avafifjvcu ttj OvcrCav, Kal iXdXrjcrev 'HXetou 7T/3O? tovs 7rpo(j>i]Ta,<; tv " MeracrT^Te 0,770 tou m)j/, koL iyo) Troirjcru) to okoKavruiiid [xov • " Kal ^erecrTrjaav Kal anrjXdov. 30Kal elwev 'HX.etov 7rpbs tw aov "HpocraydyeTe irpos /xe-" /cat Trpocnjyayev vras o Xao? Trpo? avrov. 81xal eXafiev 'HXetou SwSe/ca Xt^ous KaT' apidyuov v(ov 'lcrpayjX, ws iXdXrjcrev Kuptos Trpos avrov Xeyav " 'IcrparjX icrrab to ovopd (tov." 82Kal (OKoSofJ-rjcrev tous Xidovs iv ovo/xaTi. Kvpiov, Kal lacraTo to dvcnacrT'ijpLov to

Jtu: R.V. 'he is gone aside'; cp. German -A&SriW. After this the Hebrew has ' or he is on a journey,' which Josephus (Ant. VIII13 § 5) also read — ^€7i£Xj; /Soj KaXeiy airois ^xAeue robs deoiis, fj yap airodyiielv airois ^ KadeiSeiv.

28.   (rtipojiaarais: ccpofiAcTtjs OV treipo^dcrTTjs is literally a pit-searcher, and then used for a kind of lance; see L. & S. The word occurs also in Nb. 257: Jdg. 58 (A) : iv K. II10 : Joel 310. Josephus also uses it in this context.

29.  4irpoV)T€wav: § 19. — ?ios ov irapf)X8cv to 8eiXiv6v: until the afternoon was gone by. These words seem to correspond to those rendered in the K.V, 'when midday was past.' But there is some difference in the order of the words here between the text of the Seventy and our Hebrew. Elsewhere in the LXX rb 5eCiv6v, when used of time, is adverbial —Gen. 3s: Ex. 2939-41: Lvt. 620 : Susannah 0'7. In i Esd. 549 we have boKavTii>iJ.ara ~Kvpt rb irpwivbv

Kal rb 5eiiv6v. — »s o Kaipos ktX. : cp. i Esd. 86^ iKaOrffMjv 7reptvTros ^(os rijs BfiXivTjs dwias. — Kal IXdXt)aufjXBov: the Greek here departs altogether from the Hebrew, as may be seen by a comparison with the R.V. — irpov: offences, a substitution for ' Baal,' like rijs &lin 19. So in 11s3, 1632 Kal eBdaX iv otKif t&v irpoairov (R.V. 'in the house of Baal'). Cp. iv K. 231S rrj 'Aa-ripry irpocrox()L-(TjiaTi Sidavloiv Kal t$ 'Xa.p.&s (TfuxTL Mwd^ Kdl t$ MoA^^X ft vlCiv'Afi/xiiv. — oXoKa-uTujia: very common in the LXX, in which it does duty for five different Hebrew words.

30.   IIpoo-eryd-yeTe: v. 21 n.

31.  'Io-pa-rjX: Hebrew, ' of the sons of Jacob.'

32.   l&a-aro: for tli is use of Idcraro we may compare Nehemiah 42 (= ii Esd. 142) in the Oxford text of the Vatican Ms. Kal o-^/iepov lacroyrai rois Wovs, where the E.V. has 'will they

274

274              SELECTIONS FROM THE SEPTUAGINT

Ui Kings XVIII 33

/cat iiroCyjcrev 9aXatos KVKkodev tov dvcnacrTrjpCov. ^/cat itr^tSa/cas iirl to OvcnacrT'qpiov b iiToirjaev, Kal e/xe'Xicrev to oXoKavrcofjia /cat iireOrjKGv to.? cr^tSa/ca5, /cat eorotySacrev eTrl to dvcriaarripiov. ^/cat Hirev "Adhere jnot Tecrcrapas uSptas uSaTos, Kal ein^iere iirl to oXoKavTcj/xa /cat en-l Tas cr^tSa/cas-" /cat ivoirjcrav ovtws- /cat elTrei; " Aewepco-craTe • " /cat iSevrepwcrav. Kal iltrev u TpiaaaaaTe • " /cat erpicrs5Kal hienopevero to vBap kvkXco tov 6vo-l-acrT'qpLov, /cat t^v 6dao~o-av eTrXrjaav vSaTos. 36Kat ave/3o7)crev 'HXetou ets tov ovpavbv Kal elvev " Kvpte 6 ^e6s 'AySpaa/i Kat 'io-aa/c /cal 'Io-yoa^X, inaKovcrov p.ov, Kupte, hrd.Kov/cal yvcorao'av ttSs 6 Xaos ovtos OTt cru Kvptos o ^eos 'lapayjX, Kaycb SovXds crou Kal Sta, ere irerroCrjKa to, epya TaGra. 8T iTra.Kovo~6v juov, Kupte,

revive the stones?' The words relating     in the Hebrew.—tiiAurev: verse 23 n. to the repair of the altar come in the          34. AtuT€p     to Biblical Greek, and perhaps coined crav: cp. verses 35, 38. QdXao-o-a in     to translate the particular Hebrew these passages means 'trench.' They     word here used. See Gen. 4132 n.— are the only ones in which it is em-     Tpic-ircoo-cm: probably another coin-ployed to translate the particular word     age to suit this particular passage, here used in the Hebrew. Josephus     — Irpicro-evo-av: A has iTpurcrwtrav. (Ant. VIII13 § 5) uses Se^a/jiev^ in this     Tpurcreieiv occurs without variant in connexion. — Sio (UTpnTcis: this repre-     i K. 2019-x in the sense of ' doing a sents a dual form in the Hebrew, which     thing a second time.' Aevrepeieiv in the Revisers render in the margin ' a     the four passages in which it occurs in two-seah measure.' — KVKX68ev: this     the LXX means 'to be second,' e.g. and k6kip in 35 are renderings of the     Esther 48 'Aiid.v 6 Sevrepeiuv tiJ [SatriheT. same Hebrew original. §97.                        3S. k-ukXu : verse 32 n. — tirXrjcrav:

33. Jo-ToCpao-ev: he piled. Op.      Hebrew, ' he filled.'

Lvt. I7 iiritTTOi^aaavciv |i)a iirl rb          36. Kal avef3oT] "HXciou els tov

vvp: also Lvt. 612: Josh. 2°: Cant. 25.      oipavdv: different from the Hebrew.

— o-x'Saxas:      Cp. R.V.—Ixaxovcrav |jiov . . . 4v irupt: sdndula, a piece of cleft wood, occurs     not in the Hebrew. -^ -yviSToxrav iros 6 in the LXX only here and in verse 38.      Xaos ovtos : R. V. ' let it be known this

— lirt t6 0vo-iao-T^piov o Jiro(i]o-ev: not     day.'

275

VI. THE STORY OF ELIJAH                      275

Hi Kings XVIII 44

indKovaov pov, teal yvaiTw 6 Xaos ovtos on crii Kvpuos 6 #eos, Kal cru ecrrpet/za? ttjv KapZiav tov XaoO tovtov ottlctq}." 88 Kal enecrev irvp irapa KvpCov etc toG ovpavov, Kal Kare-to. oXoKavTa/xara Kal ras cr^iSaKas Kal to vhcop to iv Trj dakaao-r), koX tovs Xt#ovs Kal tov ovv efe'Xi^ev to vvp. 39Kat GTreaev mis 6 Xaos ettc Trpocranrov ovtwv Kat ecnov Aatjc/ws Kupios o peos1 avTos o peos* Kai elirev 'HXetov irpbXaoV " SvXXa^SeTe tovs 7rpo<^ijras tou BaaX, firjdels crcodrJTO) ef avrS>v" Kal avveXafiov avrous, Kal KaTayei avTovs 'HXetou et5 tov ^eLfjidppovv Kacrwi; Kal eo-fjiatjev avTovs €KeZ             41Kal etTrei' 'HXetov ra

'A^actjS a *Avdf3r)8i Kal (f>dye Kal irCe, oti (jjcovrj twv tto tou veTOu." 42Kal avi^r] 'A^aclyS tou (ftayelv Kal Kal 'HXaou avefi-q inl tov ILdpymfkov, Kal €KVjtev iirt tt)v yrv Kal tdrjKev to Trpoawnov eavTOv ava. fiecrov to>i> yovd-kavrov, ^Kal etTrev t&5 muSaptw avrov "'AvdfirjSi, Kal Xe^iov 6Sbv Trj? ^aXacrcnjs." Kal iirefiXexjjev to iraihd-Kat etTrev Uvk €o~tlv ovueu • Kai enrev HAeion Kai

o~v inCcTTpexliop «rra/a, Kai aTroo-Tp&jjov iirTaKL." uKal d-rre-o~Tpe^sei> to TraiSapiov enrctKi • Kal iyivero iv tw i/3$6fia>, Kal iSov v€(f)iXy] fiiKpa ws t^vos dvSpo? dvayoncra vBmp.

37.  •yvtJTco: in 36 yviiruia-av. The     JAe sea, a Hebraism. Cp. Dt. I19 6Sbv difference is not due to tlie Hebrew,       fyovs tov 'A/Mppaiov: Mi. 415 odbv 6a-■which has the plural here.                             Xaircr^js. —Iirio-Tpe(iov . .. dir6o-Tp€i|/ov:

38.   Kttl to fiScop to «v T'g 8ad     E.V. ' Go again seven times.' — eirrdici: in the Hebrew this comes more natu-     A has eirraKis here and in verse 44. rally at the end of the verse.—xoSv:           *4- fy.v°s: used in *e LXX, not dust, as generally in the LXX. Op.      only for the sole of the foot, as in Josh. Mk. 6U and see Ex. 816 n. —e^Xi^v:       I3 -n-as 6 t6ttos ^0' 6V fiy i-iu^Tf: t$ txvei = ^Xet|ei'. Nb. 224 n.                             r&v no$&v ii/j.Sv, but also for the palm

41. t«v ttoSSv: an unexpectedly of the hand, i K. 54: ivK. 936 ri i'x1''? poetical turn. Hebrew, ' of abun- rQp x*lP&v- J°s- -4)1'- "^m 13 § 16 oi)

dance.'                                                                 ir4ov txvows avBpairlvov. — dva-yowcra

43. oSov Tfjs 8adcrtowards v8«p: not in the Hebrew.

276

276              SELECTIONS FROM THE SEPTUAGINT

ill Kings XVIII 43

KaX elirev " 'Avafinqdi KaX elirov 'A^aa/? ' Zeb^ov to

crov Kal Kara/S^dc, pr) KaraKd^r) ere 6 verds.' " 45Kal iy£. vero las whe KaX £>Be, koX 6 ovpavbs crvvea-Koracrev vej>{-Xats koX Trvev/xari, Kal eyevero 6 ueros //.eyas* KaX eKa.ev KaX eiroptveTo 'A^aayS eis 'lo-paijX. 46Kal eiP Kupiou 'HXetov • «al a~vve(xj>iy^ev Trjv oofyvv avroS, «ai efnrpocrffev 'A^aafi ets 'IcrpaijX. 1KaX avrjyyeikev 'A^aa/S t^ 'Ie^a^SeX yuj^aiAcl avroC irdura a, kTtoir'HXetov koX &>? aireKTeivev rovs vpo<] id="iv.i.i.iv.p3710.2">iJTas ev pofufracq.. 2/cat airecrTeiXev 'ie^a^SeX 7T/>09 'HXeiov «ai elirev " Et cru et 'HXetou /cat eyw 'leldfieX, raSe novqcrai fioi 6 #eos /cat raSe TrpocrOetr], otl Tavrrjv rr/v wpav avpiov dyjo-ofiai TrjV fnrxtfv a~ov Ka$a)S ilnr^fju epos ef avrcov." 8Kal io-/3tJ07) 'HXeiov, Kal dvecrrr] koX airrjXOev Kara, ttjv $VXVV iavTOv, Kal sp^erai ets Byjpcrdftez yrju 'Iov8a, KaX arJKev to iraiSdpiov clvtov ckci. iKal avro? inopevdiq h> ttj ij 686v rjfjidpas;, koX ^X$ev Kal &Kd0i,o~€v viroKara) • Kal yrijaaro ttjv ^v^v ovtov aTTodavetv ko

45.  'ias »8t Kal wSe: a Hebraism', literally until thus and thus. Here the context gives the force of mean-while. — tKkaiv: Hebrew, 'rode.' How gicXaev comes here is not plain, and the ■usual LXX form is HicKaiev, which A has. — "lo-pctfjX.: a mistake for 'Jez-reel.' So also in the next verse and in chapter 20. Jos. Ant. VIII 13 § 6 ical 6 /iex els 'letrp&yXav irtiv vapaylve-rat.

46.  o-uv&r(|>i.-y£ev: this compound, which is not to be found in It. & S., occurs also in Ex. 36s9 -. Lvt. 87: Dt. 157.—ets'Io-pa^X.: a distance of about sixteen miles.

1. •yuvaiKl aiTo$: not in the Hebrew.

2.  Et . . *I«tap«X: not in the Hebrew. — rdSe . . . koI Td8e irpoo-Seti]:

a Hebraism. Cp. Ruth llr: i K. 1444, 2013, 25^2: ii K. 39.3', 1913: iii K. 223, 2110: iv K. 631. — 6 Beos: the verb be-ing plural, the R.V. has here 'the gods.' — on: (know) that, etc. §107.

3.  Ka.T& ttjv >]/vxV ea-u-roii: K.V. 'for his life.' A Hebraism. — vijv *Iov8a: in apposition to BTjpcrtt/Sce, but the genitive would be more appropri-ate. The specification of Beer-Sheba as belonging to Judah has been thought to stamp the story of Elijah as emanat-ing from the Northern Kingdom. If so, it must have been written before the capture of Samaria in b.o. 722.

4.  'Pa6(Uv: here the translator has

277

VI. THE STORY OF ELIJAH                      277

iii Kings XIX 10

eTirev u 'lKavovardco vvv, dj3e 8rj ttjv jjv)(tJv ju.ov a/n i/xov, Kvpce, otl ov KpeCo-acDv iyco elfx.i virep tovs irarepas /xov." 5/cat eKoiprjdr) Kal VTrvcDaev e/cet viro (f>vr6v /cat tSou us avrov Kal elwev ai/rco "'Avdo-rrjOt, Kal dye." 6/cat 'HXetov, Kal iSoi) rrpos Kea }<; avrov ivKpvCas okvpeiTt]<; Kal Kat/ia/ojs vSaTos* /cat dvio~ry Kal eayei> Kal intev, Kal eVtcrT/oet/ia? c/coi/atj^ij. 7Kal iTrecrTpeffev 6 dy-yeXos KvpCov e/c Bevrepov, Kal rjtyaro avrov /cat etnev avrco "'Avdara, (f>dye' on ttoXXt) a,7ro o~ov r/ 686s-" 8/cat dvi-ayev Kal €in€v * /cat iiropevOr] iv rrj io~^(yL ttjs l/ceiVqs TecrcrepaKovra rjjxepas Kal TecrcrepaKovTa eiws opovs Xwp^yS.             9Kat eio~fj6ev e/cet eis

to atrrfkaiov Kal KareXvcrev e/cet • /cat tSoti p'rjjia KvpCov Tipos avrov Kat e'nrev " Tt crv evravda, 'HXetov;" 10/cat etirei' 'HXetov " ZrjXwv e^Xw/ca r&> KvpCco HavTOKpdropL, otl

found himself at a loss, and left the ■word before him untranslated, which gives it the appearance of being a proper name. There is something wrong, as the consonants do not correspond with the Hebrew. The R.V. gives 'juniper tree' with a marginal alternative 'broom.'—ttjv +uxV a*-toB: R. V.' for himself.' A Hebraism. — 'iKOtvoiicrew: cp. Nb. 167 : Dt. I6, 2^, 326: iii K. 1228, 21": i Chr. 2115: Ezra 446, 459. — Kp€i

5.  <) id="iv.i.i.iv.p3723.1">vt6v : the Hebrew here is the same as that which was transliterated 'Po.6ij£i>, so that the translator is aware that it means a plant of some kind. Josephus {Ant. VIII 13 § 7) has 7rp6s Tin Stvdpy. — tis : Hebrew, ' an angel.'

6.   'HXeto-6: not in the Hebrew. — *VKpv(j>Cas : Ex. 12s9 n. — &vpeC-nis : made of rye. Gen. 401G n. Tor ivnpv-the R.V. has 'a cake

baken on the coals.' — Kajraia)s: 1712 n.

7.  'Avdo-Ttt: §32.

8.   opovs Xwprip: Hebrew, ' Horeb, the mount of God.' Jos. Ant. VIII13 § 7 els rb Xivatov KaKotifievov 8pos, On Horeb see Ex. 31, 176, 336. The Jalivist is supposed to represent Sinai as the sacred mountain and the Elohist Horeb. The length of time assigned for the journey indicates geographical ignorance on the part of the writer.

9.  to (nrTJXcuov: so also in the Hebrew, though the English has here ' a cave.' The reference is evidently to some place known in the writer's time, haply the spot which had been identified with the dry ttjs ■wtrpa.s of Ex. 3322. Josephus {Ant. VIII13 § 7) has

10.   t% K-uplu IlavTOKp&TOpi: for Jehovah the God of hosts. The word which is here rendered TavroKparap

278

278              SELECTIONS FROM THE SEPTUAGINT

iii Kings XIX 11

ivKari r6v ere ot viol 'Io-pat]- To, #vcriacrr>7pic£ Kare'-crKaxpav Kai tous irpo^TjTas crov am4.KTeiva.v iv poju.<£ata, Kat v7roA.eXei)u./xat iyu) jaofwraTos, Kat t^rovcri jjlov ty/v Xaj8eti> avnjv." nKat etTrev "'E^eXevaT) avpiov Kai evoiiriov Kvpiov iv t<5 opei" tSou 7rapeXevcreTat Kvpios." Kai nvevjxa fieya Kparaibv SiaXvov oprj /cat crvvrplfiov TTerpas eVaimov Kuptov, eV tw Trveujxan Kvpiov • Kai ju,eTa to TTvev^ia, o"wo"eto"ju,ds, ovk ev Ttp o"wcreto"ju,a) Kvpios • 12 Kat /xera tov o-vvcretcrjaoi' ttu/j, ouk ei» tw Trupt Kuptos * Kat j«,€Ta to 7Tvp avpas Ae77T7js.          Kat eyevero a>

r)Kovcrev 'HXeiou, Kat iireicakvipev to irpocraiiTov avrov iv rfj fjL7}a)Tfj kavTov, Kat i^rjXOev Kat ecm? viro crTrijXatot' • Kat tSov 7rp6s avrbv fycovr) Kat etirev " Tt cry ivravOa, 'HXetou; " 14 Kat ehrev 'HXeiov " Z^Xwi/ e^rjXcoKa tw Kvpta) IlavTOKpaTopt, oti iyKareknrov ere ot vtol 'icrpaijX, T^r Sia^KTjv trov Kat to, dvcriacrrripid crov Ka$eiav Kat tous Trpo^ijTas crov aTreKTCLvav iv po[iKat vrroXeXtjit/Aat eyw Kai £,r)Tovcn ttjv ^/tr^Tjv jaov Xa^etf avrijv." 15Kat Kvptos rrpos avrdv " Ilopevov, avdcrTpefe ets ttji' oSdv crov,

was in 1816 translated by r5» 8w6.iJ.ewv.     cloak. The -word occurs in the LXX

TravTOKparoip occurs first in the LXX     five times (iii K. 1918.M: ivK. 2*18."),

in ii K. 510, after which it becomes very     always as a transliteration of the same

common.—o-«: Hebrew,' thy covenant.'     word, and always in connexion with

11.  avpvov: not in the Hebrew. —     Elijah. Hence we may infer that its iv t     use in Hb. II87 contains a tacit refer-text here gives the reading required—     ence to him. Op. Clem, i Cor. 171 o^k iv Ty irveijfJiaTL KiJptos. — (rvv       Mt/uijrai yevdifAeda KaKelvwv o^rtves iv there are ten occurrences of this word      Sippaaiv alyelois ko.1 ^Xwrats irepieTrd-in the LXX, of which three are before     rqaav. In Zech. 134 the same Hebrew us. Zech. 14s is the only passage in     word is translated Sippis rpix^v-which it corresponds to the same          14.                            iyKari'Kiwov ought to govern tV SiaftJ-

12.  <| id="iv.i.i.iv.p3741.1">covi] avpas X«irTf|s : K.V. mar-     jcij* In verse 10 it was substituted gin ' a sound of gentle stillness.'               for it. — WoXcXipiiai: = ixoXAei/x/iai

13.   lirjXwT'ji: sheepskin, a kind of     in verse 10. § 37.

279

VI. THE STORY OF ELIJAH                      279

iii Kings XIX 21

kcu rjtjeis ets tt)p 6Sov ipijfiov AajxaaKov ■ Kal ^eis kolI Xptcrets top 'A^arjX eis /3arfjs Svptas • 16Kal tw vlov Eiou utoS Najuecr^el ^ptcrets eis ySatriXea eirl 'lapaujX-Kal top 'EXeicrcue mop %a'E/3aXjuaouXa npo(f)y]T7]v apTi crov. 17Kal ecrrai toz> aiaEiov, Kal toi> cra>t,6}i(.vov 4k pop,(f)a£a<; Eiou dapaTdxrei 'EXeicraie. 18«al Ka.Take.i-i/»et? ei> 'Icr/3aijX cttto. ^iXtaSa? avhpmv, irdpTa yovara- a ou/c oiKhacrav yovv tw BaaX, Kal Trav crrd/Aa o ov Trpocre-Kvprjcrev avr&j."          - 19Kal dir^X^ei1 ixeWep, Kal evpicrKec

rbv 'EXetcraie utoi' Sa^ar, Kal avros T^poTpla ip fiovcriv • ipwmop avrov, koX avros ev rots S

iTrrj9ev iv* olvtop, Kal i-nippvtye ttjp pvjXcoTfjv avrov in

avrov. 20Kal KaTeXiirev 'EXetcraie ras ^Soas, Kal KareSpa-)u.€jy otticto) 'HXetov Kal eiTrep " KaTa<£iXi;cr« tov varepa fiov Kal aKoXovdijcra) biricro) crov " Kal elnep 'HXetou " 'Ava-e, oti ireTTOirfKa croi." 21Kal dpecrTpexj/ev iioincrdev

15.  Kal ii|«s «ts tt]v 686v: not in

the Hebrew.

16.  tov viov E£ov vlov Ntt|i«cr0ci:

Hebrew, 'Jehu the son of Nimshi.' A comparison with iv K. 92 vior 'lacra-h$ Eioi vlov Na/xeJehu the son of Jehoshaphat tke son of Nimshi, makes it seem likely that 'Iwhas dropped out here before Jehu.

17.   Kal tov l6pevov . . . 'EXei-(Ant. VIII13 § 7) has suppressed this, or else did not find it in his copy.

18.  KaraXeitjrtis: Hebrew, 'I will leave.' — o>KX.ay6w: the repetition of y6vv is not due to the Hebrew, but apparently to a feeling that the first aorist must be transitive. In 8M the perfect participle iSkXci/ciAs is used in-

transitively. The word is used only in these two passages of the LXX, but is quite classical.

19.  'EXeurave: Hebrew Mislia' = 'God is salvation.' — TjpoTpCa : Jdg. 1418n. — SuStKa tcvyi ktX. : Josephus (Ant. VIII13 § 7) explains that there were other persons ploughing with Elisha. Twelve oxen yoked to one plough have been seen within living memory on Beachy Head, but SiiSexa Zeiyn would be double this number.

20.   Kara^iX^cro) . . . &koov8t|o-g) : the former is aorist subjunctive, the latter future indicative. —on ireiroliKa

280

280              SELECTIONS FROM THE SEPTUAGINT

iii Kings XX 1

auroS, Kal eXafiev Ta t^vyrj ru>v fioo>v Kal edvcev Kal rjtyr)O~ev aura ev rots o~Keveo~i t£>v /3o£)vf Kal ZBcoKev toj Xa<3 Kal eayov Kal aveo~T7) Kal iiropevdr) 6mo~o> 'HXeiov, il ekeiTOvpyei avT<£ id="iv.i.i.iv.p3761.4">. 1Kal aiivekcov els 17V t<5 Na^6ou#al tw

tw aX^) 'A^aa,^3 ^ao"tXecos "%aiapeia'Axa<^)8 Trpos Na)8ou^at eyoiv " Ads ju.ot tov afnreXaivd aov Kal eoTai jaot eis KrJ7rov Xa^dva)^, oti • iyyCav ouros tw oikoj jaov, Kal Swo"(u o*ot d^ireS)va aXXov dyaObv virep avrov el Se dpe'crKet ev} haxxco o~ol dpyvpiov dXXayjaa djonreXiSi'ds cov tovtov, Kal earau /xot ets Krjirov Xa^dvcav." s Kal etTrev Na^Sou^al Trpos 'A^actyS " Mtj yeVotTo yj.ot irapa. Oeov fxov Sovvau Kkrqpovop^iav Trarepaiv pov o"ot." 4Kal eyeveTO to irvev/xa 'A^aaj3 Terapayfievov, Kal e« em ttjs kXivtjs avToS Kal avveKaXv^iev to vpocrconov Kal ovk eayev dprov. 6 Kal elarjXdev 'Ie^d^eX 17 avTov Trpos avrov Kat, eKa7)o~ev Trpos avrov It to o"ov rerapayp.4vov, Kal ovk el o~i) io-diwv dprov;" 6Kat ev Trpos avTi^f "*Oti iXdXr)o~a 7rpos NajSou^at tov 'laparj-^v Xeyav 'Ads /i.01 roc dyjneXS>vd o~ov dpyvpiov el Se ySovXei, Swact) crot dfnreXava dXXov dvr avTOu •' Kal einev ' Ov ha>o~o> crot KXyjpovojxCav Ttarepoiv /xov'" 'Kal elirev

read Sti, and render/or anything I     §12.—a^aObv iirtp airov: § 94.—Kal

ftcnie do?ie Jo tftee.                                     . . . Xaxavwv: not in the Hebrew.

1.  Kal a|iire&v: the connecting          4. Kal e-y€v«To ktX. : the Greek in formula ' And it came to pass after     this verse is much shorter than the these things' is absent from the LXX,     Hebrew. Cp. K.V. —      R.V. 'turned away.'

Ben-hadad after and not before this.          S. ovk «t

— els: § 2. —'Io-paTiXcCTg : Jezreelite.     form of the present, as in English, art

1845 n. — t£ aa>: Hebrew, 'the pal-     thou not eating bread? §72.

ace.' On SXus see § 8.                                     6. KXi^povo|iCav iraT«po>v |i.ou : He-

2.   ea-xai |J.oi ets: § 90. — iyylav:      brew, ' my vineyard.'

281

VI. THE STORY OF ELIJAH                      281

Hi Kings XX 15

7rpos avrbv 'Ie£dfieX rj yvvrj avrov u^v vvv owws Trotets fiacnXea iirl 'icrpaijX; avddye (xprov Kal ctclvtov yevov • iyo) Saxrco o~ol tov a[iireX5>va NafiovOal tov 'Io~pa-rjXeLTOv." 8/cat eypaxpev fiifiXiov kvl tw ovofiari, 'A^aa/J Kal io-^payuaaTO rfj crfypaylhi avrov, Kal direo-TeCXev to npos tov? irpecfivTepov; Kal tovs kXevSepovs rows fj.era NajSou^ai. 9/cai iyeypaino kv rots Xiyoxv u NijcrTeucrare vr)o~TeCav, Kal Ka9io~are tov NafiovOal kv apXQ tov Xaov • 10 Kal kvKadCo-are Bvo avftpas, vloiis vapavojjboyv." 13/cal kKaOuaav ef kvavTias avrov, /cat KaTefjuaprvprjcrav airov Xeyovres " YLbXayqKas Oebv Kal /3a-criXia'" Kal k£rjyayov avTov efw tij5 noXeas Kal kXiOofio-Xrjcrav airbv XWois, Kal airedavev. uKal aTreoraXai' vpos 'ie^aySeX Xeyovres "AeXt^o/SdX^Tat NafiovOal KalredvrjKev." 18Kal kyeveTO a>? rJKOvcrev 'Ie^aySeX, Kal et7re^ Trpos

" 'Avdcrra, KXrjpovofiei tov dfiTreXciva NaySou^al tou 'Icrparj-XeCrov 6s ovk eSojKev croi dpyvpiov, oti ovk ecrnv

7.  iroiets Pathe     rendering of 'sons of Belial' is viol king over. B.V. 'govern the king-     Xot^oi, as in i K. 212. Josephus (Ant. dom of.' The Greek is a verbal trans-     VIII 13 § 8) has here rpets roX/iijpous lation of the Hebrew. —o-anTov yevov:     rivas.

regain thy self-possession. 11.V. 'let          13. Kal eicd6i.

thine heart be merry.'                               of verse 10 and the whole of 11 and 12

8.   toiis 4X«v8«povs: K. V. ' the no-     are omitted in the LXX. This is per-bles.'                                                        haps a deliberate piece of compression

9.  Xfywv: § 112. — iv dpxfj tov     on the part of the Greek translator. Xaov: Hebrew, ' at the head of the     — 4Kd6i                                                    Kas: the Hebrew word for this is neutral

10.  vtovs irapav6|j.o)v: this is a     in sense, meaning originally to say LXX equivalent (cp. Jdg. 1922, 2013:     good-by to. It is used both of bless-ii Chr. 137) for the phrase 'sons of     ing and cursing. Here the translator Belial,' of which the commonly ac-     has chosen the wrong sense, as in Job cepted explanation is ' sons of un-     I11. Jos. Ant. VIII13 § 7 as rbv 6e6r profitableness.' The personification of      re ety par)fijiBelial, as in ii Cor. 6!5, is later than          15. 8s: here the translator has the Old Testament. Another LXX     chosen the wrong case for the inde-

282

282              SELECTIONS FROM THE SEPTUAGINT

Hi Kings XX 16

l&v, otl TeOvrjKev." u Kal iyei/ero cos rJKOv&evi 'A^ad^S on ri6vi)Kev Nafiovdal 6 'IcrpaTjXemjSj Kal &ieppr)£ev ra ifxd-ria iavTov Kal nepiefBaKero ctolkkov ko1 eyevero /xerd Kal dvicrTT] ko.1 Kori^rj 'A^ad^ ei? tov dju/zreXaii/a Na-l tov 'lcrpa-qXeLTOv KXypovofifjcraL avrov.             1TKai

Kvptos Trpos 'HXetov roc ®€1Su'Avd-/cat Karafir}di et? a,77avT^ 'A^adyS ^SacrtXews 'Icrpai^X tou ev Sajnapeta, on ovros ef dp,ir^koivi ~Na/3ovda(, otl fifiev e/cei KXypovofjifjaaL avrov. w Kal XaXifcrets b? ovtov Xe'ycov ' TaSe Xeyet Kuptos " 'Xis crv i6vev§td tovto TaSe Xeyei Kv/dios " 'E

eXifav at ues Kal oi ku^cs to at/aa NaySou^at, ckeI 61 KuVes to atfta o"ou, /cal at -tropvai Xovcrovrai iv crov.                 Kat etTre' A^aap Trpos HAetov Et

fie, 6 i^Opos /aov;" Kal tiirev " TLvpyjKa, StOTt irenpaaai Trovrjcrai to Trovrjpbv ivcovtov Kvpiov, Trapopyicrai avrov.          toov eya errayw ctti ere Ka/fa, Kat

clinaWe ■ Hebrew relative. The sense    not Greek at all, but the result of requires Hv. •         literal translation. — Kal oi nilves: not 16. Kal Iy^vcto . . . craKKov: these     in the Hebrew. — Kal at irdpvat . . . words, which represent Ahab as feel-     aijiarC a-ov : not in the Hebrew at this ing a temporary repentance, are not     point. Yet in 2238, where the fulfil-to be found in the Hebrew. Josephus     ment of the prophecy is recorded, there (Ant. VIII 13 § 8) represents Ahab as     are words corresponding to these, which bounding from his bed with joy.              have been enclosed in brackets by the

18.  diravriiv: airavrij = airivrricris     Eevisers. Their presence there seems seems to be confined to the LXX,     to show that the Hebrew, and not the where it occurs frequently, but hardly     Greek, is at fault in this passage, ever without the other form as a          20. Et eiip-qKas u: § 100. — 6 «X" variant. Cp. 1816 cvvavriiv.                     0p6s pot): nominative for vocative.

19.  'iis o-v . . . Std touto : the     § 50. — fidri^v ■ not in the Hebrew, but Greek here diverges slightly from the     in keeping with its spirit. MinK has Hebrew. Op. R.V. —'Ev iravi-l toito) :     here the implication of folly and wick-the iratni here has nothing to corre-     edness which so often attaches itself spond to it in the Hebrew, nor is it     to fiAraios. — irapopYitrav afrrov: not easy to assign a meaning to it. — co :     in the Hebrew,

283

VI. THE STORY OF ELIJAH

283

iii Kings XX 26

birio'o) crov Kal i£oe0pevcrA^aa/3 oipovvra

vpoeV/caraXeXetju./Aevov iv jX- Kat, o&xxa) toi> oikov crou oj; to^ oi/cov Iepo-utox) Na^8a# Km a>s toi> oTkov Baacra uiou 'A^eta, twv TTapopyio-fiaToiv wv ■n-ayowpyicras rov 'Io~parj." 28/cat ttJ sIe£ay8eX iXaXyjce " Oi Kwes Karafyayovrai avrrv iv ra irpoT€Ly^io-[iaTL tov 'IcrpaijX. urbv TeOvr/Kora tov 'A^aajS ev t^ i7oet dyov-rai ot Kwes, Kal tov TedvrjKOTa avrov iv tco ne8[a dyoiraL to. Trereiva tov ovpavov." 25Tr jv jitaTaiws 'A^aa^S, inrpdOr) voirjo-ai to rrovrjpbv ivdrtriov Kvpiov, &>? fiereBrjKev 17 yu^ auToO • 26 /cat i^8ekv^6rj cr6$pa

21. €KKavio-a oiricrco o-ou: R.V. ' will utterly sweep thee away.' The Greek translator is here more faithful to his original than the English. — ovpovvra irpos toIxov: every male. A Hebraism. The omission of the article is due to following the Hebrew. Op. i K. 25^.3*: iii K. 141": iv K. 98. — Kol o-uvcxoh^vov ktX. : R. V. ' him that is shut up and him that is left at large.' It is in the Hebrew manner to offer two categories under one or other of which everything is supposed to be included. So in Dt. 2919 'the moist with the dry ' is intended to be exhaustive. The same Hebrew phrase as here occurs at the end of Dt. 3238, and in iv K. 1426, in both which passages it is obscured by the Greek translation. In iii K. 1410 we have 4xt>t>*i>oi> Kal iyKo.Taeiij.ti£vov : in iv K. 98 the rendering is exactly as here. "EvKaTaKeXeintii-vov, however, does not give the required sense of 'left at large.'

22. 8c4

Hebraism.—'Iepo(3oa|± : Hebrew Taro-Vmn. The form of the name in our Bible is due to the Vulgate through the LXX. — wv 7rap(ftp*Yi(Tas : &p must be taken as standing for oh, but attracted into agreement with its antecedent. The R.V. has'provoked me,' but in the omission of any object after irapibpyio-as the Greek is following the Hebrew. — 4|JTJ|j.apTes tov 'Io-pa^X: a Hebraism. § 84.

23. 'Io-pa^: = Jezreel. 1846 n.

25.  irXTjv |iaTouws ktX. : this and the next verse manifestly interrupt the narrative. Hence they are enclosed in brackets by the Revisers. The Greek here departs slightly from the Hebrew, and may be rendered as follows: But Ahab did foolishly in the way he let himself be sold to do evil before the LORD, according as Jezebel his wife disposed him.

26.  4pSevx8i]: behaved abominably. Op. Ps. 131 SUcpfcipav Kal ifiSe-

cp. 521

284

dvo

284              SELECTIONS FROM THE SEPTUAGINT

iii Kings XX 27

iropevecrOai. ottlctw tu>v j38skvy/Jt,dTcov Kara -ndvTa ,a iTroiyjo-ev 6 'Aixoppalos, ov i£a)edpevo-€v Kvpt,os diro npoatoTrov vl 'I(rpat]K. 27/cal virep tov 6yov &>s KaTevvyq ' vpoawTTOv tov Kvpiov, Kal iwopeveTo KXaicjv Kal tov xcTava avrov Kal ilfiicaTo aaKKOv im to o~Zfia avTov Kal ivtfo-Tevo-ev ■ Kal vepuefidXeTo craKKOv iv Trj r^iepa, y iirdra^ev NaySou^al tov 'lo~parfeiTT)v, Kal iiropevffy]. %*Kal eyivero prjfjia Kvpiov iv xet/^ SovXov avTov 'HXeiou irepl 'A^aa^S, Kal elirev Kvptos 29" 'EwpaKa? a)S KaTevvyq 'A)(ad/3 ai7O vpoo~a>irov fxov; ovk ivd^co tyjv KaKiav iv airov- Kal iv rat? rjfiepau'S vlov avTov Vf

ra?s rj

1Kal rfOer'qaev Mcoa^S iv "icrpaijX perd to dnoBaveLv 'Axad/3. 2Kat eirecrev 'O^o^etas Sta tov Scktvcotov tov iv

27. Kal vrcrep tov And when Ahab, owing to what was said, was smitten with remorse before the face of the LOSD, he went toeeping, etc. —r KarevvryT]: cp. Acts 237 &Koi

Ant. VIII 13 § 8 koX aaKidov ivSvaa^evos yv/J.vots rots wo— Kal ■7repwpdX€To craKKOv . . . liropevOi]: these words are not in the Hebrew. They look like a marginal note referring to verse 16. —4irop«ti8ii: went about in it.

28.  Kal kylvero: in this and the following verse again the Hebrew original of the Greek translators seems to have differed somewhat from ours. The Hebraism iv x*-pL is hardly likely to have been inserted gratuitously.

29.   KOTcvi-pi: E.V. ' humbleth himself.'

1.   ■t)8«TT)O-ev . . . Iv : dOeretp is a favourite word in the LXX, being used for no less than seventeen Hebrew originals. The primary meaning of the word is to set aside, disregard. It may be followed by a simple accusative, as in Is. I2 airol St /i

: Mk. 626 oO/c TjBfKijtrev airrjv ]?or dSeretv %v rici cp. iv K. 35>7, 1820 : ii Chr. 1019 Kal ietTyirev 'IcrpaijX iv r

oiKif AavlS.

2.   'OxoiJtCas: = Ahaziah, the son of Ahab, who succeeded his father after the latter had been slain in battle (iii K. 224»). — •tjppioorTijo-ev: iii K. 1717 n. — Siktvutov: lattice-window. Op. Ezk. 4116 BvplSes Siktvwto.1. In Jdg. 528 A has Sict t^s Siktvuttjs (sc. Ovpldos"). The phrase %pyov Siktvwt1>v is used in Ex. 27*, 382< <4>; cp. Aristeas § 81 Siktvojt^v e%oucra rrfv Tpbffo^/iv. The Hebrew is nowhere else the same as here. Josephus {Ant. IX 2 § 1) says

285

VI. THE STORY OF ELIJAH                      285

iv Kings I 6

Tvirepcpca avrov tw iv ta^apeCa, kcu r/ppcoaTrjaev Kal airecrTeiXev ayyeXovs Kal einev irpos avrovs " Acute Kal iin-£,r)TT)(raTe iv ra BaaX. jxvZav debv 'AKKapav, et (rfcrofjiai ck Trjs appcocrrta? jaou Taurus* Kal iTrop€v0rjcrav inepaTrjcrai, Bl avTov. sKal ayyeXos Kvptou iKaXecrev 'HXeiou tov X4ycov " 'Aj/acrras Sev/ao ets crvvdvTrjcnv tuxv ay-'O^o^eCov ySacrtXew? Sa/x,apetas «at X-aXijcrets tt^os v? ' Ei Trapa. to ju,^ elvai ^eov ev 'IcrparjX v/tei? vopev-ecr0e eTritflTrjcrai iv tw BaaX. [xvlav deov 'AKKapcov;' (4) *cai v^ ovtcos • 4otl raSe Xeyei Kupios ''H kXivy) i' 17s e/cet ou Kara^yjcrrj o-tt' avTrjs, 6Vt Oavdra) airodavrj? " l iiropeudy] 'HXetou Kal etTrei' tt/jos avTovs. 5Kal ive-crTpd(f>rjcrav ol ayyeka 7rpo5 auTOv, Kat etrrev Trpos auTou? Ti otl swearpeyare;           bKat enrav irpos avrov Avrjp

avifir} ei5 crvvdvTrjcnv rjjxiov Kal einev 77pos 17/xttS iTri,crrpd(f>r]T€ irpos tw /SacrtXea toi' aTrocrreiXa^Ta v^ Kat XaXi^craTe Trpos avrov " TaSe Xeyei Kupios ' Ei trapa. to /at) etvai 6ebv iv 'larparjX cru wopevrj tflTrjaai iv rfj

that Ahaziah. had a fall in descending     again in verses 6 and 16 and 1932 oix

from the roof of his house. — IttiJtittj-      ovtus.

o-citc 4v: for ivi^Teiv iv cp. 3: Sir.           4. 'H kMvt] ktX. : the syntax is

4026 oiK isTiv i-7ni;r)TTj      Hehrew, but intelligible in any lan-

toan. — BdaX (imav: = Baal-zebub or      guage —^4s to the bed to which thou

'Ply-lord.' ProfessorCheynesuggests      hast gone up thither, thou shalt not

that this is only a contemptuous Jew-      come down from it. — 4" lfs . . . «ct:

ish modification of the true name,      § 50. — Bavd™ diroBavfj: § 61. — Kal

Baal-zebul, ' lord of the high house.1      etirev irpos aii-ovs: not in the Hebrew.

Cp. Mk. 322. — 8e6v: a Tegard for gram-           6. Tfj BAaX: cp. verse 16 : i K. 74

mar would require #e$. § 57.—'Ak-      (rar BaaXcf/t) : ii Chr. 247 (rais Bao-

KaP<5v: i K. 1762 n. — appuo-Ttas i iii K.      Xe£/x, but in 333 to?s B.) : Hos. 28, 131:

17". — Kal 4iT-opeti8Ti      Zeph. I4 : Jeremiah passim; Tobit I5 :

not in the Hebrew.                                     Rom, II4 (where ry BdaX is used not-

3. 4KdX«cr€v . . . iyav: Hebrew      withstanding the presence of the mas-

' said to.' — Kal ovx oiirus: a misread-      culine article in the passage quoted,

ing of the word meaning therefore at      namely, iii K. 198). Josephus {Ant.

the beginning of the next verse. So      IX 2 § 1) expressly tells us that the

286

286              SELECTIONS FROM THE SEPTUAGINT

iv Kings I 1

BctaA. fjivlav debv 'AKKapcov; ov^ ourais • r) kXwyj i(f>' 775 avip^qs otl ov Karafirjo-fl air avnjs, on dava/rq) a/rroBavf}.'" 7 /cat idXr]o~ev irpos avrovs " Tts 17 Kpuxts tov dvSpos tov avaj3dvTo7rpos Uju.as tovtovtous;" 8Kal evnov Trpbs avrov "'Avr/p Sacrus Kat I,Kat elnev " 'HXetov 6 ©ecry8€tT7]s ovrds zc 9 Kat a.TrecrretXei' tt/3os olvtov ireuTrjKovrap^op Kat tous Kovra OLvrov, Kal avefirj tt/3os olvtov' kcu tSov 'HXeioir iKcidyjTO em ttj? Kopvrj? tov opov;. Kat iXdXrjcrev 6 7revTrjK6vTap)(o? irpbs ovtov Kat et7rei' "*Avdpwire tov Oeov, 6 ySacrtXeus iKaXecrev o~e, Kara^Tj^t." 10Kat dneKpCffrj 'HXetou Kat etTrev Tipos tov ir&rqKovTap-^ov " Kat ei aV-dpa)Tro, Kara^tjaeTai trvp ck tou ovpavov Kat Ka.TCLdyeTai ere Kat tous TrevTujKovrd o-ov •" Kat Trvp eK tov ovpavoC Kat KaT€(j>ayev avrbv Kal rows KovTa avTov. MKat TrpoaiOero 6 y8ao"iXeus Kat direo"TeiXej/ tt/)os avrw aXXov TTevTr)KovTap)(ov Kal tous

deity in this case was a female one —    Hebrew expression may mean ' owner

Kal vocrrfvavra viii^ai irpis T-iji' 'A/ocapic      of a shaggy coat,' an interpretation

debv MvTav, toOto yap ?p 8i>o/ia tJ ffe^J.     'which is carried out by what is said of

He was apparently unaware of the     John the Baptist, who was regarded

ingenious explanation which is now     as a reincarnation of Elijah. Mk. I6

offered of the variation of gender,      1jv d£ 'luivv-qs h&(5v/j.hos Tpl%as Kapi-

namely, that the feminine article does      ov Kal ^iJiv-qv SepfiaTlvrjv xepl tV &

not denote the sex of the deity, but     airov.

indicates that the word aiax^rq is to          9. wevTTiKovTapxov ktX.: Josephus

be substituted for the name in reading.      has Ta^iapxov Kal irevrriKovTa oirXiras.

Cp. iii K. 1819 n.—oix oBtcos: 3 n.     — JKdXto-ev 0-6, KOTdpTiBi: E.V. 'the

— 8ti ov KaTttp/|o-[|: the insertion of     king hath said, Come down.' 6Vi seems to be due to the fact that the          11. irpoo-eStTo . . . Kal dir«rm v:

words of Elijah are being repeated.          Hebrew, ' returned and sent' = sent

7.   t) Kp(o-i$: Jdg. 1312 n.                      again. The use of rpocTiQtvai is very

8.  8ahairy, shaggy. Jos. Ant.     common in the LXX, but this passage IX 2 § 1 8.v8pt>nrov %eyov 5oc koI      and verse 13 differ from the others in

dep/iarlvyv. The     the Hebrew which underlies it.

287

VI. THE STORY OF ELIJAH                      287

iv Kings I 11

avTov' Kai iXdXrjcrev 6 TrevnjKovTapxos irpb$ avrbv /cat elvev ""Avdpayrre tov deov, raSe Xeyet 6 jSacrtXeus 'Ta^etus KardfiTlOi.'" 12/cat dneKpidr) 'HXetou /cat e'XaXi/crej/ 7r/>os avrbv Kai turrets " Ei avdpcoTros deov eycu, Kwra^ijaerai irvp e/c tow ovpavov kou Kara^dyerai ere koX tovs Ttevrr/KovTa. /cat Kare/Sy) irvp e/c tot) ovpavov Kai KaTeayev avrbv Kai tovi mvTrJKOuTa avrov. 13/cat Trpoo~{6ero 6 /SacrtXeus en aTroaretXat rjyovfjievov Kai tov? isevTrKOVTa avrov • /cat rj6ev 6 TrevrqKovTap^o? 6 t/htos i|/ei' em ra. yovara avrou KarevavTi 'HXeiou, Kai iS avTov /cat iXdXrjaev ■npos avrbv Kai etnev ""Avdpcoire tov deov, ivTijAwdiJTCt) 7) ipv)(T] fiov /cai rj ^JV^r/ to>v hovXcav crov tovtcdv iv 6<£#aXjuots o~ov ■ ul8ov KaTefir] ttvp e/c tov ovpavov Kai Karifyayev tov? Bvo TrevTiqKOVTapyov1; tov? /cat vvv evni(3iBrT(o Btj 17

aov." 16/cai iXdXfjo-ev dyyeXo? KvpCov Tipb? 'HXeiov /cat el-nrev " KaTafirjOt ju,€t' aurou, ja^ (j)ofir)8fj? dnb irpo-ad)Trov aiiTwv'' Kai aveo~Tiq 'HXeiov /cat KaTe/3f) /act' aurou Trpos tov ySacrtXea. 16Kat iXdXyjaev -npb? avrov Kai elirev 'HXeiov il TaSe Xeyet Kvpios ' Tt on aireo-TeiXas t^Trjcrai, iv Ty BaaX /JLvlav deov 'AKKapav; oi^ ovrws * 17 kXivt] i' r/s avefir)? e/cet ov KaTafirjcrrj oltt' avTrj?, otl Oavdrcp diro-vavrj.             Kai arreuavev Kara to prjfjia Kvpiov o eXakrjcrev

'HXeiov.

12.  kotIPt) irvp: instead of 'fire, 'as           15. diro irpoo-iiirou aiT«v: Hebrew, before, the Hebrew here has ' fire of      ' before his face.'

God.'                                                                 16. Kai 4)kdXi)crtv . . . "HXtto*: He-

13.   T)-/ov|«vov: Hebrew,'prince of     brew, 'and he said unto him,' 172 fifty ' = TtevrriKbvTapxov. 'Hyotiixevos is     n. —ovx owtus: before these words a generic term for a ruler. Cp. Hb.     the Hebrew has the clause which 137,i7,24: Clem, i Cor. Is iWwci/ueiw     is rendered in the R.V.— 'Is it be-tois iiyov/iJpocs ifitov. — 4vti|«o6^to : a     cause there is no God in Israel to rare word occurring in the LXX only     inquire of his word ?' On oix ovras in this context.                                       see 8 11.

288

288              SELECTIONS FROM THE SEPTUAGINT

iv Kings II i

iyevero iv tw avdyew Kvpiov tov 'HXeiou iv crvv-ais ets tov ovpavov, /cat ivopevOr) 'HXetou /cat 'EXetaate ef 'Iepet^co. 2/cal elirei' 'HXetov 7rpo? 'EXeicrcue " 'iSou S19 ivTavda Kadov, on 6 0eos dvea-raXKev fie e&>s Bat&fX." /cat e'nrev 'EXeuraie "Zy Kvptos /cal £$ fj ^iv^rj crov, el KaTaXeixpct) ere-" /cal rjXdev eis Bat^TjX. 8/cat rj6ov ol VLOL twv TTpoBat^X 7rp6s 'EXetcrate /cat etTroi' 7T/3O? avTov " 'El iyvcos on KvpLos enj/xepov ajx^dvei tov Kvpiov crov dtrdvadev Trjs Keakrjs crov;" kou elves " Kdyw iyvaxa, crttUTrare." */cal e'nrtv 'HXetov irpo? 'EXetcrate " Ka-^ou St) ivTavffa, otl Kvpios ania-TakKiv /xe el'Iepet^cu • " Kac etirev Z17 Kvptos /cai ^77 ij ^XV °"ov; e^ ev/caraXet^a) ere-" Kat ^X^oi/ ets 'Iepet^w. 5/cat Tyyytcra^ ot utoi t£i> Trpo§rT(i>v ol iv 'Iepet^w irpos 'EXeicrate /cal etTrav up6s aurov " Et iyvco? on o~r]iJ.epov Xa/xftdvei Kvyatos toj/ Kvpiov crov eTrdvwdev rrj? /ce<^aX^s ye iya eyvaiv, crioitraTe" 6 Ka eliiev avToj 'HXetou " Ka^ou $rj a)Se, ort Kvptos aTreixraXKei' fxe ea)S ets tov 'lopSdvrjv •" /cat etTre?' 'EXetcrate " Zfj Kvpios Kal £$ -f) ^v^t} crov, el tyco o~e-" Kal iiropevdrjcrav d/x^orepot. 7 Kal

1.  11 n. R.V.     Kdflou: § 33. — Zrj K1 whirl-wind.' The Hebrew is the same     tjX.8«v: Hebrew, ' they went down.'

as in 11. — is ets: so in verse 11, but         3. El «yvu>s: § 100. — dudvcoOev: there is nothing in the Hebrew to jus-     from above. Cp. Jdg. 1620: ii K. tify our assigning a qualifying force to     ll20-24, 2021: iii K. I53. § 98. is, which may in both passages be         5. «rdva>8ev: the Hebrew is the devoid of meaning.—'Icpe^iS: Hebrew     same as for dwdvaeev in verse 3. E.V. Gilgal. Verse 4 shows that the LXX     'from.'—KaC -ye iyv> tyvav: the He-is wrong. The Gilgal from which Elijah     brew is the same as for ~K.d.yi> iyvuKa started is supposed to have been the     in verse 3. The translator is trying place now called Jiljiliyeh, about seven     to impart a little variety to his style, miles north of Bethel.                             whereas a set formula is in acoord-

2.  'I8oi S'fj: this represents a par-     ance with the genius of the Hebrew tide of entreaty in the Hebrew.—     language.

289

VI. THE STORY OP ELIJAH                      289

fv Kings II 18

ntvTrjKovTa aVSpes viol to>v 7rpo(j>r)T(ov kcu ecTTjcrav cf ivavrias /xaKpodev koX dp,<£drepoi eamjarav em tou 'Io/o-Sdvov. 8/cat eXafiev 'HXetou ttjv jjuufkcaTr/v olvtov /cat elkrjcrev Kal ivdra^ev to vSap, kcli $Lrjpe0r] to vScop evda /cat evffa • teal hU/Brjaav afi6repoi iv eprjp,(o. skolI eyivero iv t<£ &La/3fjvavrovs koI 'HXeiov efrrev Trpos 'EXeicrate " Tt j crot Trplv ^ avakri^drjvai fxe airb crov;" /cat et7rev

'EXeicrate " Tevr]67]T(o Brj SittXS, ev Trvev/xari trov eV' ejae." 10 Kat ei7rei' 'HXetov " 'Ecr/cXrjpuj^as tov aLTijcraaOai • iav tSijs jae dvaXa/x^avoixevov a/nb crov, /cat ecrrat our- /cat iav (Aij, ov {17) yevrjTai." al/cal iyeuero avraiv Tropevofjbivoyv, inopevovTo /cat iXdXovv ■ Kat tSov ap/xa Trvpbs Kat t7T7ros Trvp6StecrretXev di/a, /xecrov ap.(f)OTep(t)v Kat dve- j[x.(f)drj 'HXeiov ev crwcretcr/A(3 a»s ets top ovpavw. :2Kat 'EXetcrate i(6pa, Kat e/Sda " ndrep Trdrep, dpfj.a 'icrpa^X Kat tUTreus avrov ■" Kat ouk eTSet- avrbv en, Kal eVeXd/3ero rwi' ijxaTicov ovtov koI dteppyj^eu avrd eis 8uo pify/zara. 13 Kat inl>(oo-£v ttjv p.r]oiTrjv 'HXetou r) eneo~ev itTa.vo)6ev

7.  Kal «rTT|     ask. R.V. ' Thou hast asked a hard and stood.' It looks as though iwoptti-     thing.'

B-qvav had dropped out in the Greek          11. Jiriros: Hebrew, 'horses.'

owing to its presence in the preceding          12. Ildrtp . . . linreus axi-rov: in

sentence.                                                  1314 the same words are put into the

8.  4v ifiv-a •■ R.V.' on dry ground.'     mouth of King Joash on the occasion The Greek rendering would be possible     of the death of Elisha. The meaning in another context.                                   in both places seems to be that the

9.  SiwXa Iv irvcvjiaTi a double     prophet had been a bulwark to his share in thy spirit. Elisha is not ask-     country. —ap(ia: the singular in the ing for twice as much prophetic     Hebrew has a collective force, chari-power as Elijah, but for the inheri-     otry. — tirirtus: Hebrew, 'horsemen.' tance of the first-born (Dt. 2117) in     The translator seems to have put his spirit.                                                 it into the singular to accompany

10.  'HXeioi: not in the Hebrew.     &pna. — oirov: referring to Elisha. — 'Eo-KX'fjpvvas tov atrfj     § 13.

brew literally thou hast made hard to          13. lirdvwfltv: R.V. 'from him.'

290

290              SELECTIONS FROM THE SEPTUAGINT

iv Kings II 34

'EXeio-ate • /cat £o~ty) em tov ^etXous tov 'IopSaVou. 14/ca< ekafiev ttjv firfXajTr/v 'HXetov, r) erreaev i-ndviadev ovtov, /cat iTrdraJjev to vSwp /cat eitrev " Hov 6 debs 'HXetou d(jxf>co; " koX iirdra^ev to. vhara, /cat hieppdyiqo-av £v0a /cat eV#a-teal 8teyS"»7 'EXetcraie. 15Kat elBov avrbv oi viol t5>v irpo-rjTU>v Kai oi iv 'lepei^o) i£ kvavriaji xal ehrov " '^mava-TieTra.vTCLi to TTvevfAct. 'HXetov iiu, 'EXetcrate-" ical rfkdov ets crvvavTrjv avTov KaX irpoo-eKvvrjo-av avTco eiri tt}v yrjv.

KO.L enrov Trpos afTOv Loov oij yxera tcov iraioaiv o~ov TrevT'qKovTa av&pes viol hwafxeois • TropevdivTe? Si) tjjTrjO'd-Ta>o~av tov Kvpiov o~ov, jjl7] Trore evpev avTov Trvev/xa K.vpiov kcu eppujj€v avrov iv tS 'lopSdvrj rj iv bpicav rj i* eva t£>v /3ovva>v"" Kal etirev 'EXetcraie "Ovk a-rroaTekeiTe." 17 /cat Trape/StaarajTo clvtov ecus ov iQayyuero, Kal Untv " 'A7rocrTeiaTe." *cat direo'TeiXav TrevTrjuovTa avSpas, /cat i£,t]T7]o-av rpet? rjfiepa?, /cat o>x evpov avrov- 18/cat avTos iicddrjTo iv 'lepet^o) • Kal elirev 'EXetcrate " Ovk elirov irpos ' M.rj

—'EXeicrale: nominative to tyoxrev,'     with the Hebrew. — o-vvavnrjv: ill K.

but not in the Hebrew. After this the     1816 n.

Hebrew has 'and went back.'—x.ei-          16. 4v t£ 'IopSavr) ff. not in the

Xovs: the use of xe?Xor for a bank or     Hebrew.—iv . . . iva.: ets for -m is

brink, besides corresponding to the     due here to a literal following of the

Hebrew, is also good Greek. Cp. Hdt.      Hebrew. §2. — fSovvwv: from Hdt.

II 70 iirl tov xe'Xeos rod tot&imv.                IV 199 it has been inferred that this

14.  iroii 6 8eos HXeiov: Hebrew,      word is of Cyrenaic origin. It is con-' Where is Jehovah the god of Elijah ?'      demned by Phrynichus as non-Attic — ac|xi: a transliteration from the      (Swete Introd. p. 296).

Hebrew. Translate even he.                          18. ko.1 aii-os £k

15.  Kal ol: the omission of Kal here     the Hebrew has ' and they came back ■would bring the Greek into accordance     to Mm.'

291

INTRODUCTION TO THE STORY OF HEZEKIAH AND SENNACHERIB

'The prayer of a righteous man availeth much' — such is the moral of the story of Hezekiah and Sennacherib. This story is a favourite one in the Old Testament, being told in Kings, in Isaiah, and in Chronicles. The account given by the Chronicler (ii Chr. 321"23) is obviously a late echo of the other two. But it might admit of argument whether the passage in Kings (ii K. IS13-!!)37) is borrowed from Isaiah or the passage in Isaiah (chs. 36 and 37) borrowed from Kings. The differences between the two are merely verbal, and are almost invariably in the direction of greater fulness on the part of Kings. Hence Professor Driver infers that the narrative belonged originally to the Book of Kings and was adopted in a slightly abridged form by the compiler of Isaiah. One thing seems certain, namely, that the account does not come from the prophet Isaiah himself. It was written at a time when the imagination could already give play to itself among the events of a. past age. A contemporary, as Professor Driver points out, would not have attributed to Sennacherib the successes against Hamath, Arpad, and Samaria, which were, in fact, achieved by Tiglath-Pileser or Sargon. Moreover, it was only the foreshortening of the perspective caused by time that could enable the writer to regard the murder of Sennacherib in his own country as following close upon his invasion of Judaea, when the two events were actually separated by a space of twenty years (b.c. 701-681). Hezekiah's own death (b.c. 697) took place sixteen years before that of Sennacherib. In the Book of Tobit it is said that Sennacherib was slain by his two sons within fifty days from the time when he < came flying from Judeea' (Tob. 118> 21). This book indeed is pure romance, but it serves to show that the Jews read the story of Sennacherib as indicating that a speedy judgement overtook the king on his return to his own country.

More even than David, Hezekiah has been fixed upon by the

291

292

292             SELECTIONS FROM THE SEPTUAGINT

Jewish writers as the type of the pious king. ' He 'trusted in the Lord, the God of Israel; so that after him was none like him among all the kings of Judah, nor among them that were before him' (ii K. 186). Such is the verdict of the writer of Kings, and the Chronicler (ii Chr. 3120-a) is equally enthusiastic. In Ecclesiasticus also (Sir. 4821'22) the smiting of the camp of the Assyrians is said to have been due to the fact that Hezekiah did that which was pleasing to the Lord. That piety meant prosperity was a rooted idea in the Jewish mind, so that, as Hezekiah was admittedly pious, it was a logical consequence that he should prosper. 'And the Lord was with him; whithersoever he went forth he prospered' (ii K. 187: cp. ii Chr. 3121). These words stand in curious contrast with the Assyrian records. This is how Sennacherib tells the story —

' And Hezekiah of the land of Judah, who did not submit himself to my yoke — forty-six of his strongest towns, fortresses, and small towns without number in their territory were captured with battering-rams (?) and attacked with instruments of war, in the storming of the infantry, with mines, breeehing-irons, and (—?). I besieged and conquered them. 200,150 persons, young and old, male and female, horses, mules, asses, camels, oxen, and small cattle without number, I caused to come out from them and counted them as booty.1 Hezekiah himself I shut up like a caged bird in Jerusalem, his royal city ; I fortified entrenchments against him, and those who came out of the gate of his city I punished [or ' I turned back'] for his transgression. His towns, which I had plundered, I separated from his land, and gave them to the Mitinti, king of Ashdod, to Pade, king of Ekron, and Silbel, king of Gaza, and I diminished his territory. To the earlier tribute, their yearly payment, I added the tribute which is suitable to my lordship, and imposed it on them. Hezekiah was overpowered by the fear of the splendour of my lordship; the Urbi2 and his valiant warriors, whom he had brought thither for the defence of Jerusalem, his royal city, laid down their arms. Be-

1 Rogers History of Babylonia and Assyria II, p. 199, says: ' These inhabitants were not carried away into captivity. They were marched out from their cities and compelled to give allegiance to Assyria. The usual Assyrian expression for taking away into captivity is not used here.'

2 Perhaps mercenary soldiers.

293

INTRODUCTION TO HEZEKIAH AND SENNACHERIB 293

sides 30 talents of gold and 800 talents of silver,3 I caused to be brought after me to Nineveh, the royal city of my lordship, for payment of the tribute, precious stones, shining stones, great stones of lapis-lazuli, ivory couches, thrones of elephant-hide and ivory, ivory, precious woods, all manner of things, a vast treasure, and his daughters, his palace-women and musicians and singing-women; and he sent his envoys to do homage to me.' (Rosenberg Assyrische Sprachlehre.)

There is no mention here of any disaster or ignominious retreat; rather Sennacherib represents himself as returning laden with spoils; but then the historiographers royal of Assyria were doubtless not in the habit of dwelling upon untoward incidents. Let us therefore call in the evidence of a third party.

There was a priest of Hephaestus, named Sethon, who became king of Egypt, and who slighted the warrior-caste and deprived them of their lands. Therefore when Sanacharibos, king of the Arabians and Assyrians, marched a great army against Egypt, the warriors refused to fight. So the priest, being at his wits' end, went into the temple and bewailed before- the image of the God the dangers that threatened him. As he wept, sleep stole over him; and the God, appearing to him in a dream, promised to send Mm helpers. So the king went out to Pelusium with such rabble as would follow him. There, as the army of the invaders lay encamped at night, a multitude of field-mice poured in upon them and devoured their quivers, their bow-strings, and the handles of their shields, so that next day they fled defenceless before their enemies. Thus was Egypt saved by the prayers of its priestly king, a stone image of whom still stood in the days of Herodotus in the temple, holding in its hand a mouse, and with an inscription conveying the moral of the tale — 'Whoso looketh upon me, let him be pious' (Hdt. II141).

If either the Jewish or the Egyptian story stood alone, one might be inclined to set them down as the invention of national vanity: but their concurrence seems to favour the idea that Sennacherib did meet with some sudden reverse, which both Jews and Egyptians turned to the praise of their own' God and king.

The account of the matter, as given by Josephus (Ant. X 1 § 1), contains nothing incredible. The Jewish historian tells us that

8 ii K. 18" says 300 talents. ' Brandis has attempted to show that the 300 Hebrew talents = 800 Assyrian.' — Rogers ibid. p. 200.

294

294              SELECTIONS FROM THE SEPTUAGINT

Sennacherib left Rabshakeh and his associates to sack Jerusalem, but himself went off to make war on the Egyptians and Ethiopians. He was engaged for a long time on the siege of Pelusium, and was about to deliver the assault, when he heard that Thersikes (=Tir-hakah, ii K. 199) was coming with a large force to the aid of the Egyptians and meant to cross the desert and invade Assyria. Accordingly he suddenly abandoned the siege and rejoined the force under Eabshakeh at Jerusalem. But on the first night of his siege of this city, God sent the plague upon his army, which expedited his return to Nineveh. There, after a short time, he was murdered by his two eldest sons Adramelechos and Sarasaros. Josephus quotes Herodotus and goes on to quote Berosus the Chaldaean historian, but unfortunately there is a lacuna at this point in his work. It is worth noticing that Megasthenes, according to Strabo (XV, pp. 686, 687), speaks of Tearkon the Ethiopian as a great warrior, like Sesostris, who reached the Pillars of Hercules. The historical aspect of the story however must be left to others. Suffice it to say, that those who have studied the question seem to be agreed that the chronology of the Bible is here at fault.

We are concerned with the story only as a piece of literature. Viewed from that aspect it is magnificent, being told with all the solemn dignity and splendour which mark the Hebrew genius. In the indication of the catastrophe which overtook the monarch who had presumed to defy the Holy One of Israel there is the vagueness which is of the very essence of the sublime. It takes a poet to interpret poetry. So let us close with a quotation from Byron —

' Like the leaves of the forest when Summer is green, That host with their banners at sunset were seen; Like the leaves of the forest when Autumn hath blown, That host on the morrow lay withered and strown.

For the Angel of Death spread his wings on the blast, And breath'd on the face of the foe as he pass'd ; And the eyes of the sleepers wax'd deadly and chill, And their hearts but once heav'd, and for ever grew still!'

295

VII. THE STORY OF HEZEKIAH AND SENNACHERIB

iv Kings XTIII 13

18 Kcu tem ySacrtXei 'E^e/aou a

ySacriXeus 'AcrcrvpCcov eul ras iroXeis 'IovSa ras Kail crvveXaflev auras. 14Kai. aTrecrraXev cE£eKias 'IovSa dyye'Xous wpos ySacriXea 'AcrcrvpCav ets Xeywv " 'H/xapr/jKa, dTroorpd^ijTi aTr' e/Aou • o ea^ incO-fls eV ifJL€ ^Sacrracrw." /ecu eTridrjKev 6 jSacrtXeus 'Acr-crvpiwv «rl 'E^eKtav ySaa-tXea 'IovSa rpiaKocrta raXavra apyvpuov Kal Tpi&KOVTa raXavra ^pvcriou. 15Kal eSwKei/ 'E^e/cias Trav to apyvpiov to evpeOev iv olko) ILvpiov kol iv drjcravpois olkov tou ySacrtXeiws- ^o" tw Kaupa crvvdKop'E^eKias toLs dvpas vaoG Kal ra i

13.  Sewaxiip«'|i: Hebrew Sanhe-rib. The form Sennacherib comes from the Vulgate. Josephus (Jint X, 1 § 1) -Zevaxlptfos: Hdt. II 141 2ayax1 t^s IovSafas.

14.  'E^tKtas: Greoized form of the name. Hebrew Hizqiyyah here, but more commonly Hizqiyyahu, as in verse 13. This difference is one of the signs that Yerses 14-16, -which are omitted in Is. 36, come from a different source from the rest of the narrative. Josephus founds on them a charge of perjury against Sennacherib.

: not in the Hebrew.— Sennacherib was at this time besieging this stronghold with all his forces. It was in the lowlands near

the country of the Philistines, and was strategetically a place of importance as lying on the high-road between Egypt and Syria. Recent investigations tend to show its identity with the mound of Tell-el-Hesy. One of the slabs discovered by Layard contains a record of its capture and a picture of the siege. The inscription has been deciphered as follows— 'Sennacherib, the mighty king, king of the country of Assyria, sitting on the throne of judgement before (or at the entrance of) the city of Lachish (Lakhisha). I give permission for its slaughter.' Smith's Did. of the Bible, s.v. Lachish.— o «dv: § 105.

16. to. 4crTiipi'Y|i^va: posts. Only here as a substantive.

295

296

296              SELECTIONS FROM THE SEPTUAGINT

iv Kings XVIII 17

a ixpvcrcocrev 'E£e/aas yScuriXeu? 'IouSa, koX eSoiKev aura. fSacrikeZ'AcrcrvpCcov.             1(Ka! atria'Te.Ckev /3acnevs 'Acr-

crvpcwv tov ®avOav kcu tov 'Panels koX tov Pai/fa/op iK Aa^els tt/do? tov j8aeE£e/aai> ev Swd/xei jSapeia ctu 'IepoucraX^ja • Kal aveftrjcrav /cat rj9ov ets 'lepovcraXij^ /cat ecTTrjcrav iv ra vSpayoyyco Trjs KoXvfjifirjOpas rr}<; avu id="iv.i.i.iv.p3932.3"> rj icrTLv iv rfj 6Sa» tot) aypov tow yva(f>i(i)<;. 18/cal ifiorjo-av 777305 eE£e/aav, /cat y6ov irpbs avrbv 'EXia/ca/u, vtos XeX-6 oi/cofd/xos fat Xo/xi'as 6 ypayx/x,areus

6 avafjufjuvijcrKcov. 19/cai etirei' Trpos avrov? 'Vaxfja.K7]

17.  tov ©avfldv: Hetrew Tartan. In Is. 201 the Hebrew has Thartan and the Greek Taraftip. It is not a name, but a title for the eommander-in-chief of the Assyrian army. — tov 'PcuJKis: Hebrew Bab-Sd,ris, chief of the eunuchs. Op. Jer. 39s, where the LXX (Jer. 463) has Na(3owa/>ek. Jo-sephus (Ant. X 1 § 1) says of the two companions of the Kabshakeh—Toi5-tuv Si fa dvinara Qapari. Kal 'Atoxo/jis ^c. — tov 'Pai|/dKT]v: this also is a title. Hebrew Rdbsh&qeh, which is taken to mean ' chief cupbearer.' Professor Cheyne holds that it is really Assyrian and means ' chief of the high ones.' — Iv Svvd|j.Ei Papeux: Is. 362 /j.era Swa/ieas ttoXX^s. — -uSpa-yto-y^: cp. 2020: Sir. 2430: Is. 362, 4118. In the last passage the Hebrew is different from that in the rest. — Kov)ip^9pas: this is the first of ten occurrences of the word in the LXX. It is used by Plato (Rep. 453 D) and by Plutarch (Mora-lia 902 E, Plac. IV 19); in N.T. by John (52, 97).

18.  'E£tKCav: Hebrew 'the king.' The words Kal*lfS6T)'Efc/cioi' do not appear in Is. 36s. Josephus (Ant.

X 1 § 2) gratuitously ascribes to cowardice the non-appearance of the king in person.—'Eiai«£|i: Hebrew fflyH-kim, Vulgate Eliacirn. Jos. Ant. X 1 § 2 rbv ttjs fiacriXetas kir'iTpoivov 'EXid/a-fwy 6vofM.—XeXiaov: Hebrew Hilqiy-y&hu, Vulgate Helcice (gen.). Instead of vids XeXdov the translator of Isaiah (363) has the more classical 6 tov XeX-kIov. — So|xvas: Is. 363 26(3cas, Josephus 2o/3iShebnah. See the denunciation of him in Is. 2215-25. The evils there predicted seem to have been only in part accomplished. — 'IcLt: Hebrew Toah ben-Asaph. In 26 he is called 'Idas and in 37 'Iiias vlis Sa^dj-, which makes it look as if 'Iw'Idas vlbs Xaipiy, helped out by the fact that there had been a previous recorder of the name of 'Iaaa(ii K. 2024).— 6 dva(xi|j.vT]the recorder. Op. ii K. 2024 'lairtMpaf) vibs 'Ax«Xoi/0 ivaixi-IXv-/)iii K. 246h Bavibs 'Ax^Bd-Xo/i dvaiu^vijcrKav. iv K. 1837 'liias vibs 2a04v 6 ava/uiJ.v?iaKUV : Jos. Ant. X 1 § 2 'l&axov rbv tnl twv vTOfivijfidTO)v. In Is. 363 we have 'lad.% 6 rov 'A. o This is mentioned

297

VII. THE STORY OF HEZEKIAH AND SENNACHERIB 297

W Kings XVIII 22

" Eurare St) irpos 'E&klolv ' TaSe Xeya 6 /3acnXetis 6 ySaoaXeus 'kcravpiav " Ti 77 ireirot^cris aurij ^ 20et7raSj ttXtjv Xdyot ^eikecov ' BouX?) kcu Suva/us ets TrdXe-' vvv ovv rivi ireTroido)21zw ^s crawa) em rr)*' pdfiSov ttjv Kakafiivqv Trjv eurjv ravTrjv, kir Atyvirrov 6s ai» aTyjpi^dy dvrjp iir' avrijv, /cat eicreXevcrerai eis tt?v Xe^Pa gvtov, koX Tprjcre.i avrrjv • ovtu><5 Qapacb ^acrtXevs Atyuirrov iraaiv rots ttemoiB6(Tiv in' avrov. a2/cat OTt etiras vrpos /xe ' '

avros

Ta vx}tr)ka. avrov /cat ra OvcriacrTripia. avrov, kclI tm 'iovSa, /cat ri? 'iepovcraX^ ' 'Evannov tov dvcna-

by Strabo (XVII 1 § 12, p. 797) as the title of one of the native officials at Alexandria under Augustus and under the Ptolemies before him.

19.   ireiro (81)0-15: only here in the LXX. The word is used by Josephus (Ant. X I § 4) and occurs six times in the N.T., e.g. ii Cor. I". In Is. 364, instead of Ti if ireiroWriais, the same Hebrew is rendered by T£ wcroiSiis cT;

20.  Xo-yoixeiXeov: Hebrew, 'a word of the lips,' i.e. without reason behind it. The Greek here faithfully reflects the Hebrew, but there may be something amiss with the latter. In Is. 366 the E.V. runs — 'I say thy counsel and strength for the war are but vain words.' The Greek translator there gives — Mtj tv [3ov i ko.1 6yois %etX^wp Trapdra^is ytverai — Does the battle depend upon counsel and words of the lips? — T|0£Tii!ras Iv IjioC: cp. I1 n. In iv K. 18' and 241.a) the Hebrew word is the same as in this passage. The rendering in Is. S65 is aireidels poi.

21.   ir^iroiflos T§ «ri: no recog-

nised Greek construction, but a mere following of the Hebrew. Is. 356 ireiroiQ&s el itrt. — os av ln ovVjp: treating this as Greek we might be led to suppose that here was a case of S,v for Hv, but really the Lvfip is superfluous, being put in merely because the Hebrew has ' man' in the same place. Is. 365 Ss hv i-Kurr^p^di iw

22. Kal on eliras: and as for thy

saying. The verb is plural in the Hebrew. Is 367 d Si Uyere. — oix^ avTos ovTos : either oB has dropped out after these words or else they are a mistranslation, since air'os oSros ought not to refer to Hezekiat, but to Jehovah. Hezekiah's removal of the high places (184) is construed polemically as an attack upon Jehovah. It was in pursuance of the principle that the Temple at Jerusalem should be the sole centre of the national worship. It is interesting to notice that this verse is omitted in the Greek of Is. 36, but not in the Hebrew.

298

298              SELECTIONS FROM THE SEPTUAGINT

iv Kings XVIII 28

i tovtov irpoo-Kwijaere iv 'lepovo-aXrffi '; " ^

vvv iiiydyyTi. S17 tw KvpCctt jjlov fiacriXei 'Ao~(rvpia)v, Bcocroi o~oi Stcr^tXtous ittttovSj et hvvrjo-Q Sowai creavTal em-/3draavrovs. ^/cat thus anoaTpi^iere. to vp6o~

TOTTOLpXOV €VOS TKVploV JU.OV T(W eXa^l-

(ttcov; " Kal rjXmcras cravrco iir AtyvvTOV as ap/Aara /cat trrTrets. ^Kal vui' /u/») aveu Kvpiov avefirnLtv em tottov tovtov tov Ziafydtipai ovtov; KvpLos einev yxe 'yA.vd^r)9i iirl ttjv yrjv TavTrjv Kal Bt,ddeipov avrijv.'" 2Kal einev 'EXtaKei/x. vtos XeX/ceiou /cai "Zo/xvas Kal 'Iw 7T/3OS 'VaifidKrjv " AdXrjcrov $r} 77/305 tovs TratSas crou o"Ti • aKovo/xev i^/Aets, Kai ov XaXijo-ets fxed' rjfj.o)v 'IovSatcrrt ■ l Iva tl XaXets ei» Tots aoiv tov Xaov tov em tov tci-" 27/cat ebrev irpos avrovs 'PaxpaKr/s " M^ eirt tov Kvpiov crov Kal Trpbs ere aireo~T€(ev fie 6 kv/hos fxov XaX-rjcrac tovs Xdyovs tovtov; ; oi)(L im tovs dvhpas tov? KaOrj/xevov? inl tov Tet^ovs, tov ayeu> ttjv KOTrpov avrcSv

23.  ntyOi™: the sense required     it represents a different original from here is 'make a wager with,' but it is     what it does here ; it is used also by not clear how nlx^e comes by that     the translator of Isaiah (369). Op. meaning. Miyvimi is quite a rare     Gen. 4134n. — ijXiruras      tax Hebrew, not Greek. Gp. verse 21. times. la Ps. 10535 and Is. 36s the          26. etirev: for the singular verb Hebrew is the same as here, the word     followed by more than one subject cp. being that from which dppaflibv (ii Cor.     verse 37. § 49. —dKoionev: = under-l22, 55: Eph. I14) is derived. — Surxi-     stand. A Hebraism.—oi aX.^ ovs I'iriro-us : Is. 368 Sitrx'Xfay iV-Troy.       Is. 3611 /tr/ XdXei. —'louSaia-Ti: SO in Plural in the Hebrew.                              Isaiah. Josephus (Ant. X 1 § 2) 'B/S-

24.   Kal -irws kt. : this passage,     paicrrl.—I'va. t£ : Gen. 421 n.—Iv toIs though somewhat involved, corre-     iwtv: Is. 3611 els rd wra.

sponds very well to the original, except          27. M .. . irpos. Is. 3612 Tpbs . . .

that iiroaTptfeTe ought to be singular.     wp6s. There is a corresponding differ-

The translator of Is. 369 has made     ence in the Hebrew.—toB 4>a-yttv ktX. :

nonsense out of the same Hebrew. —     this coarse expression evidently con-

Toirdpxov : the word roir&px'ns is com-     tains a reference to the extremities of

mon in Esther and Daniel; in Gen. 4134     famine which the Rabshakeh thought

299

VII. THE STORY OF HEZEKIAH AND SENNACHERIB 299

iv Kings XYIII 83

zeal mew to ovpov avrcov [ie8' v^o>v djxa;" 2S/cal corn 'Pav/faKTjs Kal ifioiqcrev jxeydXrj 'IovSaurrt* /cat iXdXrjcrev Kal ebrev "'A/covcraTe tov? Xoyovs tov fjueydXov /8ao~tXea>s 'AcrcrvpCav 29' TaSe Xeyet 6 ySacrtXevs " M17 ivaupcTco v/xa? 'E£e/aas Xoyots, on ov fj-rj hvvqrai v/x.as itjeXeaOai e'/c yeiphs avTov. Kai firj e7reA.7n.4eTa) vjxa<; Ji^e/ctas Tryoos Kvptov Xiymv ' 'Efaipou/xevos e^eXetrai, Kvptos ■ ov /at) trapahody rj TroXts avrrj iv ye^pl /SacrtXe'cos 'Acrcrvpiojv.' 81yu.r) a/cov-ere 'E^CKtov, on. raSe Xeyet 6 ^aatXevs 'A.o~(rvpiu)v 'liout]-crare /xer' e/xou evXoyiav Kal i^eXOare irpbs /xe, Kal 7rterat dv^p tt)^ ajXTreXov avrov, /cat dvijp tt)^ o~vktju avTov (jxxye-rai, Kal Trterat vSoip tov X&kkov avTov, 82eXdj3co v/i.as ets yijv a>s y^ vjxav, ctltov /cat olvov ko.1 dprov Kal ainreXwvav, yrj eXatas iXaCov /cat jueXiTos • /cat {770-eTe /cat ou /a^ aTroOdvrjTe.' Kal fir] aKovere cE£e-toUj on (XTraTa v/xas Xeyav ' Kvptos pvcrerai v/x.as.' 83/ai7

the inhabitants of Jerusalem were          31. HoifyraTe . . . irpos |H€: Is. 3616

likely to undergo, if they did not listen      Ei ^oi)ceffkoy-qdTjwu, etaropefe

to him, Cp. what is said of the famine     irpos jj.4. The translation here is more

in Samaria (626). For tov ayeiv the     faithful to the original.—ttUtch dvi]p

translator of Is. 3612 has ?w (pdyaa-i.      . . . 4>16

He also omits airGv after Kbirpov and     tijc &/j.ireov airov Kal rh avKas. In

oSjooj*.                                                                             the Hebrew 7r£ercu and dyercu are ex-

28.  iacycIXt] : Is. 3613       pressed by one verb.—irCercu vSwp The omission of here is due to     ... aii-oii: Is. 3616 irUaffe vSap toO Greek idiom. § 46. — tov fie-yaXou     xa^K0" i^dv. On XcJkkos see Gen. Pao-tX^ws 'Ao-o-vpfov: Hebrew, 'of the     3720n. — avrfjp: = iKaaros. A Hebraism, great king, king of Assyria,' a formula     § 70.

which is closely followed in Is. 3613          32. €»s eXOu : Is. 3617 las &v eX#w.—

tov ^3ao*tX^ws tov [jLeyd'Kov, fiaffiXiois      a>s yr {jjiav : Is. 3617 w? ij yrj Vfi&p.

'A                                                     Understand IctI. The 77 following is

29.  €iraip^T» . . . Xd-yois: Is. 3614     attracted into agreement with this.— avaraTu . . . X6701S.                                 yfj IXatas . . . h^Xitos: not in Isaiah

30.   lirtXiriEeru : make you hope-     either in the Hebrew or in the Greek. This use of the word is classical,     — IXaCos IXaCo-u : this is the order of though not with. irp6s following.—     the Hebrew also, but our translators '£|aipoti|Mvos IgeXelTai.: § 81.                    have inverted it for an obvious reason.

300

300              SELECTIONS FROM THE SEPTUAGINT

iv Kings XTIII 34

pv6fj.euoL ipvaavTO ol 6eol tu>v iOvwv eKacrros rrjv eavrot! Xpav Ik ^etpds ^SacriXews Aacrvplwv; Siirov icrnv 6 eos Alfj,a0 Kal 'ApdX; ttov icrTuv 6 #eos SeTr^xxpou-da/; Kal on i^eiXavTo "tafjudpeiav e/c xeipds f*>ov; 35ti's iv wacriv rots Oeols tS)v yauav ot iijeiXavTO ra.9 yas avrStv €K ^etpos fiov, on e^eXetrat Kvptos rr/v 'lepovtyaXyjjj, e.K ^ei/Dos fiov;"'" 86Kai iKa>(f>€v/cat ovk d avTto Xoyov, on IvtoXtj tov jSacrtXeiws Xiycuv " Ovk OLT crtcrde avrco." 3TKal elcrrjXdzv 'EXia«et/j, vtos XeXfceiou 6 oIkov6[jLO'Iaias vios 6 dv'E^e/fiay Stepp^^OTes tKal avtjyyeiXav avraJ tov? Xdyous 'Pai//aKou.             1Kal

iyivero a>s '^Kovcrei' ySacrtXeus 'E^e/ctas, /cat Biepprj^ev to. ifxaTia. eavTov kol v€piej3dXero aaKKov, Kal elcrfjXdev et? oXkov Kvplov. 2ko aLTTeo-TeiXev 'EXcaKeyx tov oIkov6[iov Kal ^ofivav top ypafxfxaTea. Kal tous Trp€O~f3vTepov

33.  puo(t«voi IpiirovTo: Is. 3618 ^p-piaavro.—?koaviip in 31, tout av/)p would hardly do after 8eol.

34.  At^ae KaV 'Ap4>dX: Is. 3619 'E/i&0 Kal *Ap0d8. — 26Trapo«|j.div : Is. 3629 ttjs ir6eus 'Eir>papovalfi. After this the Hebrew here adds'of Hena' and 'Ivvah,' but not so in Isaiah. — Kal 8ti IftiXavTO: there is nothing in the Hebrew here to correspond to the xal, though there is in Is. 3619. Trans-late — And (do you satf) that they have delivered, Samaria out of my hand ? In Is. 3619 the rendering is ,U7/ tMvavTo piixturBm ktX

35.  ■yatSv . . . 705 ; § 3. — Kvpios: Is. 3620 6 9e6s. Hebrew, ' Jehovah.'

36.  iK(6(j>tuo-ov : cp. Jdg. 1612. The word occurs all together eleven times in the LXX. —JvroXi] . . . iyav. § 112.

Is. 3621 5ii t6 jxt]Siva. diroKpiBijmi.

37. 6 -ypa(i.)i.aTe-6s : Is. 3622 6 7pa/<.-iMreis rijs dwd[i.eas, without difference in the Hebrew. "We may infer the translator's belief that the office of the Recorder was specially connected withthearmy.—SUpptixo^s™'H-aria: Is. 3622 ia-xi-o-fihoL mis x'Tffil- In classical authors the strong perfect Sieppuya ia used intransitively. The -weak perfect SUpprix"- is so employed in the LXX here and in ii K. 14s0, 15s2 -. i Mac. 5M, 13*5. It is only in the Epistle of Jeremiah (verse 30) that we find the classical form —

1. <&s tJkovo-cv PacriXeus 'E£«ietas:

Is. 371 iv rip &Kova'Efexto. —o-cikkov ■. Hebrew saq, Latin succus, English sack. Gen. 4227 n.

301

VII. THE STORY OF HEZEKIAH AND SENNACHERIB 301

iv Kings XIX 7

lepecav Tre/n^Se^JX^/xeVous craK/cous irpb? 'Hcrataj/ toi> Trpo-y]Trjv vlbv 'A/xws, 8/cal elnev tt/>os olvtov "TaSe Xe'yet 'E£e-Ktas ' 'Vi.fx.4pa dXtytois KaX eXey/xou ko.1 napopyurfjiov rj rjfjiepa avTT), on rjXdov viol cms wSCvav, Kai icr^us ou/c eomi' rrj TI/CTOVO77. 4et 7T&J? etcraKouue7at Kvpios 6 #eos crou TraVras tous Xoyou? 'FaxpaKov, ov airia-reCkev avrbv ySacrtXevs 'Aacrvptcov 6 «rvptos auTou oveiSi^eiv ^eov t,a)vra Kai fiXacrXoyots ofs rjicovcrev Kuptos 6 #eos (rou, /cat XijfAxprj wpoaevx^v Trepl tov X^/x/xaTos tow euptcr/cofie-vov.' " 5/cat rjkdov ot ^atSes tou ySaciXews 'E^e/ctou Trpos 'Hcratav, 6/cal etiref avrots 'Hcratas " TaSe ipelre npbs tov Kvpiov vfiajv 'TaSe Xeyet Kvpios "Mr) ^ojS^^s anb t5>v 6ycDV £>v r/Kovcra^, 3>v e/3Xacr^ju,ijcrav ra ■jratSapta f3ao~L-X«os 'Aaarvpiav. ' Ihoi) iyco StS&>/u ev aww Trvevfj-a, Kai aKovo~eTai dyyeXCav Kai aTroaTpa^rjaeTai ets ttjv yrjv

2.  'HcraCav: Hebrew Y'sha'yahu, Vulgate Isaias. From the opening words of the Book of Isaiah we learn that the Yisions of that prophet were seen ' in the days of.Uzziah, Jotharn, Ahaz, and Hezekiah, kings of Judah.'— 'A(i

3.  'H^pa . . . a«TT): Is. 373 'Hjwfpa ws nal 6vuSi.itij.ov ko.1 iXey^ov /cal

ij (nfj/Aepov ^/A^pa, the Hebrew being the same. — irapop7i.o-|jiov: provocation. Op. ii Esdr. 1918-26 Kai ivolriaav vapopyifffioiis /xeydovs, where the Hebrew is the same as here. The E.V. has there 'provocations,' here 'contumely.' — ^8ov . . . TiKToio-fl: Is. 373 TJm 7) (bdlv t% riKTotiari, hx^y Si oi% %X(l T°v TeKetv. The R.V. gives the exact rendering.

4.    fi ircos «t4

el(opt.). — 8v : Is. 374ous. The Hebrew relative may refer to the Eabshakeh himself or to his words. The translator of Fourth Kingdoms has taken one view and the translator of Isaiah the other.— pai]|«iv ^v Xo-yois : Is. 37* dveidlfciy 670us (cogn. ace.); E.V.' and will rebuke the words.' — XVj|n|nj . . . «{ipio-KO|i«voD: Is. 37* de7i$-/)XeXt/XjtteVwi' TotiTaiy. A's reading here of Xipnaros (= Xe//t/iaTos) gives the right sense. Ae?^/xa occurs nowhere else in the LXX, but is found in Eom. II5.

6.   uv ipXacr<()T|(i^crav: Is. 376 ovs (bvelSiadv jue. — Td iraiSdpia : Is. 376 oJ irpdcrpeis. The diminutive here expresses the scornful force of the original. In classical Greek we might here have veavtai.

7.   Sl6»|u iv a*T$ : Is. 37'

302

302              SELECTIONS FBOM THE SEPTUAGINT

iv Kings XIX 8

avrov ■ kcli KaTa/3aXa> airbv iv pop,(j>aiq. iv rrt yrj av-tov.                       Kai eTreo-rpexpev PayaK-^s, Kai eipev tov pa-

criXea 'Acro-vpCcov iroXe^ovvTa iiii Aojttva, otl r/Kovcrev otl airrjpev drrb Aa^et?. 9kcu rjicovo-ev nepl ®apa ySacriXe&j? AWloitcov keycov " 'iSov i£r}Xdev iroXefielv jxera crov • " nal iiricTTpexl>ev /cat d7recrTeiXev dyyeXovs Trpos 'E£e/aav Xeycov 10" M-^ e7rat/)era) ere 6 #eos crov, e^>' w crv venoidas iv avra Xeyoiv ' Ov fxr/ irapaSodrj 'lepovo-aXrjfi els xeVa? /Saa-tXew? 'AcrtrvpCwv.' ni8ov av tJkovo-cls vdvra ocra eirotrjcrav ^8a-criXets 'AacrvpLOiv iracrats rats yat?, rov dvaOefiaTLcraL avras • /cat en) pvo-drjo-Q; 12ju/r) i^ecXavro avTov? ol deal rav edvZav; ov hie^Oetpav ol Trarepes fJ-ov rqv re Tcoldv

cis ain-6r. § 91. — KctTapaXiS avTov Iv pofi(f>aC^: Is. 37' 7re(reiTat /ia%a£p^t. The former is the more correct, as the Hebrew verb is causative. It is to be noticed that Isaiah's message contains no reference to the destruction of the host.

8.  itria-Tpityev: Is. 378 ATriarpefer.— evptv: Is. KaT^Xa/Sev. — vdkiy.ovvra. kin Aojj-va : Is. woKiopKOvvra Abfivav. The name of the place in the Hebrew is I/ibnah. — &ti ijkovct«v : Is. nal i)Kov. The Sti reflects the Hebrew.

9.   Ka.1 rJKOvorev . . . itoXe|jicCv (icrd xal t%T)dev Bapdxa fSairoXio/J/dJcrcu air6v ko.1 dKOiicras itriirrpcpev. — ©apd : Is. 379 Qa.pA.Ka, Hebrew Tirhaqali, Jos. Ant, X 1 § 4 QaptnKtfs. — PaaaXeus AlSioireov ; Hebrew, 'kingof Cush.' — iyav: § 112.

— iroXcjietv jieTa thee. In Attic Greek the phrase would mean to fight on thy side,

— «r&rTp«4»«v kdX &ir&rTtiAev: he sent

again. A Hebraism. — trpos 'E^ckCov iyav : after this in the Hebrew come the words, ' Thus shall ye speak to Hezekiah king of Judah, saying.' They are to be found also (all but the last) in Is. 3710.

10.  €<} id="iv.i.i.iv.p4016.1">'§... Iv vlvtv : Is. 3710 itf — ets x{^Pa*:

■ Is. S71(> iv Xupl. § 91.

11.   tSoii orli TJKOvcras: Is. S711 . . . ; — ircurais Tats ^ats: Is. 3711 7racrop T-ijf yijv. — tov dva8«-fiarfcrai ct^Tas : Is. a>s &Tr&Secrav. The construction in the Hebrew is what might be called a dative gerund, so that the choice of the genitive is prompted by Greek as known to the translator. § 60. To make a place a ' votive offering' to God implied its utter destruction. 'AvaSenarlfriv occurs fourteen times in the LXX.

12.   fit] . . . ov: /rf = num, oi = nonne. A comparison with the Hebrew however and with Isaiah makes it seem certain that the right reading is ovs, with a comma after /*ou, but

303

VII. THE STORY OF HEZEKIAH AND SENNACHERIB 303

iv Kings XIX 17

/cat rrjv Xappav /cat Packets /cat vlovs "ESeju tous if ©aecrdei/; wttov icrnv 6 /3acrtXevs Mad /cat 6 /SacrtXeus 'Apdd; /cat ttov %€<$ id="iv.i.i.iv.p4022.2">§apovaiv, 'Avk/cat Ov8ov;" 14/cat ikafiev 'E£e/ctas ra /8t/3Xta e* Xet/P^? T®v d-yy&Qiv /cat aviyva* aura • /cat avefit) et? ot/coi/ Kv^otou /cat aveirTv-£ev avra 'E£e/aas ivavrCov Kvplov, 15 /cat et7rev " Kv/Dte 6 #eos 'laparjk 6 Ka0y]jx€voeVt rail' -^epov /xovos ev Tracrais Tats ^SacrtXetats t^s y^Sj crv eTronjcras ovpavov Kal ttjv yrjv- wk1vov, Kvpie, to ot>s crou /cat aKovcrov • avoi^ov, Kupte, tou? 6/cat tSe, /cat aKovcrov tovs Xoyous Sewa^^petjU, ous aTrecrrctXei' ovet-St£eu' few tfitvTa. 1T6Vt aXrjdeia, Kvpue, r/prfi

no question mark till the end of the sentence. —r«o^av: the Assyrian province of Guzanu, ■which was on the river Habor (1711), a tributary of the Euphrates. — Xappdv: Haran, an ancient city in north Mesopotamia.— 'Pd+eis: Is. 'P<£0e0, R.V. Sezeph. This is supposed to be identical with the modern BusGfa, three and one-half miles southwest of Sura on the Euphrates, on the road leading to Palmyra. (Cheyne, Enc. Bib.) — vio)s"E8t(i tovs ev ©aetrflev : Is. a'i elx^P9 Qee/idd. Hebrew in both places 'and the children of Eden, which were in Telassar.' The children of Eden seem to correspond to the Assyrian Bit-Adini (cp. ' house of Eden' in Amos I5) ; Telassar has been thought to be Til-basere, a city in their country. The ruling house of Adini was subdued by Assurnasirpal (885-860 b.c.) and finally set aside by Sal-manassar II (859-825).

13. Mdfl : 183*Ai/id«, Is. 3713 'E/xdff, Hebrew Hamath. Hamath had been

recently conquered by Sargon (721-705 B.C.). —'Ap«i9 : 18» 'ApHebrew Arpad. Subjugated by Tiglath-Pileser III in 740. Arpad is now Tell-Erfad, thirteen miles from Aleppo to northwest (Enc. Bib.). — 2f<} id="iv.i.i.iv.p4026.1">et>a-povdiv : 1834 XeT(papov/iiiP. —*Av« Kal OvSov: Is. 371S 'Avdy, Oiyavd, Hebrew Hena' and 'Tvvah.

14.  to PipXto: Is. 371* ri> PipXlor. Plural in the Hebrew. — dWirrufiv: Is. tfvoifcv. — "EJeKtas : omitted in Isaiah, but occupying just this place in the Hebrew. — IvavTiov Kvpfov: after this Is. 3716 has Koi 7r/3O(rei5|aro 'Efcicfas wpbs Kiptov 4ywv, words which have their equivalent in the Hebrew also at this point.

15.  Kipic 6 8«6s: cp. 19 and the oft-recurring formula in St. Augustine's Confessions — Domine Deus rneus. Is. 3716 has Kipios oapaiid 6 8ebs 'l

i K. 17*5 n.—Iv irdcrais ttjs •yns : Is. 3716 iraj3arijs oIkovixAvtis. 17. £n&T|ecCt:

304

304             SELECTIONS FROM THE SEPTUAGINT

iv Kings XIX 18

Xets 'Acrcrvptav to, eOvr), 18Kai ehooKav rows 6eovets to irvp, otl ov 6eoi elcnv dXA* fj epya ^eipSiv avdpco-iroiV) fvXa Kal Xt#os, kcu atruikecrav avrovs. 19/cai vvv, Kvpte 6 Beb1; -qyuwv, craxxov i^as etc ^etpos avrov, /cat y^ajcrovrat iracrai at ^SacrtXetat r*}? yrjs on av 6 #e6s ^xoVos-"            20Kat airecrTeikev 'Hcratas vtos '

77po? 'E^e/ciai' 4yutv " TaSe Xeyet Kupios 6 ^eos TSwa-fiuecov debs 'icrpaijX £ilA irpocrrjv^a) 77p05 jae wepl Sewa^-petjtx, /3acrtXetus 'Acrcrvpicov rjKovo-a.' 21oSros 6 Xdyos ov iXaXrjcrev Kuptos ctt* avrov

ev ere kcu ijxvKTTJpia-ev ere irapdevos Ovyarqp

em o~oi Kea )v avrrjs eKiirqcrev dvyaTrjp 'l wTiva awetSicras fat i^Kacr^rjfxiqcra'i •>

koX eVt rtva vi/;wcras (fxovrjv /cat i^/oas ets vv//os tovs

6(f>6aX(lavs crov; ets tov aytov rov 'Icrpa^X.

6ebs /i6vos. —In the latter place the ex-act rendering of the Hebrew would be — Srt o-i Ktfpios ^6tos.

20.  airetrrtiXev . . . Kiyav : Is. 3721 direo-raX*) . . . kcu el-jrev, incorrectly. — fleos tmv Swdn€cov: not in the Hebrew here or in Isaiah.

21.  Kipios: Is. 3722 6 ffe6s, against the Hebrew. — lir' avrdv: Is. irepl airov, K. V.' concerning him.' —'E£ot>-S6t|ircv: Is. 3722 "EQatXurev. Both Qovtievelv and O-ovdevodv are common in the LXX. ~l|iVKT-r)pi2" n.

22.  epXa^|itio-as : Is. 3723 irapib-fi/ras. — Kal rjpas kt. : the translator of Isaiah here inserts a negative, Kal

7dp. —t4 «6vt| : Is. 3718 r^> SXr/v, the Hehrew also being different. After this the Hebrew has ' and their lands,' and Isaiah nai t^v x^P^" atir&ii, which does not suit with the rendering of the preceding words.

18.  eSuKttv . . . wip: Is. 3719 ivi-fiahov t4 eKwXa air&v eh rb irOp. The Hebrew is in both places ' gods.' — dX.' tj : § 108. — Kal airioXeo-av ovtous : Is. 3719 ml airdxravTo airofc. These renderings are more literal, but less faithful, than that of our version— ' therefore they have destroyed them.'

19.  owov Tinas: the Greek neg-lects the particle of entreaty which is rendered in the English ' I beseech thee.' — Kttl yvi&o-ovtcu .. . yfs: Is. 3720 Xva yvQ tSito (3a(riXe(o t^j yijs. —in pivo%: Is. 3720 Sri ai e? 6

305

28

VII. THE STORY OF HEZEKIAH AND SENNACHERIB 305

iv Kings XIX 26

iv XeLPl dyyeXwv crov &>ye«Was tcvpiov crov Kal eimis "'Ef rw trXijdti tu>v apfidrwy (jlov iyco dfa;8ijcro/x.cu el?

vxjjos opecav, (JLypovs rov Aifidvov Kal eKOxjja to fxiyedos rijs Kehpov avrov, to. eK

KVTrapicrcroiv avrov-

Kal r/XOev ets [lecrov hpv^iov kcu Kap/xijXov. uiya> ifyvtja Kal eiriov vSa/ra dWorpia,

Kal i^rjpyjixcdcra Tea i^yei tov ttoSos /xou

25e77Xacra avnp, crvvqyayov avrqv

Kal iyeurjOrj ets iTrdpcrei<; dnb oiKecnZv

6/cai ot evoi/fouvres iv avrats rjcrdivrjcrav Trj Xei/Ph koI KaTrjcr)(yi>6r]crav

oSk ?pas, apparently from misunderstanding his original, the ' lifting up of the eyes,' denoting pride, not worship.

23.  4v x«P^ dyy&uv: Is. 37M Si 6.yy£KOn fo x«p^ see § 91. —Kvpidv has no equivalent in the Hebrew, and is not in Isaiah.—'Ev t§ irhifia.: Is. lip iri$0ei. There is another reading here in the Hebrew, meaning 'with the driving,' which has not been adopted either by the Greek or English translators. — nr]poiis: Is. 3724 Kal eh to, %trx< id="iv.i.i.iv.p4057.4">.TR.V. 'innermost parts.' — «koi|/ci: R.V. 'I will out down.'—t& IkXcktoi KvirapCavTOv: Is. t6 koXKos t^s Kvirapla— ■^Xflev : Is. durikBav, R.V. ' I will enter.'

24.  tyvia cp. Jer. 67 ws fix**- X^kkos vSwp. The translator of Isaiah has here gone astray altogether. So again in his rendering of 26 (Is. 3727). —irtpio-Xfls: the R.V. here has 'Egypt' with

1 defence' as a marginal alternative. The Hebrew word which is thus ambiguous is rendered in the LXX ten times in all by the word Tepwx'fi-But irepiox'/i itself is not univocal. In iv K. 2410, 252, Jer. 199 it clearly means ' siege'; perhaps so also in Nahun 314, Zech. 122, ii Chr. 3210: in the two remaining passages, Ps. 3021, 5960, it is taken to mean 'stronghold,' which is the prevailing meaning of the word in the LXX, e.g. in i K. 22*5, i Chr. II6. The passage most akin to this is Nahum 31* 'iSoip irepioxijs (Trio-iraffat (reavrr; (R.V. ' Draw thee water for the siege'), from which perhaps we may infer that it is here intended in the sense of ' siege.' If so, the Greek translator agrees with the A.V. —' and with the sole of my feet have I dried up all the rivers of besieged places.'

25. «rWa kt. : the translation of this verse is defective and unintelligible, whereas the corresponding pas-

306

306              SELECTIONS PROM THE SEPTUAGINT

iv Kings XIX 27

iyivovro ^d/)Tos dypov 7) ^Xwyaa ftoTavr),               '

X^°y $ci)fJLa,T<0V /cat TraTrjfia airivavri ecrnj/coVos. 27/cat ttjv Ka9eopav crov /cat ttjv efoSoV crov /cat rr]v elcrohov

crov eyvcav,

/cat tov Ovfxov crov iif ifx4.-28Sta to bpyiadyjvaL ere. in' if^e,

Kal to crTprjvo? crov avej3r) iv rots oxrCv fiov koX dyjerco ra ayKtcrrpa [jlov iv rois [jLVKTrjpcriv crov Kal

^aXtFov ev rot? ^eiXecrw o-ov, /cat diroo-Tpexpco ere iv Trj 68w ^ -^X^es eV 29 /cat rovrd crot to o-7]fietov •

t&j em rw Sevre/xu rd avaTeXkovTa • Kal era Tpvrm o-vopa Kal a/xijTo? /cal reCa di

/cat 30/cat TTpoo~6rjcre.i tov StacrecreucrftO'oz' o*/cov 'IouSa to vvoXei-

(pCw piLfiv /caTca, /cat wonjaei Kapirbv dvco.

sage in Isaiah is not far from the     where in the LXX, hut is found in

original. The word oUeirla is not     Rev. 183___9fja-ov:

known elsewhere.                                          Is. ^j3affl ^^hv ds t^v ptvd a-ov. —

26.   irdTt)(ia avivavri €     iv rots xe^e'v irov •' Is' e's T^ Xe^V R.V. 'as corn "blasted hefore it "be      a-ov.

grownup.' The word rendered Trcirij/ia           29. aiTona/ra : Is. 3730 & %o-irapKas

(a thing trodden) means blighted grain,     erroneously.—t& dvareXXovTa: Is. rb

and that rendered eo-r^Kdros means      mrdXifiixa, E.V. ' that which springeth

standing corn. The word represented     of the same.' — o-iropd . . . d|iir€X<6v«v:

by &irivavTi means 'hefore' either of     Is. aireipavres aitdjo-are Kal (pvreiaare

place or time. The Greek translator     d/u.-rre'Xwyas.

has mischosen the local instead of the           30. tov Si.a

temporal meaning.                                    subject has been turned into the object

27.   KaWSpav: Is. 3728 i.vdirav      of the verb, which makes havoc of — €-yvo>v : Is. iyii (vicrraixai.                      the sentence. Is. 3731 /cal iaovrai oi

28.  To crTpfjvos a-ov: Is. 3729 r) inapta      KaraXeXi/XjU^coi fv ttj 'lovSatq,, (pvqo-ov. Srpijvos does not occur else-     pt£a,v kt

307

VII. THE STORY OF HEZJEKIAH AND SENNACHERIB 307

iv Zings XIX 85

31 ort e£ 'lepovaaXrjiJL efeXevcrerat «araXe(,ju.jaa, Kal avaL){16p,evoe£ opovs %ua>v • 6 £>5Aos Kuptov tZv Bwafxecou iroLijaet, tovto.'

ovtw raSe Xeya Kvpios irpos /SacrtXe'a 'AcrcrvpCav ' Ovk elcreXevo-eraL et? Trv ttoXip Tavrrjj/, l ov To£evo~£L e/cet /SeXos, i ov irpo

88rrj 68(2 y rj6a>, iv airy diTocrTpa(f>y]o-eTaf

Kal eis Trju ttoXiv ravTTjv ovk etcreXevcrerai,' Xeyet /cat virepaanna) vrrep T~q<; 7roXecus

St e/ie Kat Sta AaueiS toi^ 8o{iXoi'

35Kal iyeveTO pvktos koi e^rjev ayyeXos Kvpiov

iiraTagev iv tyj 7rapeju,ySoX-g rcDi' 'Aacrvpuav e/carbf 6ySo>j-

KOVTa TievTe ^tXtaSas • /cat £>p6pi,o~av to TTpcaC, Kal ISoi)

33. ovk elo-eXewcTai.: Is. 37s* oi) ^

31.   4£ee'6opeTai KardXii|i|ia: Is.

3732 iaovra.i ol KaTaeififiUvoi, incorrectly. — avaol — tSv 8vva(i.«The Hebrew equivalent is found in Isaiah, tut is missing from the text here.

32.  o«x ovrus: Is. 3788 Sii tovto, correctly. The translator of Fourth Kingdoms has fallen into this mistake before. I3 n. — irpos pao-i«i: Is. M /SacriX^a. — Ovk €io-eevpri d— Kal o-u ro^eitru Ixet P^Xos: Is. oiSe n^ §d j itr atiT^v fiios. — ov irpo4>8dcrev. airov 6vpcos: Is. oi5i fj,T) itrifl&Xri iw' air^v 6vpc6v, E.V. 'aieither shall he come before it with shield.1 — ov (J.T) «K T| irpos avTr|V irpocrxuna: Is.

34.  (nrepoo-irtw virep:

occurs twenty-two times in the LXX. It is followed by bvtp again in 206 : Zech. 128: Is. 315, 3785, 386.—t^s irdXews Tavr^s: the Hebrew adds ' to save it,' which is represented in Is. 37s5 by tov cQxxai avr^v.—^8ovXov : Is. 7ra?5a.

35.   Kal i-yiviro vdktos: not in Isaiah. — lirdra^ev Iv ktX. : Is. 3736

ix Trjs 7rape(ipoijs. Cp. i Mac. aov

which is the spirit rather than the letter. x&PaZ = vallum, wpoax «j"a = agger.

— koI 5p8pto-av ktX. : E.V. ' and when men arose early in the morning,' thus avoiding the bull which exists in the A.V. — ' and when they arose early in the morning, behold, they were all dead corpses.' The Greek translator of Isaiah escapes it thus — Kal avao-Tavres t6 Trpal tvpov iravTO. to (Tili/MTa vtKpa.

308

308              SELECTIONS FROM THE SEPTUAGINT

iv;KtagB XIX 36

crw/Aara vtupd. 86kcu airrjpev Kal eitopevdrj l

^peijU, jSacriXeus 'Acrcrvpiwv, Kal aK /ecu eye^ero axjrov trpocrKwovvTOS ev aurou, Kal 'Ahpafiekex «al Xapacrap ol viol ai/Tov eTT&Ta£;av ai/rov iv /xa^aCpa' Kal avToi icr<6drjcrav els yrjv 'ApapdO- Kal ifiaaiXevcrcv 'AcropSav 6 vlbs airov dvr' avrov.

36.   Kal oLirfjpcv Kal liropevSr) Kal dir437 Kal airrfhBt-v diro-

37.  Kal 4-y^veTO airov irpo8 Kal iv t£ avrbv irpo— 'Eo-8pdx: Is. Nao-apdx, Hebrew Nisrokh. No such god is otherwise known. Josephus {Ant. X 1 § 5)

understands the proper name to be that of the temple — Kal avypieri t£ ISlip

Is. rbv v&rpapxov airov. § 57. — ot viol a-uToO: omitted in the Hebrew text here, but appearing in Isaiah. Jos. Ant. X 1 § 5 Soo'ASpa.ueX^xou Kal Sapacrdpou rehevra rbv filov. — Iv [ia-XaCpa: Is. fiaxalpais. — els •yT|v 'ApapdO: Is. els'Kpnevlav.—'AHebrew ''Esarliaddon.

309

GREEK INDEX TO THE TEXT AND NOTES

o as local suffix, Ex. 1287.

ctppa Ex. 26.

d-yaOvvEiv Jdg. 1625.

&-ya8(Srepos Jdg. 152.

d-yairav = <{ id="iv.i.i.iv.p4120.1">iXciv Jdg. 164.

a-y-ytXos Kvptou = fleos Ex. 32.

&8pvv«r8ai Ex. 210.

'ASwvate Jdg. 138.

otfldXT] Ex. 98.

atpeiv Gen. 452i*.

at19.

ot&va, used adverbially, Ex. 1418.

dico-ueiv = obey, Gen. 37'27.

------= understand, iv K. 1826.

okovo-tov kyiviro Gen. 452.

- Jdg. 1323.; Ex. 10". &XXa2. dXX' T) Gen. 458. dXX6<|™Xoi Jdg. 141. 0X070S Ex. 612. oXvo-iSwtos i K. 175. aXwvos (gen.) Jdg. 156. dXuirr^Kas (ace. pi.) Jdg. 154. dvajair-upetv Gen. 4527. dva8e(iaT(£«iv iv K. 1911. dvaXa|ipdv«vv ttjv irapaPoX^v Nb. 2420. dvd |i€o-ov Gen. 422S. dvd |U2S. dvd>|;u|is Ex. 815. dveXfi Ex. 159. dv£(idcfi0opos Gen. 41'. dv^jp, with plural verb, Jdg. 1510.

------= ?Kao-Tos Jdg. 166.

------used superfluously, iv K. 1821.

diraip«iv Gen. 3717. diravTri iii K. 2018.

309

dirdvuOcv iv K. 2s. airag Kal airo? Jdg. 16™. dii-eiXTi9iivoi Nb. 231'. dirr)Y|j.«vos Gen. 3922. diro Gen. 41". diroKTe'vvw Ex. 428. diroXiflovv Ex. 1516. diroir£|i'rrTOvv Gen. 4184. diroo-Ktv^j Ex. 108. diro12. diroTp^tiv Nb. 241*. &pKos i K. 17S*. dpoTpidv Jdg. 14s. dpoTpiairis Gen. 456. dppcoo-retv iii K. 1717.

Gen. 4013.

Gen. 3922. Gen. 40*.

Gen. 3736.

Gen. 4013. dpxioivox1. dpXKn.TOiroi6s Gen. 401. do-reios Ex. 22. do-ttXT6iri3. dT«Kvovv Gen. 42s6. Gen. 3923. iv K. 2". ax«i (to) Gen. 412.

BdoX t) iv K. I6. papeiv Ex. 714.

t-uwv paa-iXtwras Gen. 378.

Ex. 32.

6 (collective) Ex. 8«. pv (causative) Ex. 521. P<5as (ace. pi.) Gen. 41*. PoXCs Nb. 248.

310

810

SELECTIONS FROM THE SEPTUAGINT

PouvcSs iv K. 2i6. Pp^X«v Ex. 923. Pv

■yata iv K. 183S. ■yajiPpos Ex. 31. ■yaupioCv Nb. 23s*. ■y*|A€iv Gen. 3726. •yevewv ■yeveais Ex. 315. ■ycpovo-Ca Ex. 316.

(gen.) Gen. 37s.

Ex. II7.

AaveC Jdg. 132.

S6|a(Uvt] Ex. 216.

Sea-jios (pi. of) Gen. 422T.

Stwepovv Gen. 4182.

SiairXriKTC^o-Bai Ex. 218.

8iapTT|e^vai Nb. 2319.

6i.acrd4>T|(r<-s Gen. 408.

S£a

8ia o-Tonaros iii K. 171.

Siac|>av(rKCiv Jdg. 163.

Siax.up(^]9.

8i8<5vai = ' put' or < set,' Gen. 39*.

8Uppiixa iY K. 1837.

8iKaioo-ivr) Ex. 1512.

Siktvotos iv K. I2.

8v

Spa^na Gen. 377.

8pd| iii K. 1712.

8vvan€iov iii. K. 171.

8«o Jdg. 1628.

8vo-C Gen. 402.

S-uo-Kw4>os Ex. 411.

8

lav with indicative, Gen. 4430.

------after a relative, Gen. 441.

iavrwv = t)|j.uv avTwv Gen. 4S22. «PaXa Gen. 441.

i K. 178. iii K. 202.

Gen. 396. (Kpu(|>Cas Ex. 123«. *apaio Gen. 41M.

8id x«<-pos Gen. 39*. t, interrogative, Gen. 398. in oaths, iii K. 171. v Gen. 42W. ts = at, Gen. 3712. ils = tis Gen. 4227. ■to-aKoveiv Ex. 69. eIs ti Jdg. 1318. •is +vx^v Gen. 3721. ei used superfluously, Gen. 403.?Kpa£ev Gen. 41s5. iKKX'qo-ta i K. 17".

IKX.OAJO-6V Jdg. 1518.

Nb. 22*. 'k irdvTwv Gen. 37*.

iii K. 1828. sts Ex. 49.

■tv iii. K. 17". &£os Gen. 392i.

Ex. 67: ;. 102. Ex. 61.

eVa Kal ?va Jdg. 1629. Ex. 612. aXttv Nb. 2222. / Jdg. 1612. Iv c|xoC Jdg. 138.

Iv Tats T)[x^pais Tats iroXXais

Ex. 2".

Iv (rra8|ji$ Gen. 432i. IvTpamivai Ex. 10s. K. 17". Nb. 2318. Gen. 3720. i£iv Ex. 825. «5paKa Jdg. 132. liraoiSos Ex. 7U. lirdpas ttJ pdpSo Ex. 7U. wauXis Ex. 811. lireCvao-ev Gen. 4155.

311

GREEK INDEX

311

fcrto-av Jdg. 1319.

KttSiov i K. 1740.

Mo-Trtov vovv Ex. 723.

Ka8d Gen. 412'.

far iiii K. 17".

KdOov iv K. 22.

4irC Gen. 41".

Ktt8<4s Jdg. 1622.

liri irpotriiroii Gen. 4155.

Kd|M)Xos, gender of, Ex. 98.

lirKTTp€etv Gen. 4413.

Ka|iivata Ex. 98.

4p"YoSia)KT^s Ex. 3".

Kavovv Gen. 4016.

epi4>os atyuv Gen. 3731.

Kapua Gen. 4311.

to-eCovros Tpdirejav iii K. 1819.

KaTaSuvaa-TiCa Ex. 67.

«rTw27.

KaxaKcvovv Gen. 4235.

en] T||j.Epuv Gen. 411.

KaTaXi|Mrdv£iv Gen. 391C.

tvSoKav Jdg. 1518.

KttraXvtiv Gen. 4321.

iiitlav Nb. 233.

Kara ttjv <|v «ai)Tov iii K. 193.

««0T|v£a Gen. 4129.

KaroSwav Ex. I14.

«ii0tis Jdg. 143.

KaToiritrfiev Gen. 3717.

evXo-yelv iii. K. 2018.

Ktt|;dKi)s iii K. 1712.

rioSovv Gen. 398.

KCKpaya Ex. 58.

cvpa|iEv Gen. 448.

KXCpavos = Kptpovos Ex. 728.

'E<| id="iv.i.i.iv.p4227.1">pot|A Gen. 4152.

kXoios Gen. 4142.

iQi$ Kal TpCrriv Ti|i«'pav Ex. 57.

KV^|i1^V €ir! (JLY^pOV Jdg. 158.

lus cSS« Kal wS« iii K. 1845.

KovXds Gen. 3714.

 

kovSh Gen. 442.

H Ktipios iii K. 171.

KOVTOS i K. 177.

•-----with on iii K. 1815.

Kwoji-uia Ex. 821.

Jwo-^ovttv Ex. I17.

Kvpw ASwvate Jdg. 138.

 

Kipios Ex. 315.

ilKare Gen. 427.

K<0<{)6ii€lV Jdg. 162.

TiXBart Gen. 4212.

Xokkos Gen. 3720.

'HXCov iroXts Gen. 4146. T)[i4pa yevtcrtus Gen. 4020.

XeyovTes, with impersonal verb, Gen 4516.

T]|x^pav «| t]|i€pas Gen. 39^°. {||x^pas = for some time, Gen. 40*.

Xi8opoXetv Ex. 826.

li^uru Jdg. 163.

MoStt)vatoi Gen. 3728.

■IJTIS TOia-UTT) EX. 918.

|j.ata Ex. I14.

te Jdg. 1628.

|iaiov16.

etpiv Ex. 23.

liaXaKia Gen. 424.

Blllcovvcls UtiAwvtcis Ex. 8^«

Mavao-o-if| Gen. 4151.

 

LLdVOVCtS 1 I. 17 •

SStv Gen. 379.

(idpo-iiriros Gen. 4227.

Uecos u|itv Gen. 4323.

Ha^aipT] Ex. 159.

Jva tC Gen. 421.

H^8vo-)ia Jdg. 134.

l10.

Uv and 8«, absence of, i K. 17s.

txvos iii K. 1844.

|Mo-aicXov i K. 177.

312

312

SELECTIONS FROM THE SEPTUAGINT

(Ucras vvicras Ex. 11*. |j.&rov as prep., Ex. 142'. ^ and ofl iv K. 1912. liVj for ov Jdg. 16«. |i.ij . . . irav Jdg. 13*. ^ itot€ Gen. 4312. Ex. 1510. Nb. 2323. iii K. 1822. iis Ex. 2W.

va&Cp Jdg. 13s. v«avis Ex. 28. v«vp^ai Jdg. 167. voo-o-id Nb. 242*.

guXdpia iii K. 17".

6S6v ttJs 6aXdo-o~ns iii K. 18*8. o6ovCa Jdg. 1413. 6kcLJ«iv iii K. 19".

oXoKavTwjia iii K. 1829. oXwpa Gen, 40". SiioBuijiaSov Nb. 2424. 6 iras Ex. 452°. opuriios Ex. 8i2. opflptfceiv Ex. 820.

on, with direct oration, Gen. 3736. oti et ^ iii K. 171. ov = ot iii K. 181°. iv K. 1982. Gen. 3920. S+i|ios Ex. 9Si. S»]/iv ttJs yi[% Ex. 10s. 6 &v Ex. 3".

irai-yvta Jdg. 162'.

irats = servant, Gen. 4020.

«av . . . (vf| Jdg. 131*.

irapd of comparison, Gen. 378.

------= owing to, Ex. 1411.

irapaPoX.^ Nb. 236. irapaSogdtciv Ex. 82S.

irapdrolis i K. 17*. irap€|ipdXXeiv Ex. 14». irape|iPoX*| Jdg. 1326. irapoiKctv Gen. 371. iras without article, Ex. 81S. iroTpid Ex. 615. irdxos Nb. 24s. ircpiK£aXaia i K. 175. irtptox'fi iv K. 192*. Il€T«<( id="iv.i.i.iv.p4287.2">pTJ Gen. 4145.

= mortar, Ex. li*.

s, adverbial, Ex. 82*. irXri9vv€i.v, intransitive, Ex. I20. irXrjv = only, Gen. 41*°. irXivBCaEx. 1". irXivBovp-yCa Ex. 57. irowtv = dress, iii K. 1823. iroXe(i«iv, transitive, Ex. 1426. ir6pia, neuter plural, Gen. 45". iroO = wot Gen. 3731. irpdo-is Gen. 421. irpovoii.ev€iv Nb. 2417. irpoo-8ex«17. irpoereflevTO en (xwretv Gen. 378. irpoo-Kjv«tv Gen. 377. irpoo-voetv Nb. 238. irpo r-qs «xe« Ex. 41". irpO(j>ifiTt]5 Ex. 71. i K. 17*2.

Ex. 218. Gen. 401. Ex. 9*. ! Gen. 3725. pojtata Ex. 521.

5. -crav in second singular, iii K. 17*. o-dKKosivK. 192. -9. 13. (rapo|j.d28. 3. tK€pa Jdg. 131*.

313

[Page 313]

 

avrov, Kal ousels r)v lv rf) oIkCo, ecrn Kal iirecnrdcraTo avrbv ray ifxaTLOiv avTov Xeyovcra " K-OifirjOrfTi, jaer' ifiov." Kal KaTakeirrcov to. ■ l^dna avrov evy€i> Kal i^rjXdev efw, 18 Kal eyevero a>s eiZtv on KareXenrev ra Ijxdna aurou iv rats

iv K. 19l Kal iyevtTO <«9 rjKowrev f$a'E^«kwxs, Kal 8iippt]^f.v to. Ifidrw. lauToI. Is. 371 Kal iyivtro iv r'E^e/ciav, eo~)(icrev to. IA

1 1 See Driver Introduction to the Literature of the Old Testament 7th edit. p. 17.

BackContentsNext

CCEL home page
This document is from the Christian Classics Ethereal Library at
Calvin College. Last modified on 08/11/06. Contact the CCEL.
Calvin seal: My heart I offer you O Lord, promptly and sincerely